BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
DATA CENTER PROJECT BID
#B1-13-14
1290 Ridder Park Drive
San Jose, CA 95131
Prepared By:
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
Andy Bursch CPM
Purchasing Services
1290 Ridder Park Drive
San Jose, CA 95131
Re za Z a re
PR O JE C T M A NA G ER
9 7 E . Br ok aw Ro a d , Su i t e 3 0 0
San Jo se , C A 9 5 1 1 2
D i r e c t 4 0 8 -4 8 7 -1 2 2 1
F a x 4 0 8 -4 3 6 -1 5 1 1
reza.zare@atce.com
www.atce.com
408.779.6686 Fax 408.778.9417
0
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
FOR
DATA CENTER PROJECT
FOR
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
1. Cover Page
CP
2. Table of Contents
Page 1
3. Project Schedule
Page 2
4. SCCOE Instructions and Conditions
Pages 3 - 11
5. Specifications
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
DIVISION 2 – EXISTING CONDITIONS
DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE
DIVISION 5 - METALS
DIVISION 6 – WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES
DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
DIVISION 8 - OPENINGS
DIVISION 9 - FINISHES
DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES
DIVISION 23 – HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL
DIVISION 27 – COMMUNICATIONS
DIVISION 31 – EARTHWORK
DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
Page 11 - 681
6. Bid Form
Pages 682-683
7. Drawings (available at Bid Document Web Page)
8. Forms (available at http://www.sccoe.org/depts/purchasing/required-docs.asp)
 Affirmative Action
 Nondiscrimination by Supplier
 Bidding Questionnaire
 Noncollusion Declaration
 Designation of Sub Contractors
9.
ATTACHMENT – “Basis of Design” Document (available at Bid Document Web Page)
A.D. Bursch C.P.M.
Purchasing Manager
1
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
PROJECT SCHEDULE
FOR
DATA CENTER PROJECT
FOR
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
Bid Issuance
Friday April 25, 2014
Bid Walk-Through
Tuesday May 6, 2014
Last day to submit RFI’s
Noon Monday May 12, 2014
Bids Due
Thursday May 15, 2014
Notice of Award (pending Board approval)
Monday May 19, 2014
Bid award recommendations due to Cabinet
Thursday May 22, 2014
Board Approval
Wednesday June 4, 2014
Project Start
Thursday June 5, 2014
Project Completion
Friday August 29, 2014
2
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
INSTRUCTIONS & CONDITIONS
FOR
DATA CENTER PROJECT
FOR
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that the Santa Clara County Office of Education, herein after referred to as the
OWNER or SCCOE, calls for sealed bids to be received in the Purchasing Office at 1290 Ridder Park Drive,
San Jose, California 95131 by Thursday, May 15, 2014 @ 3:00 p.m. at which time and place bids
will be opened for the construction of a Data Center.
CONTACT
Bidding & Admin. Building Contact Program Contact Engineer -
COE Purchasing Manager, A. D. Bursch @408-453-6858 or
COE Purchasing Technician, Kelly Brewer @408-453-6855.
COE Facilities, Mike McGaughey @408-453-6684.
COE Network Manager, David Huie @408-453-6743 OR
COE Network Analyst, Evan Lloyd @408-453-6624
AlfaTech, P.E. Mechanical Project Manager, Doug Asay @ 408-487-1279
JOB WALK
There will be a job walk on Tuesday, May 6, 2014, at 2:00 PM for the purpose of examining the site
conditions at our Main Administrative Facilities, 1290 Ridder Park Dr. CA. 95131. Additional bid packages
will be made available at this time. It is strongly recommended that all interested parties attend this walk
thru.
BONDS
A certified check, cashiers check, or bid bond shall be provided with your bid as a guarantee that the
contractor, upon award, shall execute the contract, in conformity with the contract. The successful
contractor, simultaneously with the execution of the agreement, shall also furnish a payment bond in the
amount of 100% of the contract price and a faithful performance bond in the amount of 100% of the
contract price. Bonds shall be secured from a surety company issued by corporation duly and legally
licensed to transact business in the State of California and approved by the Owner.
PREPARATION OF BID FORM
Please prepare your bids on the form attached to be submitted at such time and place as is stated in the
notice to contractors calling for bids. All blanks in the Bid Form must be appropriately filled in, and all prices
must be stated in words and figures. All bids submitted must be in sealed envelopes bearing on the outside
the name of the bidder, his address, and the name of the project for which the bid is submitted. It is the
sole responsibility of the bidder to see that his bid is received in proper time. Any bid received after the
scheduled closing time for receipt of bids will be returned to the bidder unopened.
BRAND NAMES AND NUMBERS
1.
Brand names and numbers when given in Bid Form are for reference. Bids on equivalent items will
be considered provided the bid clearly describes the article offered and it is equivalent in quality
and utility.
2.
State brand and model on each item. If quoting other than the make, model, or brand specified in
the Bid Form, state the item offered by the manufacturer's name and model number. Unless the
3
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
bidder clearly indicates in his bid that he if offering an "equal" product, his bid shall be considered
as offering the brand name product referenced in the invitation for bids.
TIME OF DELIVERY
Time of completion is a part of the bid and must be adhered to. If it is impossible to meet completion
stated in Bid Specifications, bidder shall state best completion possible. Time, if stated as a number of days,
shall mean calendar days.
SIGNING OF BIDS
The signature of all persons signing shall be in longhand and executed by principal duly authorized to make
contracts. The bidder's legal name shall be fully stated. Obligations assumed by such signature must be
fulfilled.
TAXES, CHARGES, AND EXTRAS
1. Full contract price as bid to include Sales Tax, Use Tax, or other taxes.
2. No charge for delivery, drayage, express, parcel post, packing, cartage, insurance, license fees, permits,
cost of bonds, or any other purpose, except taxes legally payable by the Santa Clara County SCCOE, will
be paid unless expressly included and itemized on the bid.
3. The Santa Clara County SCCOE does not pay Federal Excise Taxes. Do not include these taxes in your bid
price; however do indicate on the bid the amount of any such tax. The Santa Clara County SCCOE will
sign an Exemption Certificate in lieu of such a tax.
QUALIFICATIONS
All bidders may be required to furnish evidence of their technical ability, experience, and financial
responsibility. No bid will be accepted from, or a contract awarded to, any party or firm in arrears to the
Santa Clara County SCCOE, or who is a defaulter as surety, contractor or otherwise within the past twelve
(12) months.
AWARD OF CONTRACT
1. Bids will be evaluated on the basis of system costs to the office over a ten year period (Life Cycle
Costing), compliance to Specifications, and completion date.
2. A written purchase order mailed or otherwise furnished to the successful bidder within the time for
acceptance specified, results in a binding contract without further action by either party. The contract
shall be interpreted, construed, and given effect in all respects according to the laws of the State of
California.
ALTERATION OR VARIATION OF TERMS
It is mutually understood and agreed that no alteration or variation of the terms of this bid or purchase
order shall be valid unless made or confirmed in writing and signed by the parties hereto, and that no oral
understanding or agreements not incorporated herein, and no alterations or variations of the terms hereof
unless made or confirmed in writing between the parties hereto shall be binding on any of the parties
hereto.
ASSIGNABILITY
A contract is not assignable by vendor either in whole or in part. The contract shall extend to and be
binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns of the
respective parties hereto.
4
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
OSHA
All material, equipment, or labor shall comply with the required standards of OSHA and CAL OSHA 1973 as
last revised.
WARRANTY
Vendor warrants to the Santa Clara County SCCOE and/or its SCCOE’s that the goods and/or services
covered by this order will conform to the drawings, Specifications, samples, description, and time provisions
furnished by the Santa Clara County SCCOE and will be of first class material and workmanship and free
from defects; and the Santa Clara County SCCOE reserves the right to cancel the unfilled portion of this
order without liability to vendor for breach of this warranty. Goods will be received subject to inspection
and acceptance at destination by the Santa Clara County SCCOE and risk of loss before acceptance shall be
on vendor. Defective goods rejected by the Santa Clara County SCCOE may without prejudice to any other
legal remedy, be held at vendor's risk and returned at vendor's expense. Defects are not waived by
acceptance of goods or by failure to notify vendor thereof.
The contractor shall warrant that all materials and workmanship shall be the quality, quantity and character
specified and shown, and that any defect due to the use of any improper workmanship or materials
discovered and made known to contractor within one (1) year from the filing of the Notice of Completion
shall be made good by contractor without additional expense to the Owner.
COMPLIANCE WITH STATUTE
Vendor hereby warrants that all applicable Federal and State statutes and regulations and/or local
ordinances will be complied with in connection with the sale and delivery of the property furnished.
RIGHTS & REMEDIES FOR DEFAULT
1.
In the event any item furnished by the vendor in the performance of the contract or purchase order
shall fail to conform to the Specifications thereof, or the same submitted by the vendor with his bid,
the Santa Clara County SCCOE may reject the same, and it shall thereupon become the duty of the
vendor to reclaim and remove the same forthwith, without expense to the Santa Clara County
SCCOE, and immediately to replace all such rejected items with others conforming to such
Specifications or samples providing that should the vendor fail, neglect, or refuse to do so the Santa
Clara County SCCOE shall thereupon have the right to purchase in the open market in lieu thereof, a
corresponding quantity of any such items to deduct from any moneys due to that, may thereafter
become due the vendor the difference between the prices named in the contract or purchase order
and the actual cost thereof to the Santa Clara County SCCOE. In the event the vendor shall fail to
make prompt delivery as specified of any item, the same condition as to the rights of the Santa
Clara County SCCOE to purchase in the open market and to reimbursement set forth above shall
apply, except when delivery is delayed by fire, strike, freight embargo, or Act of God, or the
government.
2.
Cost of inspection of materials and/or services provided which do not meet Specifications will be at
the expense of the vendor.
3.
The rights and remedies of the Santa Clara County SCCOE provided above shall be exclusive and are
in addition to any other rights and remedies provided by the law or under the contract.
BID RESULTS
Bid results are available for inspection upon award in the Purchasing Office, Santa Clara County SCCOE,
1290 Ridder Park Drive, San Jose, California 95131.
5
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
PRICE, TERMS, AND CONDITIONS
Price, terms, and conditions of this bid are considered valid for sixty (60) days, from date of bid opening,
unless the offering party in writing allows for a longer period of time.
1.
Any cash discounts given to the SCCOE must be so stated on the bid.
2.
Cash discounts taken by the Santa Clara County SCCOE, unless otherwise stated on the bid
form shall be computed from the total invoice amount. This amount may include material,
labor, taxes, shipping, storage and other related costs.
3.
Prompt payment discounts offered for payment taken within a specified time period will not be
considered in evaluating offers for award. However, offered discounts will be taken if payment is
made within the discount period, even though not considered in the evaluation of offers.
4.
In connection with any discount offered, time will be computed from date of complete delivery of
the services specified, or from date correct invoices are received, if the latter is later than the date
of delivery. Payment is deemed to be made for the purpose of earning the discount on the date of
mailing the warrant or check.
MODIFICATIONS
Changes in or additions to the Bid Form, recapitulations of the work bid upon alternative proposals, or any
other modifications of the Bid Form which is not specifically called for in the contract documents may result
in the rejection of the bid as not being responsive to the Bid. No oral or telephonic modification of any bid
submitted will be considered, and a telegraphic modification may be considered only if the postmark
evidences that a confirmation of the telegram duly signed by the bidder was placed in the mail prior to the
bid opening.
ERASURES
The bid submitted must not contain any erasures, interlineations, or other corrections unless each such
correction is suitably authenticated by affixing in the margin immediately opposite the correction the initials
of the persons signing the bid.
WITHDRAWAL OF BID
Bidders may withdraw their bid either personally or by written request confirmed in the manner specified
above at any time prior to the scheduled closing time for receipt of bids.
INTERPRETATION OF PLANS AND DOCUMENTS
If a bidder for the proposed contract is in doubt as to the true meaning of any part of the drawings,
specifications, or other contract documents, or finds discrepancies in, or omissions from drawings and
specifications, bidder may submit to the Purchasing Manager a written request for an interpretation or
correction thereof. The person submitting the request will be responsible for its prompt delivery. Any
interpretation or correction of the contract documents will be made only by addendum duly issued and a
copy of such addendum will be mailed or delivered to each person receiving a set of the contract
documents. No oral interpretation of any provision in the contract documents will be made to any bidder.
BIDDERS INTERESTED IN MORE THAN ONE BID
No person, firm, or corporation shall be allowed to make, or file, or be interested in more than one bid for
the same work unless alternate bids are specifically called for. A person, firm, or corporation that has
6
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
submitted a sub-bid to a bidder, or that has quoted prices or materials to a bidder, is not thereby
disqualified from submitting a sub-bid or quoting prices to other bidders or making a prime proposal.
LISTING SUBCONTRACTORS
Each bidder shall include with the sealed bid a list of the proposed subcontractors on this project as
required by the Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act (Gov. Code Sec. 4100 and following).
Forms for this purpose are furnished with the contract documents.
AFFIRMATIVE ACTION
1.
The bidder shall comply with the Santa Clara County SCCOE Affirmative Action Employment
Program adopted by the Board of Education on January 13, 1976, especially Section 12, Contract
Compliance (a copy of the section attached hereto).
2.
A complete copy of the Affirmative Action Employment Program may be requested through the
Purchasing Agent, General Services Department, Santa Clara County SCCOE, 1290 Ridder Park Drive,
San Jose, California 95131.
3.
The bidder shall sign the enclosed "Certification of Nondiscrimination by Supplier" form and submit
it with the bid.
WORKER’S COMPENSATION
In accordance with the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code, contractor shall secure the
payment of compensation to employees. Contractor shall sign and file with Owner the following
certificate prior to performing the work under this contract: “I am aware of the provisions of Section
3700 of the Labor Code which requires every employer to be insured against liability for worker’s
compensation or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of the code, and I will
comply with such provision before commencing the performance of the work of this contract.” The
certificate is included herein.
WAGE SCALE
The Owner has determined the general prevailing rate per diem wages in the locality in which this work
is to be performed for each craft or type of worker needed to execute the contract, which will be
awarded to the successful bidder, to be as adopted by the Board of Supervisors of Santa Clara County.
Per diem is based upon a working day of eight (8) hours. The rate for holiday and overtime work shall be
at time and on-half.
It shall be mandatory upon the contractor to whom the contract is awarded, and upon any
subcontractor thereunder, to pay not less than the said specified rates to all workers employed in
execution of the contract.
FEES AND PERMITS
The contractor shall procure and pay for all permits, licenses, and fees, etc., required to carry on and
complete his work.
INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS
Vendor shall take out and maintain and shall require all subcontractors, if any, whether primary or
secondary, to take out and maintain:
7
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
1. Public Liability Insurance for injuries including accidental death to any one person in an amount not
less than $1,000,000;
2. Subject to the same limit for each person on account of one accident, in an amount not less than
$1,000,000;
3. Property Damage Insurance in an amount not less than $500,000;
4. Worker’s Compensation Insurance in an amount adequate to cover all employees;
5. Insurance Covering Special Hazards: Following special hazards shall be covered by rider or riders to
above mentioned public liability insurance or property damage insurance policy or policies of
insurance, or by special policies of insurance in amounts as follows:
A.)
Automotive and truck where operated in amounts as above.
B.)
Material hoist where used in amounts as above.
PROOF OF CARRIAGE OF INSURANCE
Vendor shall not commence work nor shall vendor allow any subcontractor to commence work under
this contract until all required insurance and certificates have been delivered in duplicate to and
approved by Owner:
Certificates and insurance policies shall include the following clause:
1. “This policy shall not be canceled or reduced in required limits of liability or amounts of insurance
until notice has been mailed to Owner stating date of cancellation or reduction may not be less than
ten (10) days after date of mailing notice.”
2. Certificate of insurance shall state in particular those insured, extent of insurance, location and
operation to which insurance applies, expiration date and cancellation and reduction notice.
RESPONSIBILITY OF CONTRACTOR
Contractor shall be solely responsible for:
1. Compliance of subcontractors with insurance requirements; and
2. Other insurance coverage including, but not limited to loss, theft, fire, property damage, and glass
breakage.
SAFETY AND INDEMNITY
The contractor shall be solely and completely responsible for conditions of the job site, including safety
of all persons and property during performance of the work. This requirement will apply continuously
and not be limited to normal working hours. No act, service, drawing review or construction review by
the Owner, the architect, the engineers, or their consultants in intended to include review of the
adequacy of the contractor’s safety measure, in, on, or near the construction site.
The contractor will hold harmless, indemnify and defend the Owner, the architect, the engineers, and
their consultants, and each of their officers, employees, and agents from any and all liability claims,
losses, or damage arising or alleged to arise from the performance of the work described herein, but not
including the sole negligence of the Owner, the architect, the engineer, and their consultants, and each
of their officers, employees, and agents.
8
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
All work and materials shall be in full accordance with all applicable OSHA, state, and local laws and
regulations. Code compliance is mandatory. Nothing in these plans and specifications is to be
construed to permit work not conforming to code.
CLEAN UP
The contractor shall be responsible for necessary cleanup during progress of work, and shall take
necessary safety precautions to prevent injury to students, workers, or the public. Upon the
completion, the contractor shall remove all of contractor’s equipment and debris, leaving the entire
area clean and ready to use, all as approved by the Owner.
COMPLETION
Contractors portion of the work shall begin within fifteen (15) days after date of the contract and shall
notify the Owner three (3) working days before starting job. Contractor shall be required to work
continuously in an uninterrupted manner until said contract is completed.
INSPECTION
The work will be inspected periodically by an authorized representative of the Owner.
CONFLICTING LANGUAGE
Where conflicting language exists in this bid document, the stricter of the two similar statements shall
prevail when it is in the best interest of the SCCOE.
OTHER CONDITIONS
The specifications herein set forth, together with any drawings attached hereto and made a part hereof
shall form the basis of a contract between Owner and the successful bidder, hereinafter referred to as
the Contractor.
The Contractor shall be liable for any damage to buildings or property if said damage is caused as a
result of any work done under this contract. As an example, all ceiling tiles damaged by the vendor shall
be replaced with matching new or as new tiles.
The Contractor shall be responsible for compliance with whatever codes, laws, regulations, rules, and
ordinances which apply to this contract.
The Contractor shall be responsible for adjusting any jurisdictional labor claims in such manner as to
assure noninterference with the work of other contractors on the job, and further to assure no delay in
the completion of Contractor’s own work.
The Contractor shall make no substitution of items, materials, or methods except as approved in writing
by the Owner. Full compliance with the specifications and drawings shall be required.
The Owner shall be held harmless in any suit, action, or dispute arising over license, franchise, or patent
infringement involving equipment furnished in the specifications and drawings.
The Owner reserves the right to make such alterations, deviations, additions to, or omissions from the
Specifications and drawings, including the right to increase or decrease any item or portion of work, as
may, in his judgment be deemed necessary or advisable and to require such extra work as may be
mandatory for the proper completion of the work. Such changes will be set forth in a contract change
order which shall specify, in addition to the work done, the mutually acceptable compensation. When
9
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
such change involves a deletion or omission of any item or part thereof, the value shall be determined
from the contractor’s itemized bid.
The Owner shall decide all questions which may arise as to the quality or acceptability of items and
materials furnished and work performed; as to the acceptable fulfillment of the contract on the part of
the contractor; and as to the interpretation of the Specifications and drawings.
The Contractor shall comply with the obvious intent and meaning of these specifications and drawings
which shall be construed to include all labor and materials, measures, and modes or work necessary to
complete the work herein specified in a workmanlike manner.
The Contractor shall check the drawings and specifications prior to submitting bid for compliance with
these provisions. No extra payment will be allowed for additional requirements necessary for this
provision if it/they were apparent at the time of the bidding and was not taken into account in the
preparation of the bid.
BIDDING QUESTIONNAIRE
If you decide not to bid, please return "Bidding Questionnaire" indicating reason. Failure to respond may
result in your company being removed from our bid list.
CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS
All bidders shall have been in business for a minimum of five (5) consecutive years under the same
ownership or shall have experience with our work of this nature. The contractor may be required to provide
a list of references for work performed on similar projects.
10
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
SPECIFICATIONS
FOR
DATA CENTER PROJECT
FOR
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
SCOPE
The Work consists of the construction of interior alterations for a data center, as shown on contract
drawings as prepared by Alfa Tech and shall be identified as SCCOE Data Center Project. The project is
based on a modular design and includes, but is not limited to the following:
1. INTERIOR ALTERATIONS:
a. HVAC.
b. Fire protection.
c. Electrical.
d. Partitions and doors.
e. Finishes.
2. SITE WORK:
a. Concrete pad.
b. Fencing.
c. Paving.
d. Underground utilities.
3. DATA CENTER PROVISONING:
a. Installation of modular cabinets and enclosures
b. Installation of modular power and in-row cooling systems
c. Installation of chillers and plumbing
d. Installation of network racks
e. Installation of network cabling
LIFE CYCLE COSTING
Bid submittals shall be accompanied by a complete breakdown of all hardware (equipment & supplies)
and labor costs as well as anticipated costs for maintenance and energy expenses over a ten year period.
These costs are to be summarized on the bid form and will form a portion of the basis for award of this
project.
PROJECT MANAGEMENT
The SCCOE will perform project management duties for this job while the firm of Alfa Tech, Inc will
respond to technical questions and advise the SCCOE on RFI’s and changes to the project.
REQUIREMENTS
Included in this section are the following requirements:
11
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
SECTION 01 11 00
SUMMARY OF WORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
B.
This Section includes:
1.
Work covered by the Contract Documents.
2.
Type of Contract.
3.
Use of premises.
4.
Owner’s occupancy requirements.
5.
Work restrictions.
6.
Specification formats and conventions.
Related Sections include:
1.
1.3
Section 01 50 00 ”Temporary Facilities and Controls” for limitations and
procedures governing temporary use of Owner’s facilities.
WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
A.
Project Identification:
Santa Clara County Office of Education Data Center
1290 Ridder Park Drive
San Jose, CA 95131-2398
B.
Owner:
Santa Clara County Office of Education
1290 Ridder Park Drive
San Jose, CA 95131-2398
C.
Engineer:
Alfa Tech
97 East Brokaw Road, Suite 300
San Jose, CA 95112
(408) 487-1200
D.
The Work consists of the construction of interior alterations for a data center, as shown
on Contract Documents prepared by Alfa Tech, dated [insert date], which includes but is
not limited to the following:
12
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
a.
b.
E.
1.4
a.
HVAC.
b.
Fire protection.
c.
Electrical.
d.
Partitions and doors.
e.
Finishes.
Sitework:
a.
Concrete pad.
b.
Fencing.
c.
Paving.
d.
Underground utilities.
Refer to Project Manual Table of Contents for listing of Work included.
TYPE OF CONTRACT
A.
1.5
Interior alterations:
Project will be constructed under a single-prime contract arrangement.
OWNER-FURNISHED PRODUCTS
A.
Owner will furnish products indicated. The Work includes providing support systems to
receive Owner’s equipment and making plumbing, mechanical, and electrical connections,
where required.
1.
Owner will arrange for and deliver Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples to
Contractor.
2.
Owner will arrange and pay for delivery of Owner-furnished items according to
Contractor’s Construction Schedule.
3.
After delivery, Owner will inspect delivered items for damage. Contractor shall be
present for and assist in Owner’s inspection.
4.
If Owner-furnished items are damaged, defective, or missing, Owner will
arrange for replacement.
5.
Owner will arrange for manufacturer’s field services and for delivery of
manufacturer’s warranties to Contractor.
6.
Owner will furnish Contractor the earliest possible delivery date for Ownerfurnished products. Using Owner-furnished earliest possible delivery dates,
Contractor shall designate delivery dates of Owner-furnished items in
Contractor’s Construction Schedule.
7.
Contractor shall review Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples and return them
to Architect noting discrepancies or anticipated problems in use of a product.
8.
Contractor is responsible for receiving, unloading, and handling Ownerfurnished items at Project site.
9.
Contractor is responsible for protecting Owner-furnished items from damage during
storage and handling, including damage from exposure to the elements.
13
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
B.
A.
10.
If Owner-furnished items are damaged as a result of Contractor’s operations,
Contractor shall repair or replace them.
11.
Contractor shall install and otherwise incorporate Owner-furnished items into the
Work.
Owner-Furnished Products: Refer to Schedule of Owner-Furnished Products in Part 3 of
this Section.
USE OF PREMISES
A.
General: Contractor shall have limited use of premises for construction operations as
indicated on Drawings by the Contract limits.
B.
Use of Site: Limit use of premises to areas within Contract limits indicated. Do not disturb
portions of Project site beyond areas in which the Work is indicated.
C.
Owner Occupancy: Allow for Owner occupancy of Project site
1.
a.
Schedule deliveries to minimize use of driveways and entrances.
b.
Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage of
materials and equipment on-site.
D.
Do not unreasonably encumber site with materials or equipment. Confine stockpiling of
materials and location of storage areas to areas indicated, or if not indicated, as directed by
Architect and Owner.
E.
Use of Existing Building: Maintain existing building in a weathertight condition throughout
construction period. Repair damage caused by construction operations. Protect building
and its occupants during construction period.
1.
F.
B.
Driveways and Entrances: Keep driveways, parking areas, loading areas, and
entrances serving premises clear and available to Owner, Owner’s employees, and
emergency vehicles at all times. Do not use these areas for parking or storage of
materials.
Do not allow waste material, rubbish, or construction debris to accumulate in
public areas such as hallways, stairs, lobbies, and toilet rooms.
Smoking or open fires are not permitted on premises.
OWNER’S OCCUPANCY REQUIREMENTS
A.
Partial Owner Occupancy: Owner will occupy the premises during entire construction
period, with the exception of areas under construction. Cooperate with Owner during
construction operations to minimize conflicts and facilitate Owner usage. Perform Work so
as not to interfere with Owner’s operations. Maintain existing exits, unless otherwise
indicated.
1.
Maintain access to existing walkways, corridors, and other adjacent occupied or
used facilities. Do not close or obstruct walkways, corridors, or other occupied or
used facilities without written permission from Owner and authorities having
jurisdiction.
14
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
2.
B.
1.8
Owner Occupancy of Completed Areas of Construction: Owner reserves the right to occupy
and to place and install equipment in completed areas of building, before Substantial
Completion, provided such occupancy does not interfere with completion of the Work.
Such placement of equipment and partial occupancy shall not constitute acceptance of the
total Work.
1.
Architect will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion for each specific
portion of the Work to be occupied before Owner occupancy.
2.
Obtain a Certificate of Occupancy from authorities having jurisdiction before
Owner occupancy.
3.
Before partial Owner occupancy, mechanical and electrical systems shall be fully
operational, and required tests and inspections shall be successfully completed. On
occupancy, Owner will operate and maintain mechanical and electrical systems
serving occupied portions of building.
4.
On occupancy, Owner will assume responsibility for maintenance and custodial
service for occupied portions of building.
WORK RESTRICTIONS
A.
On-Site Work Hours: Work shall be generally performed during normal business working
hours of 7:00 AM to 5:00 PM Monday through Friday, except as otherwise indicated.
B.
Do not perform work during the following times until written permission from Owner has
been obtained:
C.
D.
1.9
Provide not less than five working days notice to Owner of activities that will
affect Owner’s operations.
1.
Weekends.
2.
Early mornings before 7:00 AM.
3.
Evenings after 5:00 PM.
Do not perform the following types of work until written agreement as to allowable
times has been obtained from Owner:
1.
Work involving utility shutdowns.
2.
Core drilling or other noisy activity.
Existing Utility Interruptions: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner
or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to
provide temporary utility services according to requirements indicated.
1.
Notify Architect and Owner not less than 5 working days in advance of
proposed utility interruptions.
2.
Do not proceed with utility interruptions without written permission from
Architect or Owner.
SPECIFICATION FORMATS AND CONVENTIONS
A.
Specification Format: The Specifications are organized into Divisions and Sections using
the 49-division format CSI’s “MasterFormat” numbering system, 2010 edition.
15
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
1.
B.
Division 1: Sections in Division 1 govern the execution of the Work of all
Sections in the Specifications.
Specification Content: The Specifications use certain conventions for the style of language
and the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular
situations. These conventions are as follows:
1.
Abbreviated Language: Language used in Specifications and other Contract
Documents is abbreviated. Words and meanings shall be interpreted as
appropriate. Words implied, but not stated, shall be inferred as the sense requires.
Singular words shall be interpreted as plural, and plural words shall be interpreted
as singular where applicable as the context of the Contract Documents indicates.
2.
Imperative mood and streamlined language are generally used in the Specifications.
Requirements expressed in the imperative mood are to be performed by the
Contractor. Occasionally, the indicative or subjunctive mood may be used in the
Section text for clarity to describe responsibilities that must be fulfilled indirectly by
Contractor or by others when so noted.
a.
The words “shall,” “shall be,” or “shall comply with,” depending on the context,
are implied where a colon (:) is used within a sentence or phrase.
PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 2 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01 11 00
16
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
SECTION 01 25 00
SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.4
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.5
SUMMARY
A.
B.
1.6
This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for substitutions.
1.
During bidding.
2.
After award of contract.
Multiple-Prime Contracts: Requirements of this Section apply to each Prime
Contractor.
1.
The term “Contractor” as used in this Section, applies to each Prime Contractor.
2.
Refer to Section 01 12 00 ”Summary of Multiple Prime Contracts” for Bid
Division assignment of Work contained in this Section.
DEFINITIONS
A.
1.7
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of
construction from those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by
Contractor.
1.
Substitution for Cause: Changes proposed by Contractor that are required due to
changed Project conditions, such as unavailability of product, regulatory changes, or
unavailability of required warranty terms.
2.
Substitution for Convenience: Changes proposed by Contractor or Owner that are
not required in order to meet other Project requirements but may offer advantage
to Contractor or Owner.
ACTION SUBMITTALS
A.
Substitution Requests: Submit three copies of each request for consideration. Identify
product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification
Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles.
1.
Substitution Request Form: Use forms provided at end of this Section.
For substitution requests during bidding, use form entitled “Substitution
Request Form – For Use During Bidding Phase.”
For substitution requests after award of contract, use form entitled
“Substitution Request Form – For Use During Construction Phase.”
17
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
2.
Supporting Documentation: Show compliance with requirements for substitutions
and the following, as applicable:
1.
Statement indicating why specified material or product cannot be provided.
2.
Coordination information, including a list of changes or modifications needed to other
parts of the Work and to construction performed by Owner and separate contractors, that
will be necessary to accommodate proposed substitution.
3.
Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed substitution with those of the
Work specified. Include annotated copy of applicable Specification Section. Significant
qualities may include attributes such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect,
sustainable design characteristics, warranties, and specific features and requirements
indicated. Indicate deviations, if any, from the Work specified.
4.
Product Data, including drawings and descriptions of products and fabrication and
installation procedures.
5.
Samples, where applicable or requested.
6.
Certificates and qualification data, where applicable or requested.
7.
List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and
names and addresses of architects and owners.
8.
Material test reports from a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test
results for compliance with requirements indicated.
9.
Research/evaluation reports evidencing compliance with building code in effect for
Project, from ICC-ES or other model code organization acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction.
10.
Contractor’s waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may subsequently
become necessary because of failure of proposed substitution to produce indicated
results.
11.
If occurring after award of contract, include the following:
i)
Detailed comparison of Contractor’s construction schedule using proposed substitution
with products specified for the Work, including effect on the overall Contract Time. If
specified product or method of construction cannot be provided within the Contract
Time, include letter from manufacturer, on manufacturer’s letterhead, stating date of
receipt of purchase order, lack of availability, or delays in delivery.
ii)
Cost information, including a proposal of change, if any, in the Contract Sum.
iii)
Contractor’s certification that proposed substitution complies with requirements in
the Contract Documents, is compatible with related materials, and is appropriate for
applications indicated.
-Attach Substitution Warranty, on Contractor’s letterhead, in format matching
sample at end of this Section.
3.
Architect’s Action:
1.
During Bidding: If proposed substitution is accepted, bidders will be notified by
Addendum.
Use product specified if Architect does not issue approval of use of proposed substitution in
Addendum prior to bid date.
b.
After Award of Contract: If necessary, Architect will request additional
information or documentation for evaluation within [5] working days of receipt
18
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
of a request for substitution. Architect will notify Contractor [through
Construction Manager] of acceptance or rejection of proposed substitution
within [10] working days of receipt of request, or [5] working days of receipt of
additional information or documentation, whichever is later.
A.
Form of Acceptance: Change Order, Construction Change Directive, or
Architect’s Supplemental Instructions for minor changes in the Work.
ii)
Use product specified if Architect does not issue a decision on use of
proposed substitution within time allocated.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
B.
i)
Compatibility of Substitutions: Investigate and document compatibility of proposed
substitution with related products and materials. Engage a qualified testing agency to
perform compatibility tests recommended by manufacturers.
1.
Each Contractor is responsible for providing products and construction methods
compatible with products and construction methods of other contractors.
2.
If a dispute arises between Contractors over concurrently selectable but incompatible
products, Architect will determine which products shall be used.
PROCEDURES
A.
Coordination: Revise or adjust affected work as necessary to integrate work of the
approved substitutions.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
SUBSTITUTIONS DURING BIDDING
A. Submit requests for substitution not later than [14] calendar days prior to bid date.
1.
2.
Conditions: Architect will consider bidder’s request for substitution when the
following conditions are satisfied.
a.
Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will
produce indicated results.
b.
Requested substitution provides sustainable design characteristics that
specified product provides [for achieving LEED prerequisites and credits].
c.
Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted.
d.
Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor’s construction
schedule.
e.
Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities
having jurisdiction.
f.
Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work.
g.
Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the
Work.
h.
Requested substitution provides specified warranty.
If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested
substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work, is uniform and
19
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
consistent, is compatible with other products, and is acceptable to all contractors
involved
1.10 SUBSTITUTIONS AFTER AWARD OF CONTRACT
A.
Substitutions for Cause: Submit requests for substitution immediately on discovery of need
for change, but not later than [15] working days prior to time required for preparation and
review of related submittals.
1.
B.
Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor’s request for substitution when the
following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied,
Architect will return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with
these requirements:
a.
Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will
produce indicated results.
b.
Requested substitution provides sustainable design characteristics that
specified product provides [for achieving LEED prerequisites and credits].
c.
Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted.
d.
Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor’s construction
schedule.
e.
Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities
having jurisdiction.
f.
Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work.
g.
Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the
Work.
h.
Requested substitution provides specified warranty.
i.
If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested
substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work, is
uniform and consistent, is compatible with other products, and is
acceptable to all contractors involved.
Substitutions for Convenience: Architect will consider requests for substitution if
received within [7] calendar days after issuance of [Notice to Proceed] [Notice of Award].
Requests received after that time may be considered or rejected at discretion of Architect.
1.
Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor’s request for substitution when the
following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied,
Architect will return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with
these requirements:
a.
Requested substitution offers Owner a substantial advantage in cost, time,
energy conservation, or other considerations, after deducting additional
responsibilities Owner must assume. Owner’s additional responsibilities may
include compensation to Architect for redesign and evaluation services,
increased cost of testing and inspection, increased cost of other construction
by Owner, and similar considerations. Cost of Owner’s additional
responsibilities will be deducted from Contract Sum by Change Order.
B.
Substitution request will not be considered if necessitated by failure to
pursue the Work promptly or coordinate activities in a timely manner.
20
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
b.
Requested substitution does not require extensive revisions to the
Contract Documents.
c.
Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will
produce indicated results.
d.
Requested substitution provides sustainable design characteristics that
specified product provides [for achieving LEED prerequisites and credits].
e.
Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted.
f.
Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor’s construction
schedule.
g.
Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities
having jurisdiction.
h.
Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work.
i.
Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the
Work.
j.
Requested substitution provides specified warranty.
k.
If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested
substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work, is
uniform and consistent, is compatible with other products, and is
acceptable to all contractors involved.
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01 25 00
21
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
SECTION 01 26 00
CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A.
This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for handling and
processing Contract modifications.
B.
Multiple-Prime Contracts: Requirements of this Section apply to each Prime
Contractor.
C.
1.3
The term “Contractor” as used in this Section, applies to each Prime
Contractor.
2.
Refer to Section 01 12 00 ”Summary of Multiple-Prime Contracts” for Bid
Division assignment of Work contained in this Section.
Related Sections:
1.
Section 01 21 00 ”Allowances” for procedural requirements for handling and
processing allowances.
2.
Section 01 22 00 “Unit Prices” for administrative requirements for using unit
prices.
3.
Section 01 60 00 “Product Requirements and Substitutions” for administrative
procedures for handling requests for substitutions made after Contract award.
MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK
A.
1.4
1.
Architect will issue [through Construction Manager,] supplemental instructions
authorizing Minor Changes in the Work, not involving adjustment to the Contract Sum or
the Contract Time, on Architect’s standard form “Architect’s Supplemental Instructions”
(ASI).
PROPOSAL REQUESTS
A.
Owner-Initiated Proposal Requests: Architect [, through Construction Manager,] will
issue a detailed description of proposed changes in the Work that may require adjustment
to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. If necessary, the description will include
supplemental or revised Drawings and Specifications.
1. Proposal Requests issued by the Architect [, through Construction Manager,] are for
information only. Do not consider them instructions either to stop work in progress or
22
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
to execute the proposed change.
2. Unless a shorter time period is specified in Proposal Request, within [10] working days
after receipt of Proposal Request, submit a quotation estimating cost adjustments to
the Contract Sum and the Contract Time necessary to execute the change.
B.
1.2
a.
Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit
costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If
requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities.
b.
Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and
amounts of trade discounts.
c.
Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change.
d.
Include an updated Contractor’s Construction Schedule that indicates the
effect of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration,
start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before
requesting an extension of the Contract Time.
Contractor-Initiated Proposals: If latent or unforeseen conditions require
modifications to the Contract, Contractor may propose changes by submitting a
request for a change to Architect [, through Construction Manager].
1.
Include a statement outlining reasons for the change and the effect of the change on
the Work. Provide a complete description of the proposed change. Indicate the
effect of the proposed change on the Contract Sum and the Contract Time.
2.
Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with
total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey
data to substantiate quantities.
3.
Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade
discounts.
4.
Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the charge.
5.
Include an updated Contractor’s Construction Schedule that indicates the effect of the
change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish
times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an
extension of the Contract Time.
6.
Comply with requirements in Section 01 60 00 “Product Requirements and
Substitutions” if the proposed change requires substitution of one product or
system for product or system specified.
7.
Proposal Request Form: Use standard form provided by Architect, “Proposal
Request” (PR).
ALLOWANCES
A
Allowance Adjustment: To adjust allowance amounts, base each Change Order proposal on
the difference between purchase amount and the allowance, multiplied by final
23
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
measurement of work-in-place. If applicable, include reasonable allowances for cutting
losses, tolerances, mixing wastes, normal product imperfections, and similar margins.
B.
1.6
1
Include installation costs in purchase amount only where indicated as part of the
allowance.
2
If requested, prepare explanation and documentation to substantiate
distribution of overhead costs and other margins claimed.
3
Owner reserves right to establish actual quantity of work-in-place by
independent quantity survey, measure, or count.
Submit claims for increased costs because of a change in scope or nature of the allowance
described in the Contract Documents, whether for the Purchase Order amount or
Contractor’s handling, labor, installation overhead, and profit. Submit claims within [10]
working days of receipt of Change Order or Construction Change Directive authorizing
work to proceed. Claims submitted later than this will be rejected.
1.
Do not include Contractor’s or subcontractor’s indirect expense in the Change Order
cost amount unless it is clearly shown that the nature or extent of work has changed
from what could have been foreseen from information in the Contract Documents.
2.
No change to Contractor’s indirect expense is permitted for selection of higher-or
lower-priced materials or systems of the same scope and nature as originally
indicated.
CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES
A.
On Owner’s approval of a Price Request, Architect [, through Construction Manager,] will
issue a Change Order for signatures of Owner, Contractor, Architect, and Construction
Manager on standard form “Change Order” (CO).
1.
1.7
Executed Change Order will be submitted by Architect to Division of the State
Architect’s office for approval, per California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 1,
Section 4-338. [Section 7-153]
CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE
A.
Architect [, through Construction Manager,] may choose to issue a Construction Change
Directive (CCD) when necessary to expedite the Work and avoid or minimize delays.
Construction Change Directive instructs Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work,
for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order.
1.
Construction Change Directive contains a complete description of change in the
Work. It also designates method to be followed to determine change in the Contract
Sum or the Contract Time.
24
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
B.
Documentation: Maintain detailed records on a time and material basis of work
required by the Construction Change Directive.
1.
After completion of change, submit an itemized account and supporting data
necessary to substantiate cost and time adjustments to the Contract, including paid
invoices and daily labor reports signed by the Project Inspector.
2.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01 26 00
25
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
SECTION 01 29 00
PAYMENT PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.8
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.9
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements necessary to
prepare and process Applications for Payment.
B.
Multiple-Prime Contracts: Requirements of this Section apply to each Prime
Contractor.
C.
1.
The term “Contractor” as used in this Section, applies to each Prime Contractor.
2.
Refer to Section 01 12 00 ”Summary of Multiple-Prime Contracts” for Bid
Division assignment of Work contained in this Section.
Related Sections:
1.
Section 01 26 00 “Contract Modification Procedures” for administrative
procedures for handling changes to the Contract.
1.10 DEFINITIONS
A.
Schedule of Values: A statement furnished by Contractor allocating portions of the
Contract Sum to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for reviewing
Contractor’s Applications for Payment.
1.11 SCHEDULE OF VALUES
A.
Coordination: Coordinate preparation of the Schedule of Values with preparation of
Contractor’s Construction Schedule.
1.
Correlate line items in the Schedule of Values with other required administrative
forms and schedules, including the following:
Application for Payment forms with Continuation Sheets.
Submittals Schedule.
Contractor’s Construction Schedule.
2.
3.
Submit the Schedule of Values to Architect [through Construction Manager] at
earliest possible date but no later than 10 working days before the date scheduled
for submittal of initial Applications for Payment.
Subschedules: Where the Work is separated into phases requiring separately phased
payments, provide subschedules showing values correlated with each phase of payment.
26
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
B.
Format and Content: Use the Project Manual Table of Contents as a guide to establish line
items for the Schedule of Values. Provide at least one line item for each Specification
Section.
1.
2.
Identification: Include the following Project Identification on the Schedule of Values:
a.
Project name and location.
b.
Name of Architect.
c.
Architect’s project number.
d.
Contractor’s name and address.
e.
Date of submittal.
Arrange the Schedule of Values in tabular form with separate columns to indicate
the following for each item listed:
a.
Related Specification Section or Division.
b.
Description of the Work.
c.
Name of subcontractor.
d.
Name of manufacturer or fabricator.
e.
Name of supplier.
f.
Change Orders (numbers) that affect value.
g.
Dollar value.
i)
Percentage of the Contract Sum to nearest one-hundredth percent, adjusted
to total 100 percent.
3.
Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum in enough detail to facilitate continued
evaluation of Applications for Payment and progress reports. Coordinate with the Project
Manual Table of Contents. Provide several line items for principal subcontract amounts,
where appropriate. Include separate line items under required principal subcontracts for
operation and maintenance manuals, punch list activities, Project Record Documents, and
demonstration and training in the amount of 5 percent of the Contract Sum.
4.
Round amounts to nearest whole dollar; total shall equal the Contract Sum.
5.
Provide a separate line item in the Schedule of Values for each part of the Work
where Applications for Payment may include materials or equipment purchased or
fabricated and stored, but not yet installed.
a.
Differentiate between items stored on-site and items stored off-site. If specified,
include evidence of insurance or bonded warehousing.
6.
Provide separate line items in the Schedule of Values for initial cost of materials, for each
subsequent stage of completion, and for total installed value of that part of the Work.
7.
Provide separate line item in the Schedule of Values for maintenance and updating of
Project Record Documents as specified in Section 01780 “Project Record Documents.”
2
Allowances: Provide a separate line item in the Schedule of Values for each allowance.
3
Each item in the Schedule of Values and Applications for Payment shall be complete.
Include total cost and proportionate share of general overhead and profit for each item.
b.
Temporary facilities and other major cost items that are not direct cost of actual
work-in-place may be shown either as separate line items in the Schedule of Values
or distributed as general overhead expense, at Contractor’s option.
27
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
4
1.5
Schedule Updating: When Change Orders result in a change in the Contract Sum, include
each Change Order as a new line item.
APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT
A.
Each Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and
payments as certified by Architect [and Construction Manager][and Project
Inspector] and paid by Owner.
1.
B.
C.
Initial Application for Payment, Application for Payment at time of Substantial
Completion, and final Application for Payment involve additional requirements.
Each Application for Payment shall include Project Inspector’s acknowledgement and
signature indicating the following:
1.
Progress of Work is as indicated on Application.
2.
Record documents as required in Section 01780 ”Project Record Documents” are
fully updated to reflect current progress of Work indicated on Application.
Payment Application Times: The date for each progress payment is indicated in the
Agreement between Owner and Contractor. The period of construction Work covered by
each Application for Payment is the period indicated in the Agreement.
[or]
D.
Payment Application Times: Progress payments shall be submitted to Architect [, through
Construction Manager,] by the 15th day of the month. The period covered by each
Application for Payment is one month, ending on the last day of the month.
E.
Payment Application Forms: Use forms provided by Architect [Construction
Manager] for Applications for Payment.
[or]
1.8
Payment Application Forms: Use AIA Document G702, Application and Certificate for
Payment, with AIA Document G703, Continuation Sheet. AIA document originals to be
provided by Contractor.
1.9
Application Preparation: Complete every entry on form. Notarize and execute by a person
authorized to sign legal documents on behalf of Contractor. Architect [, through
Construction Manager,] will return incomplete applications without action.
1. Entries shall match data on the Schedule of Values and Contractor’s
Construction Schedule. Use updated schedules if revisions were made.
2. Include amounts of Change Orders and Construction Change Directives issued before
last day of construction period covered by application.
H.
Transmittal: Submit five signed and notarized original copies of each Application for
Payment to Architect [, through Construction Manager] by a method ensuring receipt
within 24 hours. Include waivers of lien and similar attachments.
1. Transmit each payment submittal with a transmittal form listing attachments and
recording appropriate information about application.
28
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
I.
Waivers of Mechanic’s Lien: With each Application for Payment, submit waivers of
mechanic’s liens from subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, and suppliers.
1. Submit partial waivers on each item for amount requested in previous
application, after deduction for retainage, on each item.
a.
Submit Conditional Waiver for construction period covered by Application for
Payment being submitted.
b.
Submit Unconditional Waiver for construction period covered by previous
Application.
2. When an application shows completion of an item, submit final or full waivers.
3. Owner reserves the right to designate which entities involved in the Work must submit
waivers.
4. Submit final Application for Payment with or preceded by final waivers from every
entity involved with performance of the Work covered by the application who is lawfully
entitled to a lien.
5. Waiver Forms: Submit waivers of lien on forms, executed in a manner
acceptable to Owner.
J.
Updated Contractor’s Construction Schedule, as specified in Section 01 32 00 “Construction
Progress Documentation,” must be submitted prior to submittal of each Application for Payment.
K.
Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals that must precede
or coincide with submittal of first Application for Payment include the following:
L.
1.
List of subcontractors.
2.
Schedule of Values.
3.
Contractor’s Construction Schedule (preliminary if not final).
4.
Products list.
5.
Schedule of unit prices.
6.
Submittals Schedule (preliminary if not final).
7.
List of Contractor’s staff assignments.
8.
List of Contractor’s principal consultants.
9.
10.
Copies of building permits.
Copies of authorizations and licenses from authorities having jurisdiction for
performance of the Work.
11.
Initial progress report.
12.
Report of preconstruction conference.
13.
Certificates of insurance and insurance policies.
14.
Performance and payment bonds.
15.
Data needed to acquire Owner’s insurance.
16.
Initial settlement survey and damage report if required.
Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: After issuing the Certificate of Substantial
Completion, submit an Application for Payment showing 100 percent completion for portion
of the Work claimed as substantially complete.
29
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
M.
1.
Include documentation supporting claim that the Work is substantially complete and a
statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum.
2.
This application shall reflect Certificates of Partial Substantial Completion issued
previously for Owner occupancy of designated portions of the Work.
Final Payment Application: Submit final Application for Payment with releases and supporting
documentation not previously submitted and accepted, including, but not limited, to the
following:
1.
N.
Evidence of completion of all Project closeout requirements.
a.
Refer to Section 01 77 00 “Closeout Procedures” for closeout
requirements.
b.
Refer to Section 01 78 23 “Operation and Maintenance Data” for
requirements for submittal of operation and maintenance manuals.
c.
Refer to Section 01 78 39 “Project Record Documents” for record document
requirements.
d.
Refer to Section 01 79 00 “Demonstration and Training” for training of Owner’s
personnel in operation of systems.
2.
Evidence of completion of all Project Punchlist items.
3.
Insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required and proof
that taxes, fees, and similar obligations were paid.
4.
Updated final statement, accounting for final changes to the Contract Sum.
5.
AIA Document G706 “Contractor’s Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims.”
6.
AIA Document G706A, “Contractor’s Affidavit of Release of Liens.”
7.
AIA Document G707, “Consent of Surety to Final Payment.”
8.
Evidence that claims have been settled.
9.
Final meter readings for utilities, a measured record of stored fuel, and similar data as of
date of Substantial Completion or when owner took possession of and assumed
responsibility for corresponding elements of the Work.
10.
Final, liquidated damages settlement statement.
Upon completion of the Work of this contract, Contractor shall file affidavit with Owner,
sworn to before a Notary Public, stating that all workers and persons employed, all firms
supplying materials, and all subcontractors have been paid in full and that there are no
bills outstanding against the project for either labor or materials, except those items, if
any, to be set forth in such affidavit, covering disputed claims or items in connection with
Notices to Withhold (Mechanics Lien or Stop Notice) which have been filed under the
provisions of the statutes of the State of California. At the same time, Contractor shall
execute a Contractor’s Affidavit of Release of Liens, with separate release or waiver of lien
from each subcontractor and material or equipment supplier.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
30
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
END OF SECTION 01 29 00
SECTION 01 31 00
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
SUMMARY
A.
B.
1.3
This Section specifies administrative provisions for coordinating construction
operations on Project including, but not limited to, the following:
1.
Coordination Drawings.
2.
Administrative and supervisory personnel.
3.
Project meetings.
4.
Requests for Interpretation (RFI’s).
Related Sections:
1.
Section 01 32 00 “Construction Progress Documentation” for preparing and
submitting Contractor’s Construction Schedule.
2.
Section 01 70 00 “Field Engineering and Execution Requirements” for procedures for
coordinating general installation and field-engineering services, including
establishment of benchmarks and control points.
3.
Section 01 77 00 “Closeout Procedures” for coordinating closeout of the
Contract.
DEFINITIONS
A.
1.4
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
RFI: Request from Contractor seeking interpretation or clarification of the Contract
Documents.
COORDINATION
A.
Coordination: Coordinate construction operations included in different Sections of the
Specifications to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work.
Coordinate construction operations, included in different Sections, that depend on each
other for proper installation, connection, and operation.
1.
Coordinate structural, mechanical, and electrical elements prior to installation. All
31
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
penetrations of structural elements must first receive approval of Architect.
Rerouting of ductwork, piping, or conduit caused by failure to coordinate
beforehand is the responsibility of the affected subcontractor and will not be
considered justification for additional cost.
2.
Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results
where installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other
components, before or after its own installation.
3.
Coordinate installation of different components with other contractors to ensure
maximum accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair.
4.
Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later
installation.
5.
Where availability of space is limited, coordinate installation of different
components to ensure maximum performance and accessibility for required
maintenance, service, and repair of all components, including mechanical and
electrical.
6.
The manner in which the Specifications are divided into Divisions and Sections is not
intended to indicate division of work between trades nor indicate trade union or
jurisdictional agreements.
a. Assign and subcontract construction activities, and employ workers in a manner
that will not risk jurisdictional disputes that could result in conflicts, delays,
claims, or losses.
B.
Prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special
procedures required for coordination. Include such items as required notices,
reports, and list of attendees at meetings.
A. Prepare similar memoranda for Owner and separate contractors if coordination of
their Work is required.
C.
Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required
administrative procedures with other construction activities and activities of other
contractors to avoid conflicts and to ensure orderly progress of the Work. Such
administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the following:
A. Preparation of Contractor’s Construction Schedule.
B. Preparation of the Schedule of Values.
C. Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls.
D. Delivery and processing of submittals.
E. Progress meetings.
F. Preinstallation conferences.
G. Project closeout activities.
H. Startup and adjustment of systems.
I.
D.
Project closeout activities.
Conservation: Coordinate construction activities to ensure that operations are carried out
with consideration given to conservation of energy, water, and materials.
A.
Salvage materials and equipment involved in performance of, but not actually
32
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
incorporated into, the Work. Refer to other Sections for disposition of salvaged
materials that are designated as Owner’s property.
1.5
SUPERVISION
A.
1.6
Contractor is solely responsible for construction means, methods, techniques,
sequences, and procedures for performing all Work.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Coordination Drawings: Prepare Coordination Drawings if limited space availability
necessitates maximum utilization of space for efficient installation of different
components or if coordination is required for installation of products and materials
fabricated by separate entities.
1.
2.
Content: Project-specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base
Coordination Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard
printed data. Include the following information, as applicable.
a.
Indicate functional and spatial relationships of components of
architectural, structural, civil, mechanical, plumbing, and electrical
systems.
b.
Indicate required installation sequences.
c.
Indicate dimensions shown on the Contract Drawings and make specific note of
dimensions that appear to be in conflict with submitted equipment and minimum
clearance requirements. Provide alternate sketches to Architect for resolution of
such conflicts. Minor dimension changes and difficult installations will not be
considered changes to the Contract.
d.
Indicate key plan, north arrow, and sufficient grid lines to provide cross
reference to contract Drawings.
Sheet Size: At least 8-1/2 inches by 11 inches, but no larger than 30 inches by 40
inches.
a.
B.
Provide title block on each sheet with locations for signatures from all
subcontractors involved. Include statement that each subcontractor has
reviewed coordination drawings in detail and coordinated work of their
respective trade.
3.
Number of Copies: Submit five opaque copies of each submittal. Architect [,
through Construction Manager,] will return two copies.
4.
Refer to individual Sections for Coordination Drawing requirements for Work in
those Sections.
Key Personnel Names: Within 10 working days of starting construction operations, submit a
list of key personnel assignments, including superintendent and other personnel in
attendance at Project site. Identify individuals and their duties and responsibilities; list
addresses, telephone numbers, including office telephone numbers, and email addresses.
Provide names, addresses, telephone numbers, and email addresses of individuals assigned
as standbys in the absence of individuals assigned to Project.
1.
Post copies of list in Project meeting room, in temporary field office, and by each
temporary telephone. Keep list current at all times.
33
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
2.1
ADMINISTRATIVE AND SUPERVISORY PERSONNEL
A.
General: In addition to Project superintendent, provide other administrative and
supervisory personnel as required for proper performance of the Work.
1.
2.2
Include special personnel required for coordination of operations with other
contractors.
PROJECT MEETINGS
A.
B.
General: Schedule and conduct meetings and conferences at Project site, unless
otherwise indicated.
1.
Attendees: Inform participants and others involved, and individuals whose presence is
required, of date and time of each meeting. Notify Owner [Construction Manager,] and
Architect of scheduled meeting dates and times.
2.
Agenda: Prepare the meeting agenda. Distribute the agenda to all invited
attendees.
3.
Minutes: Record significant discussions and agreements achieved. Distribute the
meeting minutes to everyone concerned, including Owner and Architect, within 4
working days of the meeting.
Preconstruction Conference: Schedule a preconstruction conference before starting
construction, at a time convenient to Owner [,Construction Manager,] and Architect, but no
later than [10] working days after execution of the Agreement. Hold the conference at
Project site or another convenient location. Conduct the meeting to review responsibilities
and personnel assignments.
1.
Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner, [Construction Manager,]
Architect, and their consultants; Contractor and its superintendent; major
subcontractors; suppliers, [representatives of state agencies having jurisdiction]
and other concerned parties shall attend the conference. All participants at the
conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters
relating to the Work.
2.
Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress, including the
following:
a.
Tentative construction schedule.
b.
Phasing.
c.
Critical work sequencing and long-lead items.
d.
Designation of key personnel and their duties.
e.
Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders.
f.
Procedures for RFI’s.
g.
Procedures for testing and inspecting.
h.
Procedures for processing Applications for Payment.
i.
Distribution of the Contract Documents.
j.
Submittal procedures.
k.
LEED requirements.
34
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
B
C.
l.
Preparation of Record Documents.
m.
Use of the premises [and existing building].
n.
Work restrictions.
o.
Owner’s occupancy requirements.
p.
Responsibility for temporary facilities and controls.
q.
Construction waste management and recycling.
r.
Parking availability.
s.
Office, work, and storage areas.
t.
Equipment deliveries and priorities.
u.
First aid.
v.
Security.
w.
Progress cleaning.
x.
Working hours.
Minutes: Record and distribute meeting minutes.
Preinstallation Conferences: Conduct a preinstallation conference at Project site before each
construction activity that requires coordination with other construction.
1.
Attendees: Installer and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators involved in or
affected by the installation and its coordination or integration with other materials and
installations that have preceded or will follow, shall attend the meeting. Advise Architect
[and Construction Manager] of scheduled meeting dates.
2.
Agenda: Review progress of other construction activities and preparations for the
particular activity under consideration, including requirements for the following:
a.
The Contract Documents.
b.
Options.
c.
Related RFI’s.
d.
Related Change Orders.
e.
Purchases.
f.
Deliveries.
g.
Submittals.
h.
Review of mockups.
i.
Possible conflicts.
j.
Compatibility problems.
k.
Time schedules.
l.
Weather limitations.
m.
Manufacturer’s written recommendations.
n.
Warranty requirements.
o.
Compatibility of materials.
p.
Acceptability of substrates.
q.
Temporary facilities and controls.
35
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
D.
r.
Space and access limitations.
s.
Regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.
t.
Testing and inspecting requirements.
u.
Installation procedures.
v.
Coordination with other work.
w.
Required performance results.
x.
Protection of adjacent work.
y.
Protection of construction and personnel.
3.
Record significant conference discussions, agreements, and disagreements, including
required corrective measures and actions.
4.
Reporting: Distribute minutes of the meeting to each party present and to parties
who should have been present.
5.
Do not proceed with installation if the conference cannot be successfully concluded.
Initiate whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to performance of the
Work and reconvene the conference at earliest feasible date.
Progress Meetings: Conduct progress meetings at weekly intervals. Coordinate dates of
meetings with preparation of payment requests.
1.
Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner [,Construction Manager,] and
Architect, each contractor, subcontractor, supplier, and other entity concerned with
current progress or involved in planning, coordination, or performance of future activities
shall be represented at these meetings. All participants at the conference shall be familiar
with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.
2.
Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of previous progress meeting. Review
other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as
appropriate to status of Project.
a.
Contractor’s Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting.
Determine whether each activity is on time, ahead of schedule, or behind schedule,
in relation to Contractor’s Construction Schedule. Determine how construction
behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to do
so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and
subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time.
i)
b.
Review schedule for next period.
Review present and future needs of each entity present, including the following:
i)
Interface requirements.
ii)
Sequence of operations.
iii)
Status of submittals.
iv)
Deliveries.
v)
Off-site fabrication.
vi)
Access.
vii)
Site utilization.
36
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
viii) Temporary facilities and controls.
ix)
Work hours.
x)
Hazards and risks.
xi)
Progress cleaning.
xii)
Quality and work standards.
xiii)
Status of correction of deficient work items.
xiv)
Field observations.
xv)
RFI’s.
xvi)
Status of proposal requests.
xvii) Pending changes.
xviii) Status of Change Orders.
Pending claims and disputes.
xx)
Documentation of information for payment requests.
3.
Minutes: Record the meeting minutes.
4.
Reporting: Distribute minutes of the meeting to each party present and to
parties who should have been present.
a.
1.9
xix)
Schedule Updating: Revise Contractor’s Construction Schedule after each
progress meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or
recognized. Issue revised schedule concurrently with the report of each
meeting.
REQUESTS FOR INTERPRETATION (RFI’s)
A.
B.
Procedure: Immediately on discovery of the need for interpretation of the Contract
Documents, and if not possible to request interpretation at Project meeting, prepare and
submit an RFI in the form specified.
1.
RFI’s shall originate with the Contractor. RFI’s submitted by entities other than
Contractor will be returned with no response.
2.
Coordinate and submit RFI’s in a prompt manner so as to avoid delays in
Contractor’s work or work of subcontractors.
Content of RFI: Include a detailed, legible description of item needing interpretation or
clarification, and the following:
1.
Project name.
2.
Date.
3.
Name of Contractor.
4.
Name of Architect.
5.
RFI number, numbered sequentially.
6.
Specification Section number and title and related paragraphs, as appropriate.
7.
Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.
8.
Field dimensions and conditions, as appropriate.
37
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
9.
Contractor’s suggested solution(s). If Contractor(s) impact the Contract Time or the Contract
Sum, Contractor shall state impact in the RFI.
10.
Contractor’s signature.
11.
Attachments: Include drawings, descriptions, measurements, photos, Product Data, Shop
Drawings, and other supplementary information necessary to fully describe items
needing interpretation.
a.
C.
Hard-Copy RFI’s: Use forms provided by Architect [Construction Manager].
1.
D.
Identify each page of attachments with the RFI number and sequential page number.
Software-Generated RFI’s: Software-generated form with substantially the same content as
indicated above.
1.
E.
Attachments shall be electronic files in Adobe Acrobat PDF format.
Architect’s [and Construction Manager’s] Action: Architect [and Construction Manager] will
review each RFI, determine action required, and return it. Allow [10] working days for
Architect’s response for each RFI. RFI’s received after 1:00 P.M. will be considered as received
the following working day.
1.
No extension of Contract Time will be authorized due to Contractor’s failure to allow
sufficient time for Architect’s RFI review.
2.
The following RFI’s will be returned without action:
a.
Requests for approval of submittals.
b.
Requests for approval of substitutions.
c.
Requests for coordination information already indicated in the Contract
Documents.
d.
Requests for adjustments in the Contract Time or Contract Sum.
e.
Requests for interpretation of Architect’s actions on submittals.
f.
Incomplete RFI’s or RFI’s with numerous errors.
3.
Architect’s action may include a request for additional information, in which case
Architect’s time for response will start again.
4.
Architect’s action on RFI’s that may result in a change to the Contract Time or the
Contract Sum may be eligible for Contractor to submit Change Proposal according to
Section 01 26 00 ”Contract Modification Procedures.”
a.
F.
Supplementary drawings prepared by Contractor shall include dimensions,
thicknesses, structural grid references, and details of affected materials, assemblies,
and attachments.
If Contractor believes the RFI response warrants change in the Contract Time or the
Contract Sum, notify Architect [and Construction Manager] in writing within [5] working
days of receipt of the RFI response.
On receipt of Architect’s [and Construction Manager’s] action, update the RFI log and
immediately distribute the RFI response to affected parties. Review response and notify
Architect [and Construction Manager] within [5] working days if Contractor disagrees with
response.
38
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
G.
RFI Log: Prepare, maintain, and submit a tabular log of RFI’s organized by the RFI number.
Submit log biweekly [or as requested by Architect]. Include the following:
1.
Project name.
2.
Name and address of Contractor.
3.
Name and address of Architect [and Construction Manager].
4.
RFI number including RFI’s that were dropped and not submitted.
5.
RFI description.
6.
Date the RFI was submitted.
7.
Date Architect’s [and Construction Manager’s] response was received.
8.
Identification of related Architect’s Supplemental Instruction (ASI), Construction Change
Directive (CCD), and Proposal Request (PR), as appropriate.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01 31 00
39
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
SECTION 01 32 00
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.12 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.13 SUMMARY
A.
B.
C.
This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for documenting the
progress of construction during performance of the Work, including the following:
1.
Preliminary Construction Schedule.
2.
Contractor’s Construction Schedule.
3.
Submittals Schedule.
4.
Daily construction reports.
Multiple-Prime Contracts: Requirements of this Section apply to each Prime
Contractor.
1.
The term “Contractor” as used in this Section, applies to each Prime Contractor.
2.
Refer to Section 01125 ”Summary of Multiple Prime Contracts” for Bid Division
assignment of Work contained in this Section.
Related Sections:
1.
Section 01 29 00 ”Payment Procedures” for submitting the Schedule of Values.
2.
Section 01 31 00 ”Project Management and Coordination” for submitting and
distributing meeting and conference minutes.
3.
Section 01 33 00 ”Submittal Procedures” for submitting schedules and reports.
4.
Section 01 41 00 ”Quality Requirements” for submitting a schedule of tests and
inspections.
1.14 REFERENCES
A.
Associated General Contractors of America (AGC):
1.
Construction Planning and Scheduling.
1.15 DEFINITIONS
A.
Activity: A discrete part of a project that can be identified for planning, scheduling,
40
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
monitoring, and controlling the construction project. Activities included in a
construction schedule consume time and resources.
1.7
b.
Critical activities are activities on the critical path. They must start and finish on the
planned early start and finish times.
c.
Predecessor Activity: An activity that precedes another activity in the network.
d.
Successor Activity: An activity that follows another activity in the network.
B.
Cost Loading: The allocation of the Schedule of Values for the completion of an activity as
scheduled. The sum of costs for all activities must equal the total Contract Sum, unless
otherwise approved by Architect.
C.
CPM: Critical path method, which is a method of planning and scheduling a construction
project where activities are arranged based on activity relationships. Network calculations
determine when activities can be performed and the critical path of Project.
D.
Critical Path: The longest connected chain of interdependent activities through the network
schedule that establishes the minimum overall Project duration and contains no float.
E.
Event: The starting or ending point of an activity.
F.
Float: The measure of leeway in starting and completing an activity.
a
Float time is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either Owner or Contractor, but is a
jointly owned, expiring Project resource available to both parties as needed to meet
schedule milestones and Contract completion date.
b
Free float is the amount of time an activity can be delayed without adversely
affecting the early start of the successor activity.
c
Total float is the measure of leeway in starting or completing an activity without
adversely affecting the planned Project completion date.
G.
Fragnet: A partial or fragmentary network that breaks down activities into smaller
activities for greater detail.
H.
Major Area: A story of construction, a separate building, or a similar significant
construction element.
I.
Milestone: A key or critical point in time for reference or measurement.
J.
Network Diagram: A graphic diagram of a network schedule, showing activities and
activity relationships.
K.
Resource Loading: The allocation of manpower and equipment necessary for the
completion of an activity as scheduled.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Qualification Data: For scheduling consultant.
1.
If Owner waives requirement for scheduling consultant as specified in Part 3,
41
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
submit qualification data for Contractor’s in-house personnel responsible for
preparing construction schedules.
B.
C.
Submittals Schedule: Submit three copies of schedule. Arrange the following
information in a tabular format:
1.
Scheduled date for first submittal.
2.
Specification Section number and title.
3.
Submittal category (action or informational).
4.
Name of subcontractor.
5.
Description of the Work covered.
6.
Scheduled date for Architect’s [and Construction Manager’s] final release or
approval.
Preliminary Construction Schedule: Submit three opaque copies.
1.
D.
Preliminary Network Diagram: Submit three opaque copies, large enough to show entire
schedule for entire construction period.
E.
Contractor’s Construction Schedule: Submit three opaque copies of initial schedule, large
enough to show entire schedule for entire construction period.
F.
CPM Reports: Concurrent with CPM schedule, submit three copies of each of the
following computer-generated reports. Format for each activity in reports shall contain
activity number, activity description, cost and resource loading, original duration,
remaining duration, early start date, early finish date, late start date, late finish date,
and total float in calendar days.
G.
C.
Approval of cost-loaded preliminary construction schedule will not constitute
approval of Schedule of Values for cost-loaded activities.
1.
Activity Report: List of all activities sorted by activity number and then early start
date, or actual start date, if known.
2.
Logic Report: List of preceding and succeeding activities for all activities, sorted in
ascending order by activity number and then early start date, or actual start date if
known.
3.
Total Float Report: List of all activities sorted in ascending order of total float.
4.
Earnings Report: Compilation of Contractor’s total earnings from
commencement of the Work until most recent Application for Payment.
Daily Construction Reports: Submit two copies at weekly intervals.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Scheduling Consultant Qualifications: An experienced specialist in CPM scheduling and
reporting, with capability of producing CPM reports and diagrams within 48 hours of
Architect’s request.
B.
Prescheduling Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with
requirements in Section 01 31 00 “Project Management and Coordination.” Review
methods and procedures related to the Preliminary Construction Schedule and
42
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
Contractor’s Construction Schedule, including, but not limited to, the following:
1.
Review software limitations and content and format for reports.
Verify availability of qualified personnel needed to develop and update
schedule.
Discuss constraints, including phasing, work stages, area separations, interim
milestones, and partial Owner occupancy.
Review delivery dates for Owner-furnished products.
Review schedule for work of Owner’s separate contracts.
Review time required for review of submittals and resubmittals.
Review requirements for tests and inspections by independent testing and
inspecting agencies.
Review time required for completion and startup procedures.
Review and finalize list of construction activities to be included in schedule.
Review submittal requirements and procedures.
Review procedures for updating schedule.
2
COORDINATION
A
Coordinate preparation and processing of schedules and reports with performance of
construction activities and with scheduling and reporting of separate contractors.
B
Coordinate Contractor’s Construction Schedule with the Schedule of Values, list of
subcontracts, Submittals Schedule, progress reports, payment requests, and other
required schedules and reports.
1.
Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work from
parties involved.
2.
Coordinate each construction activity in the network with other activities and
schedule them in proper sequence.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2
SUBMITTALS SCHEDULE
B.
Preparation: Submit a schedule of submittals, arranged in chronological order by dates
required by construction schedule. Include time required for review, resubmittal,
ordering, manufacturing, fabrication, and delivery when establishing dates.
1.
Coordinate Submittals Schedule with list of subcontracts, the Schedule of
Values, and Contractor’s Construction Schedule.
2.
Initial Submittal: Submit concurrently with preliminary network diagram. Include
submittals required during the first [40] working days of construction. List those
required to maintain orderly progress of the Work and those required early because
of long lead time for manufacture or fabrication.
3.
Final Submittal: Submit concurrently with the first complete submittal of
Contractor’s Construction Schedule.
43
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
1.9
CONTRACTOR’S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE, GENERAL
A.
Procedures: Comply with procedures contained in AGC’s “Construction Planning and
Scheduling.”
B.
Time Frame: Extend schedule from date established for the Notice to Proceed to date
of Final Completion.
1.
C.
Contract completion date shall not be changed by submission of a schedule that
shows an early completion date, unless specifically authorized by Change Order.
Activities: Treat each story or separate area as a separate numbered activity for each
principal element of the Work. Comply with the following:
1.
Activity Duration: Define activities so no activity is longer than 20 days, unless
specifically allowed by Architect.
2.
Procurement Activities: Include procurement process activities for the following long
lead items and major items, requiring a cycle of more than 60 days, as separate
activities in schedule. Procurement cycle activities include, but are not limited to,
submittals, approvals, purchasing, fabrication, and delivery.
A.
D.
[insert list of long lead-time items, if any]
3.
Submittal Review Time: Include review and resubmittal times indicated in Section 01 33
00 “Submittal Procedures,” in schedule. Coordinate submittal review times in
Contractor’s Construction Schedule with Submittals Schedule.
4.
Startup and Testing Time: Include not less than 10 working days for startup and
testing.
5.
Substantial Completion: Indicate completion in advance of date established for
Substantial Completion, and allow time for Architect’s [and Construction Manager’s]
administrative procedures necessary for certification of Substantial Completion.
Constraints: Include constraints and work restrictions indicated in the Contract
Documents and as follows in schedule, and show how the sequence of the Work is
affected.
1.
Phasing: Arrange list of activities on schedule by phase.
2.
Work Under More Than One Contract: Include a separate activity for each
contract.
3.
Work by Owner: Include a separate activity for each portion of the Work
performed by Owner.
4.
Products Ordered in Advance: Include a separate activity for each product.
Include delivery date indicated in Section 01 11 00 ”Summary of Work.” Delivery
dates indicated stipulate the earliest possible delivery date.
5.
Owner-Furnished Products: Include a separate activity for each product.
Include delivery date indicated in Section 01 11 00 ”Summary of Work.”
Delivery dates indicated stipulate earliest possible delivery date.
6.
Work Restrictions: Show the effect of the following items on the schedule:
A.
a.
Coordination with existing construction.
Limitations of continued occupancies.
b.
Uninterruptible services.
44
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
B.
c.
Partial occupancy before Substantial Completion.
d.
Use of premises restrictions.
e.
Provisions for future construction.
f.
Seasonal variations.
g.
Environmental control.
Work Stages: Indicate important stages of construction for each major portion of
the Work, including, but not limited to, the following:
Subcontract awards.
Submittals.
Purchases.
Mockups.
Fabrication.
Sample testing.
Deliveries.
Installation.
Tests and inspections.
Adjusting.
Curing.
Startup and placement into final use and operation.
C.
Area Separations: Identify each major area of construction for each major
portion of the Work. Indicate where each construction activity within a major area
must be sequenced or integrated with other construction activities to provide for
the following:
Structural completion.
Permanent space enclosure.
Completion of mechanical installation.
Completion of electrical installation.
Substantial Completion.
E.
Milestones: Include milestones indicated in the Contract Documents in schedule, including, but
not limited to, the Notice to Proceed, Substantial Completion, and Final Completion. [and the
following interim milestones:]
1.
F.
[insert additional milestones here, if any]
Cost Correlation: At the head of schedule, provide a cost correlation line, indicating planned and
actual costs. On the line, show dollar volume of the Work performed as of dates used for
preparation of payment requests.
1.
Refer to Section 01 29 00 ”Payment Procedures,” for cost reporting and payment
procedures.
2.
Contractor shall assign cost to construction activities on the CPM schedule. Costs shall not
be assigned to submittal activities unless specified otherwise but may, with
45
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
Architect’s approval, be assigned to fabrication and delivery activities. Costs shall be
under required principal subcontracts for testing and commissioning activities,
operation and maintenance manuals, punch list activities, Project Record
Documents, and demonstration and training (if applicable), in the amount of five
percent of the Contract Sum.
3.
Each activity cost shall reflect an accurate value subject to approval by Architect.
4.
Total cost assigned to activities shall equal the Contract Sum.
G.
Contract Modifications: For each proposed contract modification and concurrent with its
submission, prepare a time-impact analysis using fragnets to demonstrate the effect of the
proposed change on the overall project schedule.
H.
Computer Software: Prepare schedules using a program that has been developed specifically
to manage construction schedules.
2.3
PRELIMINARY CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
2.4
A.
Bar-Chart Schedule: Submit preliminary horizontal bar-chart-type construction schedule
within seven days of date established for the Notice to Proceed.
B.
Preparation: Indicate each significant construction activity separately. Identify first workday
of each week with a continuous vertical line. Outline significant construction activities for
first 60 working days of construction. Include skeleton diagram for the remainder of the
Work and a cash requirement prediction based on indicated activities.
CONTRACTOR’S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE (GANTT CHART)
A.
Gantt-Chart Schedule: Submit a comprehensive, fully developed, horizontal Gantt-charttype, Contractor’s Construction Schedule within [15] working days of date established for
the Notice to Proceed. Base schedule on the Preliminary Construction Schedule and
whatever updating and feedback was received since the start of Project.
B.
Preparation: Indicate each significant construction activity separately. Identify first
workday of each week with a continuous vertical line.
1.
2.5
B
For construction activities that require three months or longer to complete,
indicate an estimated completion percentage in 10 percent increments within
time bar.
CONTRACTOR’S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE (CPM SCHEDULE)
A.
General: Prepare network diagrams using AON (activity-on-node) format.
B.
Preliminary Network Diagram: Submit diagram within [10] working days of date
established for the Notice to Proceed. Outline significant construction activities for the first
60 working days of construction. Include skeleton diagram for the remainder of the Work
and a cash requirement prediction based on indicated activities.
CPM Schedule: Prepare Contractor’s Construction Schedule using a computerized, time-scaled
CPM network analysis diagram for the Work.
9.
Develop network diagram in sufficient time to submit CPM schedule so it can be accepted
46
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
for use no later than [15] working days after date established for the Notice to Proceed.
a.
C
Failure to include any work item required for performance of this Contract shall not
excuse Contractor from completing all work within applicable completion dates,
regardless of Architect’s approval of the schedule.
10.
Conduct educational workshops to train and inform key personnel, including
subcontractor’s personnel, in proper methods of providing data and using CPM schedule
information.
11.
Establish procedures for monitoring and updating CPM schedule and for reporting progress.
Coordinate procedures with progress meeting and payment request dates.
12.
Use “one workday” as the unit of time. Include list of non-working days and holidays
incorporated into the schedule.
CPM Schedule Preparation: Prepare a list of all activities required to complete the Work. Using
the preliminary network diagram, prepare a skeleton network to identify probable critical paths.
9.
Activities: Indicate the estimated time duration, sequence requirements, and relationship of
each activity in relation to other activities. Include estimated time frames for the following
activities:
a.
Preparation and processing of submittals.
b.
Mobilization and demobilization.
c.
Purchase of materials.
d.
Delivery.
e.
Fabrication.
f.
Utility interruptions.
g.
Installation.
h.
Work by Owner that may affect or be affected by Contractor’s activities.
i.
Testing and commissioning.
10.
Critical Path Activities: Identify critical path activities, including those from interim
completion dates. Scheduled start and completion dates shall be consistent with
Contract milestone dates.
11.
Processing: Process data to produce output data on a computer-drawn, time-scaled
network. Revise data, reorganize activity sequences, and reproduce as often as necessary
to produce the CPM schedule within the limitations of the Contract Time.
12.
Format: Mark the critical path. Locate the critical path near center of network; locate
paths with most float near the edges.
a.
1.
Sub-networks on separate sheets are permissible for activities clearly off the critical
path.
Initial Issue of Schedule: Prepare initial network diagram from a list of straight “early starttotal float” sort. Identify critical activities. Prepare tabulated reports showing the following:
a.
Contractor or subcontractor and the Work or activity.
b.
Description of activity.
c.
Principal events of activity.
d.
Immediate preceding and succeeding activities.
47
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
2.
3.
e.
Early and late start dates.
f.
Early and late finish dates.
g.
Activity duration in workdays.
h.
Total float or slack time.
i.
Average size of workforce.
j.
Dollar value of activity (coordinate with the Schedule of Values).
Schedule Updating: Concurrent with making revisions to schedule, prepare tabulated
reports showing the following:
a.
Identification of activities that have changed.
b.
Changes in early and late start dates.
c.
Changes in early and late finish dates.
d.
Changes in activity durations in workdays.
e.
Changes in the critical path.
f.
Changes in total float or slack time.
g.
Changes in Contract Time.
Value Summaries: Prepare two cumulative value lists, sorted by finish dates.
a.
In the first list, tabulate activity number, early finish date, dollar value, and
cumulative dollar value.
b.
In the second list, tabulate activity number, late finish date, dollar value, and
cumulative dollar value.
c.
In subsequent issues of both lists, substitute actual finish dates for activities
completed as of list date.
d.
Prepare list for ease of comparison with payment requests; coordinate timing with
progress meetings.
In both value summary lists, tabulate “actual percent complete” and
“cumulative value completed” with total at bottom.
2.6
REPORTS
A.
Daily Construction Reports: Prepare a daily construction report recording the
following information concerning events at Project site:
1.
List of subcontractors at Project site.
2.
List of separate contractors at Project site.
3.
4.
Approximate count of personnel at Project site.
Equipment at Project site.
5.
Material deliveries.
6.
High and low temperatures and general weather conditions.
7.
Accidents.
8.
Meetings and significant decisions.
9.
Unusual events (refer to special reports).
10.
Stoppages, delays, shortages, and losses.
48
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
B.
2.7
11.
Meter readings and similar recordings.
12.
Emergency procedures.
13.
Orders and requests of authorities having jurisdiction.
14.
Change Orders received and implemented.
15.
Construction Change Directives received and implemented.
16.
Services connected and disconnected.
17.
Equipment or system tests and startups.
18.
Partial Completions and occupancies.
19.
Substantial Completions authorized.
Material Location Reports: At monthly intervals, prepare and submit a comprehensive list
of materials delivered to and stored at Project site. List shall be cumulative, showing
materials previously reported plus items recently delivered. Include with list a statement
of progress on and delivery dates for materials or items of equipment fabricated or stored
away from Project site.
SPECIAL REPORTS
A.
General: Submit special reports directly to Owner within two working days of an
occurrence. Distribute copies of report to parties affected by the occurrence.
B.
Reporting Unusual Events: When an event of an unusual and significant nature occurs at
Project site, whether or not related directly to the Work, prepare and submit a special
report. List chain of events, persons participating, response by Contractor’s personnel,
evaluation of results or effects, and similar pertinent information. Advise Owner in advance
when these events are known or predictable.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
CONTRACTOR’S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
A.
B.
Scheduling Consultant: Engage a consultant to provide planning, evaluation, and
reporting using CPM scheduling.
1.
In-House Option: Owner may waive the requirement to retain a consultant if
Contractor employs skilled personnel with experience in CPM scheduling and
reporting techniques. Submit qualifications.
2.
Meetings: Scheduling consultant shall attend all meetings related to Project
progress, alleged delays, and time impact.
Contractor’s Construction Schedule Updating: At monthly intervals, update schedule to
reflect actual construction progress and activities. Issue schedule one week before each
regularly scheduled progress meeting.
1.
Revise schedule immediately after each meeting or other activity where revisions
have been recognized or made. Issue updated schedule concurrently with the report
of each such meeting.
2.
Include a report with updated schedule that indicates every change, including, but
not limited to, changes in logic, durations, actual starts and finishes, and activity
49
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
durations.
C.
3.
As the Work progresses, indicate Actual Completion percentage for each
activity.
4.
Applications for Payment as specified in Section 01 29 00 “Payment
Procedures,” will not be processed until Project Inspector [Architect] has
verified updated schedule has been submitted.
Distribution: Distribute copies of approved schedule to Architect[, Construction
Manager,] Owner, separate contractors, subcontractors, suppliers and fabricators,
testing and inspection agencies, and other parties identified by Contractor with a needto-know schedule responsibility.
1.
Post copies in Project meeting rooms and temporary field offices.
2.
When revisions are made, distribute updated schedules to the same parties and post
in the same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed
their assigned portion of the Work and are no longer involved in performance of
construction activities.
END OF SECTION 01 32 00
50
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
SECTION 01 41 00
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.16 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.17 SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality
assurance and quality control.
B.
Multiple-Prime Contracts: Requirements of this Section apply to each Prime
Contractor.
C.
D.
1.
The term “Contractor” as used in this Section, applies to each Prime Contractor.
2.
Refer to Section 01 12 00 “Summary of Multiple Prime Contracts” for Bid
Division assignment of Work contained in this Section.
Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with requirements
specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for
compliance with the Contract Document requirements.
1.
Specific quality-assurance and quality-control requirements for individual
construction activities are specified in the Sections that specify those activities.
Requirements in those Sections may also cover production of standard products.
2.
Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit Contractor’s other
quality-assurance and quality-control procedures that facilitate compliance with
Contract Document requirements.
3.
Requirements for Contractor to provide quality-assurance and quality-control
services required by Architect, Owner, [Construction Manager,]or authorities
having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this Section.
Related Sections include:
1.
Section 01 21 00 ”Allowances” for testing and inspection allowances.
2.
Section 01 32 00 ”Construction Progress Documentation” for developing a
schedule of required tests and inspections.
3.
Section 01 73 29 ”Cutting and Patching” for repair and restoration of
construction disturbed by testing and inspecting activities.
4.
Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific test and inspection requirements.
51
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
2
REFERENCES
D.
ASTM International (American Society for Testing and Materials):
a.
E.
Code of Federal Regulations (CFR):
a.
F.
3
ASTM E 548: Guide for General Criteria Used for Evaluating Laboratory
Competence.
29 CFR 1910, Subpart A, Section 1910.7: Definitions and Requirements for a
Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory.
NIST: National Institute of Standards and Technology.
DEFINITIONS
D.
Quality-Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during
execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and substantiate that
proposed construction will comply with requirements.
E.
Quality-Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after
execution of the Work to evaluate that actual products incorporated into the Work and
completed construction comply with requirements. Services do not include contract
enforcement activities performed by Architect [or Construction Manager].
F.
Mockups: Full-size, physical assemblies that are constructed on-site. Mockups are used to
verify selections made under sample submittals, to demonstrate aesthetic effects and,
where indicated, qualities of materials and execution, and to review construction,
coordination, testing, or operation; they are not Samples. Approved mockups establish
the standard by which the Work will be judged.
G.
Laboratory Mockups: Full-size, physical assemblies that are constructed at testing
facility to verify performance characteristics.
H.
Preconstruction Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed specifically for the
Project before products and materials are incorporated into the Work to verify
performance or compliance with specified criteria.
I.
Product Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed by an NRTL, an NVLAP, or a
testing agency qualified to conduct product testing and acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction, to establish product performance and compliance with industry standards.
J.
Source Quality-Control Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed at the
source, i.e., plant, mill, factory, or shop.
K.
Field Quality-Control Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed on-site for
installation of the Work and for completed Work.
L.
Testing Agency: An entity engaged to perform specific tests, inspections, or both.
Testing laboratory shall mean the same as testing agency.
L.
Installer/Applicator/Erector: Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an
employee, Subcontractor, or Sub-subcontractor, to perform a particular construction
operation, including installation, erection, application, and similar operations.
52
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
a
M.
1.8
1.9
Using a term such as “carpentry” does not imply that certain construction activities
must be performed by accredited or unionized individuals of a corresponding
generic name, such as “carpenter.” It also does not imply that requirements
specified apply exclusively to tradespeople of the corresponding generic name.
Experienced: When used with an entity, “experienced” means having successfully
completed a minimum of five previous projects similar in size and scope to this Project;
being familiar with special requirements indicated; and having complied with
requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS
A.
General: If compliance with two or more standards is specified and the standards establish
different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, comply with the
most stringent requirement. Refer uncertainties and requirements that are different, but
apparently equal, to Architect for a decision before proceeding.
B.
Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified shall
be the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly with
the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum within
reasonable limits. To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values are
minimum or maximum, as appropriate, for the context of requirements. Refer
uncertainties to Architect for a decision before proceeding.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Qualification Data: For testing agencies specified in “Quality Assurance” Article to
demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include proof of qualifications in the form
of a recent report on the inspection of the testing agency by a recognized authority.
B.
Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Prepare in tabular form and include the following:
C.
1.
Specification Section number and title.
2.
Description of test and inspection.
3.
Identification of applicable standards.
4.
Identification of test and inspection methods.
5.
Number of tests and inspections required.
6.
Time schedule or time span for tests and inspections.
7.
Entity responsible for performing tests and inspections.
8.
Requirements for obtaining samples.
9.
Unique characteristics of each quality-control service.
Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports that include the following:
1.
Date of issue.
2.
Project title and number.
3.
Division of the State Architect project application number.
4.
Name, address, and telephone number of testing agency.
5.
Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections.
53
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
C.
F.
6.
Names of individuals making tests and inspections.
7.
Description of the Work and test and inspection method.
8.
Identification of product and Specification Section.
9.
Complete test or inspection data.
10.
Test and inspection results and an interpretation of test results.
11.
Record of temperature and weather conditions at time of sample taking and
testing and inspecting.
12.
Comments or professional opinion on whether tested or inspected Work
complies with the Contract Document requirements.
13.
Name and signature of laboratory inspector.
14.
Recommendations on retesting and reinspecting.
Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For Owner’s records, submit copies of permits, licenses,
certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for
fee payments, judgements, correspondence, records, and similar documents, established
for compliance with standards and regulations bearing on performance of the Work.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
General: Qualifications paragraphs in this Article establish the minimum qualification levels
required; individual Specification Sections specify additional requirements.
Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual with experience in installing, erecting, or
assembling work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project,
whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service
performance.
Minimum Experience: 5 years or 5 projects, unless indicated otherwise.
Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems
similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service
performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units.
Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products similar to those
indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well
as sufficient production capacity to product required units.
Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice
in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services
of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as
those performed for installations of the system, assembly, or product that are similar to those
indicated for this Project in material, design, and extent.
3
Testing Agency Qualifications: An NRTL, an NVLAP, or an independent agency with the
experience and capability to conduct testing and inspecting indicated, as documented according
to ASTM E 548; and with additional qualifications specified in individual Sections; and acceptable
to authorities having jurisdiction.
54
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
A
NRTL: A nationally recognized testing laboratory according to 29 CFR 1910.7.
B
NVLAP: A testing agency accredited according to NIST’s National Voluntary Laboratory
Accreditation Program.
4
Factory-Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative who is
trained and approved by manufacturer to inspect installation of manufacturer’s products that are
similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project.
5
Preconstruction Testing: Where testing agency is indicated to perform preconstruction testing
for compliance with specified requirements for performance and test methods, comply with
the following:
A
B
6
Contractor responsibilities include the following:
1.
Provide test specimens representative of proposed products and
construction.
2.
Submit specimens in a timely manner with sufficient time for testing and analyzing
results to prevent delaying the Work.
3.
Provide sizes and configurations of test assemblies, mockups, and laboratory
mockups, to adequately demonstrate capability of products to comply with
performance requirements.
4.
Build site-assembled test assemblies and mockups using installers who will perform
same tasks for Project.
5.
Build laboratory mockups at testing facility using personnel, products, and methods
of construction indicated for the completed Work.
6.
When testing is complete, remove test specimens, assemblies, mockups, and
laboratory mockups; do not reuse products on Project.
Testing Agency Responsibilities: Submit a certified written report of each test, inspection,
and similar quality-assurance service to Architect [, through Construction Manager], with
copy to Contractor. Interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether
tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents.
Mockups: Before installing portions of the Work requiring mockups, build mockups for each
form of construction and finish required to comply with the following requirements, using
materials indicated for the completed Work.
A
Build mockups in location and of size indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by
Architect [or Construction Manager].
B
Notify Architect [and Construction Manager] [5] working days in advance of dates and
times when mockups will be constructed.
4.
Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship.
5.
Obtain Architect’s [and Construction Manager’s] approval of mockups before
starting work, fabrication, or construction.
6.
Allow [5] working days for initial review and each re-review of each.
7.
Maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a
standard for judging the completed Work.
55
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
8.
17.
1.8
Demolish and remove mockups when directed, unless otherwise indicated.
Laboratory Mockups: Comply with requirements of preconstruction testing and those
specified in individual Sections in Divisions 2 through 16 .
QUALITY CONTROL
A.
B.
Owner will provide inspections, tests, and similar quality control services specified to be
performed by independent agencies, except where indicated as Contractor’s
responsibility. Costs for Owner-provided inspections and tests are not included in Contract
Sum.
1.
Owner will furnish Contractor with names, addresses, and telephone numbers of
testing agencies engaged and description of types of testing and inspecting they are
engaged to perform.
2.
Notify Project Inspector and testing agencies, at least [2] working daysin
advance of time when Work that requires testing or inspecting will be
performed.
3.
Costs for retesting and reinspecting construction that replaces or is necessitated by work
that failed to comply with the Contract Documents will be charged to Contractor, and the
Contract Sum will be adjusted by Change Order.
Where tests and inspections are indicated as Contractor’s responsibility, provide qualitycontrol services specified and those required by authorities having jurisdiction. Perform
quality-control services required of Contractor by authorities having jurisdiction, whether
specified or not.
1.
Where services are indicated as Contractor’s responsibility, engage a qualified
testing agency to perform these quality-control services.
a.
Contractor shall not employ same entity engaged by Owner, unless
agreed to in writing by Owner.
2.
Notify Project Inspector and testing agencies, at least [2] working days or as
indicated otherwise in advance of time when Work that requires testing or
inspecting will be performed.
3.
Where quality-control services are indicated as Contractor’s responsibility, submit a
certified written report, in duplicate, of each quality-control service.
4.
Testing and inspecting requested by Contractor and not required by the
Contract Documents are Contractor’s responsibility.
5.
Submit additional copies of each written report directly to authorities having
jurisdiction, when they so direct.
C.
Manufacturer’s Field Service: Where indicated, engage a factory-authorized service representative
to inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, including service connections.
Report results in writing as specified in Section
1 33 00 “Submittal Procedures.”
D.
Retesting/Reinspecting:
1.
Where quality-control services are Contractor’s responsibility, provide quality-control
services, including retesting and reinspecting, for construction that replaces or is
necessitated by Work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents.
56
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
2.
2
3
Where quality-control services are Owner’s responsibility, costs for retesting and
reinspecting construction that replaces or is necessitated by Work that failed to comply
with the Contract Documents will be charged to Contractor, by way of a deductive Change
Order.
Testing Agency Responsibilities: Cooperate with Architect [, Construction Manager,] and
Contractor in performance of duties. Provide qualified personnel to perform required tests and
inspections.
A
Notify Architect [, Construction Manager,] and Contractor promptly of irregularities or
deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services.
B
Determine the location from which test samples will be taken and in which in-situ tests
are conducted.
C
Conduct and interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and
inspected work complies with or deviates from requirements.
D
Submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each test, inspection, and similar
quality-control service through Contractor.
E
Do not release, revoke, alter, or increase the Contract Document requirements or approve
or accept any portion of the Work.
F
Do not perform any duties of Contractor.
Associated Services: Cooperate with agencies performing required tests, inspections, and similar
quality-control services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify agency
sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Provide the following:
A
Access to the Work.
B
Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections.
C
Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing and
inspecting. Assist agency in obtaining samples.
D
Facilities for storage and field curing of test samples.
E
Preliminary design mix proposed for use for material mixes that require control by testing
agency.
F
Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspecting equipment at Project
site.
G.
Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required qualityassurance and -control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of
removing and replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspecting.
1.
H.
Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples, and similar activities.
Provide timely notice of the Work’s readiness for all required tests and inspections.
Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Prepare a schedule of tests, inspections, and similar
quality-control services required by the Contract Documents. Submit schedule within
20 working days of date established for the Notice to Proceed.
1.
Distribution: Distribute schedule to Owner, Architect, [Construction Manager,]
testing agencies, and each party involved in performance of portions of the Work
where tests and inspections are required.
57
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
1.9
SPECIAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
A.
Special Tests and Inspections: Conducted by a qualified testing agency/Special Inspector as
required by authorities having jurisdiction, as indicated in DSA Structural Tests and
Inspections sheet (DSA Form 103-1) at end of this Section, in individual Specification
Sections, and as follows:
1.
Verifying that manufacturer maintains detailed fabrication and quality-control
procedures and reviewing the completeness and adequacy of those procedures to
perform the Work.
2.
Notifying Architect [, Construction Manager,] and Contractor promptly of
irregularities and deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its
services.
3.
Submitting a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar qualitycontrol service to Architect [and Construction Manager,] with copy to Contractor
and to authorities having jurisdiction.
4.
Submitting a final report of special tests and inspections at Substantial
Completion, which includes a list of unresolved deficiencies.
5.
Interpreting tests and inspections and stating in each report whether tested and
inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents.
6.
Retesting and reinspecting corrected work.
1.10 PROJECT INSPECTOR
A.
Owner will engage a qualified Inspector acceptable to Architect, and authorities
having jurisdiction. Primary duty of the Inspector is to inspect the Work for
compliance with the Contract Documents.
1.
The duties of the Inspector are defined in Title 24, Part 1, Chapter 4.
2.
The Inspector will report to the Owner and Architect.
B.
Provide free access to all parts of the Work at all times, so as to allow continuous
observation by the Inspector. Presence of the Inspector does not relieve the Contractor
in any way from requirement to comply with the Contract Documents.
C.
Notify Inspector at least [2] working days in advance of time when work that requires
inspecting will be performed.
D.
Provide reasonable facilities for Inspector’s use in performing inspection duties, as
specified in Section 01 50 00 ”Temporary Facilities and Controls.”
E.
Inspector shall have authority to stop the Work in the event Contract Documents are not
being complied with, but is not authorized to change requirements contained in the
Contract Documents.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
58
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
3.1
TEST AND INSPECTION LOG
A.
B.
3.2
Prepare a record of tests and inspections. Include the following:
1.
Date test or inspection was conducted.
2.
Description of the Work tested or inspected.
3.
Date test or inspection results were transmitted to Architect.
4.
Identification of testing agency or Special Inspector conducting test or
inspection.
Maintain log at Project site. Post changes and modifications as they occur. Provide access
to test and inspection log for Architect’s [and Construction Manager’s] reference during
normal working hours.
REPAIR AND PROTECTION
A.
General: On completion of testing, inspecting, sample taking, and similar services, repair
damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes.
1.
Comply with Contract Document requirements for Section 01 73 29 ”Cutting and
Patching.”
B.
Protect construction exposed by or for quality-control service activities.
C.
Repair and protection are Contractor’s responsibility, regardless of the assignment of
responsibility for quality-control services.
END OF SECTION 01 41 00
59
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
SECTION 01 42 00
DEFINITIONS, REFERENCES, AND REGULATIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.18 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.19 SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes definitions, reference standards, and regulations.
1.20 DEFINITIONS
A.
General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract.
B.
“Approved”: When used to convey Architect’s action on Contractor’s submittals,
applications, and requests, “approved” is limited to Architect’s duties and responsibilities
as stated in the Conditions of the Contract, and does not relieve the Contractor in any
way of responsibility for conformance with contract.
C.
“Directed”: A command or instruction by Architect. Other terms including “requested,”
“authorized,” “selected,” “approved,” “required,” and “permitted” have the same meaning
as “directed.”
1.
In no way shall any implied meaning be interpreted to extend Architect’s responsibility
to construction means and methods or construction site safety.
D.
“Indicated”: Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on Drawings,
in Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including “shown,” “noted,”
“scheduled,” and “specified” have the same meaning as “indicated.”
E.
“Regulations”: Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having
jurisdiction, and rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry
that control performance of the Work.
F.
G.
“Furnish”: Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking,
assembly, installation, and similar operations.
“Install”: Operations at Project site including unloading, temporarily storing, unpacking,
assembling, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing,
protecting, cleaning, and similar operations.
H.
“Provide”: Furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use.
M.
“Project Site”: Space available for performing construction activities. The extent of
Project site is shown on Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description
of the land on which the Project is to be built.
60
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
1.6
INDUSTRY STANDARDS
A.
Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent
requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect
as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced.
Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference.
B.
Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract
Documents, unless otherwise indicated.
C.
Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project should be
familiar with industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of
applicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents.
1.
D.
1.7
Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction
activity, obtain copies directly from publication source.
Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or
other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities indicated
in Gale Research’s “Encyclopedia of Associations” or in Columbia Books’ “National Trade &
Professional Associations of the U.S.”
GOVERNING REGULATIONS
A.
B
All Work to be in strict conformance with requirements of all applicable codes,
ordinances, and other regulations, including the following:
1.
California Code of Regulations, Title 8 – Industrial Relations (CAL-OSHA
Standards).
2.
California Code of Regulations, Title 19 - Public Safety.
3.
California Code of Regulations, Title 21 - Public Works.
4.
California Code of Regulations, Title 22 - Social Security.
5.
California Code of Regulations, Title 24 - Building Standards.
a
2007 California Building Standards Administrative Code (Title 24, Part 1).
b
2007 California Building Code (Title 24, Part 2).
c
2007 California Electrical Code (Title 24, Part 3).
d
2007 California Mechanical Code (Title 24, Part 4).
e
2007 California Plumbing Code (Title 24, Part 5).
f
2007 California Energy Code (Title 24, Part 6).
g
2007 California Historical Building Code (Title 24, Part 8).
h
2007 California Fire Code (Title 24, Part 9).
i
2007 California Existing Building Code (Title 24, Part 10).
j
2007 California Referenced Standards Code (Title 24, Part 12).
Nothing in these Contract Documents shall be construed to permit work not in
61
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
conformance with applicable codes and regulations. Notify Architect and Project Inspector
promptly in writing if there is reason to believe that any portion of Contract Documents is
at variance with any applicable codes and regulations.
2.3
SUBMITTALS
A.
Permits and Licenses: Submit copies of permits, licenses, inspection reports,
certifications, and other similar documents pertaining to compliance with applicable
standards and regulations.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01 42 00
62
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
SECTION 01 50 00
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.21 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.22 SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes requirements for temporary utilities, support facilities, and
security and protection facilities.
B.
Related Sections include:
1.
Section 01 10 00 ”Summary of Work” for limitations on utility interruptions and
other work restrictions.
2.
Section 01 33 00 ”Submittal Procedures” for procedures for submitting copies of
implementation and termination schedule and utility reports.
3.
Section 01 70 00 ”Field Engineering and Execution” for progress cleaning
requirements.
4.
Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for temporary heat, ventilation, and humidity
requirements for products in those Sections.
1.23 REFERENCES
A.
National Fire Protection Association (NFPA):
1.
NFPA 10: Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers.
2.
NFPA 241: Safeguarding Construction, Alteration, and Demolition Operations.
1.24 DEFINITIONS
A.
Permanent Enclosure: As determined by Architect, permanent or temporary roofing is
complete, insulated, and weathertight; exterior walls are insulated and weathertight; and all
openings are closed with permanent construction or substantial temporary closures.
1.25 USE CHARGES
A.
General: Cost or use charges for temporary facilities shall be included in the Contract Sum.
Allow other entities to use temporary services and facilities without cost, including, but not
limited to, Architect, testing agencies, and authorities having jurisdiction.
4
Sewer Service: Pay sewer service use charges for sewer usage by all entities for
construction operations.
63
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
5
Water Service: Pay water service use charges for water used by all entities for
construction operations.
[or]
D.
Water Service: Water from Owner’s existing water system is available for use without
metering and without payment of use charges. Provide connections and extensions of
services as required for construction operations.
E.
Electric Power Service: Pay electric power service use charges for electricity used by all
entities for construction operations.
[or]
B.
Electric Power Service: Electric power from Owner’s existing system is available for use
without metering and without payment of use charges. Provide connections and
extensions of services as required for construction operations.
1.10 SUBMITTALS
A.
Site Plan: Show temporary facilities, enclosures, utility hookups, staging areas, and
parking areas for construction personnel.
B.
Shop Drawing: Project Identification Sign. Show dimensions, graphics, and layout.
1.11 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Electric Service: Comply with NECA, NEMA, and UL standards and regulations for
temporary electric service. Install service to comply with NFPA 70.
B.
Tests and Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to test and inspect each
temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits.
1.12 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A.
Temporary Use of Permanent Facilities: Installer of each permanent service shall assume
responsibility for operation, maintenance, and protection of each permanent service
during its use as a construction facility before Owner’s acceptance, regardless of previously
assigned responsibilities.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MATERIALS
A.
Pavement: Hot-laid, hot-mix asphalt plant mixes designed according to Caltrans Standard
Specifications Section 39 requirements for Type B asphalt concrete
B.
Portable Chain-Link Fencing: Minimum 2-inch, 9-gage, galvanized steel, chain-link fabric
fencing; minimum 6 feet high with galvanized steel pipe posts, with 1-5/8 inch
OD top and bottom rails. Provide concrete or galvanized steel bases for supporting posts.
64
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
C.
Lumber and Plywood:
1
Lumber: Douglas fir-larch, No. 2.
2
Plywood: ½-inch C-D with exterior glue.
D.
Steel Studs and Track: ASTM C 645, 0.0209 (25 gage) thickness.
E.
Gypsum Board: Minimum ½ inch thick by 48 inches wide by maximum available lengths;
regular-type panels with tapered edges. Comply with ASTM C 36.
1
2.
Provide 5/8 inch thick Type X where temporary partitions are required to be firerated.
F.
Insulation: Unfaced mineral-fiber blanket, manufactured from glass, slag wool, or rock
wool; with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of 25 and 50,
respectively.
G.
Paint: Suitable for intended use, as recommended in writing by paint manufacturer.
TEMPORARY FACILITIES
B.
Field Offices, General: Prefabricated or mobile units with serviceable finishes,
temperature controls, and foundations adequate for normal loading.
C.
Common-Use Field Office: Of sufficient size to accommodate needs of construction personnel.
Keep office clean and orderly. Furnish and equip offices as follows:
D.
1.
Furniture required for Project-site documents including file cabinets, plan tables, plan
racks, and bookcases.
2.
Conference room of sufficient size to accommodate meetings of [10] individuals.
Provide electrical power service and 120V AC duplex receptacles, with not less than
one receptacle on each wall. Furnish room with conference table, chairs, and fourfoot square tack board.
3.
Drinking water and private toilet.
4.
Coffee machine and supplies.
5.
Heating and cooling equipment necessary to maintain a uniform indoor
temperature of 68 to 72 deg F.
6.
Lighting fixtures capable of maintaining average illumination of 20 fc at desk
height.
Project Inspector’s Field Office: Provide heated and air-conditioned space fo sufficient size
to accommodate needs of Project Inspector. Project Inspector’s field office space may be
combined with Contractor’s common-use field office. Furnish and equip as follows:
1.
Desk and chair.
2.
Layout table.
3.
1.
File cabinet.
Plan rack with capacity to hold 12 sets of plans.
2.
Bookshelf.
3.
Wastebasket.
65
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
B
Storage and Fabrication Sheds: Provide sheds sized, furnished, and equipped to
accommodate materials and equipment for construction operations.
1
2.3
Store combustible materials apart from building.
EQUIPMENT
A.
Fire Extinguishers: Portable, UL rated; with class and extinguishing agent as required by
locations and classes of fire exposures according to NFPA 10.
B.
HVAC Equipment: Unless Owner authorizes use of permanent HVAC system, provide
vented, self-contained, liquid-propane-gas or fuel-oil heaters with individual space
thermostatic control.
1.
Use of gasoline-burning space heaters, open-flame heaters, or salamander-type
heating units is prohibited.
2.
Heating Units: Listed and labeled for type of fuel being consumed, by a testing
agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.
C.
First Aid Supplies: In compliance with governing regulations.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
B
C
INSTALLATION, GENERAL
3.
Locate facilities where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum
interference with performance of Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required by
progress of the Work.
4.
Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Do not remove until
facilities are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use of completed permanent
facilities.
TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION
3.
4.
General: Install temporary service or connect to existing service.
a
Arrange with utility company, Owner, and existing users for time when service can be
interrupted, if necessary, to make connections for temporary services.
b
If temporary service is not available, provide mobile or portable solutions,
adequate to meet expected demand.
Sewers and Drainage: Provide temporary utilities to remove effluent lawfully.
a
C.
Connect temporary sewers to private system indicated as directed by
authorities having jurisdiction.
Water Service: Install water service and distribution piping in sizes and pressures adequate
for construction.
[or]
l.
Water Service: Use of Owner’s existing water service facilities will be permitted, as long as facilities
are cleaned and maintained in a condition acceptable to Owner. At Substantial Completion, restore
66
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
these facilities to condition existing before initial use.
B.
m.
Where installation below an outlet might be damaged by spillage or leakage, provide a
drip pan of suitable size to minimize water damage. Drain accumulated water promptly
from pans.
Sanitary Facilities: Provide temporary toilets, wash facilities, and drinking water for use by
construction personnel. Comply with authorities having jurisdiction for type, number, location,
operation, and maintenance of fixtures and facilities. Provide fully stocked supply of toilet
tissue, paper towels, and other disposable materials as needed for sanitary facilities.
B.
Toilets: Use of Owner’s existing toilet facilities will be permitted, as long as facilities are
cleaned and maintained in a condition acceptable to Owner. At Substantial Completion,
restore these facilities to condition existing before initial use.
n.
Heating and Cooling: Provide temporary heating and cooling required by construction activities
for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction from
adverse effects of low temperatures or high humidity. Select equipment that will not have a
harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed.
o.
Ventilation and Humidity Control: Provide temporary ventilation required by construction
activities for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction
from adverse effects of high humidity. Select equipment that will not have a harmful effect on
completed installations or elements being installed. Coordinate ventilation requirements to
produce ambient condition required and minimize energy consumption.
p.
Electric Power Service: Use of Owner’s existing electric power service will be permitted, as long as
equipment is maintained in a condition acceptable to Owner.
[or]
C.
D.
Electric Power Service: Provide electric power service and distribution system of sufficient
size, capacity, and power characteristics required for construction operations.
1.
Install electric power service overhead unless otherwise indicated.
2.
Connect temporary service to Owner’s existing power source, as directed by Owner.
Lighting: Provide temporary lighting with local switching that provides adequate
illumination for construction operations, observations, inspections, and traffic conditions.
I.
1.
Install and operate temporary lighting that fulfills security and protection
requirements without operating entire system.
2.
Install lighting for Project identification sign.
Telephone Service: Provide temporary telephone service in common-use facilities for use
by all construction personnel. Install two telephone lines for each field office.
1.
In addition to telephone lines specified above, provide telephone lines for the
following:
Provide a dedicated telephone line for each facsimile machine and each
computer.
2.
At each telephone, post a list of important telephone numbers.
67
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
Police and fire departments.
Ambulance service.
Contractor’s home office.
Architect’s office.
Engineer’s office.
Owner’s office.
Principal subcontractors’ field and home offices.
3.
J.
2.6
Electronic Communication Service: Provide temporary electronic communication
service, including electronic mail, in common-use facilities.
SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION
A.
B.
General: Comply with the following:
1.
Provide incombustible construction for offices, shops, and sheds located within
construction area or within 30 feet of building lines. Comply with NFPA 241.
2.
Maintain support facilities until near Substantial Completion. Remove before Substantial
Completion. Personnel remaining after Substantial Completion will be permitted to use
permanent facilities, under conditions acceptable to Owner.
Temporary Roads and Paved Areas: Construct and maintain temporary roads and paved
areas adequate for construction operations. Locate temporary roads and paved areas
within construction limits indicated.
1.
C.
D.
E.
F.
Provide superintendent with cellular telephone or portable two-way radio for use
when away from field office.
Provide dust-control treatment that is nonpolluting and nontracking. Reapply
treatment as required to minimize dust.
Traffic Controls: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
1.
Protect existing site improvements to remain including curbs, pavement, and
utilities.
2.
Maintain access for fire-fighting equipment and access to fire hydrants.
Parking: Provide temporary [Use designated areas of Owner’s existing] parking areas
for construction personnel.
Dewatering Facilities and Drains: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
Maintain Project site, excavations, and construction free of water.
1.
Dispose of rainwater in a lawful manner that will not result in flooding Project or adjoining
properties nor endanger permanent Work or temporary facilities.
2.
Remove snow and ice as required to minimize accumulations.
Project Identification and Temporary Signs: Provide Project identification and other signs.
Engage an experienced sign company to produce project signs. Install signs where indicated to
inform public and individuals seeking entrance to Project. Unauthorized signs are not permitted.
1.
Provide minimum dimension 6'-0" wide by 3'-0" high sign containing Architect’s firm name
68
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
and related information, with minimum 3 different colors. Install in visible location as
approved by Architect.
a.
Architect will provide actual sign dimensions and graphic layout and content
prior to sign fabrication.
2.
Provide temporary, directional signs for construction personnel and visitors.
3.
Maintain and touchup signs so they are legible at all times.
4.
Conform with all applicable regulations of local authorities.
G.
Waste Disposal Facilities: Provide waste-collection containers in sizes adequate to handle waste
from construction operations. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
Comply with requirements of Section 01 70 00 ”Field Engineering and Execution Requirements”
for progress cleaning requirements.
H.
Lifts and Hoists: Provide facilities necessary for hoisting materials and personnel.
1.
Truck cranes and similar devices used for hoisting materials are considered “tools and
equipment” and not temporary facilities.
I.
Temporary Elevator Use: Refer to Division 14 Sections for temporary use of new elevators
and lifts.
J.
Existing Elevator Use: Use of Owner’s existing elevators will be permitted, as long as elevators are
cleaned and maintained in a condition acceptable to Owner. At Substantial Completion, restore
elevators to condition existing before initial use, including replacing worn cables, guide shoes,
and similar items of limited life.
1.
Do not load elevators beyond their rated weight capacity.
2.
Provide protective coverings, barriers, devices, signs, or other procedures to protect
elevator car and entrance doors and frame. If, despite such protection, elevators become
damaged, engage elevator Installer to restore damaged work so no evidence remains of
correction work. Return items that cannot be refinished in field to the shop, make required
repairs and refinish entire unit, or provide new units as required.
K.
Temporary Stairs: Until permanent stairs are available, provide temporary stairs where
ladders are not adequate.
L.
Existing Stair Usage: Use of Owner’s existing stairs will be permitted, as long as stairs are cleaned
and maintained in a condition acceptable to Owner. At Substantial Completion, restore stairs to
condition existing before initial use.
M.
Provide protective coverings, barriers, devices, signs, or other procedures to protect stairs and
to maintain means of egress. If, despite such protection, stairs become damaged, restore
damaged areas so no evidence remains fo correction work.
N.
Temporary Use of Permanent Stairs: Cover finished, permanent stairs with protective covering of
plywood or similar material so finishes will be undamaged at time of acceptance.
2.7
SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION
A.
Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct
construction in ways and by methods that comply with environmental regulations and
that minimize possible air, waterway, and subsoil contamination or pollution or other
69
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
undesirable effects.
1.
B.
Comply with work restrictions specified in Section 01 11 00 ”Summary of Work.”
Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Comply with requirements specified in Section
31 10 00 ”Site Clearing.”
[or]
C.
Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Provide measures to prevent soil erosion and
discharge of soil-bearing water runoff and airborne dust to adjacent properties and walkways,
according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
1. Inspect, repair, and maintain erosion- and sedimentation-control measures during
construction until permanent vegetation has been established.
D.
Stormwater Control: Comply with authorities having jurisdiction: Provide barriers in and
around excavations and subgrade construction to prevent flooding by runoff of stormwater
from heavy rains.
E.
Tree and Plant Protection: Comply with requirements specified in Section 01 56 39 ”Tree
Protection and Trimming.”
F.
Tree and Plant Protection: Install temporary fencing located as indicated or outside the drip line
of trees to protect vegetation from damage from construction operations. Protect tree root
systems from damage, flooding, and erosion.
G.
Pest Control: Engage pest-control service to recommend practices to minimize attraction and
harboring or rodents, roaches, and other pests and to perform extermination and
control procedures at regular intervals so Project will be free of pests and their residues
at Substantial Completion. Obtain extended warranty for Owner. Perform control
operations lawfully, using environmentally safe materials.
H.
Site Enclosure Fence: Furnish and install site enclosure fence in a manner that will prevent people
and animals from easily entering site except by entrance gates.
[or]
I.
1.
Extent of Fence: As required to enclose entire Project site or portion determined sufficient
to accommodate construction operations.
2.
Maintain security by limiting number of keys and restricting distribution to
authorized personnel.
Security Enclosure and Lockup: Install substantial temporary enclosure around partially
completed areas of construction. Provide lockable entrances to prevent unauthorized
entrance, vandalism, theft, and similar violations of security.
1.
Provide secure lockup for stored materials and equipment which are of value or attractive
for theft.
J.
Barricades, Warning Signs, and Lights: Comply with requirements of authorities having
jurisdiction for erecting structurally adequate barricades, including warning signs and lighting.
K.
Covered Walkway: Erect structurally adequate, protective, covered walkway for passage of
70
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
individuals along adjacent public street(s). Coordinate with entrance gates, other facilities, and
obstructions. Comply with regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.
L.
1.
Construct covered walkways using scaffold or shoring framing.
2.
Provide wood-plank overhead decking, protective plywood enclosure walls, handrails,
barricades, warning signs, lights, safe and well-drained walkways, and similar provisions
for protection and safe passage.
3.
Extend back wall beyond the structure to complete enclosure fence.
4.
Paint and maintain in a manner approved by Owner and Architect.
Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosures for protection of construction, in progress
and completed, from exposure, foul weather, other construction operations, and similar
activities. Provide temporary weathertight enclosure for building exterior.
1.
M.
Where heating or cooling is needed and permanent enclosure is not complete, insulate
temporary enclosures.
Temporary Partitions: Provide floor-to-ceiling dustproof partitions to limit dust and dirt migration
and to separate areas occupied by Owner [and tenants] from fumes and noise.
1.
Construct dustproof partitions with lumber [steel studs] and gypsum wallboard with joints
taped on occupied side [both sides], and fire-retardant plywood on construction
operations side.
[or]
2.8
Construct dustproof partitions with two layers of 3-mil polyethylene sheet on each side.
Cover floor with two layers of 3-mil polyethylene sheet, extending sheets 18 inches up the
sidewalls. Overlap and tape full length of joints. Cover floor with fire-retardant plywood.
Construct vestibule and airlock at each entrance through temporary
partition with not less than 48 inches between doors. Maintain waterdampened foot mats in vestibule.
A
3.
Insulate partitions to provide noise protection to occupied areas.
4.
Seal joints and perimeter. Equip partitions with dustproof doors and security
locks.
5.
Protect air-handling equipment.
6.
Weatherstrip openings.
7.
Provide walk-off mats at each entrance through temporary partition.
Temporary Fire Protection: Install and maintain temporary fire-protection facilities of
types needed to protect against reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses.
Comply with NFPA 241.
2.
Prohibit smoking in construction areas.
3.
Supervise welding operations, combustion-type temporary heating units, and
similar sources of fire ignition according to requirements of authorities having
jurisdiction.
4.
Develop and supervise an overall fire-prevention and fire-protection program for
personnel at Project site. Review needs with local fire department and establish
procedures to be followed. Instruct personnel in methods and procedures. Post
warnings and information.
71
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
3.5
5.
Provide temporary standpipes and hoses for fire protection. Hang hoses with a
warning sign stating that hoses are for fire-protection purposes only and are not to be
removed. Match hose size with outlet size and equip with suitable nozzles.
6.
Locate fire extinguishers where convenient and effective for their intended
purpose, but not less than one extinguisher on each floor at or near each usable
stairwell.
7.
Store combustible materials in containers in fire-safe locations.
8.
Maintain unobstructed access to fire extinguishers, fire hydrants, temporary fire
protection facilities, stairways and other access routes for fighting fires.
OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL
A.
Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. To minimize waste and
abuse, limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses.
B.
Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal.
1.
Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control,
ventilation, and similar facilities on a 24-hour basis where required to achieve
indicated results and to avoid possibility of damage.
C.
Operate Project-identification-sign lighting daily from dusk until 12:00 midnight.
D.
Temporary Facility Changeover: Do not change over from using temporary security and
protection facilities to permanent facilities until Substantial Completion.
E.
Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has
ended, when it has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later
than Substantial Completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction
that may have been delayed because of interference with temporary facility. Repair
damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be
satisfactorily repaired.
1.
Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are property of
Contractor. Owner reserves right to take possession of Project Identification signs.
2.
Remove temporary paving not intended for or acceptable for integration into
permanent paving. Where area is intended for landscape development, remove soil
and aggregate fill that do not comply with requirements for fill or subsoil. Remove
materials contaminated with road oil, asphalt and other petrochemical compounds,
and other substances that might impair growth of plant materials or lawns. Repair or
replace street paving, curbs, and sidewalks at temporary entrances, as required by
authorities having jurisdiction.
3.
At Substantial Completion, clean and renovate permanent facilities used during
construction period. Comply with final cleaning requirements specified in Section 01
77 00 ”Closeout Procedures.”
END OF SECTION 01 50 00
72
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
SECTION 01 60 00
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS AND SUBSTITUTIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
1.3
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for selection of
products for use in Project; product delivery, storage, and handling; manufacturer’s
standard warranties on products; special warranties; product substitutions; and
comparable products.
B.
Related Sections:
1.
Section 01 77 00 ”Closeout Procedures” for submitting warranties for Contract
closeout.
2.
Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific requirements for warranties on
products and installations specified to be warrantied.
DEFINITIONS
A.
B.
Products: Items purchased for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for
Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term “product” includes the terms
“material,” “equipment,” “system,” and terms of similar intent.
1.
Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer’s product name, including make
or model number or other designation shown or listed in manufacturer’s published
product literature, that is current as of date of the Contract Documents.
2.
New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated into another
project or facility, except that products consisting of recycled-content materials are
allowed, unless explicitly stated otherwise. Products salvaged or recycled from other
projects are not considered new products.
Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of
construction from those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by
Contractor after award of the Contract.
1.
The following are not considered substitutions:
Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of
construction from those required by the Contract Documents and
proposed by bidders during bidding period. If accepted by Architect
during bidding period, such changes are considered part of Contract
Document requirements, and are not subject to procedural
requirements specified in this Section for product substitutions.
73
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
4.
SUBMITTALS
1.
Product List: Submit a list, in tabular form, showing specified products. Include generic
names of products required. Include manufacturer’s name and proprietary product
names for each product.
i)
Coordinate product list with Contractor’s Construction Schedule and the
Submittals Schedule.
ii)
Form: Tabulate information for each product under the following column
headings.
Specification Section number and title.
Generic name used in the Contract Documents.
Proprietary name, model number, and similar designations.
Manufacturer’s name and address.
Supplier’s name and address.
Installer’s name and address.
Projected delivery date or time span of delivery period.
Identification of items that require early submittal approval for scheduled
delivery date.
iii)
2.
Architect’s Action: Architect will respond in writing to Contractor within [10]
working days of receipt of completed product list. Architect’s response will
include a list of unacceptable product selections and a brief explanation of
reasons for this action. Architect’s response, or lack of response, does not
constitute a waiver of requirement to comply with the Contract Documents.
Substitution Requests: Submit three copies of each request for consideration.
Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include
Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles.
i)
Documentation: Show compliance with requirements for substitutions and the
following, as applicable:
Statement indicating why specified material or product cannot be
provided.
Coordination information, including a list of changes or modifications needed
to other parts of the Work and to construction performed by Owner and
separate contractors, that will be necessary to accommodate proposed
substitution.
Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed substitution with
those of the Work specified. Significant qualities may include attributes such
as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, and specific features
and requirements indicated.
Product Data, including drawings and descriptions of products and
fabrication and installation procedures.
Samples, where applicable or requested.
a.
List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses
74
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
and names and addresses of architects and owners.
b.
Material test reports from a qualified testing agency indicating and
interpreting test results for compliance with requirements indicated.
c.
Research/evaluation reports evidencing compliance with building code in effect for
Project, from a model code organization acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction.
d.
Detailed comparison of Contractor’s Construction Schedule using proposed
substitution with products specified for the Work, including effect on the overall
Contract Time. If specified product or method of construction cannot be provided
within Contract Time, include letter from manufacturer, on manufacturer’s
letterhead, stating lack of availability or delays in delivery.
e.
Cost information, including a proposal of change, if any, in the Contract Sum.
f.
Contractor’s certification that proposed substitution complies with
requirements in the Contract Documents and is appropriate for applications
indicated.
i)
g.
B
1.6
Contractor’s waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may
subsequently become necessary because of failure of proposed substitution
to produce indicated results.
Architect’s Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or
documentation for evaluation within [5] working days of receipt of a request for
substitution. Architect will notify Contractor [through Construction Manager] of
acceptance or rejection of proposed substitution within [10] working days of receipt of
request, or [5] working days of receipt of additional information or documentation,
whichever is later.
1
Form of Acceptance: Change Order.
2
Use product specified if Architect cannot make a decision on use of proposed
substitution within time allocated.
Comparable Product Requests: Submit three copies of each request for consideration. Identify
product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section
number and title and Drawing numbers and titles.
A.
G.
Attach Substitution Warranty, on Contractor’s letterhead, in format matching
sample at end of this Section.
Architect’s Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or
documentation for evaluation within [5] working days of receipt of a comparable product
request. Architect will notify Contractor [through Construction Manager] of approval or
rejection of proposed comparable product request within [10] working days of receipt of
request, or [5] working days of receipt of additional information or documentation,
whichever is later.
1.
Form of Approval: As specified for action submittals in Section 01 33 00 ”Submittal
Procedures.”
2.
Use products specified if Architect cannot make a decision on use of a comparable
product request within time allocated.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
75
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more
products for use on Project, product selected shall be compatible with products previously
selected, even if previously selected products were also options.
Each Contractor is responsible for providing products and construction methods
compatible with products and construction methods of other contractors.
If a dispute arises between Contractors over concurrently selectable but
incompatible products, Architect will determine which products shall be used.
H.
PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
Deliver, store, and handle products using means and methods that will prevent damage,
deterioration, and loss, including theft. Comply with manufacturer’s written instructions.
Delivery and Handling:
Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent
overcrowding of construction spaces.
Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for
items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to
deterioration, theft, and other losses.
Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer’s
original sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and
instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing.
Inspect products on delivery to ensure compliance with the Contract Documents and to
ensure that products are undamaged and properly protected.
Storage:
Store products to allow for inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of
units.
Store materials in a manner that will not endanger Project structure.
Store products that are subject to damage by the elements, under cover in a
weathertight enclosure above ground, with ventilation adequate to prevent
condensation.
Store cementitious products and materials on elevated platforms.
Store foam plastic from exposure to sunlight, except to extent necessary for
period of installation and concealment.
Comply with product manufacturer’s written instructions for temperature,
humidity, ventilation, and weather-protection requirements for storage.
Protect stored products from damage and liquids from freezing.
Provide a secure location and enclosure at Project site for storage of materials and
equipment by Owner’s construction forces. Coordinate location with Owner.
7
PRODUCT WARRANTIES
A
Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other
76
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
warranties required by the Contract Documents. Manufacturer’s disclaimers and limitations
on product warranties do not relieve Contractor of obligations under requirements of the
Contract Documents.
B
C
1.
Manufacturer’s Warranty: Preprinted written warranty published by individual
manufacturer for a particular product and specifically endorsed by manufacturer to
Owner.
2.
Special Warranty: Written warranty required by or incorporated into the Contract
Documents, either to extend time limit provided by manufacturer’s warranty or to
provide more rights for Owner.
Special Warranties: Prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and
identification, ready for execution. Submit a draft for approval before final execution.
1.
Manufacturer’s Standard Form: Modified to include Project-specific information and
properly executed.
2.
Specified Form: When specified forms are included with the Specifications,
prepare a written document using appropriate form properly executed.
3.
Refer to Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific content requirements and
particular requirements for submitting special warranties.
Warranty Requirements:
1.
Related Damages and Losses: When correcting warranted work that has failed,
remove and replace other Work that has been damaged as a result of such failure or
that must be removed and replaced to provide access for correction of warranted
Work.
2.
Reinstatement of Warranty: When work covered by a warranty has failed and been
corrected by replacement or rebuilding, reinstate the warranty by written
endorsement. The reinstated warranty shall extend and be equal to the original
warranty with an equitable adjustment for depreciation.
3.
Replacement Cost: Upon determination that Work covered by a warranty has
failed, replace or rebuild the Work to an acceptable condition complying with
requirements of Contract Documents. Replace or rebuild defective Work regardless
of whether Owner has benefited from use of the Work through a portion of its
anticipated useful service life.
4.
Owner’s Recourse: Written warranties made to the Owner are in addition to implied
warranties, and shall not limit the duties, obligations, rights, and remedies otherwise
available under the law, nor shall warranty periods be interpreted as limitations on
time in which Owner can enforce such other duties, obligations, rights, or remedies.
Rejection of Warranties: Owner reserves the right to reject warranties and to
limit selections to products with warranties not in conflict with requirements of
the Contract Documents.
Owner reserves the right to refuse to accept Work for the Project where a special
warranty, certification, or similar commitment is required on such Work or part of
the Work, until evidence is presented that entities required to countersign
such commitments are willing to do so.
L.
Submittal Time: Comply with requirements in Section 01 77 00 ”Closeout
Procedures.”
77
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2
PRODUCT SELECTION PROCEDURES
A
B
General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract
Documents, that are undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated, that are new at time
of installation.
2.
Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, fasteners, and other items
needed for a complete installation and indicated use and effect.
3.
Standard Products: If available, and unless custom products or nonstandard options
are specified, provide standard products of types that have been produced and used
successfully in similar situations on other projects.
4.
Owner reserves the right to limit selection to products with warranties not in
conflict with requirements of the Contract Documents.
5.
Where products are accompanied by the term “as selected,” Architect will make
selection.
6.
Where products are accompanied by the term “match sample,” sample to be
matched is Architect’s.
7.
Descriptive, performance, and reference standard requirements in the
Specifications establish “salient characteristics” of products.
Product Selection Procedures:
2.
Product: Where Specifications name a single product and manufacturer,
provide the named product that complies with requirements. Comply with
provisions in Part 2 “Product Substitutions” Article for consideration of an
unnamed product.
3.
Manufacturer/Source: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer or source,
provide a product by the named manufacturer or source that complies with
requirements. Comply with provisions in Part 2 “Product Substitutions” Article for
consideration of an unnamed manufacturer.
4.
Products: Where Specifications include a list of names of both products and
manufacturers, provide one of the products that complies with requirements. Comply
with provisions in Part 2 “Product Substitutions” Article for consideration of an
unnamed product.
5.
Manufacturers: Where Specifications include a list of manufacturer’s names,
provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed that complies with
requirements. Comply with provisions in Part 2 “Product Substitutions” Article for
consideration of an unnamed manufacturer.
6.
Available Products: Where Specifications include a list of names of both products and
manufacturers, provide one of the products listed, or an unnamed product, that
complies with requirements. Comply with provisions in Part 2 “Comparable Products”
Article for consideration of an unnamed product.
1.
Available Manufacturers: Where Specifications include a list of manufacturers,
provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed, or an unnamed manufacturer,
that complies with requirements. Comply with provisions in Part 2 “Comparable
Products” Article for consideration of an unnamed product.
78
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
2.
Visual Matching Specification: Where Specifications require matching an
established Sample, select a product that complies with requirements and
matches Architect’s sample. Architect’s decision will be final on whether a
proposed product matches.
a.
3.
2.2
If no product available within specified category matches and complies with
other specified requirements, comply with provisions in Part 2 Article “Product
Substitutions” of this Section for proposal of product.
Visual Selection Specification: Where Specifications include the phrase “as
selected from manufacturer’s colors, patterns, textures” or a similar phrase,
select a product that complies with other specified requirements.
a.
Standard Range: Where Specifications include the phrase “standard range of
colors, patterns, textures” or similar phrase, Architect will select color,
pattern, density, or texture from manufacturer’s product line that does not
include premium items.
b.
Full Range: Where Specifications include the phrase “full range of colors,
patterns, textures” or similar phrase, Architect will select color, pattern,
density, or texture from manufacturer’s product line that includes both
standard and premium items.
PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS
1.
Timing: Architect will consider requests for substitution if received within [20] working days
after the Notice to Proceed [or Notice of Award]. Requests received after that time may be
considered or rejected at discretion of Architect.
2.
Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor’s request for substitution when the
following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect
will return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these
requirements:
B.
Requested substitution offers Owner a substantial advantage in cost, time, energy
conservation, or other considerations, after deducting additional responsibilities
Owner must assume. Owner’s additional responsibilities may include compensation to
Architect for redesign and evaluation services, increased cost of testing and
inspection, increased cost of other construction by Owner, and similar considerations.
Cost of Owner’s additional responsibilities will be deducted from Contract Sum by
Change Order.
a.
Substitution request will not be considered if necessitated by failure to
pursue the Work promptly or coordinate activities in a timely manner.
C.
Requested substitution does not require extensive revisions to the Contract
Documents.
a
Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will
produce indicated results.
b
Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted.
c
Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor’s Construction
Schedule.
d
Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having
79
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
jurisdiction.
G
2
e
Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work.
f
Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work.
g
Requested substitution provides specified warranty.
h
If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested
substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work, is uniform and
consistent, is compatible with other products, and is acceptable to all contractors
involved.
Submittal procedures as specified in Section 01 33 00 ”Submittals Procedures,” do not
constitute an acceptable method of requesting substitutions. Architect’s review of such
submittals does not constitute approval of substitutions that may be contained therein.
COMPARABLE PRODUCTS
G.
Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor’s request for comparable product when the
following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect will
return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements:
1
Evidence that the proposed product does not require extensive revisions to the
Contract Document, that it is consistent with the Contract Documents and will
produce the indicated results, and that it is compatible with other portions of the
Work.
2
Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed product with those
named in the Specifications. Significant qualities include attributes such as
performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, and specific features and
requirements indicated.
3
Evidence that proposed product provides specified warranty.
4
List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and
addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners, if requested.
5
Samples, if requested.
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01 60 00
80
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
SECTION 01 70 00
FIELD ENGINEERING AND EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.4
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.5
SUMMARY
A.
B.
1.6
This Section includes general procedural requirements governing execution of the Work
including, but not limited to, the following:
1.
Construction layout.
2.
Field engineering and surveying.
3.
General installation of products.
4.
Coordination of Owner-installed products.
5.
Progress cleaning.
6.
Starting and adjusting.
7.
Protection of installed construction.
8.
Correction of the Work.
Related Sections include:
1.
Section 01 31 00 ”Project Management and Coordination” for procedures for
coordinating field engineering with other construction activities.
2.
Section 01 33 00 ”Submittal Procedures” for submitting surveys.
3.
Section 01 73 29 ”Cutting and Patching” for procedural requirements for cutting and
patching necessary for the installation or performance of other components of the
Work.
4.
Section 01 77 00 ”Closeout Procedures” for submitting final property survey with
Project Record Documents, recording of Owner-accepted deviations from indicated
lines and levels, and final cleaning.
REFERENCES
A.
1.7
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
NFPA 241: Safeguarding Construction, Alteration, and Demolition Operations.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Qualification Data: For land surveyor.
B.
Certificates: Submit certificate signed by land surveyor certifying that location and
elevation of improvements comply with requirements.
D.
Landfill Receipts: Submit copy of receipts issued by a landfill facility, licensed to
81
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
accept hazardous materials, for hazardous waste disposal.
1.
E.
Certified Surveys: Submit two copies showing the Work performed and record survey data.
F.
Final Property Survey: Submit five copies showing the Work performed and record
survey data.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Land Surveyor Qualifications: A professional land surveyor who is legally qualified to
practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing landsurveying services of the kind indicated.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
EXAMINATION
A.
Existing Conditions: The existence and location of site improvements, utilities, and other
construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning work, investigate
and verify the existence and location of mechanical and electrical systems and other
construction affecting the Work.
1.
B.
C.
Before construction, verify the location and points of connection of utility
services.
Existing Utilities: The existence and location of underground and other utilities and
construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning sitework,
investigate and verify the existence and location of underground utilities and other
construction affecting the Work.
1.
Before construction, verify the location and invert elevation at points of
connection of sanitary sewer, storm sewer, and water-service piping; and
underground electrical services.
2.
Furnish location data for work related to Project that must be performed by
public utilities serving Project site.
Acceptance of Conditions: Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer or
Applicator present where indicated, for compliance with requirements for installation
tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Record observations.
1.
Written Report: Where a written report listing conditions detrimental to
performance of the Work is required by other Sections, include the following:
a.
Description of the Work.
b.
List of detrimental conditions, including substrates.
c.
d.
List of unacceptable installation tolerances.
Recommended corrections.
1.
Verify compatibility with and sustainability of substrates, including compatibility
with existing finishes or primers.
2.
Examine roughing-in for mechanical and electrical systems to verify actual
82
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
locations of connections before equipment and fixture installation.
1.7
1.8
3.
Examine walls, floors, and roofs for suitable conditions where products and
systems are to be installed.
4.
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected. Proceeding with the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and
conditions.
PREPARATION
A.
Existing Utility Information: Furnish information to Owner that is necessary to adjust,
move, or relocate existing utility structures, utility poles, lines, services, or other utility
appurtenances located in or affected by construction. Coordinate with authorities having
jurisdiction.
B.
Field Measurements: Take field measurements as required to fit the Work properly.
Recheck measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are
indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field
measurements before fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction
progress to avoid delaying the Work.
C.
Space Requirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown
diagrammatically on Drawings.
D.
Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions: Immediately on discovery of the need
for clarification of the Contract Documents, submit a Request For Information to Architect
in accordance with Section 01 31 00 “Project Management and Coordination.” Include a
detailed description of problem encountered, together with recommendations for
modifications, if needed.
CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT
A.
Verification: Before proceeding to lay out the Work, verify layout information shown on
Drawings, in relation to the property survey and existing benchmark. If discrepancies are
discovered, notify Architect [and Construction Manager] promptly.
B.
General: Engage a land surveyor to lay out the Work using accepted surveying
practices.
1.
Establish benchmarks and control points to set lines and levels at each story of
construction and elsewhere as needed to locate each element of Project.
2.
Establish dimensions within tolerances indicated. Do not scale Drawings to obtain
required dimensions.
3.
Inform installers of lines and levels to which they must comply.
1.
Check the location, level and plumb, of every major element as the Work
progresses.
2.
Notify Architect [and Construction Manager] when deviations from required lines
and levels exceed allowable tolerances.
3.
Close site surveys with an error of closure equal to or less than the standard
established by authorities having jurisdiction.
83
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
3.4
C.
Site Improvements: Locate and lay out site improvements, including pavements,
grading, fill and topsoil placement, utility slopes, and invert elevations.
D.
Building Lines and Levels: Locate and lay out control lines and levels for structures, building
foundations, column grids, and floor levels, including those required for mechanical and
electrical work. Transfer survey markings and elevations for use with control lines and
levels. Level foundations and piers from two or more locations.
E.
Record Log: Maintain a log of layout control work. Record deviations from required lines
and levels. Include beginning and ending dates and times of surveys, weather conditions,
name and duty of each survey party member, and types of instruments and tapes used.
Make the log available for reference by Architect [and Construction Manager].
FIELD ENGINEERING
A.
Identification: Owner will identify existing benchmarks, control points, and property
corners.
B.
Reference Points: Locate existing permanent benchmarks, control points, and similar
reference points before beginning the Work. Preserve and protect permanent benchmarks
and control points during construction operations.
C.
1.
Do not change or relocate existing benchmarks or control points, without prior
written approval of Architect [or Construction Manager]. Report lost or destroyed
permanent benchmarks or control points promptly. Report the need to relocate
permanent benchmarks or control points to Architect [and Construction Manager]
before proceeding.
2.
Replace lost or destroyed permanent benchmarks and control points promptly. Base
replacements on the original survey control points.
Benchmarks: Establish and maintain a minimum of two permanent benchmarks on
Project site, referenced to data established by survey control points. Comply with
authorities having jurisdiction for type and size of benchmark.
1.
Record benchmark locations, with horizontal and vertical data, on Project
Record Documents.
2.
Where the actual location or elevation of layout points cannot be marked,
provide temporary reference points sufficient to locate the Work.
3.
C
D
Remove temporary reference points when no longer needed. Restore marked
construction to its original condition.
Certified Survey: On completion of foundation walls, major site improvements, and
other work requiring field-engineering services, prepare a certified survey showing
dimensions, locations, angles, and elevations of construction and sitework.
Final Property Survey: Prepare a final property survey showing significant features (real
property) for Project. Include on the survey a certification, signed by land surveyor, that
principal metes, bounds, lines, and levels of Project are accurately positioned as shown
on the survey.
1. Show boundary lines, monuments, streets, site improvements and utilities,
existing improvements, and significant vegetation, adjoining properties,
84
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
acreage, grade contours, and the distance and bearing from a site corner to a
legal point.
2. Recording: At Substantial Completion, have the final property survey recorded
by or with authorities having jurisdiction as the official “property survey.”
2
INSTALLATION
A
General: Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in correct
alignment and elevation, as indicated.
1.
Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level.
2.
Where space is limited, install components to maximize space available for
maintenance and ease of removal for replacement.
3.
Conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in finished areas, unless otherwise indicated.
4.
Maintain minimum headroom clearance of eight feet in spaces without a
suspended ceiling.
B
Comply with manufacturer’s written instructions and recommendations for installing
products in applications indicated.
C
Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible
results. Maintain conditions required for performance until Substantial Completion.
D
Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging
operations or loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of
occupancy.
E
Tools and Equipment: Do not use tools or equipment that produce harmful noise
levels.
F
Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for work specified to be
factory prepared and field installed. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that
adequate provisions are made for locating and installing products to comply with indicated
requirements.
G
Anchors and Fasteners: Provide anchors and fasteners as required to anchor each
component securely in place, accurately located and aligned with other portions of the
Work.
1. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount
components at heights directed by Architect.
2. Allow for building movement, including thermal expansion and contraction.
3. Coordinate installation of anchorages. Furnish setting drawings, templates,
and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts,
anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in
concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for
installation.
H.
Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work are not
indicated, arrange joints for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections together to
form hairline joints.
85
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
I.
2
3
Hazardous Materials: Use products, cleaners, and installation materials that are not
considered hazardous.
OWNER-INSTALLED PRODUCTS
A
Site Access: Provide access to Project site for Owner’s construction forces.
B
Coordination: Coordinate construction and operations of the Work with work
performed by Owner’s construction forces.
1.
Construction Schedule: Inform Owner of Contractor’s preferred construction
schedule for Owner’s portion of the Work. Adjust construction schedule based on a
mutually agreeable timetable. Notify Owner if changes to schedule are required due
to differences in actual construction progress.
2.
Preinstallation Conferences: Include Owner’s construction forces at
preinstallation conferences covering portions of the Work that are to receive
Owner’s work. Attend preinstallation conferences conducted by Owner’s
construction forces if portions of the Work depend on Owner’s construction.
PROGRESS CLEANING
A
B
General: Clean Project site and work areas daily, including common areas. Coordinate
progress cleaning for joint-use areas where more than one installer has worked. Enforce
requirements strictly. Dispose of materials lawfully.
1.
Comply with requirements of NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste
materials and debris.
2.
Do not hold materials more than 7 days during normal weather or 3 days if the
temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F.
3.
Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other
waste. Mark containers appropriately and dispose of legally, according to
regulations.
4.
Comply with safety standards for cleaning. Do not burn waste materials. Do not bury
debris or excess materials on Owner’s property. Do not discharge volatile, harmful, or
dangerous materials into drainage systems. Remove waste materials from Project site
and dispose of lawfully.
Site: Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris. Do not dispose of
material on site,
1.
C.
D.
Dust Control: Palliate dust conditions throughout duration of Project for entire area of
work and surrounding site by watering and sprinkling as required to allay dust.
Work Areas: Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness
necessary for proper execution of Work.
1.
Remove liquid spills promptly.
2.
Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom-clean or vacuum the
entire work area, as appropriate.
Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written
instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning
86
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
materials specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not recommended,
use cleaning materials that are not hazardous to health of property and that will not
damage exposed surfaces.
3.8
3.9
E.
Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space.
F.
Exposed Surfaces in Finished Areas: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to
ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
G.
Waste Disposal: Burying or burning waste materials on-site will not be permitted.
Washing waste materials down sewers or into waterways will not be permitted.
H.
During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and
adjoining materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to
ensure protection from damage or deterioration as Substantial Completion.
I.
Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary
through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable
components to ensure operability without damaging effects.
J.
Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to assure that no part of the
construction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or
otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period.
STARTING AND ADJUSTING
A.
Start equipment and operating components to confirm proper operation. Remove
malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest.
B.
Adjust operating components for proper operation without binding. Adjust equipment for
proper operation.
C.
Test each piece of equipment to verify proper operation. Test and adjust controls and
safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment.
D.
Manufacturer’s Field Service: If a factory-authorized service representative is required to
inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, comply with
qualification requirements in Section 01400 “Quality Requirements.”
PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION
A.
Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without
damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
B.
Comply with manufacturer’s written instructions for temperature and relative humidity.
3.10 CORRECTION OF THE WORK
A.
Repair or remove and replace defective construction. Restore damaged substrates and
finishes. Comply with requirements in Section 01 73 29 ”Cutting and Patching.”
1.
Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces,
touching up with matching materials, and properly adjusting operating
87
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
equipment.
B.
Restore permanent facilities used during construction to their specified condition.
C.
Remove and replace damaged surfaces that are exposed to view if surfaces cannot be
repaired without visible evidence of repair.
D.
Repair components that do not operate properly. Remove and replace operating
components that cannot be repaired.
E.
Remove and replace chipped, scratched, and broken glass or reflective surfaces.
END OF SECTION 01 70 00
88
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
SECTION 01 73 29
CUTTING AND PATCHING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.8
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.9
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes procedural requirements for cutting and patching.
B.
Related Sections include:
1.
Section 02 41 19 ”Selective Demolition” for demolition of selected portions of the
building.
2.
Section 07 84 13 ”Through-Penetration Firestopping” for patching fire-rated
construction.
3.
Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific requirements and limitations
applicable to cutting and patching individual parts of the Work.
1.10 DEFINITIONS
A.
Cutting: Removal of in-place construction necessary to permit installation or
performance of other Work.
B.
Patching: Fitting and repair work required to restore surfaces to original conditions after
installation of other Work.
1.11 SUBMITTALS
A.
Cutting and Patching Proposal: Submit a proposal describing procedures at least [15]
working days before time cutting and patching will be performed, requesting approval
to proceed. Include the following information:
1.
Extent: Describe cutting and patching, show how they will be performed, and
indicate why they cannot be avoided.
2.
Changes to In-Place Construction: Describe anticipated results. Include changes to
structural elements and operating components as well as changes in building’s
appearance and other significant visual elements.
3.
Products: List products to be used and firms or entities as well as changes in
building’s appearance and other significant visual elements.
4.
Dates: Indicate when cutting and patching will be performed.
5.
Utility Services and Mechanical/Electrical Systems: List services/systems that cutting
and patching procedures will disturb or affect. List services/systems that will be
relocated and those that will be temporarily out of service. Indicate how long
services/systems will be disrupted.
89
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
E.
6.
Structural Elements: Where cutting and patching involve adding reinforcement to
structural elements, submit details and engineering calculations showing integration
of reinforcement with original structure.
7.
Architect’s Approval: Obtain approval of cutting and patching proposal before cutting
and patching. Approval does not waive right to later require removal and replacement
of unsatisfactory work.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
B.
C.
Structural Elements: Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that could
change their load-carrying capacity or load-deflection ratio. Structural elements include,
but are not limited to:
a
Foundation construction.
b
Bearing and retaining walls.
c
Structural concrete.
d
Structural steel.
e
Wood framing.
f
Stair systems.
g
[insert other structural elements requiring Architect’s or Construction
Manager’s approval prior to cutting and patching]
Operational Elements: Do not cut and patch operating elements and related components in
a manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended or that results in
increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. Operating elements include
the following:
a
Primary operational systems and equipment.
b
Air or smoke barriers.
c
Fire-suppression systems.
d
Mechanical systems piping and ducts.
e
Control systems.
f
Communication systems.
g
Conveying systems.
h
Electrical wiring systems.
Miscellaneous Elements: Do not cut and patch miscellaneous elements or related
components in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity, that results in
reducing their capacity to perform as intended, or that results in increased maintenance or
decreased operational life or safety. Miscellaneous elements include the following:
a
Water, moisture, or vapor barriers.
b
Membranes and flashings.
c
d
e
f
Exterior curtainwall construction.
Equipment supports.
Piping, ductwork, vessels, and equipment.
Noise- and vibration-control elements and systems.
90
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
D.
4.
Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in visual
evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch construction exposed on the
exterior or in occupied spaces in a manner that would, in Architect’s opinion, reduce the
building’s aesthetic qualities. Remove and replace construction that has been cut and
patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner.
5.
Cutting and Patching Conference: Before proceeding, meet at Project site with parties
involved in cutting and patching, including mechanical and electrical trades. Review areas
of potential interference and conflict. Coordinate procedures and resolve potential
conflicts before proceeding.
WARRANTY
A.
Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or
damaged during cutting and patching operations, by methods and with materials so as
not to void existing warranties.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
I.
MATERIALS
General: Comply with requirements specified in other Sections.
In-Place Materials: Use materials identical to in-place materials. For exposed surfaces,
use materials that visually match in-place adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible.
If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that, when
installed, will match the visual and functional performance of in-place materials.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
1
EXAMINATION
A
2
Examine surfaces to be cut and patched and conditions under which cutting and
patching are to be performed.
1.
Compatibility: Before patching, verify compatibility with and suitability of
substrates, including compatibility with in-place finishes or primers.
2.
Proceed with installation only after unsafe or unsatisfactory conditions have
been corrected.
PREPARATION
A
Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of Work to be cut.
C.
Protection: Protect in-place construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage.
Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that might be
exposed during cutting and patching operations.
D.
Adjoining Areas: Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free
passage to adjoining areas.
91
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
E.
Existing Utility Services and Mechanical/Electrical Systems: Where existing services/systems
are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, bypass such services/systems before
cutting to prevent interruption to occupied areas.
1.10 PERFORMANCE
A.
General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with
cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time, and complete without delay.
1.
B.
C.
Cut in-place construction to provide for installation of other components or
performance of other construction, and subsequently patch as required to
restore surfaces to their original condition.
Cutting: Cut in-place construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and
similar operations, including excavation, using methods least likely to damage elements
retained or adjoining construction. If possible, review proposed procedures with original
Installer; comply with original Installer’s written recommendations.
1.
In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not
hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots as small as possible, neatly to size
required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover
openings when not in use.
2.
Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed
surfaces.
3.
Concrete and Masonry: cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or a
diamond-core drill.
4.
Excavating and Backfilling: Comply with requirements in applicable Division 2
Sections where required by cutting and patching operations.
5.
Mechanical and Electrical Services: Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be
removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit to
prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after cutting.
6.
Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are
complete.
Patching: Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar
operations following performance of other Work. Patch with durable seams that are as
invisible as possible. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified
in other Sections.
1.
Inspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to
demonstrate integrity of installation.
2.
Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish
restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will eliminate
evidence of patching and refinishing.
A. Clean piping, conduit, and similar features before applying paint or other
finishing materials.
B. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition.
3.
Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are removed extend one finished
92
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
area into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space.
Provide an even surface of uniform finish, color, texture, and appearance. Remove
in-place floor and wall coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary, to
achieve uniform color and appearance.
A. Where patching occurs in a painted surface, apply primer and intermediate
paint coats over the patch and apply final paint coat over entire unbroken
surface containing the patch. Provide additional coats until patch blends
with adjacent surfaces.
4.
Ceilings: Patch, repair, or rehang in-place ceilings as necessary to provide an evenplane surface of uniform appearance.
5.
Exterior Building Enclosure: Patch components in a manner that restores
enclosure to a weathertight condition.
D.
Cleaning: Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed.
Completely remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar materials.
1.
Thoroughly clean piping, conduit, ductwork, and similar features before paint or
other finishes are applied.
END OF SECTION 01 73 29
93
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
SECTION 019114
COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
DESCRIPTION
1.1
D.
Commissioning
1.
D.
Commissioning is a quality-oriented process for achieving, verifying, and documenting
that the performance of facilities, systems, and assemblies meet defined objectives and
criteria. The commissioning process begins during project design and continues beyond
substantial completion of construction activities and into the building operations phase.
This process includes specific tasks to be conducted during each phase in order to verify
that design, construction, training, and operations resources meets the owner's project
requirements.
Commissioning Goals
1.
Commissioning during construction, acceptance, and warranty phases is intended to
insure that this project meets the Owner’s Project Requirements, and achieves following
objectives:
a.
Verify that applicable equipment and systems are installed according to the
contract documents, manufacturer’s recommendations, and industry accepted
minimum standards and that they receive adequate operational checkout by
installing contractors.
b.
Verify and document proper performance of equipment and systems.
c.
Verify completeness of operations and maintenance materials.
d.
Ensure that SCCOE’s operating personnel are trained in operation and
maintenance of equipment and systems.
e.
Ensure that applicable commissioning requirements for project LEED goals are met.
D.
Quality control is the Contractor’s responsibility. Pre-functional inspections and commissioning
tests are quality control tools designed to improve the functional quality of the project. Quality
assurance is accomplished by commissioning test demonstrations, which measure the
effectiveness of the Contractor’s quality control.
D.
The commissioning process shall not reduce the responsibility of Contractor to provide finished
and fully functioning systems.
SUMMARY
1.2
D.
Section includes general requirements that apply to implementation of commissioning without
regard to specific systems, assemblies, or components.
94
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
D.
Related Sections:
1.
Section 230950 "Commissioning of Mechanical Systems" for commissioning process
activities for HVAC&R systems, assemblies, equipment, and components.
2.
Section 260951 "Commissioning of Electrical Systems" for commissioning process
activities for electrical systems, assemblies, equipment, and components.
Definitions and Abbreviations:
1.3
D.
Definitions
1.
D.
Definitions used in the following commissioning specifications are attached as Appendix
1 and follow this Section.
Abbreviations
1.
The following abbreviations are used in this commissioning specification:
a.
A/E: Architect/Engineer
b.
BMS: Building Management System
c.
CxA: Commissioning Authority
d.
CC: Prime Controls Contractor
e.
COR: Commissioning Observation Report
f.
Cx: Commissioning
g.
EC: Prime Electrical Contractor
h.
CM: Owner’s Construction Manager
i.
IOM: Installation, Operations & Maintenance Manual
j.
IST: Integrated Systems Test
k.
MC: Prime Mechanical Contractor
l.
OPR: Owner’s Project Requirements
m.
TAB: Test, Adjust and Balance
Scope of Work
1.4
D.
The commissioning procedures and requirements listed in this specification apply to all
contractors, sub-contractors, suppliers and vendors furnishing and/or installing components,
equipment and systems covered by the commissioning scope as outlined below.
95
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
D.
All systems, components, equipment, etc. commissioned shall be evaluated based on the
Owner’s Project Requirements, sequences of control/operation, performance characteristics,
and equipment schedules, etc. as specified in other sections of the Specifications and as shown
on the contract drawings. Systems, components, equipment, etc. that do not have specified
operating sequence, etc. shall be operated and evaluated based on their use and function for
this project.
D.
Equipment, assemblies, and systems to be commissioned include the following:
1.
Ground System
2.
Medium Voltage Switchgear
3.
Pad-Mounted Transformers
4.
480V Main Switchboards
5.
Switchboards
6.
Power Quality Meters
7.
Distribution Panels
8.
Panelboards
9.
Low Voltage Busway
10.
Motor Controls
11.
Lighting & Lighting Controls
12.
Uninterruptible Power System Equipment (UPS)
13.
Power Distribution Units (PDU)
14.
Battery Monitoring & Diagnostic System
15.
VRLA Battery
16.
Static Transfer Switches
17.
Rack Power Panels
18.
Emergency Power Off (EPO)
19.
Engine Generators
20.
Load Bank
21.
Automatic Transfer Switches
22.
Electrical Power Monitoring System
23.
Fuel Oil Storage and Distribution
24.
Piping (Domestic)
25.
HVAC Piping
26.
Ductwork
27.
Base Mounted Pumps
28.
HVAC Chemical Treatment
96
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
D.
29.
Relief, Transfer, and Exhaust Fans
30.
Electric Baseboards
31.
Variable Frequency Controllers
32.
Building Management System
Additional equipment, assemblies, and systems may be considered for commissioning as
necessary in order to comply with the OPR.
COMMISSIONING TEAM
1.5
D.
The success of a comprehensive commissioning process depends on the active participation of
a varied group of individuals with a wide range project expertise and responsibilities.
D.
The members of the commissioning team can change during the course of the project to
include owner’s groups, contractors, and vendors that are applicable to specific phases of the
project. All team members work together to fulfill their contracted responsibilities and meet
the objectives of the contract documents.
D.
Generally the initial commissioning team will include the following:
1.
Commissioning Authority (CxA)
2.
SCCOE Technical Staff
3.
SCCOE O&M Staff
4.
Owner’s Construction Manager (CM)
5.
General Contractor (GC)
6.
Architect and Design Engineers (A/E)
7.
Mechanical Contractor (MC)
8.
Electrical Contractor (EC)
9.
Testing and Balancing (TAB) Contractor
10.
Controls Contractor (CC)
D.
The commissioning authority (CxA) is hired by the owner directly. The CxA directs and
coordinates the project commissioning activities and the reports to the owner.
D.
Commissioning Authority (CxA) Responsibility
1.
This is being provided for the Contractor’s information only. The Contractor is not
responsible for hiring the CxA.
2.
The CxA is a consultant hired directly by the Owner.
97
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
3.
The duties of the CxA include, but are not limited to, the following:
a.
Organize and lead the commissioning team.
b.
Conduct the Owner’s Project Requirement Workshop, and draft the resultant OPR
document.
c.
Write the Commissioning Specifications and provide them to the Design Team for
inclusion into the Project Specifications.
d.
Prepare, provide, and maintain the Commissioning Plan.
e.
Schedule and conduct commissioning team meetings.
f.
Prepare and distribute commissioning meeting minutes and periodic
commissioning project status reports.
g.
Provide project-specific construction checklists and commissioning process
procedures.
h.
Verify the execution of contractor commissioning process activities using random
sampling.
i.
Prepare and maintain the Commissioning Observation Report.
j.
Review vendor startup reports for all critical support systems, assemblies,
equipment, and components.
k.
Assist in development of the Training Plan, and then participate in and record
equipment and systems training.
l.
Participate in and/or perform equipment and sub-system functional procedures
and document test conditions and results.
m.
Draft the Integrated Systems Test Script with input from the Commissioning Team.
Lead the team in performance of the IST procedures.
n.
Compile test data, inspection reports, and certificates; and work with the GC to
include them in the Systems Manual and commissioning process report.
D.
The CxA has no authority to direct to the Contractors. The CxA will communicate
recommendations and schedule expectations through the Owner’s Representative, and work
with the Commissioning Team to ensure a comprehensive and on-time project.
D.
Per commissioning industry standards, the CxA will plan to perform any procedure referenced
in this Section, excepting for the Integrated Systems Test, on no more than two separate
occasions. For the Integrated Systems Test, the CxA will plan to perform the test procedures
only once. Should it be necessary for the CxA to perform repeat procedures on any equipment,
assembly, or system beyond this level of effort due to equipment problems, coordination
issues, or other project logistics, it will be considered additional to the original commissioning
contract, and shall be performed by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner.
98
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
Contractor Participation
1.6
D.
D.
General
1.
Contractors providing and/or installing equipment and systems included in Section 1.4
‘Scope of Work’ above are required to participate fully in the commissioning process as
described in the Commissioning Plan.
2.
Participating contractors shall include all costs to complete the commissioning
requirements in their contract price including all costs for sub-contractors, vendors and
suppliers.
3.
Participating contractors shall ensure acceptable representation, with the means and
authority to prepare, coordinate and execute the commissioning process.
Contractor Responsibility
1.
Commissioning work does not diminish the role of the Contractor or subcontractors to
complete all portions of work in a satisfactory and fully operational manner.
2.
The Contractor(s) will designate a commissioning representative to work with the CxA
and the Commissioning Team to coordinate commissioning process activities, ensure
timely execution of commissioning procedures and prompt resolution of commissioning
issues. This representative shall have the authority to perform the following:
3.
a.
Make decisions regarding commissioning activities and issues.
b.
Schedule technicians for participation in commissioning activities.
c.
Interface between the Commissioning Team and the contractor’s sub-contractors,
vendors and suppliers.
d.
Commit to commissioning schedules and completion dates.
The Contractor’s commissioning representative will be responsible for coordinating the
contractor’s participation in the Cx Process, including:
a.
Attend all commissioning meetings.
b.
Keep the GC/CM and CxA apprised of the Contractor’s progress, schedules and
other matters impacting execution of the commissioning procedures.
c.
Coordinate the contractor’s work schedules and staffing to ensure that the
qualified technician(s) are available and present during the agreed upon schedules
and for sufficient duration to complete procedures, tests, adjustments, and/or
problem resolutions.
d.
Ensure that the contractor’s commissioning field binder(s) and contractor
commissioning documents are being maintained on-site, well organized and
current.
99
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
D.
GC shall work with CxA, ETS, AE, Subs, and TAB to integrate commissioning activities into the
construction schedule.
SUBMITTALs
1.7
D.
The following submittals are required from the Contractor for the purposes of commissioning:
1.
A full set of equipment submittals.
2.
Shop drawings.
3.
Operation and Maintenance Manuals, and Installation and Startup Instructions
Preliminary Submittals (O&M Manuals):
a.
For equipment and systems for which commissioning tests are required, submit for
review by the CxA preliminary O&M Manuals materials within 60 days after
approval of product submittals.
b.
O&M Manuals Preliminary Submittal is in addition to the O&M Manuals required
elsewhere in Division 01. O&M Manuals Preliminary Submittal will be used by the
CxA in writing the preliminary commissioning test procedures and data forms, and
for use in training.
4.
Factory test reports for all applicable equipment and assemblies.
5.
Contractor’s Training Plan. The Training Plan shall include for training sessions:
6.
a.
Dates, start and finish times, and locations.
b.
Outline of the information to be presented.
c.
Names, qualifications and training experience of presenters.
d.
List of texts and other handout materials to be used to support training.
Commissioning Documents / Field Test Reports
a.
Pre-functional Inspection Forms: Prior to startup, submit completed pre-functional
forms indicating the equipment received complies with submittals, is installed in
accordance with manufacturer’s instructions and contract documents, and is ready
for startup.
b.
Pre-startup Test Reports: Prior to startup, submit completed pre-startup test
reports indicating the equipment has undergone necessary pre-startup tests (such
as leak testing of ductwork and piping and megger testing of electrical equipment),
and is ready for startup.
c.
Startup Test Reports: Upon completion of startup activities, submit completed
vendor startup reports indicating the equipment is operational and ready for poststartup testing and/or functional tests.
100
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
d.
Post-startup Test Reports: Upon completion of any required post-startup activities
(such as control system point-to-point testing, testing of BAS sequences of
operation, integration of generator controls, etc.) submit completed post-startup
test reports indicating the equipment, assemblies, and sub-systems are ready for
functional test procedures and full system testing.
Commissioning process activities
1.8
D.
During the construction phase of this project the Commissioning Team shall work together to
verify that systems and assemblies are installed in a manner consistent with the Owner’s
Project Requirements, Basis of Design, and Project Specifications. As part of the commissioning
process, the Contractors shall participate in the following commissioning process activities:
1.
A pre-construction commissioning meeting will be coordinated by the CxA and attended
by the Commissioning Team, including sub-contractors and vendors.
2.
A full set of equipment submittals will be provided to the CxA for review, comment and
approval.
3.
Commissioning Team meetings will be scheduled and occur on a regular basis to meet
the needs of the commissioning process. The purpose of these meetings will be to
discuss the current status and progress of the commissioning process, scheduling issues,
and issues that arise as a result of the commissioning process.
4.
A preliminary Systems Manual will be developed with O&M information, commissioning
and design documentation, project specifications and drawings, re-commissioning
information, etcetera. The Contractor and CxA will coordinate on the format and specific
content.
5.
The Contractor will develop a preliminary Training Plan to include all appropriate vendors
and manufacturer representatives. This initial Training Plan will include individual vendor
and manufacturer training plans, agendas, handouts, and proposed schedules. A copy of
this Training Plan will be submitted to the CxA for review, comment and approval.
6.
Throughout the commissioning process, the Contractor shall assist in identifying,
diagnosing, and tracking equipment and system issues that arise from the commissioning
process and help to ensure timely resolution. Coordinate vendor and manufacturer
inspections, tests, and repairs as necessary to correct issues promptly.
7.
Equipment Pre-functional inspections and verifications will be conducted by the
Contractor and applicable sub-contractors, and documented on the appropriate
commissioning forms, to be supplied by the CxA. The pre-functional procedures will
ensure equipment complies with submittals, is properly installed, and is ready for prestartup tests and startup.
8.
Pre-startup tests will be performed as necessary prior to equipment startup procedures.
The Contractor shall keep an account of all test records, such as meggering and leak
testing.
101
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
9.
Equipment startup procedures will be performed by the appropriate Contractor, vendor
or manufacturer representative, and may be witnessed by the CxA. Startup procedures
can only occur after all pre-functional inspections and pre-startup tests have been
successfully completed and documented, and those documents have been reviewed and
approved by the CxA.
a.
Startup activities are fully documented. Equipment startup requirements covered
by this section of the commissioning specification include the following:

All commissioned equipment requiring startup by the equipment
manufacturer, vendor or representative.

All rotating equipment including, but not limited to, pumps, fans,
compressors, and generators.

All critical support electrical equipment.

Where required in the specifications regardless of size or voltage.
10.
Contractor post-startup testing, such as TAB of ventilation and hydronic systems, control
system point-to-point testing, and emergency generator system integration will be
performed as applicable, and documented. The CxA may witness and assist in poststartup testing, and completed test reports will be forwarded to the CxA for review.
11.
Equipment functional testing procedures will be performed by the Contractor and
applicable equipment vendor, with participation by the CxA and Design Professional as
appropriate. Functional test procedures will be developed by the CxA, and those
documents provided to the Contractor. Functional test procedures can only occur after
all applicable preliminary procedures have been successfully completed and
documented, and those documents have been reviewed and approved by the CxA.
12.
The Contractor shall assist in the planning, coordination, and implementation of the
Integrated Systems Test. The Contractor shall supply an adequate number of skilled
personnel to assist with test procedures and observe and report on system reactions and
test results. This scripted test will verify that the completed systems operate as intended
in accordance with the Design Criteria.
13.
The Contractor shall receive, store, place and connect all test load banks before the
Integrated Systems Test. The Contractor will also be responsible for disconnecting,
removing, storing, and preparing for shippment these same load banks.
14.
The Contractor shall coordinate and conduct complete equipment and systems training
for facility operations and maintenance personnel with assistance by the vendors,
manufacturer representatives, and the CxA. Training shall be conducted in several
sessions over an appropriate period of time so as not to be overwhelming to attendees.
15.
The Contractor shall assist with coordinating and performing any necessary seasonal or
deferred functional testing procedures.
16.
The Contractor shall participate in the 10-month building operation review with the
Owner and the CxA, for the purpose of reviewing operational issues, equipment status,
102
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
equipment event histories and alarm logs, and discussing system performance with
operation and maintenance staff.
D.
The General Contractor shall ensure that all subcontractors execute their commissioning
responsibilities according to these specifications and the Commissioning Plan.
Coordination & Scheduling
Scheduling of Commissioning Activities
1.
The Contractors will work with the CM and CxA to schedule the Cx activities using
established protocols. The CxA will communicate commissioning activity milestones that
will be integrated into the master schedule by the GC.
2.
Coordination, scheduling and completion of Contractor commissioning activities
described in this specification are the responsibility of the GC. Note that the Cx schedule
relies on the progress of the construction schedule, for which the GC and Contractor(s)
are also responsible.
3.
Scheduling of startup procedures, post-startup testing, functional test procedures, and
the Integrated Systems Test will not occur until all required preceding equipment and
system procedures have been completed and documented, and those documents
reviewed and approved by the CxA.
The following table shows a typical flow for commissioning process activities, from
left to right. Activities for specific equipment, assemblies, sub-systems and systems
should be conducted in this sequence, with any activity being performed only after
the preceding steps (to the left) have been completed.
D.
4.
Issues identified during execution of the commissioning process and documented by the
CxA on the Commissioning Observation Report will be addressed promptly to minimize
the potential for schedule disruptions and to prevent the accumulation of large numbers
of outstanding issues as the job progresses.
5.
Scheduling of Functional Procedures will be contingent on notification from the affected
contractor(s) to the CM and CxA that equipment and systems are ready for checkout.
Notification of Contractor Commissioning Activities
103
re-tests as necessary
notification of re-tests as
necessary
resolve issues
systems testing
notification of systems testing
Integrated Systems
Testing
re-tests as necessary
resolve issues
notification of re-tests as
necessary
notification of functional tests (1
week)
post-startup tests (as required)
Functional Testing
notification of post-startup tests
(as required)
completed startup forms to A/E
& CxA for review
vendor startup - witnessed by
CxA as available
pre-startup tests (as required)
% field verified by CxA
Startup Activities
notification of pre-startup tests
(as required)
completed pre-func forms
received by CxA
pre-functional inspections / docs
Pre
Functional
functional equip / system tests
a.
notification of vendor startup (1
week)
D.
blank vendor startup forms
received by A/E & CxA
1.9
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
1.
Many of the commissioning procedures which will be performed by the Contractors need
to be witnessed and signed-off by either the CM and/or Commissioning Team. Selected
commissioning procedures may also be witnessed by the Owner.
2.
To facilitate witnessing of these procedures, the Contractor(s) must provide advance
notice to the CM and Commissioning Team prior to procedure execution. The following
notifications advance notice guidelines will apply to these procedures:
3.
1.10
D.
a.
Pre-functional Checklists (Equipment Compliance) – No notice required
b.
Pre-functional Checklists (Equipment Installation) – No notice required
c.
Contractor Pre-startup Testing – 1 week
d.
Vendor Equipment Startup – 1 week
e.
Contractor Post-Startup Testing – 1 week
f.
Functional Testing – 2 weeks
Any procedures may be witnessed by the CM, CxA or other appropriate member of the
Cx Team. It is the contractor’s responsibility to coordinate with the CM in advance of
each procedure to ensure that the appropriate personnel will be available to witness as
desired. Procedures which have been conducted without adequate notice will be
deemed incomplete and may need to be redone by the contractors (with witnesses
present) at no cost to the Owner and without delay to either the construction or
commissioning schedules.
Commissioning Documentation
General
1.
Timely and accurate documentation of commissioning activities is essential for the
commissioning process to be effective.
2.
Contractor commissioning documents which will be completed by the contractors
include the following:
a.
Pre-functional Checklists (provided by the CxA)
b.
Pre-startup Contractor Test Forms
c.
Equipment Startup Plans and Forms
d.
Post-startup Contractor Test Forms & Reports
3.
All Contractor commissioning documents prepared by the contractors will be fully
completed in a neat manner so as to be legible.
4.
All Contractor commissioning documents will be submitted to the CxA for review and
acceptance upon completion.
104
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
5.
D.
D.
D.
a.
Pre-functional Checklists – The CxA will develop and distribute Pre-functional
Checklists to the Contractor for implementation. The Contractor will maintain Prefunctional Checklists in a commissioning field binder(s) during the Pre-functional
process. Discrepancies and other issues shall be noted on these forms, and
reported to the GC and CxA upon discovery for rapid resolution. Completed
checklists shall be returned to the CxA for review and selective verification.
b.
Pre-startup Contractor Test Forms – The Contractor will develop and maintain
necessary Pre-startup Test Forms in their commissioning field binder(s) during the
Pre-startup process. Discrepancies and other issues shall be noted on forms, and
reported upon discovery to the GC and CxA for rapid resolution. Copies of the
completed forms shall be submitted to the CxA for review.
c.
Equipment Startup Plans and Forms – Contractor will request Startup Plans and
Forms from responsible vendors along with O&M documentation. These
documents will be submitted to the CxA no later than 3 weeks prior to equipment
startup or review and approval. If Startup Plans and/or Forms do not comply with
project specifications they will be returned with notes for improvement.
Discrepancies and other issues shall be noted on forms, and reported upon
discovery to the GC and CxA for rapid resolution. A copy of all completed Startup
Forms shall be submitted to the CxA for review.
d.
Post-startup Contractor Test Forms & Reports – Appropriate vendors and
contractors will develop necessary Post-startup Forms. Discrepancies and other
issues shall be noted on forms, and reported upon discovery to the GC and CxA for
rapid resolution. Completed forms shall be returned to the CxA for review.
Commissioning Field Binder(s)
1.
All Contractor commissioning documents (including both in-progress and completed
documentation) shall be kept on-site in the contractor’s field office, neatly organized, in
3-ring binders. The Contractor will keep the material up-to-date on a regular basis as
commissioning tasks occur.
2.
Field binders shall be kept available to the Cx Team and CM for their review.
Record Drawings
1.
1.11
Contractor commissioning documents will be coordinated according to the following
procedures:
Contractors shall regularly update a ‘redlined’ set of record drawings showing
commissioned systems as work is being installed so that the drawings remain current
with the field work, and as required in Division 01 of the project specifications.
OWNER INSTRUCTIONS (TRAINING)
The requirements of this paragraph shall not relieve the Contractor of training requirements
specified elsewhere. For training specified elsewhere, as applicable to systems and equipment
included in the scope of Commissioning work:
105
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
D.
1.
Coordinate and manage the training.
2.
Host each training session.
3.
Obtain signatures of attendees on a sign-in list.
4.
Provide training in a classroom setting with the appropriate schematics, handouts and
audio/visual training aids. Supplement classroom training with site orientations and
demonstrations.
5.
Equipment vendors provide training on the specifics of each system and philosophy,
trouble-shooting, and repair techniques as specified elsewhere.
6.
Installation subcontractors provide training on peculiarities specific to the Work and job
specific experience as specified elsewhere.
7.
Provide professional video-recording of classroom and on-site training sessions.
Manufacturer’s standard training videos may supplement locally produced training
videos.
8.
Catalog training DVDs and deliver to the Owner with the O&M manuals in accordance
with Division 01.
Training shall be conducted in several sessions over an appropriate period of time so as not to
be overwhelming to attendees.
PART 2PRODUCTS
TEST EQUIPMENT
2.1
D.
The Contractor shall provide all materials, labor, instruments, tools, ladders and apparatus
necessary to start-up, perform operating performance test and systems conditioning.
D.
Standard testing equipment required to perform startup and initial checkout and required
functional performance testing shall be provided by GC.
1.
All testing equipment shall be of sufficient quality and accuracy to test and/or measure
system performance within the tolerances specified in the specifications.
2.
All equipment shall be calibrated according to the manufacturer’s recommended
intervals and when dropped or damaged.
3.
Calibration tags shall be affixed or certificates readily available.
D.
Special equipment, tools, and instruments required for testing equipment according to these
contract documents shall be included in the contractor’s base bid price and shall be turned
over to the owner at Project close-out.
D.
The Controls Contractor shall provide copies of any hardware and/or software needed to
operate and test controls systems.
106
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
D.
The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining the commissioning documentation until
final acceptance of the project. Final checklists shall be produced by the CxA and provided prior
to beginning commissioning. The commissioning documentation shall be kept current by the
Contractor and shall be available for inspection at all times. At the time of acceptance of the
project, the Contractor shall surrender 3 completed copies of the commissioning
documentation to the Owner's Representative
PART 3EXECUTION
MEETINGS
3.1
D.
Commissioning Meetings
1.
Pre-construction Commissioning Meeting
a.
2.
D.
The CxA will coordinate and conduct a pre-construction commissioning meeting for
the CM, Contractors and selected sub-contractors to familiarize all parties with the
Owner’s Project Requirements and the commissioning process, and to ensure that
the roles and responsibilities of each party are clearly understood.
Commissioning Progress Meetings
a.
The CxA will conduct regularly scheduled commissioning progress meetings for the
duration of the project construction phase and, as necessary, into the operations
phase.
b.
The purpose of these meetings will be to review commissioning activity status,
discuss the status and resolution of issues noted in the Commissioning Observation
Report, and to coordinate and schedule commissioning activities, including a twoweek look ahead.
c.
Cx progress meetings will be held monthly, bi-weekly, or weekly as needed based
on the status of the commissioning project.
Other miscellaneous meetings to cover coordination, deficiency resolution, and planning issues
will be planned and conducted by the CxA as needed.
PRE-FUNCTIONAL CHECKLISTS
3.2
D.
Scope
1.
The pre-functional procedures consist of a series of field observations and
documentation conducted during the installation of commissioned equipment to verify
the following:
a.
Installed equipment matches the specifications and approved submittals.
b.
Equipment is installed per the specifications, drawings, manufacturer’s
recommendations, and good current practice.
107
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
D.
D.
c.
Utility connections to equipment, such as electrical, steam, chilled water, etc. have
been successfully completed.
d.
Equipment is ready for start-up.
2.
Contractors should expect to complete one (1) Pre-functional Checklist for each major
piece of equipment covered by the commissioning process such as generators, PDUs,
pumps, fans, air handling units, control panels, switchgear, substations, and electrical
distribution panels.
3.
Additional checklists will be required to verify installation of distribution systems such as
piping, ductwork, electrical wire and conduit, etc. The number of required Pre-functional
Checklists will vary from system to system, and may be limited to one form per system
per zone (or possibly per floor) for repetitive items.
Pre-functional Checklists
1.
A selection of sample Pre-functional Checklists are included at the end of this
specification as Appendix 4. These sample forms are provided for reference only to assist
contractors in preparing their bids for this project. The actual forms used on this project
will be similar in scope and format to the sample forms, but the specific content will
differ somewhat from the sample forms to specifically reference the requirements of this
project.
2.
The Pre-functional Checklists used for this project will be finalized by the CxA after
receipt of equipment Installation, Operation & Maintenance (IOM) Manuals from the
Contractors (see item C1 below).
3.
Pre-functional Checklists shall be completed and maintained on-site per the
requirements of this specification, Section 1.10 ‘Commissioning Documentation’.
Contractor Requirements
1.
The contractors furnishing and/or installing the equipment being commissioned will be
responsible for the execution of the pre-functional procedures and accurate completion
of the Pre-functional Checklists for that equipment.
2.
The CxA will periodically review the contractors in-progress Pre-functional Checklists for
accuracy, completeness and to verify that checklists are being kept up-to-date.
3.
Contractors shall begin execution of the pre-functional procedures as soon as the
affected equipment arrives on the job site, by verifying nameplate information matches
the specifications and approved submittals.
4.
During installation, the contractors shall regularly review and update the appropriate
Pre-functional Checklists so that potential installation issues are identified as early in the
construction process as possible.
5.
Only individuals who have completed or witnessed line item task may initial or check
boxes on forms.
108
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
6.
Issues observed during these procedures will be immediately reported to the CM and
CxA via email, fax, or in person to provide for timely resolution.
7.
Pre-functional Checklists will be substantially complete, reviewed and accepted by the
CxA prior to equipment start-up. Exceptions to this requirement will be allowed at the
CxA’s discretion, but will be limited to minor items, such as labeling of equipment, which
will not impact start-up or subsequent equipment operation.
8.
Checklists shall be provided to CxA within five days of completion.
9.
The Contractor shall furnish all tools, test equipment and instrumentation required for
completion of the pre-functional procedures. All instruments shall meet the
requirements of Part 2 of this specification.
Contractor Pre-startup Testing
3.3
D.
D.
Scope
1.
Commissioning activities and requirements related to contractor/vendor pre-startup
testing for commissioned equipment and systems will follow the process described in this
section. This process does not reduce the contractor’s responsibility for successfully
completing and documenting all testing requirements outlined in other sections of the
specifications.
2.
The goals of these activities are to help ensure that the specified testing is rigorously
executed using sound test procedures and that all tests are thoroughly documented.
Contractor Pre-startup Test Forms
1.
2.
The Contractor Pre-startup Testing shall be documented using test forms which, at a
minimum, will record the following information:
a.
Type of test being performed (hydrostatic leak test, pneumatic leak test, megger
test, db, RF, flows, etc.).
b.
System or equipment being tested.
c.
Technician(s) performing the test.
d.
Test date and time.
e.
Detailed description of section of system being tested (if applicable).
f.
All data collected during the test to quantify test performance (static and
differential pressures, test duration, radio frequency, insulation resistance, etc.).
g.
Signature of technician(s) performing test.
Contractors and vendors may use their standard testing forms; providing these forms
meet the requirements outlined above.
109
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
D.
3.
All test forms will be fully completed and maintained by the contractor per the
requirements of this specification, Section 1.10 ‘Commissioning Documentation’.
4.
All test forms will be submitted to the CM for review and acceptance by the Cx Team
upon completion.
Contractor Requirements
1.
The contractor shall be responsible for successful completion and documentation of all
specified pre-startup testing.
2.
Any Pre-startup tests may be witnessed by either the CM, CxA or other appropriate
member of the Cx Team. It is the contractor’s responsibility to coordinate with the CM in
advance of each test to ensure that the appropriate personnel will be available to
witness the test as desired.
3.
Issues observed during the Contractor Pre-startup Testing will be immediately reported
to the CM and CxA via email, fax, or in person to provide for timely resolution.
4.
All Contractor Pre-startup Testing shall be substantially complete, reviewed and accepted
by the CxA prior to equipment start-up. Exceptions to this requirement will be allowed at
the CxA’s discretion, but will be limited to minor items, which will not impact start-up or
subsequent equipment operation.
5.
The Contractor shall furnish all tools, test equipment and instrumentation required for
completion of the Pre-startup Testing. All instruments shall meet the requirements of
Part 2 of this specification.
Contractor Start-up Procedures
3.4
D.
Scope
1.
2.
Commissioning activities and requirements related to Equipment Startup are meant to
help ensure the following:
a.
Equipment installation and Pre-startup Testing has been fully completed and
documented prior to startup.
b.
Startup procedures meet the equipment manufacturer’s recommendations.
c.
Startup activities are fully documented.
Equipment Startup requirements covered by this section of the commissioning
specification include the following:
a.
All commissioned equipment requiring startup by the equipment manufacturer,
vendor or representative
b.
All rotating equipment including, but not limited to, pumps, fans, compressors, and
generators with a motor or engine size of 1hp or greater or serving critical
equipment.
110
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
D.
All electrical equipment including, but not limited to switchgear, substations, UPSs,
and PDUs.
d.
Where required in the specifications regardless of size or voltage.
Equipment Startup Plan
1.
D.
c.
At least 30 days prior to scheduled Equipment Startup, the responsible contractor shall
prepare and submit a written Startup Plan which, at a minimum, will include the
following:
a.
Personnel required for startup including vendors, other trades, etc.
b.
Prerequisites required for startup
c.
Proposed startup procedures
d.
Proposed forms to be used for documenting startup procedures
2.
Where available, the equipment manufacturer’s standard startup procedures and forms
should be used as the basis of the contractor’s Startup Plan.
3.
The Cx Team will review the contractor’s proposed Startup Plan(s) and will recommend
revisions as appropriate prior to scheduling of startup activities.
4.
Startup of covered equipment shall be documented using Startup Forms which have
been previously reviewed and approved as part of the contractor’s Startup Plan.
5.
All Startup Forms will be fully completed and maintained by the contractor per the
requirements of this specification, Section 1.10 ‘Commissioning Documentation’.
6.
All Startup Forms will be submitted to the CM for review, and acceptance by the Cx Team
upon completion.
Contractor Requirements
1.
The Contractor(s) will coordinate with the CM to schedule startup activities. This will
include the following:
a.
Ensuring that all Pre-functional procedures and contractor Pre-startup Testing are
completed and documented prior to startup.
b.
Ensuring that all required utilities are available prior to startup.
c.
Ensuring that appropriate personnel have been identified and scheduled to
participate including vendors, manufacturer’s representatives, other trades, etc.
d.
Tools, test equipment and/or instrumentation required for startup will be available
111
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
2.
The use of startup forms, procedures, or documents that have not been previously
approved by the Cx Team, as part of the Equipment Startup Plan, will not be accepted as
startup documentation.
3.
The Cx Team and/or CM will witness selected startups to ensure that approved
procedures are being followed and that activities are being properly documented.
4.
Any Startup procedures may be witnessed by the CM, CxA or other appropriate member
of the Cx Team. It is the contractor’s responsibility to coordinate with the CM and CxA in
advance of each procedure to ensure that the appropriate personnel will be available to
witness the test as desired.
5.
Issues observed during execution of the Startup Procedures will be immediately reported
to the GC/CM and CxA via email, fax, or in person to provide for timely resolution.
6.
The Contractor shall furnish all tools, test equipment and instrumentation required for
completion of the Startup Procedures. All instruments shall meet the requirements of
Part 2 of this specification.
7.
Equipment which will not be left in operation after startup shall be laid-up by the
contractor per the manufacturer’s recommended procedures.
8.
Equipment kept in use after startup, shall be operated and maintained by the responsible
Contractor per the equipment manufacturer’s published O&M procedures.
Contractor Post-startup Testing
3.5
D.
D.
Scope
1.
Commissioning activities and requirements related to Contractor Post-startup Testing for
commissioned equipment and systems will follow the process described in this section.
This process does not reduce the contractor’s responsibility for successfully completing
and documenting all testing requirements outlined in other sections of the specifications.
2.
The goal of these activities are to augment the testing requirements listed elsewhere in
the specifications and to help ensure that the specified testing is rigorously executed
using sound test procedures and that all tests are thoroughly documented.
Contractor Post-startup Test Reports
1.
The Contractor Post-startup Testing shall be documented using test forms which, at a
minimum, will record the following information:
a.
Type of test being performed (duct traverse, point-to-point checkout, etc.).
b.
System or equipment being tested.
c.
Technician(s) performing the test.
d.
Test equipment make, model, serial or asset number, and calibration date.
112
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
D.
D.
e.
Test date and time.
f.
Detailed description of system or section of system being tested.
g.
All data collected during the test to quantify test performance (pressures, flow
rates, rpm, volts, amps, temperatures, etc.).
h.
Signature of technician(s) performing test.
i.
Signature of CM or Cx Team member witnessing the test (where applicable).
2.
Contractors may use their standard testing forms providing these forms meet the
requirements outlined above.
3.
The use of Post-startup testing forms, procedures, or documents that have not been
previously approved by the Cx team, will not be accepted as Post-startup testing
documentation.
4.
All test forms will be fully completed and maintained by the contractor per the
requirements of this specification, Section 1.10 ‘Commissioning Documentation’.
5.
All test forms will be submitted to the CM for review and acceptance by the Cx Team
upon completion.
General Requirements
1.
The contractor shall be responsible for successful completion and documentation of all
specified Post-startup Testing.
2.
The CM and/or Cx Team will witness selected Post-startup Tests to ensure that approved
procedures are being followed and that tests are being properly documented.
3.
Issues observed during the Contractor Post-startup Testing will be immediately reported
to the GC/CM and CxA via email, fax, or in person to provide for timely resolution.
4.
The Contractor shall furnish all tools, test equipment and instrumentation required for
completion of the Post-startup Testing. All instruments shall meet the requirements of
Part 2 of this specification.
HVAC Test and Balance
1.
Test and Balance Contractor Requirements:
a.
The TAB Contractor shall be responsible for successful completion and
documentation of all TAB activities specified elsewhere in these specifications as
appropriate.
b.
Prior to the start of TAB activities, the TAB Contractor shall submit proposed TAB
procedures and documentation to the CxA for review.
113
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
D.
c.
After this review, and prior to start of field work, the TAB Contractor will attend
one or more planning meetings as required with the Commissioning Team to
review and discuss outstanding issues relating to TAB procedures and forms,
discuss resolution of issues identified during the TAB Contractor’s plan review and
field inspections, and to coordinate field work.
d.
The TAB Contractor will notify the Commissioning Team a minimum of two (2)
weeks in advance of the time for start of TAB work to allow the CxA time to assess
system readiness.
e.
The TAB Contractor will work cooperatively with the CxA.
f.
The TAB Contractor shall coordinate with the controls contractor to ensure that
changes made to the control system during TAB (flow coefficients, duct areas, etc.)
are archived and become the default or initial values for these parameters.
g.
The TAB Contractor shall ensure that all areas of the project are balanced to the
appropriate air pressure relationships for those areas (negative or positive
pressure).
h.
The TAB Contractor shall provide daily lists of issues and/or problems identified
during TAB work to the CM and CxA for follow-up & resolution with the
appropriate contractors.
Controls & Instrumentation Testing
1.
Prior to start of control system Functional Test Procedures, the Building Automation
System (BAS) Contractor shall verify and document that all control systems are installed
and operating properly including the following:
a.
Control Panels & Hardware Installation shall be fully verified and the appropriate
Pre-Functional checklists completed prior to proceeding to subsequent
installation/checkout steps.
b.
Point-to-Point Checkout shall be completed and documented per the requirements
specified elsewhere in these specifications as appropriate, and item 3 below.
c.
For the Control Sequence Checkout, the Contractor shall verify that operation of
control system programming matches all specified sequences of operation. For
these checkouts, the Contractor shall, as much as possible, simulate actual
operating conditions for the various operating modes being tested (heating,
cooling, emergency power, etc) by false-loading systems, adjusting setpoints and
similar techniques. The CxA will make the control sequence Functional Checklists
available to the BAS Contractor for use in these checkouts.
d.
Tune all Control Loops to obtain the fastest stable response without unreasonable
hunting, offset or overshoot. Record tuning parameters and response test results
for each control loop and provide trend reports to document results. Trend logs
shall show both steady-state operation and response to setpoint changes as
specified elsewhere in these specifications as appropriate.
114
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
e.
Test All Alarms and Safeties. Record all alarm parameters and alarm messages.
Document all alarms and safeties have been tested and are functioning properly.
2.
The BAS Contractor shall work with the TAB Contractor(s) to make sure that changes to
the BAS made during TAB, such as flow coefficients, flow setpoints and duct areas are
permanently archived in the BAS and become the initial or default values for their
respective controllers. If BAS adjustments made by the TAB Contractor(s) get lost or
overwritten prior to archiving, it shall be the BAS Contractor’s responsibility to re-enter
this data at no additional cost to the Owner.
3.
Point-to-Point Checkout Requirements
a.
Items described in this section apply to and augment the Field Points Testing
requirements as specified in Div 15 and elsewhere in these specifications as
appropriate.
b.
These procedures will verify the following for each physical control point:

Field device is installed per the manufacturer’s recommendations and the
project drawings and specifications

Field verify calibration of all analog inputs and outputs

Verify labeling of controllers, field devices, and wiring

Physical points are correctly addressed and communicating properly between
its controller and the field device.
c.
Detailed written procedures for execution of Point-to-Point Checkouts shall be
submitted to the CxA and Engineer by the Contractor for review and approval prior
to the start of testing. Proposed procedures shall be based on the manufacturer’s
recommendations and good current practice. Include proposed test forms as part
of this submittal.
d.
The Contractor shall provide all tools and instrumentation necessary for execution
of this testing. All instrumentation must be in calibration and meet the
requirements of Part 2 of this specification.
e.
The CxA reserves the right to field verify up to 10% of the Contractor’s Point-toPoint Checkout testing. The Contractor shall provide the technicians and
instrumentation used for the original testing to assist the CxA with this field
verification.
Functional Performance Testing
3.6
D.
Scope
1.
Functional Performance Tests are executed after commissioned equipment and systems
have been installed, started-up and balanced. The goal of these procedures is to verify
that commissioned equipment, sub-systems and major systems operate and perform per
the Owner’s Project Requirements, Basis of Design and the Contract Documents.
115
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
D.
D.
2.
Equipment-level Functional Tests will be used to verify operation and capacity of selected
equipment such as transfer switches, UPSs, PDUs, cooling towers, pumps, exhaust fans,
air handling units, etc.
3.
System-level Functional Tests will verify the following aspects of system operation:
a.
System operation under both normal and alternate operating conditions and
modes.
b.
Interactions between equipment and sub-systems.
c.
Operation of safeties and interlocks.
d.
Control system operation, response time, stability and tuning.
e.
System response to abnormal and/or emergency conditions such as equipment
failure and power outages.
f.
Prepare for execution of Integrated System Procedures
Functional Performance Checklists
1.
A selection of sample Functional Checklists are included at the end of this specification.
These sample forms are provided for reference only to assist contractors in preparing
their bids for this project. The actual procedures and forms used for this project will be
similar in scope and format to the samples, but the specific content will differ somewhat
to specifically address the requirements of this project.
2.
The Functional Tests and Checklists used for this project will be finalized by the CxA after
receipt of approved contractor submittals, including equipment Installation, Operations
& Maintenance bulletins.
Contractor Requirements
1.
The CM will coordinate and schedule Functional Test activities in conjunction with the
contractors and other members of the Cx Team.
2.
Scheduling of Functional Tests will be contingent on notification from the affected
contractor(s) to the CM and CxA that equipment and systems are ready for checkout.
3.
Other prerequisites for execution of Functional Tests shall include the following:
a.
All Pre-functional Procedures, Contractor Pre-startup Testing and Startup
Procedures have been completed and documented.
b.
TAB has been completed, documented, and reviewed.
c.
Equipment issues, as documented in the Commissioning Observation Report,
affecting equipment or system performance or operation have been resolved.
116
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
4.
Prior to claiming readiness for Functional Tests, the Controls Contractor shall ensure that
the following items are completed and documented:
a.
Point-to-point checkouts.
b.
Verify that network communication between all devices and systems is
established.
c.
Sequence of Operation checkouts.
d.
Printed and annotated trend logs and histories establishing acceptable operation
including:

Stable control

Recovery from upset/changes (e.g., from setback)

Special and/or seasonal modes

Emergency and alarm modes including loss/restoration of power
5.
Execution of the Functional Tests will be led by the CxA with assistance from the
contractors and vendors providing and installing the equipment and systems being
commissioned.
6.
Typical Functional Tests may include the following:
a.
Starting/stopping equipment.
b.
Energizing/de-energizing electrical distribution gear.
c.
Opening/closing valves and dampers.
d.
Manipulating BAS inputs, outputs and setpoints.
e.
Setup, collection and downloading of BAS trend data.
7.
Alternately, these activities may be performed directly by the CxA with prior permission
from the appropriate contractor(s). In either case, the Contractor(s) shall maintain full
responsibility for the facility, equipment and systems operated during the Functional
Tests, maintain all guarantees and warranties, and shall repair any damage to the facility
caused during the Functional Tests.
8.
Contractors shall provide the services of vendor’s technicians at the CxA’s request to
assist in commissioning of major equipment such as chillers, boilers and emergency
generators.
9.
Tools, test equipment and instrumentation required for completion of the FPPs shall be
provided by the CxA except for special-purpose or proprietary tools, test equipment and
instrumentation which shall be provided by the contractors. All instruments provided by
the contractor shall meet the requirements of Part 2 of this specification.
117
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
Fire Life Safety Procedures
3.7
D.
Scope
1.
The Fire / Life Safety Procedures (FLSPs) will verify and document operation of
commissioned systems in response to simulated fire conditions.
2.
Operation of various systems and sub-systems that are part of the response to fire will, in
many cases, be functionally verified during the Functional Test process prior to these
interactive tests.
3.
The object of these procedures is to check that all systems affected by a fire operate
interactively as specified in the contract documents and as required to meet the needs of
the Owner and local codes.
4.
A typical FLSP will consist of the following steps:
a.
Simulate a fire condition by tripping one or more Fire Alarm System (FAS) initiating
devices (smoke/heat detectors, flow switches, pull stations, etc.)
b.
Verify FAS operation including, but not limited to:
c.

Operation of visual and audible notification devices including speakers, horns,
bells, strobes, beacons, etc.

Receipt of alarms at all FAS control panel(s), annunciator panel(s), alarm
printers, etc.

Operation of FAS controlled hardware such as magnetic hold-opens, overhead
fire doors, WON doors, etc.

Operation of interfaces between FAS and other building systems such as BAS,
security, architectural dimming controls, conference center audio systems,
overhead paging, emergency response staff communication, etc.
Verify operation of HVAC smoke management system(s) including, but not limited
to the following:

Operation of air handling units

Return / exhaust fan operation

Operation of fire/smoke dampers, including proper indication of damper
position to BAS.

Verify differential static pressures between smoke zone(s) and adjacent zones

Verify containment and evacuation of smoke from selected areas
d.
Verify operation of fire door hardware (measurement of door opening forces,
latching of doors while smoke management systems are operational, etc.).
e.
Verify Security System operation (release of electric door locks etc.).
118
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
5.
D.
D.
f.
Verify operation of vertical transport system (elevator recall, alternate floor recall,
etc).
g.
Verify operation of other building systems connected to the FAS (architectural
dimming and audio systems, etc)..
h.
Reset FAS and verify return of all affected systems (FAS, BAS, HVAC, Security,
Vertical transport, etc.) to normal operation.
Specific requirements for some FLSPs may vary somewhat from the ‘typical’ list outlined
above to match the specified system operation in each area of the project (i.e.
requirements for shelled areas will differ somewhat from requirements for the lobby).
General Requirements
1.
Scheduling and execution of the FLSPs will be contingent on notification from all affected
Contractors that their equipment and systems are complete, fully operational, and ready
for checkout.
2.
Other prerequisites for execution of FLSPs shall include the following:
a.
Affected building systems shall be fully operational and running under normal
automatic control.
b.
All specified contractor testing and Functional Tests have been successfully
completed and documented.
c.
Equipment issues, as documented in the Commissioning Observation Report,
affecting equipment or system performance and operation have been resolved.
3.
FLSPs shall be completed prior to Owner Training and the Final Operation Orientation /
Demonstration phases of the project.
4.
Where possible, FLSPs will be scheduled during normal working hours. However, due to
the disruptive nature of some FLSPs the contractors should be prepared to execute some
of these procedures either at night or on weekends.
Contractor Requirements
1.
The Commissioning Team will, as a joint effort, refine, coordinate, schedule and direct
the execution of the FLSPs.
2.
The CxA will develop checklists and other documentation requirements for the FLSPs.
3.
Typical contractor activities during FLSP execution may include the following:
a.
Tripping of FAS initiating devices.
b.
Observing and documenting equipment and system operation .
c.
Resetting of fire alarm devices, fire doors, etc.
119
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
d.
4.
5.
Setup, collection and downloading of BAS trend data.
Contractors supplying and/or installing the following equipment & systems shall
participate in all FLSPs:
a.
Fire Alarm System
b.
Building Automation System
c.
Magnetic door hold-opens
d.
Door hardware
e.
Security
f.
Test and Balance (TAB) contractor
Contractors supplying and/or installing the following equipment & systems shall
participate in selected FLSPs designed to verify operation of their equipment and
systems.
a.
Vertical Transportation
b.
Other Systems (dimming systems, etc.)
6.
A detailed list of FLSPs will be developed by the Cx Team during construction. For
budgeting purposes, contractors involved in all FLSPs, as listed above, should plan on
participating in one FLSP per smoke zone. Contractors participating in selected FLSPs
should plan on participating in six (6) FLSPs each.
7.
Tools, test equipment and instrumentation required for completion of the FLSPs will be
provided by the CxA except for special-purpose or proprietary tools, test equipment and
instrumentation which will be provided by the contractors. All instruments will meet the
requirements of Part 2 of this specification.
Issue Resolution
3.8
D.
Scope
1.
The CxA will maintain and periodically publish a Commissioning Observation Report
(COR), which will be used to document issues identified during the commissioning
process.
2.
The Contractors, including their sub-contractors, vendors and suppliers are responsible
for resolution of all issues identified during execution of the commissioning process. The
CxA will be available to work with the contractors and facilitate issue resolution.
3.
Contractors shall responded to the COR issues in a timely manner, typically within 72
hours of notification, to avoid impact to the construction schedule including the
commissioning process.
120
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
4.
D.
The information reported in the COR shall not be construed to authorize any changes in
contractual requirements, schedules or project costs. Any such questions will be
promptly directed to the CM or other parties as designated in the contract documents.
Contractor Requirements
1.
2.
During Pre-functional Procedures, Pre-startup Testing, Startup Procedures and Poststartup Testing:
a.
Issues identified by the contractors during execution of Pre-functional Procedures,
Pre-Startup Testing, Startup Procedures or Post Startup Procedures shall be clearly
noted on the appropriate Pre-functional Checklist, Startup Form, Test Form, or
noted on a separate sheet and attached to the appropriate Checklist or Form.
b.
Outstanding items of the Pre-functional Procedures, Pre-startup Testing, Startup
Procedures or Post-startup Testing that were not completed successfully shall also
be noted at the bottom of the appropriate Checklist, Form or on an attached
sheet.
c.
Contractors shall notify the CM, with a copy to the CxA, of any outstanding issues
or deficiencies in writing within five days of issue identification.
d.
The CxA will review the issue notification reports and submit any comments and
questions to the CM, contractor or A/E as appropriate.
e.
The Contractor(s), including appropriate sub-contractors, vendors and suppliers
will work with the CxA to correct and re-evaluate issues or uncompleted items.
f.
As soon as outstanding items have been corrected, the contractor(s) shall:

Notify the CM and CxA that the issue has been resolved by updating and
resubmitting their issue notification report.

Resubmit updated Checklists, Startup Forms and/or Test Forms as applicable.
g.
Issues identified during Prefunctional Procedures and Pre-startup Testing shall be
resolved prior to Startup of the affected equipment or system.
h.
Items left incomplete, which later cause deficiencies or delays during execution of
Functional Tests or FLSPs may result in back-charges to the responsible party. Also
see “Failure Due to Manufacturer Defect” procedures in this section.
During Functional Performance Procedures and Fire Life Safety Procedures:
a.
Issues noted during execution of Functional Tests or FLSPs will be noted on the test
forms by the CxA.
b.
Minor issues may be corrected immediately on identification and prior to
proceeding with the procedure being executed at the discretion of the CxA. The
CxA’s decision will be based on what impact the issue has on the procedure being
executed, and the expected time required to resolve the new issue. Issues
resolved in this manner, will be documented on the appropriate form or checklist.
121
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
3.
c.
CxA will endeavor to expedite the checkout process and minimize unnecessary
delays, while not compromising the integrity of the procedures.
d.
Once any questions are resolved on an issue and the Contractor(s) accepts
responsibility to correct it:

The CxA will document the issue on the COR and the contractor response and
intentions and then go on to another procedure or sequence.

The Contractor(s) will correct the issue, and inform the CxA that the
equipment is ready to be re-evaluated.

The Contractor reschedules the re-evaluation with the CM and CxA and the
checkout is repeated once. If satisfactory performance is not achieved during
the second procedure, the cost of additional procedures will be the
responsibility of the Contractor.
If issues are identified by the CxA during spot-checks of completed Contractor Cx
Procedures (Pre-functional Procedures, Pre-Startup Testing, Startup Procedures or Post
Startup Procedures); it shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to demonstrate that the
identified issues are not widespread and pervasive for all similar systems and equipment
installed for this project. This may require re-execution of all affected Cx Procedures as
determined by the Commissioning Team.
Acceptance
3.9
D.
Only after the satisfactory completion of the Pre-Functional Installation, Start-Up/Testing,
Functional Performance and System Performance Checkouts will the system be ready for
acceptance. At no time will acceptance be made for individual pieces of equipment. Final
acceptance will only be for systems that will operate as intended per the Owner’s Project
Requirements and the Basis of Design.
D.
Approval
3.10
1.
CxA approves each functional performance test
2.
CxA recommends acceptance of test to CM.
3.
CM gives final approval of test.
Appendices
Appendix 1 – Definitions.
Appendix 2 – Commissioning responsibility table
Appendix 3 – Sample Pre-functional Checklists
Appendix 4 – Sample Functional Performance Checklists
END OF SECTION
122
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
SECTION 019114 – APPENDIX 1 – DEFINITIONS
“Acceptance”: A formal action, taken by a person with appropriate provider (which may or may not
be contractually defined) to declare that some aspect of the project meets defined requirements, thus
permitting subsequent activities to proceed.
“Approval”: Acceptance that a piece of equipment or system has been properly installed and is
functioning in the tested modes according to the contract documents.
“Architect Engineer (A/E)”: The prime consultant (architect) and sub-consultants who comprise the
design team. Generally the mechanical designer/engineer and the electrical designer/engineer.
“Checklists”: Verification checklists that are developed and used during all phases of the
commissioning process to verify that the owner’s project requirements are being achieved. This
includes checklists for general verification, plus testing, training, and other specific requirements.
“Commissioning”: An owner-driven quality process to ensure that the equipment, systems and the
facility are designed, constructed and operated to meet the owner’s needs.
“Commissioning Authority (CxA)”: The designated person, company, or entity that plans, schedules,
and coordinates the commissioning team to implement the commissioning process. Owner will
engage the CxA under a separate contract.
“Commissioning Observation Report”: A formal and ongoing record of problems or concerns – and
their resolution – that have been raised by members of the commissioning team during the course of
the commissioning process.
“Commissioning Plan”: An overall plan developed by the commissioning agent that provides the
structure, schedule and coordination planning for the commissioning process.
“Commissioning Process”: A quality-focused process for enhancing the delivery of a project. The
process focuses upon verifying and documenting that the facility and all of its systems and assemblies
are planned, designed, installed, tested, operated, and maintained to meet the owner's project
requirements.
“Commissioning Process Activities”: Components of the commissioning process.
“Commissioning Specifications”: The contract document that details the contractor’s role and
responsibilities for execution of the Cx process.
“Commissioning Team”: The individuals who through coordinated actions are responsible for
implementing the commissioning process.
“Construction Checklist”: A form used by the contractor to verify that appropriate components are onsite, ready for installation, correctly installed, and functional. Also see Checklists.
“Construction Documents”: This includes a wide range of documents, which will vary from project to
project, with the owner’s needs and with regulations, laws, and countries. Construction documents
usually include the project manual (specifications), plans (drawings) and general terms and conditions
123
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
of the contract.
“Contractor”: Defines any and all General Contractor or Sub-Contractor as “Contractor(s)” whether or
not self-performing work.
“Control system”: A component of environmental, HVAC, security, and fire systems for
reporting/monitoring and issuing of commands to/from field devices.
“Data logging”: The monitoring and recording of flows, currents, status, pressures, etc., of equipment
using stand-alone data recorders separate from the control system or the trending capabilities of
control systems.
“Deficiency”: A condition in the installation or function of a component, piece of equipment, or system
that is not in compliance with the contract documents.
“Design Criteria”: A document that records the concepts, calculations, decisions, and product
selections used to meet the owner’s project requirements and to satisfy applicable regulatory
requirements, standards, and guidelines. The document includes both narrative descriptions and lists
of individual items that support the design process.
“Functional Performance Checklist”: The document containing a list of inspections and tests
developed by the CxA to record the performance of the equipment or system in question during
Functional Procedures.
“Functional Procedures”: A series of inspections and test procedures developed by the CxA to verify
operation of equipment and systems using manual or monitoring methods. Functional Performance
Procedures are performed after completion of the Pre-functional Procedures, Startup Procedures,
Contractor Pre-startup and Post-startup Testing and serve as a prerequisite for the Integrated Systems
Test. Equipment level Functional Procedures verify the capacity, performance and efficiency of
commissioned equipment relative to the manufacturer’s published (submitted) equipment data and
the contract documents. System-level Functional Procedures evaluate dynamic operation of systems
and sub-systems under various operating conditions (loss of utility power, alarm conditions, heating,
cooling, etc.) as outlined in the Sequence of Operations. Emphasis in the system-level procedures is on
programming and operation of interconnections and controls systems.
“General Contractor/Construction Manager”: The contractor responsible for overall day-to-day
management and coordination of the project. The GC/CM serves as the bridge between the Owner
and the Prime Trade Contractors.
“Integrated Systems Test (IST)”: A scripted test of facility electrical, mechanical, and other building
systems designed for the facility and performed under simulated failure of utility power. Procedures
include, failure of utility power while monitoring critical back-up systems and the systems that they
power, verification of automatic re-start procedures and performance after restoration of power, and
documentation of equipment operating status and parameters during all phases of the test.
“Issue”: A condition or situation relating to facility equipment or systems that is not in compliance
with the manufacturer’s published documents, general construction practices, Project Specifications,
owner’s requirements, or the Design Criteria.
“Monitoring”: The recording of parameters (power, flow, status, pressure, etc.) of equipment
124
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
operation using power recorders, data loggers, or the trending capabilities of control systems.
“Non-Compliance”: See Deficiency.
“Non-Conformance”: See Deficiency.
“Owner’s Project Requirements”: A written document that details the functional requirements of a
project and the expectations of how it will be used and operated. This includes project goals,
measurable performance criteria, cost considerations, benchmarks, success criteria, and supporting
information.
“Quality Based Sampling”: A process for evaluating a sub-set (sample) of the total population. The
sample is based upon a known or estimated probability distribution of expected values; an assumed
statistical distribution based upon data from a similar product, assembly, or system; or a random
sampling that has scientific statistical basis.
“Pre-functional Checklist”: An inspection list that is used to document that equipment complies with
submittals, is installed correctly and is ready for startup. These checklists are developed by the CxA,
are completed by the Contractors, and reviewed by the CxA.
“Pre-functional Procedures”: A series of static inspections used to verify equipment compliance and
installation and to prepare the equipment or system for initial operation (e.g. equipment
conformance, installation inspections, features, belt tension, oil levels, etc.). The word “Prefunctional” indicates prior to Startup. For most equipment, the Contractors execute the Prefunctional Procedures on their own. The CxA only requires that the procedures be documented in
writing, and does not witness all of the Pre-functional Procedure, except for larger or more critical
pieces of equipment. The CxA, however, will perform a quality sampling review of Pre-functional
Procedures, as applicable, as a second, independent verification of equipment compliance.
“Project Manager (PM)”: The contracting and managing authority for the owner over the design
and/or construction of the project.
“Seasonal Performance Tests”: Performance tests that are deferred until the system(s) will experience
conditions closer to their design conditions based on weather conditions.
“Startup”: The initial starting or activating of dynamic equipment, or energizing of electrical
equipment, including completing construction checklists.
“Startup Procedures”: Procedures followed for the initial energizing or starting of equipment,
following a pre-approved Startup Plan. Startup Procedures are typically performed by the equipment
vendor or manufacturer representative, and occur after successful execution of Pre-functional
Procedures and Contractor Pre-startup Testing.
“Startup Plan”: A set of written procedures used to prepare for and startup of a piece of equipment.
Startup Plans are typically based on standard procedures and documentation provided by the
equipment manufacturer.
“Systems Manual”: A system-focused composite document that includes the operation manual,
maintenance manual, and additional information of use to the owner during the occupancy and
operations phase.
125
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
“TAB Contractor”: The contractor(s) who is responsible for Testing, Adjusting and Balancing the
facility’s HVAC systems.
“Test Procedures”: A written protocol that defines methods, personnel, and expectations for tests
conducted on components, equipment, assemblies, systems, and interfaces among systems. Test
procedures typically include documentation of actions, responses, values, and results that also must
be completed to constitute a completed procedure.
“Training Plan”: A written document that details the expectations, schedule, budget, and deliverables
of commissioning process activities related to training of project operating and maintenance
personnel, users, and occupants.
“Verification”: The process by which specific documents, components, equipment, assemblies,
systems, and interfaces among systems are confirmed to comply with the criteria described in the
OPR.
“Vendor”: Supplier of equipment.
126
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
SECTION 019114 – APPENDIX 3 – COMMISSIONING RESPONSIBILITY TABLE
The following table summarizes the commissioning responsibilities of the various parties. Note that
GC shares responsibility with the CxA for execution of the commissioning effort. CxA oversees the
process and directs and documents many of the activities; GC also oversees and documents some
activities. CxA recommends acceptance of commissioning activities to CM.
Commissioning
Construction
Authority
Commissioning (Cx)
Manager
(CxA)
Activity
(CM)
1
Cx Plan
Write and
manage
Review
2
3
Preconstruction
Commissioning
Meeting
Cx meetings
4
Scheduling
5
Submittals of
commissioned
equipment and
systems
Conduct and
take and
distribute
minutes
Conduct and
take and
distribute
minutes
Review GC’s
schedule and
provide input
for Cx
activities;
notify CM of
concerns
Review and
comment on Cx
and O&M
issues
6
Coordination/s
hop drawings
Review AE
and CxA
comments
7
Prefunctional
test checklists
and startup
forms
Construction
startup and
checkout plan
Review and
comment on Cx
and O&M
issues
Develop and
provide
Review and
approve
8
Contractor (GC)
Subcontractors,
Mfr Reps,
Vendors
SCCOE
Technical
Staff (ETS)
Design Team
(AE)
Architect
Engineer
Review
and accept
Review and
comment
Attend
Review to
understand and
for scope issues
Fully participate
Attend
Attend
Attend
Fully participate
Fully
participate
Attend
selected
meetings
Review
Controls the
schedule
Review
Review
schedule;
notify CM of
concerns
Review AE
and CxA
comments
Subs provide, GC
reviews for
compliance with
Contract
Documents
Produce the
drawings
None
Review and
approve;
include CxA
comments
None
None
Review for scope
issues
None
Review and
approve;
include CxA
comments
None
None
Develop by
None
combining
prefunctional test
checklists, startup
127
None
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
Commissioning (Cx)
Activity
Commissioning
Construction
Authority
Manager
(CxA)
(CM)
Contractor (GC)
Subcontractors,
Mfr Reps,
Vendors
forms and mfr
data
9
None
Document that
electrical
coordination and
short circuit
studies and
protective device
calibration and
settings are
complete and
comply with
specs
Perform startup
and tests,
complete
checklists
Electrical
system
coordination,
testing and
calibration
None
SCCOE
Technical
Staff (ETS)
Review
Spot check
selected
items;
review
completed
forms
Observe
selected
items
None
As desired;
report
findings to
AE
Review
and
provide
input to
CxA
Normal per
contract
Spot check
None
selected items;
review
completed
forms
11 Start-up
Witness
None
selected items;
review
completed
forms
Some
Ongoing
observation of
critical systems
and issues
Develop and
Review
keep updated
Coordinate tasks
and schedules
with Subs
Write
None
procedures for
all tests, except
regulated tests
such as
electrical, fire
alarm &
suppression,
Review for safety, May
scope, and
review
warranty
13 Issues Log –
Commissioning
Observation
Report (COR)
14 Functional
performance
test procedure
development
Ensure that Subs
are executing
installation and
start-up plans
Use Log to
address issues
128
Architect
Engineer
Review
10 Prefunctional
tests, start-up
12 Construction
Observation
Design Team
(AE)
None
None (but may
add open
issues to punch
list)
None
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
Commissioning (Cx)
Activity
15 Test plan
(process,
schedule and
sequencing)
16 Functional
performance
test execution
Commissioning
Construction
Authority
Manager
(CxA)
(CM)
elevators
Review
SCCOE
Technical
Staff (ETS)
Design Team
(AE)
Architect
Engineer
Develop &
coordinate
May
review
None
Oversee and
Review
witness all
tests and
documents
testing
17 Test and
Review and
Review
balance air and comment to AE
water systems
Execute testing
Participate
Normal constr
admin per
their contract.
Execute and
document
May
review
18 Integrated
Systems Test
script
Review and
comment
Review and
comment
Review
and
comment
Coordinate
performance
of test;
participate in
test
Coordinate
participation by
sub-contractors
and vendors;
participate in test
Witness
test
Review and
comment on
final TAB
report.
Provide
technical
assistance;
review and
comment
Witness test
Review
Develop O&M
Review
manual; submit to and
comment
AE
to AE
Review and
comment.
None
Draft Contractor
Training Plan;
executes training
Receive
training
None
Review
Develop and
submit to AE
May
review
Review and
comment
19 Integrated
Systems Test
20 O&M manuals
21 Training
22 As-builts /
redlines
Develop script;
review with Cx
Team and
revise as
necessary
Provide test
load banks;
direct
performance of
test
procedures;
document
results
Review with
ETS and accept
for clarity,
accessibility,
usability and
completeness.
Meet with ETS
to determine
needs; provide
sample agenda
forms to GC;
monitor
training
execution
Periodically
check to see
None
Contractor (GC)
Subcontractors,
Mfr Reps,
Vendors
129
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
Commissioning (Cx)
Activity
Commissioning
Construction
Authority
Manager
(CxA)
(CM)
23 Cx report
that GC and
Subs are
updating
redlines
Compile and
submit to CM
Same as for
functional
testing
24 Deferred
testing
25 Acceptance of
systems
Contractor (GC)
Subcontractors,
Mfr Reps,
Vendors
SCCOE
Technical
Staff (ETS)
Design Team
(AE)
Architect
Engineer
redlines
Review
None
None
None
Review
If specified, same
as for functional
testing
Same as
for
functional
testing
Normal constr
admin per
their contract.
None
Review
Normal constr
admin per
their contract.
Recommends
Accept
acceptance to
the CM, subject
to outstanding
issues.
130
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
SECTION 019114 – APPENDIX 2 – SAMPLE PRE-FUNCTIONAL CHECKLISTS
PROJECT NAME
Pump - Prefunctional Checklist
System(s):
Location:
Name / Company / Date(s):
Unit ID:
Ref Dwgs:
Instructions: Check off items as completed. Work in progress should be left blank until done.
Note comments, problems, etc. in spaces provided. Installing contractor to sign-off form when complete.
Nameplate Data:
Pump:
Manuf:
Model #:
Serial #:
GPM:
HD:
HP:
Imp Size:
Pump Type:
RPM:
Motor:
Manuf:
Model #:
Serial #:
HP:
Volts/Amps:
RPM:
SF:
PF:
EFF:
Frame:
Encl:
Insul Class:
Starter:
Manuf:
Type:
Size:
Htr Manuf:
Size:
Manual Reset:
ITEM
OK
COMMENTS
Storage / Handling
Protected against dirt / debris during storage
Motor protected from water/moisture
Pump openings covered until pipe connected
Labeling and Identification
Unit labeled w/ engraved plastic nameplate
Pump and motor mfg. nameplate installed, readable
General Installation
Located per plans
Pump/motor nameplate data matches equipment schedule
Pump installed on 4" housekeeping pad
Installed level and plumb
Adequate clearance for service / maintenance
No visible sign of leaks
Coupling installed, no noticable slop
Pump/motor shafts rotate freely
OSHA approved coupling guard installed
Flow direction correct
Baseplate grouted with Embeco non-shrinking grout
Foundation bolts tightened
Final alignment done after grouting and bolts tightened
Pump Motor
1.15 Service Factor
ODP Enclosure
Rated for inverter duty, class H insulation w/ VFD
Motor base adjustable for alignment
Notes:
SECTION 019114 – APPENDIX 2 – SAMPLE PRE-FUNCTIONAL CHECKLISTS
131
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
(continued)
ITEM
OK
Vibration Isolation
COMMENTS
Pump mounted on steel/concrete inertia base
Vib isolation per spec 15240
Pump base placed on blocks prior to isol. Install
2" clearence between inertia base and housekeep pad
Weight transferred to springs after piping done, system filled
Inertia base free to move, springs not bottomed-out
Trash/debris removed from under inertia base
Flex conns. installed on suc/disch (per manuf instr)
Piping within 50' of pumps isolated
Piping Connections
Piping supported separately from pump
Piping installed level and plumb
Suction/discharge isolation vlvs installed, accessible
Y-strainer w/ blowoff valve in pump suction line
Check valve and manual balancing valve in disch line
5 dia of straight pipe @ inlet to end-suction pump
Air separator/strainer at pump suction lines
Low point drains, high point vents installed
Press guage across strainer & across pump
Guage piping installed @ tapped holes in pump flanges
Pump base drain valved and run to nearest floor drain
Exp. tanks installed @ pump suction, air charge OK
Insulation
Cold water pumps (< 60F) instulated with armaflex
Armaflex fitted to pump, removable w/ velcro closures
Insulation doesn't cover nameplates
Electrical Connections
Electrical connections complete
Final connection to motor w/ flex
Power available from MCC or VFD
Local disconnect switch installed (if applicable)
Starter, VFD and/or local disconnect labeled
Conduit routing & support OK
Conduit and wire size per code/spec.
Fuses and motor overloads installed
Fuse sizing correct, overload size/setting correct
Overloads set for manual reset (not auto)
Notes:
Signatures:
Installing Contractor / Vendor:
Date:
SECTION 019114 – APPENDIX 2 – SAMPLE PRE-FUNCTIONAL CHECKLISTS
(continued)
132
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
SECTION 019114 – APPENDIX 2 – SAMPLE PRE-FUNCTIONAL CHECKLISTS
(continued)
133
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
SECTION 019114 – APPENDIX 3 – SAMPLE FUNCTIONAL CHECKLISTS
134
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
PROJECT NAME
PUMP - FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST
Location:
Equipment ID:
Participants (name, company, phone, date(s)):
Installing Contractor:
Reference Dwgs:
Manufacturer / Nameplate:
Operating Conditions:
Testing Instruments Used:
ITEM
FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE
OK/Value
COMMENTS
General
Hand / Off / Auto operation OK
Start / Stop vibration and noise acceptable
Run vibration / noise / cavitation acceptable
Pump rotation correct
No visible leaks
Flow proving
Motor Temperature OK
Shut-Off Pressures
Measured
Gauge
TAB
Suction pressure
Discharge pressure
Differential pressure (Design = _______)
Impeller size OK
Local gauges correct
Operating Flows & Pressures
Measured
Gauge
TAB
Suction pressure
Discharge pressure
Differential pressure (Design = _______)
Flow Rate (Design = _______ GPM)
Electrical Meaurements
Volts (Design = ________ +/- 10%)
Amps (FLA = ________) (SFA = _______)
Power (kW)
Power Factor
Heater size / settings correct
Heaters set for manual reset
A/B:
A:
W1:
Companion Equipment
Differential Pressure switches functional
Diff. Press switches indicate poistive flow
Flow switch functional
CT sensor functional
COMMENTS AND OBSERVATIONS:
135
A/C:
B:
W2:
B/C:
C:
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
SECTION 019114 – APPENDIX 3 – SAMPLE FUNCTIONAL CHECKLISTS
(continued)
136
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
SECTION 019114 – APPENDIX 3 – SAMPLE FUNCTIONAL CHECKLISTS
(continued)
137
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
SECTION 024113 - SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION
1.00
GENERAL
1.01
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.02
SUMMARY
A.
1.03
This Section requires the selective removal and subsequent off-site disposal of, but not
limited to, the following:
1.
Portions of site improvements indicated on drawings and as required to
accommodate new construction.
2.
Removal and protection of existing fixtures, materials, and equipment items
indicated "salvage."
SUBMITTALS
A.
General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1
Specification Sections.
B.
Schedule indicating proposed sequence of operations for selective demolition work to
Architect for review prior to start of work. Include coordination for shutoff, capping, and
continuation of utility services as required, together with details for dust and noise
control protection.
C.
1.04
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.
Provide detailed sequence of demolition and removal work to ensure
uninterrupted progress of Owner's on-site operations, if any.
2.
Coordinate with Owner's continuing occupation, if any, of portions of existing
building and with Owner's partial occupancy, if any, of completed new addition.
Photographs of existing conditions of structure surfaces, equipment, and adjacent
improvements that might be misconstrued as damage related to removal operations.
File with Architect prior to start of work.
JOB CONDITIONS
138
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
A.
Occupancy: Owner will occupy portions of the building immediately adjacent to areas of
selective demolition. Conduct selective demolition work in manner that will minimize
need for disruption of Owner's normal operations. Provide minimum of 72 hours
advance notice to Owner of demolition activities that will affect Owner's normal
operations.
B.
Condition of Structures: Owner assumes no responsibility for actual condition of items
or structures to be demolished.
1.
C.
Partial Demolition and Removal: Items indicated to be removed but of salvageable value
to Contractor may be removed from structure as work progresses. Transport salvaged
items from site as they are removed.
1.
D.
Storage or sale of removed items on site will not be permitted.
Environmental Controls: Comply with governing regulations pertaining to environmental
protection.
1.
E.
Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purposes will be maintained
by Owner insofar as practicable. However, minor variations within structure
may occur by Owner's removal and salvage operations prior to start of selective
demolition work.
Lead in Construction: All contractors shall comply with Title 8, California Code of
Regulations (CCR), Section 1532.1, when abating lead relating to demolition of
remodel activity in all public buildings. Workers must be trained by the
Department of Health Services (DHS) accredited trainer provider and certified
by DHS. Exposure assessment (air monitoring) must be performed in all
workplaces where employees may be exposed to lead. Exposure assessment is
an eight hour period when air monitoring takes place to determine permissible
exposure limit for each activity taken.
Protections: Provide temporary barricades and other forms of protection to protect
Owner's personnel and general public from injury due to selective demolition work.
1.
Provide protective measures as required to provide free and safe passage of
Owner's personnel and general public to occupied portions of building.
2.
Erect temporary covered passageways as required by authorities having
jurisdiction.
3.
Provide interior and exterior shoring, bracing, or support to prevent movement,
settlement, or collapse of structure or element to be demolished and adjacent
facilities or work to remain.
4.
Protect from damage existing finish work that is to remain in place and becomes
exposed during demolition operations.
5.
Protect floors with suitable coverings when necessary.
139
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
6.
Construct temporary insulated dustproof partitions where required to separate
areas where noisy or extensive dirt or dust operations are performed. Equip
partitions with dust proof doors and security locks.
7.
Provide temporary weather protection during interval between demolition and
removal of existing construction on exterior surfaces and installation of new
construction to ensure that no water leakage or damage occurs to structure or
interior areas of existing building.
8.
Remove protections at completion of work.
F.
Damages: Promptly repair damages caused to adjacent facilities by demolition work.
G.
Traffic: Conduct selective demolition operations and debris removal to ensure minimum
interference with roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities.
1.
Do not close, block, or otherwise obstruct streets, walks, or other occupied or
used facilities without written permission from authorities having jurisdiction.
Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by
governing regulations.
H.
Flame Cutting: Do not use cutting torches for removal until work area is cleared of
flammable materials. At concealed spaces, such as interior of ducts and pipe spaces,
verify condition of hidden space before starting flame-cutting operations. Maintain
portable fire suppression devices during flame-cutting operations.
I.
UtilityServices: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect
them against damage during demolition operations.
J.
1.
Do not interrupt utilities serving occupied or used facilities, except when
authorized in writing by Owner/Occupant. Provide temporary services during
interruptions of existing utilities, as acceptable to governing authorities.
2.
Maintain fire protection services during selective demolition operations.
Dust Control: Use water sprinkling, temporary enclosures, and other methods to limit
dust and dirt migration. Comply with governing regulations pertaining to environmental
protection.
1.
Do not use water when it may create hazardous or objectionable conditions
such as ice, flooding, and pollution.
2.00
PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
3.00
EXECUTION
3.01
PREPARATION
140
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
A.
General: Provide interior and exterior shoring, bracing, or support to prevent
movement, settlement, or collapse of areas to be demolished and adjacent facilities to
remain.
1.
2.
3.
Cease operations and notify Architect immediately if safety of structures, or
improvements to remain appears to be endangered. Take precautions to
support structure until determination is made for continuing operations.
Cover and protect furniture, equipment, and fixtures from soilage or damage
when demolition work is performed in areas where such items have not been
removed.
Erect and maintain dust-proof partitions and closures as required to prevent
spread of dust or fumes to occupied portions of the building.
a.
b.
4.
Locate, identify, stub off, and disconnect utility services that are not indicated to
remain.
a.
3.02
Where selective demolition occurs immediately adjacent to occupied
portions of the building, construct dust-proof partitions of minimum 4inch studs, 5/8-inch drywall Uointstaped) on occupied side,1/2-inch fireretardant plywood, or equivalent, on demolition side and fill partition
cavity with sound-deadening insulation, or as otherwise directed.
Provide weatherproof closures for exterior openings resulting from
demolition work.
Provide bypass connections as necessary to maintain continuity of
service to occupied areas of building.
DEMOLITION
A.
General: Perform selective demolition work in a systematic manner. Use such methods
as required to complete work indicated on Drawings in accordance with demolition
schedule and governing regulations.
1.
2.
Demolish concrete and masonry in small sections. Cut concrete and masonry at
junctures with construction to remain using power-driven masonry saw or hand
tools; do not use power-driven impact tools.
Locate demolition equipment throughout structure and promptly remove debris
to avoid imposing excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing.
3.
Provide services for effective air and water pollution controls as required by
local authorities having jurisdiction.
4.
Demolish foundation walls to a depth of not less than 12 inches below lowest
foundation level. Demolish and remove below-grade wood or metal
construction. Break up below-grade concrete slabs.
5.
For interior slabs on grade, use removal methods that will not crack or
structurally disturb adjacent slabs or partitions. Use power saw where possible.
141
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
B.
3.03
If unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements that conflict with intended
function or design are encountered, investigate and measure both nature and extent of
the conflict. Submit report to Architect in written, accurate detail. Pending receipt of
directive from Architect, rearrange selective demolition schedule as necessary to
continue overall job progress without undue delay.
SALVAGED MATERIALS
A.
Salvaged Items: Where indicated on Drawings as "Salvage - Deliver to Owner," carefully
remove indicated items, clean, store, and turn over to Owner and obtain receipt.
1.
Historic artifacts, including cornerstones and their contents, commemorative
plaques and tablets, antiques, and other articles of historic significance, remain property
of Owner. Notify Architect if such items are encountered and obtain acceptance
regarding method of removal and salvage for Owner.
2.
Carefully remove, clean, and deliver to Owner the following items:
a.
3.04
DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHEDMATERIALS
A.
Remove from building site debris, rubbish, and other materials resulting from
demolition operations. Transport and legally dispose off site.
B.
If hazardous materials are encountered during demolition operations, comply with
applicable regulations, laws, and ordinances concerning removal, handling, and
protection against exposure or environmental pollution.
1.
3.05
As indicated on the Construction Documents.
Burning of removed materials is not permitted on project site.
CLEANUPAND REPAIR
A.
General: Upon completion of demolition work, remove tools, equipment, and
demolished materials from site. Remove protections and leave interior areas broom
clean.
B.
Repair demolition performed in excess of that required. Return elements of
construction and surfaces to remain to condition existing prior to start operations.
Repair adjacent construction or surfaces soiled or damaged by selective demolition
work.
END OF SECTION 024113
142
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
SECTION 02 41 19
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes:
1.
2.
B.
1.3
The selective removal and off-site disposal of items which include, but are not limited
to the following:
a.
Portions of site or building improvements as required to accommodate new
construction.
b.
Removal of partitions.
c.
Removal of doors and frames.
d.
Removal of windows.
e.
Removal of cabinets.
f.
Removal of wall, floor, and ceiling finishes.
g.
Demolition and removal of site improvements adjacent to a building or
structure to be demolished.
h.
Removing below grade construction.
i.
Disconnecting, capping, or sealing, and removing utilities.
j.
Removal of existing building elements and salvaging for reinstallation as
indicated.
Selective removal and salvaging of designated items for delivery to Owner, or for
reinstallation, as indicated.
Related Sections:
1.
Division 1 Section for temporary construction, protection facilities, and
environmental-protection measures for building demolition operations.
2.
Division 1 Section for construction waste management for administrative and
procedural requirements for salvaging and recycling of demolition waste.
3.
Division 22 and 23 Sections for demolishing or relocating mechanical items.
4.
Division 26 Sections for demolishing or relocating electrical items.
DEFINITIONS
A.
Remove: Detach items from existing construction and legally dispose of them off-site unless
indicated to be removed and salvaged or recycled.
B.
Remove and Salvage: Detach items from existing construction and deliver them to Owner.
143
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
1.
C.
1.4
Existing to Remain: Existing items of construction that are not to be removed and that are
not otherwise indicated to be removed, removed and salvaged, or recycled.
MATERIALS OWNERSHIP
A.
1.5
Historic items, relics, and similar objects including, but not limited to, cornerstones and their
contents, commemorative plaques and tablets, antiques, and other items of interest or
value to Owner that may be encountered during building demolition remain Owner’s
property. Carefully remove and salvage each item or object in a manner to prevent damage
and deliver promptly to Owner.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Qualification Data: For demolition firm.
B.
Schedule of Selective Demolition Activities: Indicate the following:
1.
Detailed sequence of demolition and removal work, with starting and ending dated
for each activity. Coordinate to avoid interruptions to Owner’s on-site operations.
2.
Interruption of utility services.
3.
Coordination for shutoff, capping, and continuation of utility services.
4.
Locations of temporary protection and means of egress, including for other tenants
affected by selective demolition operations, if applicable.
5.
Coordination of Owner’s continuing occupancy of portions of buildings and partial use
of premises, if applicable.
6.
Dust and noise control measures.
C.
Inventory: After selective demolition is complete, submit a list of items that have been
removed and salvaged.
D.
Predemolition Photographs: Show existing conditions of adjoining construction and site
improvements, including finish surfaces, that might be misconstrued as damage caused by
selective demolition operations. Submit before Work begins.
E.
Record drawings of removed, relocated, or abandoned utilities in accordance Division 1
Section for project closeout requirements.
1.
F.
1.6
Where indicated, reinstall item as indicated.
Locate and dimension work with reference to permanent landmarks. Indicate
materials and sizes of all components.
Statement of Refrigerant Recovery: Signed by refrigerant recovery technician responsible for
recovering refrigerant, stating that all refrigerant that was present was recovered and that
recovery was performed according to EPA regulations. Include name and address of
technician and date refrigerant was removed.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Demolition Firm Qualifications: An experienced firm that has specialized in demolition work
similar in material and extent to that indicated for this Project.
144
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
1.7
B.
Refrigerant Recovery Technician Qualifications: Certified by EPA-approved certification
program.
C.
Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before
beginning demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having
jurisdiction.
D.
Standards: Comply with ANSI A10.6 and NFPA 241.
E.
Predemolition Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements
in Division 1 Section for project meetings.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
A.
B.
Owner will occupy portions of the building immediately adjacent to areas of selective
demolition. Conduct selective demolition so Owner’s operations will not be disrupted.
1.
Provide not less than 10 working days notice to Owner of activities that will affect
Owner’s operations.
2.
Maintain access to existing walkways, exits, and other adjacent occupied or used
facilities.
Owner assumes no responsibility for buildings and structures to be demolished.
1.
1.8
Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purposes will be maintained by
Owner as far as practical. Minor variations may occur as a result of Owner’s salvaging
operations prior to start of selective demolition work.
C.
If materials suspected of containing hazardous materials are encountered, do not disturb;
immediately notify Architect and Owner. Hazardous materials will be removed by Owner
under a separate contract.
D.
Storage or sale of removed items or materials on-site is not permitted.
COORDINATION
A.
Arrange demolition schedule so as not to interfere with Owner’s on-site operations.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
EXAMINATION
A.
Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine extent of
selective demolition required.
B.
Review Project Record Documents of existing construction provided by Owner. Owner does
not guarantee that existing conditions are the same as those indicated in Project Record
Documents.
C.
Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed and salvaged.
145
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
3.2
D.
When unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements are encountered,
investigate and measure the nature and extent of the element. Promptly submit a written
report to Architect.
E.
Determine whether removing any element might result in structural deficiency or
unplanned collapse of any portion of structure or adjacent structures during building
demolition operations. If required, engage a professional engineer to perform an
engineering survey of condition of building.
PREPARATION
A.
Refrigerant: Remove and store refrigerant according to 40 CFR 82 and regulations of
authorities having jurisdiction.
B.
Existing Utilities: Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap off indicated utilities serving
buildings and structures to be demolished.
C.
1.
Arrange to shut off indicated utilities with utility companies.
2.
If utility services are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, before
proceeding with building demolition provide temporary utilities that bypass buildings
and structures to be demolished and that maintain continuity of service to other
buildings and structures.
3.
Cut off pipe or conduit a minimum of 24 inches below grade. Cap, valve or plug and
seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit after bypassing.
4.
Remove refrigerant from air-conditioning equipment before starting demolition.
Temporary Shoring: Provide and maintain interior and exterior shoring, bracing, or
structural support to preserve stability and prevent unexpected movement or collapse of
construction being demolished.
1.
D.
3.3
Strengthen or add new supports when required during progress of demolition.
Removed and Salvaged Items: Comply with the following:
1.
Clean salvaged items of dirt and demolition debris.
2.
Store items in a secure area until delivery to Owner.
3.
Transport items to Owner’s storage area off-site designated by Owner.
4.
Protect items from damage during transport and storage.
PROTECTION
A.
Existing Facilities: Protect adjacent walkways, loading docks, building entries, and other
building facilities during demolition operations.
B.
Existing Items to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and
soiling during demolition. When permitted by Architect, items may be removed to a
suitable, protected storage location during demolition and reinstalled in their original
locations after selective demolition operations are complete.
146
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
C.
Existing utilities: Maintain utility services indicated to remain and protect them against
damage during demolition operations.
1.
Do not interrupt existing utilities serving adjacent occupied or operating facilities
unless authorized in writing by Owner and authorities having jurisdiction.
2.
Provide temporary services during interruptions to existing utilities, as acceptable to
Owner and to authorities having jurisdiction.
a.
D.
Temporary Protection: Erect temporary protection, such as walks, fences, railings, canopies,
and covered passageways, where required by authorities having jurisdiction and as
indicated. Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section for construction facilities and
temporary controls.
1.
Protect existing construction and finishes, site improvements, appurtenances, and
landscaping to remain.
2.
Erect a plainly visible fence around drip line of individual trees or around perimeter
drip line of groups of trees to remain.
3.
Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent injury to
people and damage to adjacent portions of buildings and facilities to remain.
4.
Provide protection to ensure safe passage of people around area of selective
demolition and to and from occupied portions of buildings and structures.
5.
Protect walls, windows, roofs, and other adjacent exterior construction that are to
remain and that are exposed to selective demolition operations.
6.
Erect and maintain dustproof partitions and temporary enclosures to limit dust and
dirt migration and to separate fumes and noise from areas of selective demolition
from occupied portions of buildings. Equip partitions with dustproof doors and
security locks.
a.
7.
3.4
Provide at least 10 working days notice to Owner if shutdown of service is
required during changeover.
Construct dustproof partitions of minimum 2 x 4 studs with 5/8-inch thick
gypsum board on occupied side, and 1/2-inch plywood on demolition side. Fill
stud cavities with sound-deadening insulation.
Where selective demolition causes exposure of interior to exterior weather
conditions, provide temporary protection to ensure that no water leakage or damage
occurs to structure or interior areas of building.
DEMOLITION, GENERAL
A.
General: Demolish indicated portions of existing buildings and structures and site
improvements. Use methods required to complete the Work within limitations of
governing regulations and as follows:
1.
Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials.
Maintain fire watch and portable fire-suppression devices during flame-cutting
operations.
2.
Maintain adequate ventilation when using cutting torches.
147
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
3.5
3.
Locate building demolition equipment and remove debris and materials so as not to
impose excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing.
4.
Do not damage portions of existing construction indicated to remain.
B.
Engineering Surveys: Perform surveys as the Work progresses to detect hazards that may
result from building demolition activities.
C.
Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct selective demolition and debris-removal
operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other
adjacent occupied and used facilities.
1.
Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, walkways, or other adjacent occupied or used
facilities without permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. Provide
alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by authorities
having jurisdiction.
2.
Use water mist and other suitable methods to limit spread of dust and dirt. Comply
with governing environmental protection regulations. Do not use water when it may
damage adjacent construction or create hazardous or objectionable conditions, such
as ice, flooding, and pollution.
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
A.
Proceed with demolition of structural framing members systematically, from higher to lower
level. Complete building demolition operations above each floor or tier before disturbing
supporting members on the next lower level.
B.
Remove debris from elevated portions by chute, hoist, or other device that will convey
debris to grade level in a controlled descent.
1.
Remove structural framing members and lower to ground by method suitable to
minimize ground impact or dust generation.
C.
Concrete: Cut concrete full depth at junctures with construction indicated to remain, using
power-driven saw, then remove concrete between saw cuts.
D.
Masonry: Cut masonry at junctures with construction indicated to remain, using powerdriven saw, then remove masonry between saw cuts.
E.
Concrete Slabs-on-Grade: Saw-cut perimeter of area to be demolished at junctures with
construction indicated to remain, then break up and remove.
F.
Structural Steel: Dismantle field connections without bending or damaging steel members.
G.
Carpet and Pad: Remove in large pieces and roll tightly after removing demolition debris,
trash, adhesive, and tack strips.
H.
Building Components: If indicated to be salvaged, remove metal gratings, metal ladders,
doors, windows, door hardware, cabinets, mirrors, chalkboards and markerboards,
tackboards, toilet accessories, plumbing fixtures, light fixtures, and other similar
premanufactured building components as whole units, intact and undamaged.
I.
Elevators: Remove as whole units as much as practical.
148
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
J.
Equipment: Disconnect equipment at nearest fitting connection to services, complete with
service valves. Remove as whole units, complete with controls.
K.
Below-Grade Construction: Demolish foundation walls and other below-grade construction.
1.
L.
M.
3.6
3.9
1.
At utility trenches occurring in existing paved areas to remain, remove portion
occurring over width of trench.
2.
At concrete paving, use existing joints to define area of removal, unless indicated
otherwise.
Existing Utilities: Demolish existing utilities and below-grade utility structures that are within
5 feet outside of footprint indicated for new construction. Abandon utilities outside this
area.
1.
Fill abandoned utility structures with satisfactory soil materials according to backfill
requirements of Section 31 20 00 “Earthwork.”
2.
Piping: Disconnect piping at unions, flanges, valves, or fittings.
3.
Wiring Ducts: Disassemble into unit lengths and remove plug-in and disconnecting
devices.
Where existing in-ground utility boxes occur in areas having grades and elevations adjusted,
reset top of utility box to conform with new finish grade.
EXPLOSIVE DEMOLITION
A.
3.8
Concrete and Asphalt Paving: Cleanly saw-cut in straight lines, perimeter of area to be
removed, then break up and remove portion indicated.
ADJUSTMENT OF EXISTING UTILITY BOXES
A.
3.7
Remove below-grade construction, including basements, foundation walls, and
footings, completely.
Explosives: Use of explosives is not permitted.
SITE RESTORATION
A.
Below-Grade Areas: Completely fill below-grade areas and voids resulting from building
demolition operations with satisfactory soil materials according to backfill requirements in
Section 31 23 16 “Utility Trenching.”
B.
Site Grading: Uniformly rough grade area of demolished construction to a smooth surface,
free from irregular surface changes. Provide a smooth transition between adjacent existing
grades and new grades.
REPAIRS
A.
General: Promptly repair damage to adjacent construction caused by selective demolition
operations.
B.
Where repairs to existing surfaces are required, patch to produce surfaces suitable for new
materials.
149
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
C.
Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining
construction in a manner that eliminates evidence of patching and refinishing.
3.10 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS
A.
General: Except for items or materials indicated to be reused, salvaged, reinstalled, or
otherwise indicated to remain Owner’s property, remove demolished materials from Project
site and legally dispose of them in an EPA-approved landfill acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction. Refer to Division 1 Section for construction waste management for additional
requirements for salvaging and recycling demolition waste materials.
1.
Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on-site.
2.
Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent
surfaces and areas.
B.
Burning: Do not burn demolished materials.
C.
Disposal: Transport demolished materials off Owner’s property and legally dispose of them.
3.11 CLEANING
A.
Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective
demolition operations. Remove temporary protections and return adjacent areas to
condition existing before selective demolition operations began. Repair damaged areas
resulting from selective demolition work.
B.
Restore landscaping plants to condition matching existing appearance prior to start of
demolition.
END OF SECTION 02 41 19
150
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
SECTION 05 50 00
METAL FABRICATIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes:
1.
B.
1.3
Related Sections include:
1.
Section 09 22 16 “Cold-Formed Non-Structural Metal Framing” for non-loadbearing metal stud and joist framing.
2.
Section 09 91 00 “Painting” for field painting of metal fabrications.
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A.
Thermal Movements: Provide metal fabrications that allow for thermal movements resulting
from the following maximum change (range) in ambient and surface temperatures by
preventing buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of components, failure of connections,
and other detrimental effects. Base engineering calculation on surface temperatures of
materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime-sky heat loss.
1.
B.
1.4
Temperature Change (Range): 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material
surfaces.
Control of Corrosion: Prevent galvanic action and other forms of corrosion by insulating
metals and other materials from direct contact with incompatible materials.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
1.5
Miscellaneous steel framing and supports for anchorage of items specified in
other Sections.
Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following:
1.
AWS D1.1, “Structural Welding Code - Steel.”
2.
AWS D1.3, “Structural Welding Code - Sheet Steel.”
PROJECT CONDITIONS
A.
Field Measurements: Verify actual locations of walls and other construction contiguous with
metal fabrications by field measurements before fabrication and indicated measurements
on Shop Drawings.
1.
Provide allowance for trimming and fitting at site.
151
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
1.6
COORDINATION
A.
Coordinate installation of anchorages for metal fabrications. Furnish setting drawings,
templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts,
anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or
masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation.
B.
Coordinate installation of steel weld plates and angles for casting into concrete that are
specified in this Section but required for work of another Section. Deliver such items to
Project site in time for installation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MANUFACTURERS
A.
2.2
2.4
1.
Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that
may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited, products
specified.
2.
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,
manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work
include, but are not limited, manufacturers specified.
METALS, GENERAL
A.
2.3
In other Part 2 Articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply
to product selection:
Metal Surfaces, General: Provide materials with smooth flat surfaces, unless otherwise
indicated. For metal fabrications exposed to view in the completed Work, provide materials
without seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, or blemishes.
STEEL AND IRON
A.
Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36.
B.
Rolled-Steel Floor Plate: ASTM A 786, rolled from plate complying with ASTM A 36 or ASTM
A 283, Grade C or D.
C.
Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500, cold-formed steel tubing.
D.
Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, standard weight (Schedule 40), unless another weight is indicated or
required by structural loads.
FASTENERS
A.
General: Unless otherwise indicated, provide Type 304 stainless steel fasteners for exterior
use and zinc-plated fasteners with coating complying with ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn5, at
exterior walls. Provide stainless-steel fasteners for fastening aluminum and stainless steel.
Select fasteners for type, grade, and class required.
B.
Steel Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon-head bolts, ASTM A 307, Grade A; with hex nuts,
ASTM A 563; and, where indicated, flat washers.
152
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
C.
Stainless-Steel Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon-head annealed stainless-steel bolts, nuts,
and where indicated, flat washers; ASTM F 593 for bolts and ASTM F 594 for nuts, Alloy
Group 1 (A1).
D.
Anchor Bolts: ASTM F 1554, Grade 36.
1.
E.
Eyebolts: ASTM A 489.
1.
Closed eye with shoulder; lag screw, where indicated.
F.
Machine Screws: ASME B18.6.3.
G.
Lag Bolts: ASME B18.2.1.
H.
Wood Screws: Flat head, ASME B18.6.1.
I.
Plain Washers: Round, ASME B18.22.1.
J.
Lock Washers: Helical, spring type, ASME B18.21.1.
K.
Cast-in-Place Anchors in Concrete: Anchors capable of sustaining, without failure, a load
equal to four(4) times the load imposed, as determined by testing according to ASTM E 488,
conducted by a qualified independent testing agency.
1.
L.
2.5
Provide hot-dip or mechanically deposited, zinc-coated anchor bolts where
item being fastened is indicated galvanized.
Threaded or wedge type; galvanized ferrous castings, either ASTM A 47
malleable iron or ASTM A 27 cast steel. Provide bolts, washers, and shims as
needed, hot-dip galvanized per ASTM A 153.
Expansion Anchors: Anchor bolt and sleeve assembly with capability to sustain, without
failure, a load equal to six (6) times the load imposed when installed in unit masonry and
four times the load imposed when installed in concrete, as determined by testing according
to ASTM E 488, conducted by a qualified independent testing agency.
1.
Material for Anchors in Interior Locations: Carbon-steel components zincplated to comply with ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 5.
2.
Material for Anchors in Exterior Locations: Alloy Group 1 (A1) stainless-steel
bolts complying with ASTM F 593 and nuts complying with ASTM F 594.
MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A.
Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: Select according to AWS specifications for metal alloy
welded.
1.
B.
For aluminum, provide type and alloy as recommended by producer of metal
to be welded and as required for color match, strength, and compatibility in
fabricated items.
Universal Shop Primer: Fast-curing, lead- and chromate-free, universal modified-alkyd
primer complying with MPI#79.
153
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
C.
1.
Provide product that complies with local regulatory limits for VOC content,
exclusive of colorants added to a tint base, when calculated according to 40
CFR, Part 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
2.
Use primer containing pigments that make it easily distinguishable from zincrich primer, if zinc-rich primer occurs on project.
Zinc-Rich Primer: Complying with SSPC-Paint 20 or SSPC-Paint 29 and compatible with
topcoat.
1.
Use primer with a VOC content of 420 g/L (3.5 lb/gal) or less when calculated
according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
2.
Available Products:
a.
2.6
D.
Galvanizing Repair Paint: High-zinc-dust-content paint for regalvanizing welds in steel,
complying with SSPC-Paint 20.
E.
Bituminous Paint: Cold-applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1187.
F.
Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Factory-packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous
grout complying with ASTM C 1107. Provide grout specifically recommended by
manufacturer for interior and exterior applications.
MANUFACTURED ITEMS
A.
Slotted Channel Framing: Cold-formed metal channels with continuous slot complying with
MFMA-4.
1.
a.
Available Manufacturers:
Unistrut Corporation; P1000 Series.
2.
Size of Channels: 1-5/8 inches by 1-5/8 inches.
3.
Material: Galvanized steel, complying with ASTM A 653, structural steel, Grade
33, 0.108-inch (12 gage) thick.
4.
Finish: Galvanized.
5.
Fittings: Manufacturer’s standard line of fittings for securing mechanical,
plumbing, and electrical lines and equipment to channel framing and for
connecting channel framing members to each other and adjacent construction;
steel, ASTM A 36.
a.
2.7
Tnemec Company, Inc.; Tneme-Zinc.
Finish: Galvanized, per ASTM A 153.
FABRICATION, GENERAL
A.
Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in the shop to the greatest extent possible. Disassemble
units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Use connections that maintain
structural value of joined pieces. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated
installation.
B.
Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges to a
radius of approximately 1/32 inch, unless otherwise indicated. Remove sharp or rough
areas on exposed surfaces.
154
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
2.8
2.9
C.
Form bent-metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or
otherwise impairing work.
D.
Form exposed work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces and straight
edges.
E.
Weld corners and seams continuously and cope components at connections to provide close
fit. Comply with the following:
1.
Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and
corrosion resistance of base metals.
2.
Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.
3.
Remove welding flux immediately.
4.
At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and
blended so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface
matches that of adjacent surface.
F.
Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners
where possible. Where exposed fasteners are required, use Phillips flat-head (countersunk)
screws or bolts, unless otherwise indicated. Locate joints where least conspicuous.
G.
Fabricate seams and other connections that will be exposed to weather in a manner to
exclude water. Provide weep holes where water may accumulate.
H.
Cut, reinforce, drill, and tap metal fabrications as indicated to receive finish hardware,
screws, and similar items.
I.
Provide for anchorage of type indicated; coordinate with supporting structure. Space
anchoring devices to secure metal fabrications rigidly in place and to support indicated
loads.
J.
Prevent galvanic action and other forms of corrosion by insulating metals and other
materials from direct contact with incompatible materials.
MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS
A.
General: Provide steel framing and supports not specified in other Sections as needed to
complete the Work.
B.
Fabricate units from steel shapes, plates, and bars of welded construction, unless otherwise
indicated. Fabricate to sizes, shapes, and profiles indicated and as necessary to receive
adjacent construction retained by framing and supports. Cut, drill, and tap units to receive
hardware, hangers, and similar items.
C.
Galvanize items occurring at exterior locations.
MISCELLANEOUS STEEL TRIM
A.
Unless otherwise indicated, fabricate units from steel shapes, plates, and bars of profiles
shown with continuously welded joints and smooth exposed edges. Miter corners and use
concealed field splices where possible.
155
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
B.
Provide cutouts, fittings, and anchorages as needed to coordinate assembly and installation
with other work.
1.
C.
Provide with integrally welded steel anchors as indicated on Drawings for
embedding in concrete or masonry construction.
Galvanize exterior miscellaneous steel trim.
2.10 FINISHES, GENERAL
A.
Comply with NAAMM’s “Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products” for
recommendations for applying and designating finishes.
B.
Finish metal fabrications after assembly.
2.11 STEEL AND IRON FINISHES
A.
B.
Finish steel and iron items as follows:
1.
Hot-dip galvanize after fabrication, all items occurring at exterior locations.
2.
Shop prime all items occurring at interior locations, except those items
indicated to be galvanized or left unprimed.
Galvanizing: Hot-dip galvanize items as indicated.
1.
a.
ASTM A 123, for galvanizing steel and iron products.
b.
ASTM A 153, for galvanizing steel and iron hardware.
2.
C.
Fill vent and drain holes that will be exposed in the finished Work, unless
indicated to remain as weep holes, by plugging with zinc solder and filing off
smooth.
Preparation for Shop Priming: Prepare uncoated ferrous-metal surfaces to comply with
minimum requirements indicated below for SSPC surface preparation specifications and
environmental exposure conditions of installed metal fabrications:
1.
D.
Comply with applicable standard listed below:
Interiors (SSPC Zone 1A): SSPC-SP 3, “Power Tool Cleaning.”
Shop Priming: Apply shop primer to uncoated surfaces of metal fabrications, except those
with galvanized finishes and those to be embedded in concrete, sprayed-on fireproofing, or
masonry, unless otherwise indicated. Comply with SSPC-PA 1, “Paint Application
Specification No. 1: Shop, Field, and Maintenance Painting of Steel,” for shop painting.
1.
Stripe paint corners, crevices, bolts, welds, and sharp edges.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A.
Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing
metal fabrications. Set metal fabrications accurately in location, alignment, and elevation;
with edges and surfaces level, plumb, true, and free of rack; and measured from established
lines and levels.
156
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
3.2
B.
Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. Weld connections that
are not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size
limitations. Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of exterior units that have been hot-dip
galvanized after fabrication and are for bolted or screwed field connections.
C.
Field Welding: Comply with the following requirements:
Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and
corrosion resistance of base metals.
2.
Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.
3.
Remove welding flux immediately.
4.
At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and
blended so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface
matches that of adjacent surface.
D.
Fastening to In-Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where metal
fabrications are required to be fastened to in-place construction. Provide threaded
fasteners for use with concrete and masonry inserts, toggle bolts, through bolts, lag bolts,
wood screws, and other connectors.
E.
Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into
concrete, masonry, or similar construction.
F.
Corrosion Protection: Coat concealed surfaces of aluminum that will come into contact with
grout, concrete, masonry, wood, or dissimilar metals with a heavy coat of bituminous paint.
G.
Install manufactured items in accordance with written instructions of manufacturer.
INSTALLING MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS
A.
3.3
1.
General: Install framing and supports to comply with requirements of items being
supported, including manufacturer’s written instructions and requirements indicated on
Shop Drawings.
ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A.
Touchup Painting of Nongalvanized Steel and Iron Items: Immediately after erection, clean
field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas. Paint uncoated and abraded areas with
the same material as used for shop painting to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shoppainted surfaces.
B.
Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and repair
galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780.
END OF SECTION 05 50 00
157
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
SECTION 07 21 00
BUILDING INSULATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
SUMMARY
A.
B.
1.3
1.5
This Section includes:
1.
Thermal blanket (batt) insulation.
2.
Sound attenuation blanket (batt) insulation.
Related Sections:
1.
Section 09 29 00 “Gypsum Board” for acoustical sealant at partitions with sound
attenuation blankets.
2.
Division 23 Section for HVAC duct insulation.
DEFINITIONS
A.
1.4
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
Mineral-Fiber Insulation: Insulation composed of rock-wool fibers, slag-wool fibers, or glass
fibers; produced in boards and blanket with latter formed into batts (flat-cut lengths) or
rolls.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B.
Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a qualified
testing agency for insulation products.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Source Limitations: Obtain each type of building insulation through one source from a single
manufacturer.
B.
Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide insulation and related materials with the firetest-response characteristics indicated, as determined by testing identical products per test
method indicated below by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to
authorities having jurisdiction. Identify materials with appropriate markings of applicable
testing and inspecting agency.
1.
Surface-Burning Characteristics: ASTM E 84.
2.
Fire-Resistance Ratings: ASTM E 119.
158
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
1.6
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
Protect insulation materials from physical damage and from deterioration by moisture,
soiling, and other sources. Store inside and in a dry location. Comply with manufacturer’s
written instructions for handling, storing, and protecting during installation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
GLASS-FIBER BLANKET INSULATION
A.
2.2
1.
CertainTeed Corporation.
2.
Johns Manville.
3.
Knauf Insulation.
4.
Owens Corning.
B.
Unfaced, Glass-Fiber Blanket Insulation: ASTM C 665, Type I (blankets without membrane
facing); consisting of fibers; with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of
25 and 50, respectively; passing ASTM E 136 for combustion characteristics.
C.
Faced, Glass-Fiber Blanket Insulation: ASTM C 665, Type III (blankets with reflective
membrane facing), Class A (membrane-faced surface with a flame-spread index of 25 or
less); Category 1 (membrane is a vapor barrier), faced with foil-scrim-kraft vapor retarder on
one face.
D.
Recycled Content of Glass-Fiber Blanket Insulation: Provide products with recycled content
such that sum of postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of preconsumer recycled
content is not less than 20 percent of overall weight of product.
E.
Where glass-fiber blanket insulation is indicated by the following thicknesses, provide
blankets in batt or roll form with thermal resistances indicated:
1.
3-1/2 inches thick with a thermal resistance of 13 deg F x h x sq. ft./Btu at 75 deg F.
2.
6-1/4 inches thick with a thermal resistance of 19 deg F x h x sq. ft./Btu at 75 deg F.
3.
10-1/4 inches thick with a thermal resistance of 30 deg F x h x sq ft/Btu at 75 deg F.
INSULATION FASTENERS
A.
2.3
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the
following:
Nails and Staples: Steel wire; electroplated or galvanized; type and size to suit application.
AUXILIARY INSULATING MATERIALS
A.
Vapor-Retarder Tape: Pressure-sensitive tape of type recommended by insulation
manufacturers for sealing joints and penetrations in vapor-retarder facings.
159
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
EXAMINATION
A.
Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements
of Sections in which substrates and related work are specified and for other conditions
affecting performance.
1.
3.2
PREPARATION
A.
3.3
3.4
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
Clean substrates, of substances harmful to insulation or vapor retarders, including removing
projections capable of puncturing vapor retarders or of interfering with insulation
attachment.
INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A.
Comply with insulation manufacturer’s written instructions applicable to products and
application indicated.
B.
Install insulation that is undamaged, dry, and unsoiled and that has not been left exposed at
any time to ice, rain, and snow.
C.
Extend insulation in thickness indicated to envelop entire area to be insulated. Cut and fit
tightly around obstructions and fill voids with insulation. Remove projections that interfere
with placement.
D.
Water-Piping Coordination: If water piping is located within insulated exterior walls,
coordinate location of piping to ensure that it is placed on warm side of insulation and
insulation encapsulates piping.
E.
For preformed insulating units, provide sizes to fit applications indicated and selected from
manufacturer’s standard thicknesses, widths, and lengths. Apply single layer of insulation
units to produce thickness indicated unless multiple layers are otherwise shown or required
to make up total thickness.
INSTALLATION OF BLANKET INSULATION
A.
Apply insulation units to substrates by method indicated, complying with manufacturer’s
written instructions. If no specific method is indicated, bond units to substrate with
adhesive or use mechanical anchorage to provide permanent placement and support of
units.
B.
Set vapor-retarder-faced units with vapor retarder to warm side of construction, unless
otherwise indicated.
1.
Tape joints and ruptures in vapor retarder, and seal each continuous area of insulation
to surrounding construction to ensure airtight installation.
160
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
C.
Install mineral-fiber insulation in cavities formed by framing members according to the
following requirements:
1.
Use insulation widths and lengths that fill the cavities formed by framing members. If
more than one length is required to fill cavity, provide lengths that will produce a snug
fit between ends.
2.
Place insulation in cavities formed by framing members to produce a friction fit
between edges of insulation and adjoining framing members.
3.
Maintain 3-inch clearance of insulation around recessed lighting fixtures, except
where light fixtures are rated for contact with insulation.
4.
Install eave ventilation troughs between roof framing members in insulated attic
spaces at vented eaves.
5.
For wall cavities where cavity heights exceed 96 inches, support unfaced blankets
mechanically and support faced blankets by taping stapling flanges to flanges of metal
studs.
6.
For wood-framed construction, install mineral-fiber blankets according to ASTM C
1320 and as follows:
a.
3.5
PROTECTION
A.
3.6
With faced blankets having stapling flanges, lap blanket flange over flange of
adjacent blanket to maintain continuity of vapor retarder once finish material is
installed over it.
Protect installed insulation and vapor retarder facings from damage due to harmful weather
exposures, physical abuse, and other causes. Provide temporary coverings or enclosures
where insulation is subject to abuse and cannot be concealed and protected by permanent
construction immediately after installation.
INSULATION SCHEDULE
A.
Install blanket (batt) insulation with vapor-retarder facing with thermal resistivity as follows,
where indicated on Drawings:
1.
2.
B.
Exterior stud-framed walls.
a.
4-Inch Stud Framing: R-13 (3-1/2-inch thick batts).
b.
6-Inch Stud Framing: R-19 (6-1/4-inch thick batts).
Roof and Ceiling Assemblies.
a.
6-Inch Deep Joists: R-19 (6-1/4-inch thick batts).
b.
8-Inch Deep Joists: R-19 (6-1/4-inch thick batts).
c.
10-Inch and Deeper Joists: R-19 (6-1/4-inch thick batts).
d.
Deeper Than 10-Inch Joists: R-30 (10-1/4-inch thick batts).
e.
18-Inch Deep Truss Joists: R-30 (10-1/4-inch thick batts).
Install unfaced blanket (batt) insulation for sound attenuation at interior partitions as
indicated on Drawings.
1.
4-Inch Stud Framing: 3-1/2-inch thick batts (R-13).
2.
6-Inch Stud Framing: 6-1/4-inch thick batts (R-19).
161
END OF SECTION 07 21 00
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
SECTION 07 84 13
PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes the following:
1.
Penetration firestopping systems for penetrations through the following
fire-resistance-rated assemblies, including both empty openings and openings
containing penetrating items:
a.
B.
Related Sections include:
1.
1.3
Section 07 84 50 “Fire-Resistive Joint Systems” for joints in or between fire-resistancerated construction, at exterior curtainwall/edge-of-floor-slab conditions, and smoke
barriers.
REFERENCES
A.
B.
ASTM International (American Society for Testing and Materials):
1.
ASTM E 84: Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
2.
ASTM E 814: Test Method for Fire Tests of Penetration Firestop Systems.
Code of Federal Regulations (CFR):
1.
C.
1.4
Fire-resistance-rated walls.
40 CFR, Part 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24): National Volatile Organic Compound
Emission Standards.
Underwriters Laboratory (UL):
1.
Fire Resistance Directory.
2.
UL 1479: Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Firestops.
COORDINATION
A.
Coordinate construction of openings and penetrating items to ensure that penetration
firestopping is installed according to specified requirements.
B.
Coordinate sizing of sleeves, openings, core-drilled holes, or cut openings to accommodate
penetration firestopping.
C.
Notify Owner’s testing agency at least 5 working days in advance of penetration firestopping
installations; confirm dates and times on day preceding each series of installations.
162
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
D.
1.5
PREINSTALLATION MEETING
A.
1.6
Do not cover up penetration firestopping installations that will become concealed behind
other construction until Project Inspector has examined each installation.
Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to review pertinent issues
related to penetration firestopping.
ACTION SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B.
Product Schedule: For each penetration firestopping system. Include location and design
designation of qualified testing and inspecting agency.
1.
1.7
1.8
Where Project conditions require modification to a qualified testing and inspecting
agency’s illustration for a particular penetration firestopping condition, submit
illustration, with modifications marked, approved by penetration firestopping
manufacture’s fire-protection engineer as an engineering judgment of equivalent fireresistance-rated assembly.
INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A.
Qualification Data: For qualified Installer.
B.
Installer Certificates: From Installer indicating penetration firestoping has been installed in
compliance with requirements and manufacturer’s written recommendations.
C.
Product Test Results: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a qualified
testing agency, for penetration firestopping.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Installer Qualifications: A firm experienced in installing penetration firestopping similar in
material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in
construction with a record of successful performance. Qualifications include having the
necessary experience, staff, and training to install manufacturer’s products per specified
requirements. Manufacturer’s willingness to sell its penetration firestopping products to
Contractor or Installer engaged by Contractor does not in itself confer qualification on
buyer.
B.
Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Penetration firestopping shall comply with the following
requirements:
1.
Penetration firestopping tests are performed by a qualified testing agency acceptable
to authorities having jurisdiction.
2.
Penetration firestopping is identical to those tested per testing standard referenced in
“Penetration Firestopping” Article. Provide rated systems complying with the
following requirements:
a.
Penetration firestopping products bear classification marking of qualified testing
and inspecting agency.
163
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
b.
Classification markings on penetration firestopping correspond to designations
listed by the following:
i.)
1.9
UL in “Fire Resistance Directory”.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
A.
Environmental Limitations: Do not install penetration firestopping when ambient or
substrate temperatures are outside limits permitted by penetration firestopping
manufacturers or when substrates are wet due to rain, frost, condensation, or other causes.
B.
Install and cure penetration firestopping per manufacturer's written instructions using
natural means of ventilation or, where this is inadequate, forced-air circulation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING
A.
Provide penetration firestopping that is produced and installed to resist spread of fire
according to requirements indicated, resist passage of smoke and other gases, and maintain
original fire-resistance rating of construction penetrated. Penetration firestoping systems
shall be compatible with one another, with the substrates forming openings, and with
penetrating items if any.
1.
B.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of
the following:
a.
A/D Fire Protection Systems Inc.
b.
Grace Construction Products.
c.
Hilti, Inc.
d.
Johns Manville.
e.
Nelson Firestop Products.
f.
3M Fire Protection Products.
g.
Tremco, Inc.; Tremco Fire Protection Systems Group.
h.
USG Corporation.
i.
Manufacturer of equal products in accordance with Division 1 requirements for
product substitutions.
Penetrations in Fire-Resistance-Rated Walls: Provide penetration firestopping with ratings
determined per ASTM E 814 or UL 1479, based on testing at a positive pressure differential
of 0.01-inch wg.
1.
F-Rating: Not less than the fire-resistance rating of constructions penetrated.
C.
Exposed Penetration Firestopping: Provide products with flame-spread and smokedeveloped indexes of less than 25 and 450, respectively, as determined per ASTM E 84.
D.
VOC Content: Provide fire-resistive joint systems that comply with local regulatory limits for
VOC content when calculated according to 40 CFR, Part 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
164
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
E.
Accessories: Provide components for each penetration firestopping system that are needed
to install fill materials and to maintain ratings required. Use only those components
specified by penetration firestopping manufacturer and approved by qualified testing and
inspecting agency for firestopping indicated.
1.
2.2
Permanent forming/damming/backing materials, including the following:
a.
Slag-wool-fiber or rock-wool-fiber insulation.
b.
Sealants used in combination with other forming/damming/backing materials to
prevent leakage of fill materials in liquid state.
c.
Fire-rated form board.
d.
Fillers for sealants.
2.
Temporary forming materials.
3.
Substrate primers.
4.
Collars.
5.
Steel sleeves.
FILL MATERIALS
A.
Cast-in-Place Firestop Devices: Factory-assembled devices for use in cast-in-place concrete
floors and consisting of an outer metallic sleeve lined with an intumescent strip, a radial
extended flange attached to one end of the sleeve for fastening to concrete formwork, and
neoprene gasket.
B.
Latex Sealants: Single-component latex formulations that do not re-emulsify after cure
during exposure to moisture.
C.
Firestop Devices: Factory-assembled collars formed from galvanized steel and lined with
intumescent material sized to fit specific diameter of penetrant.
D.
Intumescent Composite Sheets: Rigid panels consisting of aluminum-foil-faced elastomeric
sheet bonded to galvanized-steel sheet.
E.
Intumescent Putties: Nonhardening dielectric, water-resistant putties containing no
solvents, inorganic fibers, or silicone compounds.
F.
Intumescent Wrap Strips: Single-component intumescent elastomeric sheets with
aluminum foil on one side.
G.
Mortars: Prepackaged, dry mixes consisting of a blend of inorganic binders, hydraulic
cement, fillers, and lightweight aggregate formulated for mixing with water at Project site to
form a nonshrinking, homogeneous mortar.
H.
Pillows/Bags: Reusable, heat-expanding pillows/bags consisting of glass-fiber cloth cases
filled with a combination of mineral-fiber, water-insoluble expansion agents and
fire-retardant additives. Where exposed, cover openings with steel-reinforcing wire mesh
to protect pillows/bags from being easily removed.
I.
Silicone Foams: Multicomponent, silicone-based liquid elastomers that, when mixed,
expand and cure in place to produce a flexible, nonshrinking foam.
165
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
J.
Silicone Sealants: Single-component, silicone-based, neutral-curing elastomeric sealants of
grade indicated below:
1.
2.3
Grade: Pourable (self-leveling) formulation for openings in floors and other horizontal
surfaces and nonsag formulation for openings in vertical and sloped surfaces, unless
indicated firestopping limits use of nonsag grade for both opening conditions.
MIXING
A.
For those products requiring mixing before application, comply with penetration
firestopping manufacturer's written instructions for accurate proportioning of materials,
water (if required), type of mixing equipment, selection of mixer speeds, mixing containers,
mixing time, and other items or procedures needed to produce products of uniform quality
with optimum performance characteristics for application indicated.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
3.2
EXAMINATION
A.
Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements
for opening configurations, penetrating items, substrates, and other conditions affecting
performance of the Work.
B.
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
PREPARATION
A.
3.3
Surface Cleaning: Clean out openings immediately before installing penetration firestopping
to comply with manufacturer’s written instructions and the following requirements:
1.
Remove from surfaces of opening substrates and from penetrating items foreign
materials that could interfere with adhesion of penetrating firestopping.
2.
Clean opening substrates and penetrating items to produce clean, sound surfaces
capable of developing optimum bond with penetration firestopping. Remove loose
particles remaining from cleaning operation.
3.
Remove laitance and form-release agents from concrete.
B.
Priming: Prime substrates where recommended in writing by penetration firestopping
manufacturer using that manufacturer's recommended products and methods. Confine
primers to areas of bond; do not allow spillage and migration onto exposed surfaces.
C.
Masking Tape: Use masking tape to prevent penetration firestopping from contacting
adjoining surfaces that will remain exposed on completion of the Work and that would
otherwise be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods used
to remove stains. Remove tape as soon as possible without disturbing firestopping’s seal
with substrates.
INSTALLATION
A.
General: Install penetration firestopping to comply with manufacturer's written installation
instructions and published drawings for products and applications indicated.
166
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
B.
Install forming materials and other accessories of types required to support fill materials
during their application and in the position needed to produce cross-sectional shapes and
depths required to achieve fire ratings indicated.
1.
C.
3.4
3.5
3.6
After installing fill materials and allowing them to fully cure, remove combustible
forming materials and other accessories not indicated as permanent components of
firestopping.
Install fill materials for firestopping by proven techniques to produce the following results:
1.
Fill voids and cavities formed by openings, forming materials, accessories, and
penetrating items as required to achieve fire-resistance ratings indicated.
2.
Apply materials so they contact and adhere to substrates formed by openings and
penetrating items.
3.
For fill materials that will remain exposed after completing the Work, finish to
produce smooth, uniform surfaces that are flush with adjoining finishes.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Inspecting Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and
inspections.
B.
Where deficiencies are found or penetration firestopping is damaged or removed due to
testing, repair or replace penetration firestopping to comply with requirements.
C.
Proceed with enclosing penetration firestopping with other construction only after
inspection reports are issued and installations comply with requirements.
CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A.
Clean off excess fill materials adjacent to openings as the Work progresses by methods and
with cleaning materials that are approved in writing by penetration firestopping
manufacturers and that do not damage materials in which openings occur.
B.
Provide final protection and maintain conditions during and after installation that ensure
penetration firestopping is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial
Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, immediately cut
out and remove damaged or deteriorated penetration firestopping and install new
materials to produce systems complying with specified requirements.
PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING SCHEDULE
A.
UL-classified systems indicated refer to system numbers listed in UL's "Fire Resistance
Directory" under product Category XHEZ.
B.
Firestopping with No Penetrating Items:
1.
2.
Subject to requirements in Part 2 of this Section, provide UL-classified systems from
within the following numbering designations:
a.
Concrete/masonry floors and walls: C-AJ-0001 thru 0999.
b.
Framed walls: W-L-0001 thru 0999.
Type of Fill Materials: One or more of the following:
167
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
C.
2.
2.
Silicone sealant.
c.
Intumescent putty.
d.
Mortar.
Subject to requirements in Part 2 of this Section, provide UL-classified systems from
within the following numbering designations:
a.
Concrete/masonry floors and walls: C-AJ-1001-1999.
b.
Framed walls: W-L-1001 thru 1999.
Type of Fill Materials: One or more of the following:
a.
Latex sealant.
b.
Silicone sealant.
c.
Intumescent putty.
d.
Mortar.
Subject to requirements in Part 2 of this Section, provide UL-classified systems from
within the following numbering designations:
a.
Concrete/masonry floors and walls: C-AJ-2001 thru 2999.
b.
Framed walls: W-L-2000 thru 2999.
Type of Fill Materials: One or more of the following:
a.
Latex sealant.
b.
Silicone sealant.
c.
Intumescent putty.
d.
Intumescent wrap strips.
e.
Firestop device.
Firestop Systems for Electrical Cables: Comply with the following:
1.
2.
F.
b.
Firestop Systems for Nonmetallic Pipe, Conduit, or Tubing: Comply with the following:
1.
E.
Latex sealant.
Firestop Systems for Metallic Pipes, Conduit, or Tubing:
1.
D.
a.
Subject to requirements in Part 2 of this Section, provide UL-classified systems from
within the following numbering designations:
a.
Concrete/masonry floors and walls: C-AJ-3001-3999.
b.
Framed walls: W-L-3000-3999.
Type of Fill Materials: One or more of the following:
a.
Latex sealant.
b.
Silicone sealant.
c.
Intumescent putty.
d.
Silicone foam.
Firestop Systems for Cable Trays: Comply with the following:
168
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
1.
2.
G.
2.
2.
b.
Framed walls: W-L-4000-4999.
Type of Fill Materials: One or more of the following:
a.
Latex sealant.
b.
Intumescent putty.
c.
Silicone foam.
d.
Pillows/bags.
Subject to requirements in Part 2 of this Section, provide UL-classified systems from
within the following numbering designations:
a.
Concrete/masonry floors and walls: C-AJ-5001 thru 5999.
b.
Framed walls: W-L-5000 thru 5999.
Type of Fill Materials: One or more of the following:
a.
Latex sealant.
b.
Intumescent putty.
c.
Silicone foam.
d.
Intumescent wrap strips.
Subject to requirements in Part 2 of this Section, provide UL-classified systems from
within the following numbering designations:
a.
Concrete/masonry floors and walls: C-AJ-6001 thru 6999.
b.
Framed walls: W-L-6000 thru 6999
Type of Fill Materials: One or more of the following:
a.
Latex sealant.
b.
Intumescent putty.
c.
Mortar.
Firestop Systems for Miscellaneous Mechanical Penetrations: Comply with the following:
1.
2.
J.
Concrete/masonry floors and walls: C-AJ-4000-4999.
Firestop Systems for Miscellaneous Electrical Penetrants: Comply with the following:
1.
I.
a.
Firestop Systems for Insulated Pipes: Comply with the following:
1.
H.
Subject to requirements in Part 2 of this Section, provide UL-classified systems from
within the following numbering designations:
Subject to requirements in Part 2 of this Section, provide UL-classified systems from
within the following numbering designations:
a.
Concrete/masonry floors and walls: C-AJ-7001 thru 7999.
b.
Framed walls: W-L-7000 thru 7999.
Type of Fill Materials: One or both of the following:
a.
Latex sealant.
b.
Mortar.
Firestop Systems for Groupings of Penetrations: Comply with the following:
169
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
1.
2.
Subject to requirements in Part 2 of this Section, provide UL-classified systems from
within the following numbering designations:
a.
Concrete/masonry floors and walls: C-AJ-8001 thru 8999.
b.
Framed walls: W-L-8000 thru 8999.
Type of Fill Materials: One or more of the following:
a.
Latex sealant.
b.
Mortar.
c.
Intumescent wrap strips.
d.
Firestop device.
e.
Intumescent composite sheet
END OF SECTION 07 84 13
170
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
SECTION 07 84 50
FIRE-RESISTIVE JOINT SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes:
1.
B.
1.3
Joints in or between fire-resistance-rated constructions:
a.
Wall-to-wall joints.
b.
Floor-to-wall joints.
c.
Bottom-of-wall joints.
d.
Head-of-wall joints.
Related Sections include:
1.
Section 07 84 13 ”Through-Penetration Firestop Systems” for penetrations in fireresistance-rated walls and horizontal assemblies.
2.
Section 09 21 16 “Gypsum Board Shaft-Wall Assemblies” for metal shaft-wall stud
vertical-deflection head-of-wall systems for use in conjunction with fire-resistive joint
systems specified in this Section.
3.
Section 09 22 16 ”Cold-Formed Non-Structural Metal Framing” for non-structural
metal stud vertical-deflection head-of-wall systems for use in conjunction with fireresistive joint systems specified in this Section.
REFERENCES
A.
B.
ASTM International (American Society for Testing and Materials):
1.
ASTM E 84: Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
2.
ASTM E 119: Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials.
3.
ASTM E 1966: Test Method for Fire-Resistive Joint Systems.
4.
ASTM E 2307: Test Method for Determining Fire Resistance of Perimeter Fire Barrier
Systems Using Intermediate-Scale, Multi-Story Test Apparatus.
Code of Federal Regulations (CFR):
1.
C.
40 CFR, Part 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24): National Volatile Organic Compound
Emission Standards.
Underwriters Laboratory (UL):
1.
Fire Resistance Directory.
171
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
2.
1.4
1.5
COORDINATION
A.
Coordinate construction of joints to ensure that fire-resistive joint systems are installed
according to specified requirements.
B.
Coordinate sizing of joints to accommodate fire-resistive joint systems.
C.
Notify Owner’s testing agency at least 5 working days in advance of fire-resistive joint
system installations; confirm dates and times on day preceding each series of installations.
D.
Do not cover up fire-resistive joint system installations that will become concealed behind
other construction until Project Inspector has examined each installation.
PREINSTALLATION MEETING
A.
1.6
Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to review pertinent issues
related to fire-resistive joint systems.
ACTION SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B.
Product Schedule: For each fire-resistive joint system. Include location and design
designation of qualified testing agency.
1.
1.7
1.8
UL 2079: Tests for Fire Resistance of Building Joint Systems.
Where Project conditions require modification to a qualified testing agency’s
illustration for a particular fire-resistive joint system condition, submit illustration,
with modifications marked, approved by fire-resistive joint system manufacturer’s
fire-protection engineer as an engineering judgment or equivalent fire-resistancerated assembly.
INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A.
Qualification Data: For qualified Installer.
B.
Installer Certificates: From Installer indicating fire-resistive joint systems have been
installed in compliance with requirements and manufacturer’s written recommendations.
C.
Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a qualified
testing agency, for fire-resistive joint systems.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Installer Qualifications: A firm experienced in installing fire-resistive joint systems similar in
material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in
construction with a record of successful performance. Qualifications include having the
necessary experience, staff, and training to install manufacturer’s products per specified
172
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
requirements. Manufacturer’s willingness to sell its fire-resistive joint system products to
Contractor or to Installer engaged by Contractor does not in itself confer qualification on
buyer.
B.
Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Fire-resistive joint systems shall comply with the
following requirements:
1.
Fire-resistive joint system tests are performed by a qualified testing agency acceptable
to authorities having jurisdiction.
2.
Fire-resistive joint systems are identical to those tested per testing standard
referenced in “Fire-Resistive Joint Systems” Article. Provide rated systems complying
with the following requirements:
a.
Fire-resistive joint system products bear classification marking of qualified
testing agency.
b.
Fire-resistive joint systems correspond to those indicated by reference to
designations listed by the following:
i.)
1.9
UL in its “Fire Resistance Directory.”
PROJECT CONDITIONS
A.
Environmental Limitations: Do not install fire-resistive joints systems when ambient or
substrate temperatures are outside limits permitted by fire-resistive joint system
manufacturers or when substrates are wet due to rain, frost, condensation, or other causes.
B.
Install and cure fire-resistive joint systems per manufacturer’s written instructions using
natural means of ventilation or, where this is inadequate, forced-air circulation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
FIRE-RESISTIVE JOINT SYSTEMS
A.
Where required, provide fire-resistive joint systems that are produced and installed to resist
spread of fire according to requirements indicated, resist passage of smoke and other gases,
and maintain original fire-resistance rating of assemblies in or between which fire-resistive
joint systems are installed. Fire-resistive joint systems shall accommodate building
movements without inpairing their ability to resist the passage of fire and hot gases.
B.
Joints In or Between Fire-Resistance-Rated Construction: Provide fire-resistive joint systems
with ratings determined per ASTM E 1966 or UL 2079:
1.
Joints include those installed in or between fire-resistance-rated walls, floor or
floor/ceiling assemblies, and roofs or roof/ceiling assemblies.
2.
Fire-Resistance Rating: Equal to or exceeding the fire-resistance rating of construction
they will join.
3.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of
the following:
a.
A/D Fire Protection Systems Inc.
b.
Grace Construction Products.
c.
Hilti, Inc.
173
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
d.
Johns Manville.
e.
Nelson Firestop Products.
f.
3M Fire Protection Products.
g.
Tremco, Inc.; Tremco Fire Protection Systems Group.
h.
USG Corporation.
i.
Manufacturer of equal products in accordance with Division 1 requirements for
product substitutions.
C.
Exposed Fire-Resistive Joint Systems: Provide products with flame-spread and smokedeveloped indexes of less than 25 and 450, respectively, as determined by ASTM E 84.
D.
VOC Content: Provide fire-resistive joint systems that comply with local regulatory limits for
VOC content when calculated according to 40 CFR, Part 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
E.
Accessories: Provide components of fire-resistive joint systems, including primers and
forming materials, that are needed to install fill materials and to maintain ratings required.
Use only components specified by fire-resistive joint system manufacturer and approved by
the qualified testing agency for systems indicated.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
3.2
EXAMINATION
A.
Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements
for joint configurations, substrates, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.
B.
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
PREPARATION
A.
Surface Cleaning: Clean joints immediately before installing fire-resistive joint systems to
comply with fire-resistive joint system manufacturer’s written instructions and the following
requirements:
1.
Remove from surfaces of joint substrates foreign materials that could interfere with
adhesion of fill materials.
2.
Clean joint substrates to produce clean, sound surfaces capable of developing
optimum bond with fill materials. Remove loose particles remaining from cleaning
operation.
3.
Remove laitance and form-release agents from concrete.
B.
Priming: Prime substrates where recommended in writing by fire-resistive joint system
manufacturer using that manufacturer’s recommended products and methods. Confine
primers to areas of bond; do not allow spillage and migration onto exposed surfaces.
C.
Masking Tape: Use masking tape to prevent fill materials of fire-resistive joint system from
contacting adjoining surfaces that will remain exposed on completion of the Work and that
would otherwise be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning
174
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
methods used to remove stains. Remove tape as soon as possible without disturbing fireresistive joint system’s seal with substrates.
3.3
INSTALLATION
A.
General: Install fire-resistive joint systems to comply with manufacturer’s written
installation instructions and published drawings for products and applications indicated.
B.
Install forming materials and other accessories of types required to support fill materials
during their application and in position needed to produce cross-sectional shapes and
depths required to achieve fire ratings indicated.
1.
C.
3.4
3.5
3.6
After installing fill materials and allowing them to fully cure, remove combustible
forming materials and other accessories not indicated as permanent components of
fire-resistive joint system.
Install fill materials for fire-resistive joint systems by proven techniques to produce the
following results:
1.
Fill voids and cavities formed by joints and forming materials as required to achieve
fire-resistance ratings indicated.
2.
Apply fill materials so they contact and adhere to substrates formed by joints.
3.
For fill materials that will remain exposed after completing the Work, finish to
produce smooth, uniform surfaces that are flush with adjoining finishes.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Inspecting Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and
inspections.
B.
Where deficiencies are found or fire-resistive joint systems are damaged or removed due to
testing, repair or replace fire-resistive joint systems to comply with requirements.
C.
Proceed with enclosing fire-resistive joint systems with other construction only after
inspection reports are issued and installations comply with requirements.
CLEANING AND PROTECTING
A.
Clean off excess fill materials adjacent to joints as the Work progresses by methods and with
cleaning materials that are approved in writing by fire-resistive joint system manufacturers
and that do not damage materials in which joints occur.
B.
Provide final protection and maintain conditions during and after installation that ensure
fire-resistive joint systems are without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial
Completion. If damage or deterioration occurs despite such protection, cut out and remove
damaged or deteriorated fire-resistive joint systems immediately and install new materials
to produce fire-resistive joint systems complying with specified requirements.
FIRE-RESISTIVE JOINT SYSTEM SCHEDULE
A.
UL-classified systems indicated refer to system numbers listed in UL’s “Fire Resistance
Directory” under product Category XHBN or Category XHDG.
175
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
B.
C.
D.
E.
Wall-to-Wall, Fire-Resistive Joint Systems:
1.
Subject to requirements in Part 2 of this Section, provide UL-Classified Systems from
within numbering designations WW-D-0001 thru 1999.
2.
Assembly Rating: Match rating of wall assembly.
3.
Nominal Joint Width: As indicated.
4.
Movement Capabilities: Class II – 14 percent compression or extension.
5.
L-Rating at Ambient: Less than 5 cfm/lin ft.
6.
L-Rating at 400 deg F: Less than 5 cfm/lin ft.
Floor-to-Wall, Fire-Resistive Joint Systems:
1.
Subject to requirements in Part 2 of this Section, provide UL-Classified Systems from
within numbering designations FW-D-0001 thru 1999.
2.
Assembly Rating: Match rating of floor assembly.
3.
Nominal Joint Width: As indicated.
4.
Movement Capabilities: Class II – 14 percent compression or extension.
5.
L-Rating at Ambient: Less than 5 cfm/lin ft.
6.
L-Rating at 400 deg F: Less than 5 cfm/lin ft.
Head-of-Wall, Fire-Resistive Joint Systems:
1.
Subject to requirements in Part 2 of this Section, provide UL-Classified Systems from
within numbering designations HW-D-0001 thru 0999.
2.
Assembly Rating: Match rating of wall assembly.
3.
Nominal Joint Width: As indicated.
4.
Movement Capabilities: Class II – 25 percent compression or extension.
5.
L-Rating at Ambient: Less than 5 cfm/lin ft.
6.
L-Rating at 400 deg F: Less than 5 cfm/lin ft.
Bottom-of-Wall, Fire-Resistive Joint Systems:
1.
Subject to requirements in Part 2 of this Section, provide UL-Classified Systems from
within numbering designations BW-S-0001 thru 0999.
2.
Integrity Rating: Match rating of wall assembly.
3.
Nominal Joint Width: 3/4 inch maximum.
4.
L-Rating at Ambient: Less than 5 cfm/lin ft.
5.
L-Rating at 400 deg F: Less than 5 cfm/lin ft.
END OF SECTION 07 84 50
176
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
SECTION 07 92 00
JOINT SEALANTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes joint sealants and backing materials at the following locations:
1.
2.
B.
1.3
Exterior - Including, but not limited to:
a.
Joints between adjacent different materials.
b.
Other miscellaneous exterior joints occurring in exterior envelope.
Interior - Including, but not limited to:
a.
Joints between adjacent different materials.
b.
Acoustical joints in acoustically-rated partitions.
c.
Other miscellaneous interior joints occurring on the interior.
Related Sections include:
1.
Section 32 13 13 “Site Concrete” for joint sealants in concrete paving.
2.
Section 07 84 50 ”Fire-Resistive Joint Systems” for sealing joints in fire-resistancerated construction.
REFERENCES
A.
B.
ASTM International (American Society for Testing and Materials):
1.
ASTM C 919: Practice for Use of Sealants in Acoustical Applications.
2.
ASTM C 920: Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants.
3.
ASTM C 1021: Practice for Laboratories Engaged in Testing of Building Sealants.
4.
ASTM C 1087: Test Method for Determining Compatibility of Liquid-Applied Sealants
with Accessories Used in Structural Glazing Systems.
5.
ASTM C 1193: Guide for Use of Joint Sealants.
6.
ASTM C 1248: Test Method for Staining of Porous Substrate by Joint Sealants.
7.
ASTM C 1330: Specification for Cylindrical Sealant Backing for Use With Cold Liquid
Applied Sealants.
8.
ASTM C 1521: Practice for Evaluating Adhesion of Installed Weatherproofing Sealant
Joints.
9.
ASTM E 90: Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound
Transmission Loss for Building Partitions and Elements.
Code of Federal Regulations (CFR):
177
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
1.4
21 CFR, Chapter 1, Part 177, Section 177.2600: Substances for Use Only as
Components of Articles Intended for Repeated Use.
2.
40 CFR, Part 59, Subpart D: National Volatile Organic Compound Emission Standards.
DEFINTIONS
A.
1.5
1.
VOC: Volatile organic compounds.
PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING
A.
B.
Preconstruction Compatibility and Adhesion Testing: Submit to joint sealant manufacturers,
for testing indicated below, samples of materials that will contact or affect joint sealants.
1.
Use ASTM C 1087 to determine whether priming and other specific joint preparation
techniques are required to obtain rapid, optimum adhesion of joint sealants to joint
substrates.
2.
Submit not fewer than two pieces of each kind of material, including joint substrates,
shims, joint-sealant backings, secondary seals, and miscellaneous materials.
3.
Schedule sufficient time for testing and analyzing results to prevent delaying the
Work.
4.
For materials failing tests, obtain joint sealant manufacturer’s written instructions for
corrective measures including use of specially formulated primers.
5.
Testing will not be required if joint sealant manufacturers submit joint preparation
data that are based on previous testing, not older than 24 months, of sealant products
for adhesion to, and compatibility with, joint substrates and other materials matching
those submitted.
Preconstruction Field-Adhesion Testing: Before installing sealants, field test their adhesion
to Project joint substrates as follows:
1.
Locate test joints where indicated on Project or, if not indicated, as directed by
Architect.
2.
Conduct field tests for each application indicated below:
a.
Each type of sealant and joint substrate indicated.
3.
Notify Architect 5 working days in advance of dates and times when test joints will be
erected.
4.
Arrange for tests to take place with joint sealant manufacturer’s technical
representative present.
a.
Test Method: Test joint sealants according to Method A, Field-Applied Sealant
Joint Hand Pull Tab, in Appendix X1 in ASTM C 1193 or Method A, Tail
Procedure, in ASTM C 1521.
i.)
5.
For joints with dissimilar substrates, verify adhesion to each substrate
separately; extend cut along one side, verifying adhesion to opposite side.
Repeat procedure for opposite side.
Report whether sealant failed to adhere to joint substrates or tore cohesively. Include
data on pull distance used to test each kind of product and joint substrate. For
sealants that fail adhesively, retest until satisfactory adhesion is obtained.
178
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
6.
1.6
Evaluation of Preconstruction Field-Adhesion-Test Results: Sealants not evidencing
adhesive failure from testing, in absence of other indications of noncompliance with
requirements, will be considered satisfactory. Do not use sealants that fail to adhere
to joint substrates during testing.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each joint sealant product indicated.
B.
Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer’s color charts consisting of strips of cured
sealants showing the full range of colors available for each product exposed to view, for
selection by Architect.
1.
Minimum Number of Colors for Selection:
a.
Silicone Sealants: 8.
b.
Urethane Sealants: 7.
C.
Samples for Verification: For each kind and color of joint sealant required, provide Samples
with joint sealants in 1/2-inch wide joints formed between two 6-inch long strips of material
matching the appearance of exposed surfaces adjacent to joint sealants.
D.
Joint Sealant Schedule: Include the following information:
1.
Joint sealant application, joint location, and designation.
2.
Joint sealant manufacturer and product name.
3.
Joint sealant formulation.
4.
Joint sealant color.
E.
Qualification Data: For qualified Installer.
F.
Product Certificates: For each type of joint sealant and accessory, from manufacturer.
G.
Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a qualified
testing agency, indicating that sealants comply with requirements.
H.
Preconstruction Compatibility and Adhesion Test Reports: From sealant manufacturer,
indicating the following:
1.
Materials forming joint substrates and joint sealant backings have been tested for
compatibility and adhesion with joint sealants.
2.
Interpretation of test results and written recommendations for primers and substrate
preparation needed for adhesion.
I.
Preconstruction Field-Adhesion Test Reports: Indicate which sealants and joint preparation
methods resulted in optimum adhesion to joint substrates based on testing specified in
“Preconstruction Testing” Article.
J.
Field-Adhesion Test Reports: For each sealant application tested.
K.
Warranties: Samples of special warranties.
179
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
1.7
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Installer Qualifications: Manufacturer’s authorized representative who is trained and
approved for installation of sealants required for this Project.
B.
Source Limitations: Obtain each type of sealant joint sealant through one source from a
single manufacturer.
C.
Product Testing: Test joint sealants using a qualified testing agency.
1.
1.8
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANLING
A.
1.9
Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency qualified according to
ASTM C 1021 to conduct testing indicated.
Deliver materials to Project site in original unopened containers
PROJECT CONDITIONS
A.
Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants under the following conditions:
1.
When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted
joint-sealant manufacturer.
2.
When joint substrates are wet.
3.
Where joint widths are less than those allowed by joint sealant manufacturer for
applications indicated.
4.
Where contaminants capable of interfering with adhesion have not yet been removed
from joint substrates.
1.10 WARRANTY
A.
Special Installer’s Warranty: Manufacturer’s standard form in which Installer agrees to
repair or replace joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other
requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period.
1.
B.
Warranty Period: 2 years from date of Substantial Completion.
Special Manufacturer’s Warranty: Manufacturer’s standard form in which joint sealant
manufacturer agrees to furnish joint sealants to repair or replace those that do not comply
with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty
period.
1.
Warranty Period: 5 years from date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MATERIALS, GENERAL
A.
Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, backings, and other related materials that are
compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and
application, as demonstrated by joint sealant manufacturer, based on testing and field
experience.
180
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
B.
VOC Content of Interior Sealants: Provide sealants and sealant primers for use inside the
weatherproofing system that comply with local regulatory limits for VOC content when
calculated according to 40 CFR, Part 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
C.
Liquid-Applied Joint Sealants: Comply with ASTM C 920 and other requirements indicated
for each liquid-applied joint sealant specified, including those referencing ASTM C 920
classifications for type, grade, class, and uses related to exposure and joint substrates.
1.
2.2
Suitability for Immersion in Liquids: Where sealants are indicated for Use I for joints
that will be continuously immersed in liquids, provide products that have undergone
testing according to ASTM C 1247. Liquid used for testing sealants is deionized water,
unless otherwise indicated.
D.
Suitability for Contact with Food: Where sealants are indicated for joints that will come in
repeated contact with food, provide products that comply with 21 CFR 177.2600.
E.
Colors of Exposed Joint Sealants: As indicated in Joint Sealant Schedule at end of this
Section.
SILICONE JOINT SEALANTS
A.
Single-Component, Nonsag, Neutral-Curing Silicone Joint Sealant: ASTM C 920, Type S,
Grade NS, Class 50 minimum, for Use NT.
1.
2.
B.
a.
Dow Corning Corporation; 790.
b.
GE Advanced Materials – Silicones; SilPruf SCS2000.
c.
Equal product in accordance with Division 1 requirements for product
substitutions.
Colors: As indicated in Joint Sealant Schedule at end of this Section.
Mildew-Resistant, Single-Component, Neutral-Curing Silicone Joint Sealant: ASTM C 920,
Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, for Use NT.
1.
2.
C.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a.
Pecora Corporation; 898.
b.
Tremco Incorporated; Tremsil 200.
c.
Equal product in accordance with Division 1 requirements for product
substitutions.
Color: White.
Mildew-Resistant, Single-Component, Acid-Curing Silicone Joint Sealant: ASTM C 920, Type
S, Grade NS, Class 25, for Use NT.
1.
2.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a.
Dow Corning Corporation; 786 Mildew Resistant.
b.
GE Advanced Materials – Silicones; Sanitary SCS1700.
c.
Equal product in accordance with Division 1 requirements for product
substitutions.
Color: White
181
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
2.3
URETHANE JOINT SEALANTS
A.
Single-Component, Nonsag, Urethane Joint Sealant: ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class
25, for Use NT.
1.
2.
2.4
BASF Building Systems; Sonolastic NP1.
b.
Pecora Corporation; DynaTrol I-XL.
c.
Sika Corporation, Construction Products Division; Sikaflex – 1a.
d.
Tremco Incorporated; Dymonic.
e.
Equal product in accordance with Division 1 requirements for product
substitutions.
Colors: As indicated in Joint Sealant Schedule at end of this Section.
Acoustical Joint Sealant: Manufacturer’s standard nonsag, paintable, nonstaining latex
sealant complying with ASTM C 834. Product effectively reduces airborne sound
transmission through perimeter joints and openings in building construction as
demonstrated by testing representative assemblies according to ASTM E 90.
1.
2.6
a.
ACOUSTICAL JOINT SEALANTS
A.
2.5
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a.
Pecora Corporation; AC-20 FTR.
b.
USG Corporation; SHEETROCK Acoustical Sealant.
c.
Equal product in accordance with Division 1 requirements for product
substitutions.
JOINT SEALANT BACKING
A.
General: Provide sealant backings of material that are nonstaining; are compatible with
joint substrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and are approved for applications
indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing.
B.
Cylindrical Sealant Backings: ASTM C 1330, Type C (closed-cell material with a surface skin),
and of size and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing
optimum sealant performance.
C.
Bond-Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by sealant
manufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint filler materials or
joint surfaces at back of joint. Provide self-adhesive tape where applicable.
MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A.
Primer: Material recommended by joint sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion
of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint sealant
substrate tests and field tests.
B.
Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of
sealants and sealant backing materials, free of oily residues or other substances capable of
182
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
staining or harming joint substrates and adjacent nonporous surfaces in any way, and
formulate to promote optimum adhesion of sealants to joint substrates.
C.
Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and
surfaces adjacent to joints.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
3.2
EXAMINATION
A.
Examine joints indicated to receive joint sealants, with Installer present, for compliance with
requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting
joint sealant performance.
B.
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
PREPARATION
A.
Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to
comply with joint sealant manufacturer’s written instructions and the following
requirements:
1.
Remove all foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion of
joint sealant, including dust, paints (except for permanent, protective coatings tested
and approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer), old
joint sealants, oil, grease, waterproofing, water repellents, water, surface dirt, and
frost.
2.
Clean porous joint substrate surfaces by brushing, grinding, mechanical abrading, or a
combination of these methods to produce a clean, sound substrate capable of
developing optimum bond with joint sealants. Remove loose particles remaining after
cleaning operations above by vacuuming or blowing out joints with oil-free
compressed air. Porous joint substrates include the following:
a.
Concrete.
b.
Masonry.
c.
Cement plaster.
d.
Unglazed surfaces of ceramic tile.
e.
Exterior insulation and finish systems.
3.
Remove laitance and form-release agents from concrete.
4.
Clean nonporous joint substrate surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that
do not stain, harm substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion
of joint sealants. Nonporous joint substrates include the following:
a.
Metal.
b.
Glass.
c.
Porcelain enamel.
d.
Glazed surfaces of ceramic tile.
183
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
3.3
B.
Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where recommended by joint sealant manufacturer or
as indicated by preconstruction joint sealant substrate tests or prior experience. Apply
primer to comply with joint sealant manufacturer’s written instructions. Confine primers to
areas of joint-sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces.
C.
Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant or primer
with adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such
contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape
immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal.
INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS
A.
General: Comply with joint sealant manufacturer’s written installation instructions for
products and applications indicated, unless more stringent requirements apply.
B.
Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations in ASTM C 1193 for use of
joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated.
C.
Install sealant backings of kind indicated to support sealants during application and at
position required to produce cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative
to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability.
1.
Do not leave gaps between ends of sealant backings.
2.
Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear sealant backings.
3.
Remove absorbent sealant backings that have become wet before sealant application
and replace them with dry materials.
D.
Install bond-breaker tape behind sealants where sealant backings are not used between
sealants and backs of joints.
E.
Install sealants using proven techniques that comply with the following and at the same
time backings are installed:
F.
1.
Place sealants so they directly contact and fully wet joint substrates.
2.
Completely fill recesses in each joint configuration.
3.
Produce uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow
optimum sealant movement capability.
Tooling on Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and before skinning or
curing begins, tool sealants according to requirements specified in subparagraphs below to
form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated; to eliminate air pockets; and to
ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint.
1.
Remove excess sealant from surfaces adjacent to joints.
2.
Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by sealant manufacturer and that do
not discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces.
3.
Provide concave joint profile per Figure 8A in ASTM C 1193, unless otherwise
indicated.
184
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
G.
3.4
Acoustical Sealant Installation: At sound-rated assemblies and elsewhere as indicated, seal
construction at perimeters, behind control joints, and at openings and penetrations with a
continuous bead of acoustical sealant. Install acoustical sealant at both faces of partitions at
perimeters and through penetrations. Comply with ASTM C 919 and with manufacturer’s
written recommendations.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Field-Adhesion Testing: Field test joint sealant adhesion to joint substrates as follows:
1.
2.
Extent of Testing: Test completed and cured sealant joints as follows:
a.
Perform 2 tests for the first 200 feet of joint length for each type of elastomeric
sealant and joint substrate.
b.
Perform one test for each 500 feet of joint length thereafter or one test per
each floor per elevation.
Test Method: Test joint sealants according to Method A, Field-Applied Sealant Joint
Hand Pull Tab, in Appendix X1 in ASTM C 1193 or Method A, Tail Procedure, in ASTM C
1521.
a.
3.
B.
For joints with dissimilar substrates, verify adhesion to each substrate
separately; extend cut along one side, verifying adhesion to opposite side.
Repeat procedure for opposite side.
Inspect tested joints and report on the following:
a.
Whether sealants filled joint cavities and are free of voids.
b.
Whether sealant dimensions and configurations comply with specified
requirements.
c.
Whether sealants in joints connected to pulled-out portion failed to adhere to
joint substrates or tore cohesively. Include data on pull distance used to test
each kind of product and joint substrate. Compare these results to determine if
adhesion passes sealant manufacturer’s field-adhesion hand-pull test criteria.
4.
Record test results in a field-adhesion-test log. Include dates when sealants were
installed, names of persons who installed sealants, test dates, test locations, whether
joints were primed, adhesion results and percent elongations, sealant fill, sealant
configuration, and sealant dimensions.
5.
Repair sealants pulled from test by applying new sealants following same procedures
used originally to seal joints. Ensure that original sealant surfaces are clean and that
new sealant contacts original sealant.
Evaluation of Field-Adhesion Test Results: Sealants not evidencing adhesive failure from
testing or noncompliance with other indicated requirements will be considered satisfactory.
Remove sealants that fail to adhere to joint substrates during testing or to comply with
other requirements. Retest failed applications until test results prove sealants comply with
indicated requirements.
185
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
3.5
CLEANING
A.
3.6
PROTECTION
A.
3.7
Clean off excess sealant or sealant smears adjacent to joints as the Work progresses by
methods and with cleaning materials approved in writing by manufacturers of joint sealants
and of products in which joints occur.
Protect joint sealants during and after curing period from contact with contaminating
substances and from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so
sealants are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite
such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or
deteriorated joint sealants immediately so installations with repaired areas are
indistinguishable from original work.
JOINT SEALANT SCHEDULE
A.
B.
Sealant Types are designated as follows:
1.
Sealant Type 1: Single-component, nonsag, neutral-curing silicone joint sealant.
2.
Sealant Type 2: Mildew-resistant, single-component, neutral-curing silicone joint
sealant.
3.
Sealant Type 3: Mildew-resistant, single-component, acid-curing silicone joint sealant.
4.
Sealant Type 4: Single-component, nonsag, urethane joint sealant.
5.
Sealant Type 5: Acoustical sealant.
Exterior Joint Sealant Schedule:
1.
Miscellaneous Joints Occurring in Exterior Envelope: Sealant Type 1.
a.
C.
Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer’s full range.
Interior Joint Sealant Schedule:
1.
Joints at Material Transitions: Sealant Type 4 .
a.
2.
Perimeter Joints Around Plumbing Fixtures: Sealant Type 2 or Sealant Type 3.
a.
3.
Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer’s full range.
Color: White.
Joints in Sound-Rated Assemblies: Sealant Type 5.
END OF SECTION 07 92 00
186
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
SECTION 08 11 13
HOLLOW-METAL DOOR FRAMES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes:
1.
B.
1.3
Hollow-metal steel frames for doors.
Related Sections include:
1.
Section 07 92 00 “Joint Sealants” for sealant joints between perimeter of hollowmetal frames and adjacent construction.
2.
Section 08 14 16 “Flush Wood Doors” for wood doors installed in hollow-metal
frames.
3.
Section 08 71 00 “Door Hardware” for finish hardware installed on hollow-metal doors
and frames.
4.
Section 09 91 00 “Painting” for field painting of hollow-metal doors and frames.
REFERENCES
A.
B.
ASTM International (American Society for Testing and Materials):
1.
ASTM A 879: Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated by the Electrolytic Process for
Applications Requiring Designation of the Coating Mass on Each Surface.
2.
ASTM A 1008: Specification for Steel, Sheet, Cold-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, HighStrength Low-Alloy, High-Strength Low-Alloy With Improved Formability, Solution
Hardened, and Bake Hardenable.
3.
ASTM A 1011: Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot-Rolled, Carbon, Structural,
High-Strength Low-Alloy, High-Strength Low-Alloy With Improved Formability, and
Ultra-High Strength.
4.
ASTM E 329: Specification for Agencies Engaged in Construction Inspection, Testing,
or Special Inspection.
5.
ASTM E 548: Guide for General Criteria Used for Evaluating Laborartory Competence.
Builder’s Hardware Manufacturers Association (BHMA):
1.
ANSI/BHMA A156.115: Standard for Hardware Preparation in Steel Doors and Steel
Frames.
C.
California Building Code (CBC) – California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 2.
D.
National Fire Protection Association (NFPA):
187
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
E.
F.
G.
1.4
2.
NFPA 105: Standard for the Installation of Smoke Door Assemblies and Other Opening
Protectives.
3.
NFPA 252: Standard Methods for Fire Tests of Door Assemblies.
4.
NFPA 257: Standard on Fire Test for Window and Glass Block Assemblies.
Society for Protective Coatings (SSPC):
1.
SSPC-PA1: Shop, Field, and Maintenance Painting of Steel.
2.
SSPC-Paint 20: Zinc-Rich Coating, Type I – Inorganic and Type II – Organic.
3.
SSPC-SP 3: Power Tool Cleaning.
4.
SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3: Commercial Blast Cleaning.
Steel Door Institute (SDI):
1.
ANSI/SDI A250.4: Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Physical Endurance for
Steel Doors, Frames, and Frame Anchors.
2.
ANSI/SDI A250.6: Recommended Practice for Hardware Reinforcing on Standard Steel
Doors and Frames.
3.
ANSI/SDI A250.8 (Formerly SDI-100): Recommended Specifications for Standard Steel
Doors and Frames.
4.
ANSI/SDI A250.10: Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Prime Painted Steel
Surfaces for Steel Doors and Frames.
5.
ANSI/SDI A250.11: Recommended Erection Instructions for Steel Frames.
Underwriters Laboratory (UL):
1.
UL 10C: Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Door Assemblies.
2.
UL 1784: Air Leakage Tests of Door Assemblies.
Minimum Thickness: Minimum thickness of base metal without coatings according to SDI
A250.8.
COORDINATION
A.
1.6
NFPA 80: Standard for Fire Doors and Other Opening Protectives.
DEFINITIONS
A.
1.5
1.
Coordinate anchorage installation for hollow-metal frames. Furnish setting drawings,
templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts,
anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors. Deliver such items to Project site in time for
installation.
PREINSTALLATION MEETING
A.
Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to review pertinent issues
related to hollow-metal doors and frames.
188
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
1.7
ACTION SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: Include construction details, material descriptions, core descriptions, label
compliance, fire-resistance and temperature-rise ratings, and finishes for each type of
hollow-metal door and frame specified.
B.
Shop Drawings: Include the following:
C.
1.8
1.9
1.
Frame details for each frame type, including dimensioned profiles and metal
thicknesses.
2.
Details and locations of reinforcement and preparations for hardware.
3.
Details of each different wall opening condition.
4.
Details of anchorages, joints, field splices, and connections.
5.
Details of accessories.
Schedule: Provide a schedule of hollow-metal work prepared by or under the supervision of
supplier, using same reference numbers for details and openings as those on Drawings.
Coordinate with final Door Hardware Schedule.
INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Test Reports: For each type of hollow-metal door and frame, for tests performed
by a qualified testing agency.
B.
Oversize Construction Certification: For assemblies required to be fire-rated and exceeding
limitations of labeled assemblies.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency qualified according to ASTM E 329 for
testing indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 548.
B.
Source Limitations: Obtain hollow-metal doors and frames through one source from a single
manufacturer.
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
Deliver hollow-metal doors and frames palletized, wrapped, or crated to provide protection
during transit and Project-site storage. Do not use nonvented plastic.
1.
Provide additional protection to prevent damage to finish of factory-finished doors
and frames.
B.
Deliver welded frames with two removable spreader bars across bottom of frames, tack
welded to jambs and mullions.
C.
Store hollow-metal work vertically under cover at Project site with head up. Place on
minimum 4-inch high wood blocking, except place on higher blocking when needed to
protect hollow-metal work from moisture or other harmful conditions. Provide minimum
1/4-inch space between each stacked door to permit air circulation.
189
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MANUFACTURERS
A.
2.2
2.3
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide hollow-metal doors and
frames by one of the following:
1.
Ceco Door Products; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
2.
Curries Company; an Assa Abloy Group company.
3.
Door Components, Inc.
4.
Steelcraft; an Ingersoll-Rand company.
5.
Stiles Custom Metal, Inc.
6.
Manufacturer of equal products in accordance with Division 1 requirements for
product substitutions.
REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A.
General: Comply with requirements of California Building Code for fire-rated openings.
B.
Fire-Rated Assemblies: Complying with NFPA 80 and listed and labeled by a qualified testing
agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for fire-protection ratings indicated.
1.
Test Pressure: Test according to NFPA 252 or UL 10C. After 5 minutes into the test,
the neutral pressure level in furnace shall be established at 40 inches or less above the
sill.
2.
Smoke- and Draft-Control Assemblies: Provide assembly with gaskets listed and
labeled for smoke and draft control by a qualified testing agency acceptable to
authorities having jurisdiction, based on testing according to UL 1784 and installed in
compliance with NFPA 105.
HOLLOW-METAL FRAMES
A.
Construct hollow-metal frames to comply with standards indicated for materials,
fabrication, hardware locations, hardware reinforcement, tolerances and clearances, and as
specified.
B.
Interior Hollow-Metal Frames: Complying with SDI 250.8, Level 3 (Extra-Heavy-Duty), except
as noted otherwise below.
1.
Frame Material: 0.053-inch thick (16 gage) uncoated steel sheet.
2.
Construction: Full-profile welded.
3.
Finish: Factory-primed.
4.
Concealed Stiffeners and Reinforcing: Fabricated reinforcement plates from uncoated
steel sheet, in thickness and dimensions as required for proper reinforcing and
support for hinges, locks, flush bolts, closers, holders, and other hardware items.
5.
Anchors: Formed from same material as frames except as noted otherwise below:
a.
Jamb Anchors:
190
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
i.)
b.
2.4
Floor Anchors: Minimum thickness of 0.042-inch (18 gage), and as follows:
i.)
Monolithic Concrete Slabs: Clip-type anchors, with two holes to receive
fasteners.
ii.)
Separate Topping Concrete Slabs: Adjustable-type anchors with extension
clips, allowing not less than 2-inch height adjustment. Terminate bottom
of frames at finish floor surface.
MATERIALS
A.
Cold-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1008, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; suitable for exposed
applications.
B.
Hot-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1011, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; free of scale, pitting, or
surface defects; pickled and oiled.
C.
Frame Anchors: ASTM A 879, Commercial Steel, CS), 04Z (12G) coating designation; mill
phosphatized.
1.
2.5
Stud-Wall Type: Designed to engage studs, welded to back of frames; not
less than 0.042-inch thick (18 gage).
For anchors built into exterior walls, steel sheet complying with ASTM A 1008 or ASTM
A 1011, hot-dip galvanized according to ASTM A 153, Class B.
D.
Inserts, Bolts, and Fasteners: Hot-dip galvanized according to ASTM A 153.
E.
Power-Actuated Fasteners in Concrete: Fastener system of type suitable for application
indicated, fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials, with clips of other accessory
devices for attaching hollow-metal frames of type indicated.
F.
Supports and Anchors: After fabricating, galvanize units to be built into exterior walls
according to ASTM A 153, Class B.
FABRICATION
A.
Fabricate hollow-metal frames to be rigid and free of defects, warp, or buckle. Accurately
form metal to required sizes and profiles, with minimum radius for metal thickness. Where
practical, fit and assemble units in manufacturer’s plant. To ensure proper assembly at
Project site, clearly identify work that cannot be permanently factory assembled before
shipment.
B.
Hollow-Metal Frames: Where frames are fabricated in sections due to shipping or handling
limitations, provide alignment plates or angles at each joint, fabricated of same thickness
metal as frames.
1.
Welded Frames: Weld continuously; grind, fill, dress, and make smooth, flush, and
invisible.
2.
Floor Anchors: Weld anchors to bottom of jambs and mullions with at least four spot
welds per anchor.
3.
Jamb Anchors: Provide number and spacing of anchors as follows:
a.
Stud-Wall Type: Locate anchors not more than 18 inches from top and bottom
of frame. Space anchors not more than 32 inches on center and as follows:
191
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
i.)
Three anchors per jamb up to 60 inches in frame height.
ii.)
Four anchors per jamb from 60 to 90 inches in frame height.
iii.)
Five anchors per jamb from 90 to 96 inches in frame height.
iv.)
Five anchors per jamb plus one additional anchor per jamb for each 24
inches or fraction thereof more than 96 inches in frame height.
v.)
Two anchors per head for frames more than 42 inches wide and mounted
in stud partitions.
b.
4.
2.6
Door Silencers: Except on weather-stripped frames, drill stops to receive door
silencers as follows. Provide plastic plugs to keep holes clear during construction.
a.
Single-Door Frames: Drill stop in strike jamb to receive three door silencers.
b.
Double-Door Frames: Drill stop in head jamb to receive two door silencers.
C.
Fabricate concealed stiffeners and edge channels from either cold- or hot-rolled steel sheet.
D.
Hardware Preparation: Factory-prepare hollow-metal frames to receive templated mortised
hardware; include cutouts, reinforcement, mortising, drilling, and tapping, according to SDI
A250.6, the Door Hardware Schedule and templates furnished as specified in Section 08 71
00 “Door Hardware.”
1.
Reinforce frames to receive nontemplated mortised and surface-mounted door
hardware.
2.
Comply with applicable requirements in SDI A250.6 and BHMA A156.115 for
preparation of hollow-metal frames for hardware.
STEEL FINISHES
A.
Uncoated Steel Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces to comply with SSPC-SP 1, “Solvent
Cleaning”; remove dirt, oil, grease, or other contaminants that could impair paint bond.
Remove mill scale and rust, if present, from uncoated steel; comply with SSPC-SP 3, “Power
Tool Cleaning,” or SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3, “Commercial Blast Cleaning.”
B.
Factory Priming for Field-Painted Finish: Apply shop primer specified below immediately
after surface preparation and pretreatment. Apply a smooth coat of even consistency to
provide a uniform dry film thickness of not less than 0.7 mils.
1.
Shop Primer: Manufacturer’s standard, fast-curing, lead- and chromate-free primer
complying with SDI A250.10; recommended by primer manufacturer for substrate;
compatible with substrate and field-applied finish paint system indicated; and
providing a sound foundation for field-applied topcoats despite prolonged exposure.
192
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
3.2
3.3
EXAMINATION
A.
Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with
requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the
Work.
B.
Examine roughing-in for embedded and built-in anchors to verify actual locations before
frame installation.
C.
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
PREPARATION
A.
Remove welded-in shipping spreaders installed at factory. Restore exposed finish by
grinding, filling, and dressing, as required to make repaired area smooth, flush, and invisible
on exposed faces.
B.
Drill and tap doors and frames to receive nontemplated mortised and surface-mounted door
hardware.
INSTALLATION
A.
General: Install hollow-metal frames plumb, rigid, properly aligned, and securely fastened in
place; comply with Drawings and manufacturer’s written instructions.
B.
Hollow-Metal Frames: Install hollow-metal frames of size and profile indicated. Comply with
SDI A250.11.
1.
2.
Set frames accurately in position; plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until
permanent anchors are set. After wall construction is complete, remove temporary
braces, leaving surfaces smooth and undamaged.
a.
At fire-rated openings, install frames according to NFPA 80.
b.
Where frames are fabricated in sections due to shipping or handling limitations,
field splice at approved locations by welding face joint continuously; grind, fill,
dress, and make splice smooth, flush, and invisible on exposed faces.
c.
Install exterior frames with removable glazing stops located on interior side of
opening.
d.
Install interior frames with removable glazing stops located on secure side of
opening.
e.
Install door silencers in frames before grouting.
f.
Remove temporary braces necessary for installation only after frames have
been properly set and secured.
g.
Check plumb, square, and twist of frames as walls are constructed. Shim as
necessary to comply with installation tolerances.
Floor Anchors: Provide floor anchors for each jamb and mullion that extends to floor
and secure with postinstalled expansion anchors.
193
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
a.
3.
3.4
Floor anchors may be set with power-actuated fasteners instead of postinstalled
expansion anchors if so indicated and approved on Shop Drawings.
Installation Tolerances: Adjust hollow-metal door frames for squareness, alignment,
twist, and plumb to the following tolerances:
a.
Squareness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at door rabbet on a line 90
degrees from jamb perpendicular to frame head.
b.
Alignment: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at jambs on a horizontal line
parallel to plane of wall.
c.
Twist: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at opposite face corners of jambs on
parallel lines, and perpendicular to plane of wall.
d.
Plumbness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at jambs at floor.
ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A.
Final Adjustments: Check and readjust operating hardware items immediately before final
inspection. Leave work in complete and proper operating condition. Remove and replace
defective work, including hollow-metal doors or frames that are warped, bowed, or
otherwise unacceptable.
B.
Prime-Coat Touchup: Immediately after erection, sand smooth rusted or damaged areas of
prime coat and apply touchup of compatible air-drying rust-inhibitive primer.
END OF SECTION 08 11 13
194
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
SECTION 08 14 16
FLUSH WOOD DOORS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
SUMMARY
A.
B.
1.3
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
This Section includes:
1.
Solid core wood doors.
2.
Louvers for flush wood doors.
Related Sections:
1.
Section 08 11 13 “Hollow-Metal Doors and Frames” for hollow-metal steel door
frames to receive wood doors.
2.
Section 08 71 00 “Door Hardware” for finish hardware installed on wood doors.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product data: For each type of door. Include details of core and edge construction, louvers,
and trim for openings. Include factory-finishing specifications.
B.
Shop Drawings: Indicate location, size, and hand of each door; elevation of each kind of
door; construction details not covered in Product Data; location and extend of hardware
blocking; and other pertinent data.
C.
1.
Provide schedule of doors using same reference numbers for openings as those on
contract drawings.
2.
Indicate dimensions and locations of mortises and holes for hardware.
3.
Indicate dimensions and locations of cutouts.
4.
Indicate requirements for veneer matching.
5.
Indicate doors to be factory finished and finish requirements.
6.
Indicate fire ratings for fire doors.
7.
Indicate coordination of glazing frames and stops with glass and glazing requirements.
Samples for Verification:
1.
Factory finishes applied to actual door face materials, approximately
8 inches by 10 inches, for each material and finish. For each wood species and
transparent finish, provide set of three samples showing typical range of color and
grain to be expected in the finished work.
2.
Frames for light openings, 6 inches long, for each material, type, and finish required.
195
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
1.4
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Source Limitations: Obtain flush wood doors through one source from a single
manufacturer.
B.
Quality Standard: Unless otherwise indicated, comply with the Woodwork Institute (WI)
“Manual of Millwork” (11th Edition, 2003), Section 12, “Doors - Flush”, for grade of door,
core, construction, finish, and other requirements.
C.
1.5
1.6
1.
Provide WI-Certified Compliance Certificate indicating that doors comply with
requirements of grades specified.
2.
Provide WI-Certified Compliance Certificate for installation.
Fire-Rated Wood Doors: Doors complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled by a
testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for fire ratings
indicated, based on testing according to NFPA 252 and UL 10C “Positive Pressure Fire Tests
of Door Assemblies.”
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
Comply with requirements of referenced standard and manufacturer’s written instructions.
B.
Package doors individually in plastic bags or cardboard cartons.
C.
Mark each door on top and bottom rail with opening number used on Shop Drawings, using
temporary, removable, or concealed markings.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
A.
Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install doors until building is enclosed, wet
work is complete, and HVAC system is operating and will maintain temperature and relative
humidity at occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period.
1.
1.7
Comply with requirements of referenced standard and manufacturer’s written
instructions.
WARRANTY
A.
Special Warranty: Manufacturer’s standard form, signed by manufacturer, Installer, and
Contractor, agreeing to repair or replace defective doors that are defective in materials or
workmanship, have warped (bow, cup, or twist) more than 1/4 inch in a 42 inch by 84 inch
section or that show telegraphing of core construction in face veneers exceeding 0.01 inch
in any 3-inch span, or do not conform to tolerance limitations of referenced quality
standards.
1.
Warranty shall also include installation and finishing that may be required due to
repair or replacement of defective doors where defect was not apparent prior to
hanging.
2.
Warranty shall be in effect during the following period of time after date of
Substantial Completion.
a.
Solid Core Interior Doors: Life of installation.
196
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MANUFACTURERS
A.
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited, to the
following:
1.
2.
2.2
a.
Algoma Hardwoods, Inc.
b.
Eggers Industries; Architectural Door Division.
c.
Marshfield Door Systems.
d.
Mohawk Flush Doors, Inc.
e.
VT Industries.
Metal Louvers for Doors:
a.
Air Louvers, Inc.
b.
Anemostat Door Products.
c.
Hiawatha, Inc.
DOOR CONSTRUCTION, GENERAL
A.
2.3
Flush Wood Doors:
Doors For Transparent Finish:
1.
Grade: WI Premium, with Grade AA faces.
2.
Species and Cut: Match existing doors.
3.
Match between veneer leaves: Book.
4.
Assembly of Veneer Leaves on Door Faces: Balance.
5.
Pair and Set Match: Provide for doors hung in same opening or separated only by
mullions.
6.
Room Match: Provide door faces of compatible color and grain within each separate
room or area of building.
7.
Stiles: Same species as faces.
SOLID CORE DOORS
A.
B.
Particleboard Cores: Comply with the following requirements:
1.
Particleboard: ANSI A208.1, Grade LD-2.
2.
Blocking: Provide wood blocking in particleboard-core doors as follows:
a.
5-inch top-rail blocking, in doors indicated to have closers.
b.
5-inch bottom-rail blocking, in doors indicated to have kick, mop, or armor
plates.
c.
10-inch midrail blocking, in doors indicated to have exit devices.
Interior Veneer-Faced Doors:
1.
Core: Particleboard.
197
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
2.
C.
Construction: Five or seven plies with stiles and rails bonded to core, then entire unit
abrasive planed before veneering.
Fire-Rated Doors:
1.
Construction and core specified above for type of face indicated or manufacturer’s
standard mineral-core construction as needed to provide fire rating indicated.
2.
Blocking: For mineral-core doors, provide composite blocking with improved screwholding capability approved for use in doors of fire ratings indicated as needed to
eliminate through-bolting hardware.
3.
Edge Construction: Provide edge construction with intumescent seals concealed by
outer stile matching face veneer, and laminated backing at hinge stiles for improved
screw-holding capability and split resistance.
4.
Pairs: Furnish formed-steel edges and astragals with intumescent seals for pairs of
fire-rated doors, unless otherwise indicated.
a.
2.4
LOUVERS AND LIGHT FRAMES
A.
B.
Metal Louvers:
1.
Blade Type: Vision-proof, inverted V.
2.
Metal and Finish: Galvanized steel, 0.0396-inch thick, hot-dip zinc-coated and factory
primed for paint finish.
Fire Door Louvers: Metal louvers with fusible link and closing device, listed and labeled for
use in doors with fire rating of one and one-half hours and less.
1.
C.
D.
2.5
Finish steel edges and astragals with baked enamel same color as doors.
Metal and Finish: Galvanized steel, 0.0396-inch thick, hot-dip zinc coated and factory
primed for paint finish.
Wood Beads for Light Openings in Wood Doors:
1.
Wood Species: Same species as door faces.
2.
Profile: Flush rectangular beads.
Wood-Veneered Beads for Light Openings in Fire Doors: Manufacturer’s standard woodveneered noncombustible beads matching veneer species of door faces and approved for
use in doors of fire rating indicated. Include concealed metal glazing clips where required
for opening size and fire rating indicated.
FABRICATION
A.
Fabricate doors in sizes indicated for Project-site fitting.
B.
Factory fit doors to suit frame-opening sizes indicated, with the following uniform
clearances and bevels, unless otherwise indicated:
1.
Comply with clearance requirements of referenced quality standard for fitting.
Comply with requirements in NFPA 80 for fire-rated doors.
198
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
C.
D.
2.6
1.
Coordinate measurements of hardware mortises in metal frames to verify dimensions
and alignment before factory machining.
2.
Metal Astragals: Pre-machine astragals and formed-steel edges for hardware for pairs
of fire-rated doors.
Openings: Cut and trim openings through doors to comply with applicable requirements of
referenced standards for kind(s) of door(s) required.
1.
Light Openings: Trim openings with moldings of material and profile indicated.
2.
Louvers: Factory install louvers in prepared openings.
SHOP PRIMING
A.
2.7
Factory machine doors for hardware that is not surface applied. Locate hardware to comply
with DHI-WDHS-3. Comply with final hardware schedules, door frame Shop Drawings,
DHI A115-W series standards, and hardware templates.
Doors for Transparent Finish: Shop seal faces and edge of doors, including cutouts, with
stain (if required), other required pre-treatments, and first coat of finish as required by
specified finish system.
FACTORY FINISHING
A.
General: Comply with WI “Manual of Millwork” for factory finishing
B.
Finish doors at factory that are indicated to receive transparent finish. Field finish doors
indicated to receive opaque finish.
C.
Transparent Finish:
1.
Grade: Premium.
2.
WI Finish System: System 3a, Catalyzed Lacquer.
3.
Stain Color: As selected from manufacturer’s full range.
4.
Sheen: Satin.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
EXAMINATION
A.
B.
3.2
Examine doors and installed door frames before hanging doors.
1.
Verify that frames comply with indicated requirements for type, size, location, and
swing characteristics and have been installed with level heads and plumb jambs.
2.
Reject doors with defects.
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
INSTALLATION
A.
Hardware: For installation, see Section 08710 "Door Hardware."
199
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
B.
Manufacturer's Written Instructions: Install doors to comply with manufacturer's written
instructions, referenced quality standard, and as indicated.
1.
C.
Install fire-rated doors in corresponding fire-rated frames according to NFPA 80.
Job-Fitted Doors: Align and fit doors in frames with uniform clearances and bevels as
indicated below; do not trim stiles and rails in excess of limits set by manufacturer or
permitted for fire-rated doors. Machine doors for hardware. Seal cut surfaces after fitting
and machining.
1.
Clearances: Non-Fire-Rated Doors: Fit doors accurately in frames, within clearances
specified below.
a.
b.
2.
D.
3.3
Non-Fire-Rated Doors:
i.)
Jambs and Head: 1/8 inch.
ii.)
Between Edges of Pairs of Doors: 1/8 inch.
iii.)
Between Bottom of Door and Top of Threshold: Maximum 3/8 inch.
iv.)
Between Bottom of Door and Top of Finish Floor (No Threshold):
Maximum 3/4 inch.
Fire-Rated Doors: Comply with NFPA 80.
Bevel:
a.
Non-Fire-Rated Doors: 1/8 inch in 2 inches at lock and hinge edges.
b.
Fire-Rated Doors: 1/8 inch in 2 inches at lock edge; trim stiles and rails only to
extent permitted by labeling agency.
Factory-Finished Doors: Restore finish before installation if fitting or machining is required
at Project site.
ADJUSTING AND PROTECTION
A.
Operation: Rehang or replace doors that do not swing or operate freely.
B.
Finished Doors: Replace doors that are damaged or do not comply with requirements.
Doors may be repaired or refinished if work complies with requirements and shows no
evidence of repair or refinishing.
C.
Protect doors as recommended by door manufacturer to ensure that wood doors will be
without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
END OF SECTION 08 14 16
200
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
SECTION 08 71 00
DOOR HARDWARE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes:
1.
Commercial door hardware for the following:
a.
2.
B.
1.3
Swinging doors.
Door silencers installed on hollow-metal steel frames.
Related Sections include:
1.
Section 08 11 13 “Steel Doors and Frames” for steel doors and frames to receive door
hardware.
2.
Section 08 14 16 “Flush Wood Doors” for wood doors to receive door hardware, and
for astragals and integral intumescent seals provided as part of fire-rated assemblies.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: Include construction and installation details, material descriptions,
dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes.
B.
Shop Drawings: Details of electrified door hardware, indicating the following:
1.
C.
Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring. Include the following:
a.
System schematic.
b.
Point-to-point wiring diagram.
c.
Riser diagram.
d.
Elevation of each door.
2.
Detail interface between electrified door hardware and fire alarm, access control, and
security systems.
3.
Operation Narrative: Describe the operation of doors controlled by electrified door
hardware.
Samples for Verification: Submit minimum 2-inch by 4-inch plate Samples of each type of
finish required, except primed finish.
201
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
1.
Submit full size Sample of exposed door hardware of each type as directed by
Architect in specified finish. Tag with full description for coordination with door
hardware sets. Submit Samples before, or concurrent with, submission of final door
hardware sets.
a.
D.
Full size Samples will be returned to Contractor. Units that are acceptable and
remain undamaged through submittal, review, and field comparison process
may, after final check of operation, be incorporated into the Work, within
limitations of keying requirements.
Product Certificates: For electrified door hardware, signed by product manufacturer.
1.
Certify that door hardware approved for use on types and sizes of labeled fire doors
complies with listed fire door assemblies.
E.
Qualification Data: For Installer.
F.
Maintenance Data: For each type of door hardware to include in maintenance manuals.
Include final hardware and keying schedule.
G.
Door Hardware Sets: Prepared by or under the supervision of Installer, detailing fabrication
and assembly of door hardware, as well as procedures and diagrams. Coordinate the final
door hardware sets with doors, frames, and related work to ensure proper size, thickness,
hand, function, and finish of door hardware.
1.
Format: Comply with scheduling sequence and vertical format in DHI’s “Sequence and
Format for the Hardware Schedule.” Double space entries, and number and date each
page.
2.
Content: Include the following information:
a.
Identification number, location, hand, fire rating and material of each door and
frame.
b.
Type, style, function, size, quantity, and finish of each door hardware item.
c.
Complete designations of every item required for each door or opening
including name and manufacturer.
d.
Fastenings and other pertinent information.
e.
Location of each door hardware set, cross-referenced to Drawings, both on floor
plans and in door and frame schedule.
f.
Explanation of abbreviations, symbols, and codes contained in schedule.
g.
Mounting locations for door hardware.
h.
Description of each electrified door hardware function, including location,
sequence of operation, and interface with other building control systems.
i.)
i.
3.
Sequence of Operation: Include description of component functions that
occur in the following situations: authorized person wants to enter;
authorized person wants to exit; unauthorized person wants to enter;
unauthorized person wants to exit.
List of related door devices specified in other Sections for each door and frame.
Submittal Sequence: Submit final door hardware sets at earliest possible date,
particularly where approval of door hardware sets must precede fabrication of other
202
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
work that is critical in Project construction schedule. Include Product Data, Samples,
Shop Drawings of other work affected by door hardware, and other information
essential to the coordinated review of the door hardware sets.
4.
Existing Conditions: Where new hardware is indicated to be installed on existing
doors, frames, or openings, or existing hardware is indicated to be removed and
reinstalled, field verify all existing conditions. Notify Architect of any conditions that
would prevent installation of scheduled hardware as required for proper operation
and normal maintenance.
a.
H.
1.4
Keying Schedule: Prepared by or under supervision of Installer, detailing Owner’s final
keying instructions for locks. Include schematic keying diagram and index each key set to
unique door designation.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
B.
Installer Qualifications: An employer of workers trained and approved by lock manufacturer.
1.
Installer’s responsibilities include supplying and installing door hardware and
providing a qualified Architectural Hardware Consultant available during the course of
the Work to consult with Contractor, Architect, and Owner about door hardware and
keying.
2.
Installer shall have warehousing facilities in Project’s vicinity.
3.
Scheduling Responsibility: Preparation of door hardware and keying schedules.
Source Limitations: Obtain each type and variety of door hardware from a single
manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated.
1.
1.5
Indicate date of project site visit on submittal. Submittals prepared without
project site visit for field verification will be returned as non-compliant.
Provide electrified door hardware from same manufacturer as mechanical door
hardware, unless otherwise indicated. Manufacturers that perform electrical
modifications and that are listed by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to
authorities having jurisdiction are acceptable.
C.
Fire-Rated Door Assemblies: Assemblies complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled
by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for fire
ratings indicated, based on testing according to NFPA 252 and UBC Standard 7-2.
D.
Electrified Door Hardware: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing
agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
Inventory door hardware on receipt and provide secure lock-up for door hardware delivered
to Project site.
B.
Tag each item or package separately with identification related to the final door hardware
sets, and include basic installation instructions, templates, and necessary fasteners with
each item or package.
C.
Deliver keys to manufacturer of key control system for subsequent delivery to Owner.
203
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
1.6
PROJECT CONDITIONS
A.
1.7
1.8
Existing Openings: Where new hardware components are scheduled for installation on
existing construction or where modifications to existing door hardware is required, field
verify existing conditions and coordinate installation of door hardware to suit opening
conditions and to provide for proper operation and maintenance. Refer to requirements in
“Submittals” Article.
COORDINATION
A.
Coordinate layout and installation of recessed pivots and closers with floor construction.
Cast anchoring inserts into concrete. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements
are specified in Division 3.
B.
Templates: Distribute door hardware templates for doors, frames, and other work specified
to be factory prepared for installing door hardware. Check Shop Drawings of other work to
confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing door hardware to
comply with indicated requirements.
C.
Electrical System Roughing-in: Coordinate layout and installation of electrified door
hardware with connections to power supplies, fire alarm system and detection devices, and
security system.
D.
Coordinate sizes and locations of framing and blocking to ensure that doorstops and other
wall-mounted items have sufficient backing as required for proper performance.
MAINTENANCE SERVICE
A.
Maintenance Tools and Instructions: Furnish a complete set of specialized tools and
maintenance instructions as needed for Owner’s continued adjustment, maintenance, and
removal and replacement of door hardware.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
SCHEDULED DOOR HARDWARE
A.
B.
General: Provide door hardware for each door to comply with requirements in this Section
and door hardware groups indicated in Part 3 “Door Hardware Sets” Article.
1.
Door Hardware Sets: Provide quantity, item, size, finish or color indicated, and named
manufacturer’s products.
2.
Sequence of Operation: Provide electrified door hardware function, sequence of
operation, and interface with other building control systems indicated.
Designations: Requirements for design, grade, function, finish, size, and other distinctive
qualities of each type of door hardware are indicated in Part 3 “Door Hardware Sets” Article.
Products are identified by using door hardware designations, as follows:
1.
Named Manufacturer’s Products: Manufacturer and product designation are listed for
each door hardware type required. Manufacturer’s names are abbreviated in Part 3
“Door Hardware Sets” Article.
204
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
2.2
HINGES, GENERAL
A.
2.3
1.
Two Hinges: For doors with heights up to 60 inches.
2.
Three Hinges: For doors with heights 61 to 90 inches.
3.
Four Hinges: For doors with heights 91 to 120 inches.
4.
For doors with heights more than 120 inches, provide four hinges, plus one hinge for
every 30 inches of door height greater than 120 inches.
B.
Template Requirements: Except for hinges and pivots to be installed entirely (both leaves)
into wood doors and frames, provide only template-produced units.
C.
Fasteners: Comply with the following:
1.
Machine Screws: For metal doors and frames. Install into drilled and tapped holes.
2.
Wood Screws: For wood doors and frames.
3.
Threaded-to-the-Head Wood Screws: For fire-rated wood doors.
4.
Screws: Phillips flat-head; machine screws (drilled and tapped holes) for metal doors;
wood screws for wood doors and frames. Finish screw heads to match surface of
hinges.
HINGES
A.
2.4
Quantity: Provide the following, unless otherwise indicated:
Butts and Hinges: BHMA A156.1.
LOCKS AND LATCHES, GENERAL
A.
Accessibility Requirements: Where indicated to comply with accessibility requirements,
comply with the U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board’s
“Americans With Disabilities Act (ADA), Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities
(ADAAG)” and California Building Code (Title 24, Part 2).
1.
Provide operating devices that do not require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of
the wrist and that operate with a force of not more than 5 lbf.
B.
Latches and Locks for Means of Egress Doors: Comply with NFPA 101. Latches shall not
require more than 15 lbf to release the latch. Locks shall not require use of key, tool, or
special knowledge for operation.
C.
Electrified Locking Devices: BHMA A156.25.
D.
Lock Trim:
E.
1.
Levers: Cast.
2.
Escutcheons (Roses): Wrought.
3.
Dummy Trim: Match lever lock trim and escutcheons.
Lock Throw: Comply with testing requirements for length of bolts required for labeled fire
doors, and as follows:
1.
Bored Locks: Minimum 1/2-inch latchbolt throw.
205
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
F.
Backset: 2-3/4 inches, unless otherwise indicated.
G.
Strikes: Manufacturer’s standard strike with strike box for each latchbolt or lock bolt, with
curved lip extended to protect frame, finished to match door hardware set, and as follows:
1.
2.5
Strikes for Bored Locks and Latches: BHMA A156.2.
LOCK CYLINDERS
A.
Standard Lock Cylinders: BHMA A156.5, Grade 1.
B.
Cylinders: Manufacturer’s standard tumbler type, constructed from brass or bronze,
stainless steel, or nickel silver, and complying with the following:
C.
1.
Number of Pins: Six.
2.
Bored-Lock Type: Cylinders with tailpieces to suit locks.
Permanent Cores: Manufacturer’s standard; finish face to match lockset; complying with the
following:
1.
D.
Interchangeable Cores: Core insert, removable by use of a special key; usable with
other manufacturer’s cylinders.
Construction Keying: Comply with the following:
1.
Construction Cores: Provide construction cores that are replaceable by permanent
cores. Provide 10 construction master keys.
a.
E.
2.6
Manufacturer: Same manufacturer as for locks and latches.
KEYING
A.
Keying System: Factory registered, complying with guidelines in BHMA A156.28, Appendix A.
Incorporate decisions made in keying conference.
1.
B.
2.7
Replace construction cores with permanent cores as directed by Owner.
Comply with all keying requirements of Owner.
Keys: Nickel silver.
1.
Stamping: Permanently inscribe each key with a visual key control number and include
the notation “DO NOT DUPLICATE.”
2.
Quantity: Provide one extra key blank for each lock:
CLOSERS
A.
Accessibility Requirements: Where handles, pulls, latches, locks, and other operating devices
are indicated to comply with accessibility requirements, comply with the U.S. Architectural
& Transportation Barriers Compliance Board’s “Americans With Disabilities Act (ADA),
Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities (ADAAG)” and California Building Code
(Title 24, Part 2).
1.
Comply with the following maximum opening-force requirements:
a.
Interior, Non-Fire-Rated Hinged Doors: 5 lbf applied perpendicular to door.
206
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
b.
2.
Door Closers for Means of Egress Doors: Comply with NFPA 101.
C.
Flush Floor Plates: Provide finish cover plates for floor closers unless thresholds are
indicated. Match door hardware finish, unless otherwise indicated.
D.
Size of Units: Unless otherwise indicated, comply with manufacturer’s written
recommendations for size of door closers depending on size of door, exposure to weather,
and anticipated frequency of use. Provide factory-sized closers, adjustable to meet field
conditions and requirements for opening force.
E.
Surface Closers: BHMA A156.4, Grade 1. Provide type of arm required for closer to be
located on non-public side of door, unless otherwise indicated.
F.
2.9
Sweep Period: Closer to allow adjustment such that from an open position of 70
degrees, door will take at least 3 seconds to move to a point 3 inches from the latch,
measured to the landing edge of the door.
B.
1.
2.8
Fire Doors: Minimum opening force allowable by authorities having jurisdiction,
but not to exceed 15 lbf.
Provide parallel arm closers when located on push-side of door.
Coordinators: BHMA A156.3.
PROTECTIVE TRIM UNITS
A.
Size: 1-1/2 inches less than door width on push side and 1/2-inch less than door width on
pull side, by height specified in door hardware sets.
B.
Fasteners: Manufacturer’s standard machine or self-tapping screws.
C.
Metal Protective Trim Units: BHMA A156.6; beveled top and 2 sides.
STOPS AND HOLDERS
A.
Stops and Bumpers: BHMA A156.16, Grade 1.
B.
Combination Floor and Wall Stops and Holders: BHMA A156.8, Grade 1.
2.10 DOOR GASKETING
A.
Standard: BHMA A156.22.
B.
General: Provide continuous weather-strip gasketing on exterior doors unless indicated
otherwise. Provide smoke, light, or sound gasketing on interior doors where indicated or
scheduled. Provide noncorrosive fasteners for exterior applications and elsewhere as
indicated.
1.
Perimeter Gasketing: Apply to head and jamb, forming seal between door and frame.
2.
Meeting Stile Gasketing: Fasten to meeting stiles, forming seal when doors are closed.
3.
Door Bottoms: Apply to bottom of door, forming seal with threshold when door is
closed.
207
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
C.
Air Leakage: Not to exceed 0.50 cfm per foot of crack length for gasketing other than for
smoke control, as tested according to ASTM E 283.
D.
Smoke-Labeled Gasketing: Assemblies complying with NFPA 105 that are listed and labeled
by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for smokecontrol ratings indicated, based on testing according to UL 1784.
1.
Provide smoke-labeled gasketing on 20-minute-rated doors and on smoke-labeled
doors.
E.
Fire-Labeled Gasketing: Assemblies complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled by a
testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for fire ratings
indicated, based on testing according to NFPA 252 and UBC Standard 7-2.
F.
Replaceable Seal Strips: Provide only those units where resilient or flexible seal strips are
easily replaceable and readily available from stocks maintained by manufacturer.
G.
Gasketing Materials: ASTM D 2000 and AAMA 701/702.
2.11 FABRICATION
A.
Manufacturer’s Nameplate: Do not provide products that have manufacturer’s name or
trade name displayed in a visible location except in conjunction with required fire-rated
labels and as otherwise approved by Architect.
1.
Manufacturer’s identification is permitted on rim of lock cylinders only.
B.
Base Metals: Produce door hardware units of base metal, fabricated by forming method
indicated, using manufacturer’s standard metal alloy, composition, temper, and hardness.
Furnish metals of a quality equal to or greater than that of specified door hardware units
and BHMA A156.18. Do not furnish manufacturer’s standard materials or forming methods
if different from specified standard.
C.
Fasteners: Provide door hardware manufactured to comply with published templates
generally prepared for machine, wood, and sheet metal screws. Provide screws according
to commercially recognized industry standards for application intended, except aluminum
fasteners are not permitted. Provide Phillips flat-head screws with finished heads to match
surface of door hardware, unless otherwise indicated.
1.
Concealed Fasteners: For door hardware units that are exposed when door is closed,
except for units already specified with concealed fasteners. Do not use through bolts
for installation where bolt head or nut on opposite face is exposed unless it is the only
means of securely attaching the door hardware. Where through bolts are used on
hollow door and frame construction, provide sleeves for each through bolt.
2.
Steel Machine or Wood Screws: For the following fire-rated applications:
3.
a.
Mortise hinges to doors.
b.
Strike plates to frames.
c.
Closers to doors and frames.
Steel Through Bolts: For the following fire-rated applications unless door blocking is
provided:
a.
Surface hinges to doors.
208
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
b.
Closers to doors and frames.
c.
Surface-mounted exit devices.
4.
Spacers or Sex Bolts: for through bolting of hollow-metal doors.
5.
Fasteners for Wood Doors: Comply with requirements in DHI WDHS.2,
“Recommended Fasteners for Wood Doors.”
2.12 FINISHES
A.
Standard: BHMA A156.18, as indicated in door hardware sets.
B.
Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable,
temporary protective covering before stripping.
C.
Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are
acceptable if they are within one-half of the range of approved Samples. Noticeable
variations in the same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of other
components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are
assembled or installed to minimize contrast.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
3.2
EXAMINATION
A.
Examine doors and frames, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for
installation tolerances, labeled fire door assembly construction, wall and floor construction,
and other conditions affecting performance.
B.
Examine roughing-in for electrical power systems to verify actual locations of wiring
connections before electrified door hardware installation.
C.
Verify concealed blocking and backing has been installed for all doorstops and other wallmounted items occurring on framed walls.
D.
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
PREPARATION
A.
Steel Doors and Frames: Comply with DHI A115 Series.
1.
B.
3.3
Surface-Applied Door Hardware: Drill and tap doors and frames according to ANSI
A250.6.
Wood Doors: Comply with DHI A115-W Series.
INSTALLATION
A.
Mounting Heights: Mount door hardware units at heights indicated as follows unless
otherwise indicated or required to comply with governing regulations.
1.
Standard Steel Doors and Frames: DHI’s “Recommended Locations for Architectural
Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames.”
209
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
B.
C.
3.4
3.6
Wood Doors: DHI WDHS.3, “Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for
Wood Flush Doors.”
3.
Operating Hardware: Between 30 inches and 44 inches above finish floor, per CBC
Section 1133B.2.5.2.
Install each door hardware item to comply with manufacturer’s written instructions. Where
cutting and fitting are required to install door hardware onto or into surfaces that are later
to be painted or finished in another way, coordinate removal, storage, and reinstallation of
surface protective trim units with finishing work specified in Division 9 Sections. Do not
install surface-mounted items until finishes have been completed on substrates involved.
1.
Set units level, plumb, and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce attachment
substrates as necessary for proper installation and operation.
2.
Drill and countersink units that are not factory prepared for anchorage fasteners.
Space fasteners and anchors according to industry standards.
Boxed Power Supplies: Locate power supplies as indicated, or, if not indicated, at nearest
accessible concealed space. Verify location with Architect.
ADJUSTING
A.
3.5
2.
Initial Adjustment: Adjust and check each operating item of door hardware and each door to
ensure proper operation or function of every unit. Replace units that cannot be adjusted to
operate as intended. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of
heating and ventilating equipment and to comply with referenced accessibility
requirements.
1.
Electric Strikes: Adjust horizontal and vertical alignment of keeper to properly engage
lock bolt.
2.
Door Closers: Unless otherwise required by authorities having jurisdiction, adjust
sweep period so that, from an open position of 70 degrees, the door will take at least
3 seconds to move to a point 3 inches from the latch, measured to the leading edge of
the door.
CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A.
Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by door hardware installation.
B.
Clean operating items as necessary to restore proper function and finish.
C.
Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure that door hardware is without
damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
DEMONSTRATION
A.
Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner’s maintenance personnel
to adjust, operate, and maintain door hardware finishes. Refer to Division 1 Section for
starting up of systems.
210
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
3.7
DOOR HARDWARE SET
A.
Items listed in the following Schedule of Door Hardware Sets conform to requirements
specified in Part 2 of this Section.
B.
Manufacturer’s Abbreviations:
IVE
Ives
LCNLCN
SCHSchlage
SPEXTRA: 38705
HARDWARE GROUP NO. 01
FOR USE ON MARK/DOOR #(S):
146A
EACH TO HAVE:
QTY
DESCRIPTION
2 EA
HW HINGE
1 EA
ELECTRIC HW HINGE
1 EA
EU STOREROOM LOCK
1 EA
SURFACE CLOSER
1 EA
FLOOR STOP
1 SET
GASKET
1 EA
CREDENTIAL READER
1 EA
POWER SUPPLY
CATALOG NUMBER
5BB1HW 5 X 4.5
5BB1HW 5 X 4.5 TW8
L9080PEU 06A
1461 REG OR PA AS REQ
FS439
PER SELECTED DOOR MFG
REUSE EXISTING
PS902
FINISH
632
632
605
696
US3
MFR
IVE
IVE
SCH
LCN
IVE
LGR
HID
SCE
CATALOG NUMBER
5BB1HW 5 X 4.5
L9050P LLL 06A
1461 REG OR PA AS REQ
FS439
PER SELECTED DOOR MFG
FINISH
632
605
696
US3
MFR
IVE
SCH
LCN
IVE
HARDWARE GROUP NO. 02
FOR USE ON MARK/DOOR #(S):
146B
EACH TO HAVE:
QTY
DESCRIPTION
3 EA
HW HINGE
1 EA
OFFICE/ENTRY LOCK
1 EA
SURFACE CLOSER
1 EA
FLOOR STOP
1 SET
GASKET
NOTE: THIS OPENING IS EXIT ONLY.
211
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
HARDWARE GROUP NO. 03
FOR USE ON MARK/DOOR #(S):
170A
EACH TO HAVE:
QTY
DESCRIPTION
3 EA
HW HINGE
1 EA
OFFICE/ENTRY LOCK
1 EA
SURFACE CLOSER
1 EA
FLOOR STOP
1 SET
GASKET
CATALOG NUMBER
5BB1HW 4.5 X 4.5
L9050P 06A
1461 REG
FS439
PER SELECTED DOOR MFG
FINISH
632
605
696
US3
MFR
IVE
SCH
LCN
IVE
CATALOG NUMBER
KS43F2300
BALANCE OF HARDWARE BY GATE
MANUFACTURER
FINISH
606
MFR
SCH
HARDWARE GROUP NO. 04
FOR USE ON MARK/DOOR #(S):
GATE
EACH TO HAVE:
QTY
DESCRIPTION
1 EA
PADLOCK
END OF SECTION 08 71 00
212
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
SECTION 09 21 16
GYPSUM BOARD SHAFT-WALL ASSEMBLIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes gypsum board shaft-wall assemblies for the following:
1.
B.
1.3
Furring at existing partitions to achieve rated separation.
Related Sections include:
1.
Section 07 84 50 ”Fire-Resistive Joint Systems” for head-of-wall assemblies that
incorporate gypsum board shaft-wall assemblies.
2.
Section 09 22 16 ”Cold-Formed Non-Structural Metal Framing” for non-structural
metal stud framing.
3.
Section 09 29 00 ”Gypsum Board” for gypsum board panels installed on accessible
side of shaft-wall studs.
REFERENCES
A.
ASTM International (American Society for Testing and Materials):
1.
ASTM A 653: Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron AlloyCoated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process.
2.
ASTM C 442: Specification for Gypsum Backing Board, Gypsum Coreboard, and
Gypsum Shaftliner Board.
3.
ASTM C 645: Specification for Nonstructural Steel Framing Members.
4.
ASTM C 754: Specification for Installation of Steel Framing Members to Receive
Screw-Attached Gypsum Panel Products.
5.
ASTM C 840: Specification for Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board.
6.
ASTM C 919: Practice for Use of Sealants in Acoustical Applications.
7.
ASTM C 1002: Specification for Steel Self-Piercing Tapping Screws for the Application
of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Wood Studs or Steel Studs.
8.
ASTM D 3273: Test Method for Resistance to Growth of Mold on the Surface of
Interior Coatings in an Environmental Chamber.
9.
ASTM E 90: Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound
Transmission Loss of Building Partitions and Elements.
10.
ASTM E 119: Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials.
11.
ASTM E 413: Classification for Rating Sound Insulation.
12.
ASTM E 488: Test Methods for Strength of Anchors in Concrete and Masonry
Elements.
213
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
13.
1.4
SUBMITTALS
A.
1.5
1.6
1.7
ASTM E 1190: Test Methods for Strength of Power-Actuated Fasteners Installed in
Structural Members.
Product Data: For each gypsum board shaft-wall assembly indicated.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Fire-Resistance Ratings: Provide materials and construction identical to those of assemblies
with fire-resistance ratings determined according to ASTM E 119 by a testing and inspecting
agency.
B.
STC-Rated Assemblies: Provide materials and construction identical to those of assemblies
tested according to ASTM E 90 and classified according to ASTM E 413 by a testing and
inspecting agency.
C.
Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements
in Division 1 for project meetings. Review methods and procedures for installing gypsum
board shaft-wall assemblies including, but not limited to, the following:
1.
Fasteners proposed for anchoring nonstructural steel framing to building structure.
2.
Sprayed fire-resistive materials applied to structural steel framing.
3.
Elevator equipment, including hoistway doors, elevator call buttons, and elevator
floor indicators.
4.
Wiring devices in shaft-wall assemblies.
5.
Doors and other items penetrating shaft-wall assemblies.
6.
Items supported by shaft-wall assembly framing.
7.
Mechanical work enclosed within shaft-wall assemblies.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
Deliver materials in original packages, containers, and bundles bearing brand name and
identification of manufacturer or supplier.
B.
Store materials inside under cover and keep them dry and protected against damage from
weather, direct sunlight, surface contamination, corrosion, construction traffic, and other
causes.
C.
Stack panels flat on leveled supports off floor or slab to prevent sagging.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
A.
Environmental Limitations: Comply with ASTM C 840 requirements or with gypsum board
manufacturer’s written recommendations, whichever are more stringent.
B.
Do not install interior products until installation areas are enclosed and conditioned.
C.
Do not install panels that are wet, moisture damaged, or mold damaged.
214
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
1.
Indications that panels are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to,
discoloration, sagging, and irregular shape.
2.
Indications that panels are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or
splotchy surface contamination and discoloration.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
GYPSUM BOARD SHAFT-WALL ASSEMBLIES, GENERAL
A.
2.2
Provide materials and components complying with requirements of fire-resistance-rated
assemblies indicated.
1.
Provide panels in maximum lengths available to eliminate or minimize end-to-end butt
joints.
2.
Provide auxiliary materials complying with gypsum board shaft-wall assembly
manufacturer’s written recommendations.
PANEL PRODUCTS
A.
Gypsum Liner Panels: Comply with ASTM C 1396.
1.
B.
2.3
Type X: Manufacturer’s proprietary liner panels with moisture-resistant paper faces.
a.
Core: 1 inch thick.
b.
Long Edges: Double bevel.
c.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the
following:
i.)
Georgia-Pacific Gypsum LLC, Subsidiary of Georgia-Pacific; ToughRock
Fireguard Shaftliner.
ii.)
National Gypsum Company; Gold Bond Brand Fire-Shield Shaftliner.
iii.)
USG Corporation; Sheetrock Brand Gypsum Liner Panel.
iv.)
Equal product in accordance with Division 1 requirements for product
substitutions.
Gypsum Board: As specified in Section 09 29 00 ”Gypsum Board.”
NON-LOAD-BEARING SHAFT-WALL STEEL FRAMING
A.
Framing Members: Comply with ASTM C 754 for conditions indicated.
B.
Steel Sheet Components: Comply with ASTM C 645 requirements for metal, unless
otherwise indicated.
1.
C.
Protective Coating: ASTM A 653 G60 (Z180), hot-dip galvanized, unless otherwise
indicated.
Studs: Manufacturer’s standard C-H profile for repetitive members, corner and end
members, and fire-resistance-rated assembly indicated.
1.
Depth: As indicated on Drawings inches.
2.
Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.0346 inch (20 gage).
215
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
3.
D.
2.4
California Expanded Metal Products Company.
b.
ClarkWestern Building Systems.
c.
Dietrich Metal Framing; a Worthington Industries Company.
d.
MarinoWare; a Division of Ware Industries.
e.
Manufacturer of equal products in accordance with Division 1 requirements for
product substitutions.
Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: Matching steel shaft-wall studs.
Firestop Tracks: Top runner manufactured to allow partition heads to expand and contract
with movement of structure while maintaining continuity of fire-resistance-rated assembly
indicated; in thickness not less than indicated for studs and in width to accommodate depth
of studs.
1.
F.
a.
Runner Tracks: Manufacturer’s standard J-profile track with long-leg length as standard
with manufacturer, but at least 2 inches long and in depth matching studs.
1.
E.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide shaft-wall steel
framing by one of the following:
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a.
Dietrich Metal Framing; The System by Metal-Lite, Inc.
b.
Fire Trak Corporation; Fire Trak attached to studs with Fire Trak Slip Clip.
Jamb Struts: Manufacturer’s standard J-profile strut with long-leg length of 3 inches, in
depth matching studs, and not less than 0.0329 inch (20 gage) thick.
AUXILIARY MATERIALS
A.
General: Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced product standards and
manufacturer’s written recommendations.
B.
Trim Accessories: Cornerbead, edge trim, and control joints of material and shapes
specified in Section 09250 ”Gypsum Board” that comply with gypsum board shaft-wall
assembly manufacturer’s written recommendations for application indicated.
C.
Gypsum Board Joint-Treatment Materials: As specified in Section 09250 ”Gypsum Board.”
D.
Steel Drill Screws: ASTM C 1002, unless otherwise indicated.
1.
E.
For fastening cementitious backer units, use screws of type and size recommended by
panel manufacturer.
Track Fasteners: Power-driven fasteners of size and material required to withstand loading
conditions imposed on shaft-wall assemblies without exceeding allowable design stress of
track, fasteners, or structural substrates in which anchors are embedded.
1.
Expansion Anchors: Fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials, with capability to
sustain, without failure, a load equal to 5 times design load, as determined by testing
per ASTM E 488 conducted by a qualified testing agency.
216
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
2.
Power-Actuated Anchors: Fastener system of type suitable for application indicated,
fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials, with capability to sustain, without
failure, a load equal to 10 times design load, as determined by testing per ASTM E
1190 conducted by a qualified testing agency.
F.
Sound Attenuation Blankets: As specified in Section 07 21 00 ”Building Insulation.”
G.
Acoustical Sealant: As specified in in Section 09 29 00 ”Gypsum Board.”
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
3.2
EXAMINATION
A.
Examine substrates to which gypsum board shaft-wall assemblies attach or abut, with
Installer present, including hollow-metal frames, elevator hoistway door frames, cast-in
anchors, and structural framing. Examine for compliance with requirements for installation
tolerances and other conditions affecting performance.
B.
Examine panels before installation. Reject panels that are wet, moisture damaged, or mold
damaged.
C.
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
INSTALLATION
A.
General: Install gypsum board shaft-wall assemblies to comply with requirements of fireresistance-rated assemblies indicated, manufacturer’s written installation instructions, and
the following:
1.
ASTM C 754 for installing steel framing except comply with framing spacing indicated.
2.
Section 09 29 00 ”Gypsum Board” for applying and finishing gypsum board panels.
B.
Do not bridge architectural or building expansion joints with shaft-wall assemblies; frame
both sides of expansion joints with furring and other support.
C.
Install supplementary framing in gypsum board shaft-wall assemblies around openings and
as required for blocking, bracing, and support of gravity and pullout loads of fixtures,
equipment, services, heavy trim, furnishings, and similar items that cannot be supported
directly by shaft-wall assembly framing.
D.
At penetrations in shaft wall, maintain fire-resistance rating of shaft-wall assembly by
installing supplementary steel framing around perimeter of penetration and fire protection
behind boxes containing wiring devices, elevator floor indicators, and similar items.
E.
Isolate perimeter of gypsum panels from building structure to prevent cracking of panels,
while maintaining continuity of fire-rated construction.
F.
Firestop Tracks: Where indicated, install to maintain continuity of fire-resistance-rated
assembly indicated.
G.
Seal gypsum board shaft walls with acoustical sealant at perimeter of each assembly where
it abuts other work and at joints and penetrations within each assembly. Install acoustical
217
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
sealant to withstand dislocation by air-pressure differential between shaft and external
spaces; maintain an airtight and smoke-tight seal; and comply with ASTM C 919
requirements or with manufacturer’s written instructions, whichever are more stringent.
H.
3.3
Installation Tolerance: Install each framing member so fastening surfaces vary not more
than 1/8 inch from the plane formed by faces of adjacent framing.
PROTECTION
A.
Protect installed products from damage from weather, condensation, direct sunlight,
construction, and other causes during remainder of the construction period.
B.
Remove and replace panels that are wet, moisture damaged, or mold damaged.
1.
Indications that panels are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to,
discoloration, sagging, and irregular shape.
2.
Indications that panels are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or
splotchy surface contamination and discoloration.
END OF SECTION 09 21 16
218
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
SECTION 09 22 16
COLOD-FORMED NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
SUMMARY
A.
B.
1.3
This Section includes:
1.
Non-load-bearing metal framing members for interior partition walls, framed soffits,
furring, and other miscellaneous applications.
2.
Metal backing plates for support of wall-mounted items on non-structural metal
framing.
Related Sections include:
1.
Section 07 84 50 ”Fire-Resistive Joint Systems” for head-of-wall joint systems installed
with non-structural metal framing.
2.
Section 09 21 16 ”Gypsum Board Shaft-Wall Assemblies” for non-load-bearing metal
shaft-wall framing, gypsum panels, and other components of shaft-wall assemblies.
3.
Section 09 29 00 ”Gypsum Board” for gypsum board panels supported by nonstructural metal framing.
DEFINITIONS
A.
1.4
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
STC: Sound Transmission Class.
REFERENCES
A.
American Concrete Institute (ACI):
1.
B.
ACI 318: Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete.
ASTM International (American Society for Testing and Materials).
1.
ASTM A 27: Specification for Steel Castings, Carbon, for General Application.
2.
ASTM A 653: Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron AlloyCoated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process.
3.
ASTM B 633: Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Zinc on Iron and Steel.
4.
ASTM C 645: Specification for Nonstructural Steel Framing Members.
5.
ASTM C 754: Specification for Installation of Steel Framing Members to Receive ScrewAttached Gypsum Panel Products.
6.
ASTM C 840: Specification for Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board.
7.
ASTM C 1513: Specification for Steel Tapping Screws for Cold-Formed Steel Framing
Connections.
219
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
8.
ASTM D 226: Specification for Asphalt-Saturated Organic Felt Used in Roofing and
Waterproofing.
9.
ASTM E 119: Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials.
10.
ASTM E 413: Classification for Rating Sound Insulation.
11.
ASTM E 488: Test Methods for Strength of Anchors in Concrete and Masonry
Elements.
12.
ASTM E 1190: Test Methods for Strength of Power-Actuated Fasteners Installed in
Structural Members.
C.
American Welding Society (AWS).
D.
International Code Council Evaluation Service (ICC-ES):
E.
1.
ICC-ES AC70: Acceptance Criteria for Fasteners Power-Driven Into Concrete, Steel,
and Masonry Elements.
2.
ICC-ES AC193: Acceptance Criteria for Mechanical Anchors in Concrete Elements.
3.
ICC-ES AC261: Acceptance Criteria for Connectors Used With Cold-Formed Steel
Structural Members.
Steel Framing Industry Association (SFIA):
1.
1.5
SFIA Technical Guide for Cold-Formed Steel Framing Products.
COORDINATION
A.
Coordinate locations of metal backing and reinforcements to ensure that surface mounted
items specified in other Sections can be supported and installed as indicated. Surface
mounted items include, but are not limited to, the following:
1.
Light fixtures.
2.
Fire alarm devices.
3.
Toilet accessories.
4.
Door hardware.
5.
Cabinets.
6.
Shelving.
7.
Fire protection specialties.
8.
Wall panels or other surfacing systems.
9.
Visual display surfaces.
10.
Signage.
11.
Wall guards and wall protection systems.
12.
Toilet and shower compartments and screens.
13.
Lockers.
14.
Audio-visual equipment.
15.
Athletic and gymnasium equipment.
16.
Window coverings.
17.
Laboratory equipment and accessories.
220
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
18.
1.6
ACTION SUBMITTALS
A.
1.7
Product Data: For each type of metal framing product and accessory indicated.
INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A.
B.
1.8
Curtain tracks.
Product Test Reports: For each listed product, for tests performed by a qualified testing
agency, indicating compliance with requirements:
1.
Steel sheet.
2.
Expansion anchors.
3.
Power-actuated fasteners.
4.
Mechanical fasteners.
5.
Vertical deflection clips.
6.
Miscellaneous structural clips and accessories.
Evaluation Reports: For non-standard cold-formed metal framing, from ICC-ES.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
Protect metal framing from corrosion, deformation, and other damage during delivery,
storage, and handling.
B.
Store metal framing, protect with a waterproof covering, and ventilate to avoid
condensation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MANUFACTURERS
A.
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
non-structural metal framing products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but
are not limited to the following:
1.
California Expanded Metal Products Company.
2.
ClarkWestern Building Systems.
3.
Consolidated Fabricators Corp.; Building Products Division.
4.
Design Shapes in Steel.
5.
Dietrich Metal Framing; a Worthington Industries Company.
6.
MarinoWare; a Division of Ware Industries.
7.
SCAFCO Corporation.
8.
Steeler, Inc.
9.
United Metal Products, Inc.
221
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
2.2
2.3
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A.
Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: For fire-resistance-rated assemblies that incorporate
non-structural metal framing, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in
assembly indicated, according to ASTM E 119 by an independent testing agency.
B.
STC-Rated Assemblies: For STC-rated assemblies, provide materials and construction
identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E 90 and classified
according to ASTM E 413 by an independent testing agency.
NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING, GENERAL
A.
Recycled Content of Steel Products: Postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of
preconsumer recycled content equal to not less than 25 percent.
B.
Framing Members, General: Comply with ASTM C 754 for conditions indicated.
C.
2.4
1.
Steel Sheet Components: Comply with ASTM C 645 requirements for metal, unless
otherwise indicated.
2.
Grade: 33 ksi minimum yield strength, unless noted otherwise.
3.
Protective Coating: ASTM A 653, G60 (Z180), hot-dip galvanized zinc coating, unless
otherwise indicated.
Section Properties: For each indicated metal framing product, the following section
properties are to be as specified in “Section Properties” portion of SFIA “Technical Guide for
Cold-Formed Steel Framing Products:”
1.
Section modulus.
2.
Moment of inertia.
3.
Allowable moment.
METAL FRAMING FOR FRAMED ASSEMBLIES
A.
B.
Steel Studs and Runners: ASTM C 645; manufacturer’s standard C-shaped sections; with
stiffened flanges; punched, unless indicated as unpunched.
1.
Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.0346 inch (20 gage), unless indicated otherwise.
2.
Stud Flange Width: 1-1/4 inches, unless indicated otherwise.
3.
Track Flange Width: 1-1/4 inches.
4.
Provide products conforming with SFIA Product Designator codes as defined in of SFIA
“Technical Guide for Cold-Formed Steel Framing Products,” as indicated below for
each stud depth.
a.
3-5/8-Inch Studs: 362S125-33.
b.
4-Inch Studs: 400S125-33.
c.
6-Inch Studs: 600S125-33.
d.
8-Inch Studs: 800S125-33.
Slip-Type Head Joints: Manufacturer’s standard slotted deflection track system, capable of
resisting lateral loads while accommodating upward and downward displacement of
222
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
primary structure through positive attachment to stud; provide size as recommended by
manufacturer for depth of stud being fastened; tested in accordance with ICC-ES AC261.
1.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a.
Brady Brand, Sliptrack Systems; SLP-TRK Slotted Track.
i.)
2.
3.
C.
Product Report: ICC-ES Evaluation Report #ESR-1042.
Material: Steel sheet, ASTM A 653, metallic-coated, as follows:
a.
Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: Matching steel studs, but 0.0346 inch (20
gage) minimum.
b.
Grade: 50 ksi minimum yield strength.
c.
Coating: G60 (Z180).
Provide manufacturer’s standard bushings for use with screws in attaching track to
studs, which ensure free movement in the vertical direction between track and stud.
Floor Tie Clips: Manufacturer’s standard base clips and reinforcing plates for stud wall
framing, capable of resisting vertical, horizontal, and torsional loads; provide size as
recommended by manufacturer for depth of stud being fastened.
1.
2.
3.
Tie Clip Material: Steel sheet; ASTM A 653, metallic-coated, as follows:
a.
Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.1242 inch (10 gage) minimum.
b.
Grade: 50 ksi minimum yield strength.
c.
Coating: G90 (Z275).
Provide manufacturer’s standard reinforcing plate for use over horizontal leg of floor
tie clips.
a.
Material: Carbon steel, ASTM A 27, Class C.
b.
Coating: ASTM B 633, Type 2.
Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following:
a.
Steel Network, Inc., The; StiffClip CL Series.
i.)
3-5/8-Inch Stud Walls: #CL362-118(H).
ii.)
6-inch Stud Walls: #CL600-118(H).
iii.)
8-inch Stud Walls: #CL800-118(H).
D.
Firestop Track: As specified in Section 07 84 50 ”Fire-Resistive Joint Systems.”
E.
Flat Strap and Backing Plate: Steel sheet for blocking and bracing in length and width
indicated.
1.
F.
Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.0566 inch (16 gage), unless indicated otherwise.
Hat-Shaped, Rigid Furring Channels: ASTM C 645.
1.
Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.0346 inch (20 gage), unless indicated otherwise.
2.
Depth: 7/8 inch, unless indicated otherwise.
223
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
G.
2.5
Z-Shaped Furring: With slotted or nonslotted web, face flange of 1-1/4-inches, wall
attachment flange of 7/8 inch, minimum base-metal thickness of 0.0346-inch (20 gage), and
depth required to fit insulation thickness indicated.
FRAMING ACCESSORIES
A.
Fabricate steel-framing accessories from steel sheet of same grade and coating weight used
for framing members.
1.
Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: As indicated on Drawings.
a.
2.
2.6
If not indicated, provide 0.0451-inch (18 gage) thickness.
Provide accessories of configuration indicated, to include the following:
a.
Supplementary framing.
b.
Bracing, bridging, and solid blocking.
c.
Zee-shaped furring.
d.
Web stiffeners.
e.
Anchor clips.
f.
End clips.
g.
Foundation clips.
h.
Gusset plates.
i.
Stud kickers, knee braces, and girts.
j.
Joist hangers and end closures.
k.
Hole reinforcing plates.
l.
Backer plates.
AUXILIARY MATERIALS
A.
General: Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards.
B.
Anchors and Fasteners:
1.
Mechanical Fasteners: ASTM C 1513, corrosion-resistant-coated, self-drilling, selftapping steel drill screws.
a.
2.
Head Type: Low-profile head beneath sheathing.
Power-Actuated Fasteners: Fastener system of type suitable for application indicated,
fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials, with allowable load capacities
calculated according to ICC-ES AC70, greater than or equal to the design load, as
determined by testing per ASTM E 1190 conducted by a qualified testing agency.
a.
Provide 0.08 inch minimum by 1.425 inches diameter steel washers under the
heads of all power-actuated fasteners.
b.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the
following:
i.)
Hilti Corporation; X-U, size as indicated on Drawings.
ii.)
Equal product in accordance with Division 1 requirements for product
substitutions.
224
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
3.
Expansion Anchors: Fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials, with allowable load
or strength design capacities calculated according to ICC-ES AC193 and ACI 318
greater than or equal to design load, as determined by testing per ASTM E 488
conducted by a qualified testing agency.
a.
Material: Carbon-steel components, zinc plated to comply with ASTM B 633,
Class Fe/Zn5.
b.
Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following:
i.)
Hilti Corporation, products as follows:
-At Concrete: Hilti Kwik-Bolt TZ (KB-TZ), size as indicated on Drawings.
-At Masonry: Hilti Kwik-Bolt 3 (KB-3), size as indicated on Drawings.
ii.)
Equal product in accordance with Division 1 requirements for product
substitutions.
C.
Welding Electrodes: Comply with AWS standards.
D.
Isolation Strip at Exterior Walls: Provide one of the following:
1.
Asphalt-Saturated Organic Felt: ASTM D 226, Type I (No. 15 asphalt felt),
nonperforated.
2.
Foam Gasket: Adhesive-backed, closed-cell vinyl foam strips that allow fastener
penetration without foam displacement, 1/8 inch thick, in width to suit steel stud size.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
3.2
EXAMINATION
A.
Examine areas and substrates, with Installer present, and including welded hollow-metal
frames, cast-in anchors, and structural framing, for compliance with requirements and other
conditions affecting performance of the Work.
B.
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
PREPARATION
A.
3.3
Verify locations of all surface-mounted items requiring metal backing or support framing.
INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A.
Installation Standard: ASTM C 754.
1.
Gypsum Board Assemblies: Also comply with requirements in ASTM C 840 that apply
to framing installation.
B.
Install supplementary framing, and backing to support fixtures, equipment services, heavy
trim, grab bars, toilet accessories, furnishings, or similar construction.
C.
Install bracing at terminations in assemblies.
225
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
D.
3.4
Do not bridge building expansion joints with non-structural metal framing members. Frame
both sides of joints independently.
INSTALLING FRAMED ASSEMBLIES
A.
Where walls are installed directly against exterior masonry or concrete walls or dissimilar
metals at exterior walls, install isolation strip between studs and exterior wall.
B.
Install studs so flanges within framing system point in same direction.
C.
Space studs at 16 inches on center unless noted otherwise.
D.
Install tracks (runners) at floors and overhead supports. Extend framing full height to
structural supports or substrates above suspended ceilings, except where partitions are
indicated to terminate at suspended ceilings. Continue framing around ducts penetrating
partitions above ceiling.
E.
1.
Slip-Type Head Joints: Where framing extends to overhead structural supports, install
deflection clips in accordance with manufacturer’s written instructions to produce
joints at tops of framing systems that prevent axial loading of finished assemblies.
2.
Door Openings: Screw vertical studs at jambs to jamb anchor clips on door frames;
install runner track section (for cripple studs) at head and secure to jamb studs.
a.
Install two studs at each jamb, unless otherwise indicated.
b.
Extend jamb studs through suspended ceilings and attach to underside of
overhead structure.
3.
Other Framed Openings: Frame openings other than door openings the same as
required for door openings, unless otherwise indicated. Install framing below sills of
openings to match framing required above door heads.
4.
Fire-Resistance-Rated Partitions: Install framing to comply with fire-resistance-rated
assembly indicated and support closures to make partitions continuous from floor to
underside of solid structure.
5.
Firestop Track: Where indicated, install to maintain continuity of fire-resistance-rated
assembly indicated.
6.
Sound-Rated Partitions: Install framing to comply with sound-rated assembly
indicated.
7.
Curved Partitions:
a.
Bend track to uniform curve and locate straight lengths so they are tangent to
arcs.
b.
Begin and end each arc with a stud, and space intermediate studs equally along
arcs. On straight lengths of not less than two studs at ends of arcs, place studs
at 6 inches on center.
Direct Furring:
1.
Screw to wood framing.
2.
Attach to concrete or masonry with stub nails, screws designed for masonry
attachment, or power-actuated fasteners spaced 24 inches on center.
226
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
Installation Tolerance: Install each framing member so fastening surfaces vary not more
than 1/8 inch from the plane formed by faces of adjacent framing.
END OF SECTION 09 22 16
F.
227
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
SECTION 09 29 00
GYPSUM BOARD
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
SUMMARY
A.
B.
1.3
1.5
This Section includes:
1.
Interior gypsum wallboard.
2.
Miscellaneous metal framing accessories and furring.
3.
Acoustical sealant.
Related Sections include:
1.
Section 07 21 00 “Building Insulation” for thermal insulation and vapor retarder
installed behind gypsum board, and for sound attenuation insulation.
2.
Section 07 84 50 ”Fire-Resistive Joint Systems” for head-of-wall assemblies that
incorporate gypsum board.
3.
Section 09 22 16 ”Cold-Formed Non-Structural Metal Framing” for non-structural steel
framing, including interior partition walls, furring, framed soffits, and ceiling joists that
support gypsum board.
4.
Section 09 21 16 “Gypsum Board Shaft-Wall Assemblies” for metal shaft-wall framing,
gypsum shaft liners, and other components of shaft-wall assemblies.
5.
Section 09 91 00 “Painting” for primers and finish coats applied to gypsum board
surfaces.
DEFINITIONS
A.
1.4
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
Gypsum Board Terminology: Refer to ASTM C 11 for definitions of terms for gypsum board
assemblies not defined in this Section or in other referenced standards.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B.
Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a qualified
testing agency, for wall assemblies incorporating sound isolation clips.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: For gypsum board assemblies with fire-resistance
ratings, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated
according to ASTM E 119 by an independent testing and inspecting agency acceptable to
authorities having jurisdiction.
228
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
1.
B.
Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: Indicated by design designations from the
following:
a.
UL’s “Fire Resistance Directory.”
b.
GA-600, “Fire Resistance Design Manual.
Sound Transmission Characteristics: For gypsum board assemblies with STC ratings, provide
materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to
ASTM E 90 and classified according to ASTM E 413 by a qualified independent testing
agency.
1.
STC-Rated Assemblies: Indicated by design designations from GA-600, “Fire Resistance
Design Manual.”
C.
Source Limitations: Obtain ceiling grid suspension system through one source from a single
manufacturer.
D.
Gypsum Board Finish Mockups: Before finishing gypsum board assemblies, install mockups
of at least 50 square feet in surface area to demonstrate aesthetic effects and qualities of
materials and execution.
1.
Install mockups for the following areas:
a.
1.6
1.7
Surfaces with texture finishes.
2.
Simulate finished lighting conditions for review of mockups.
3.
Approved mockups may become part of completed Work if undisturbed at time of
Substantial Completion.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
Deliver materials in original packages, containers, or bundles bearing brand name and
identification of manufacturer or supplier.
B.
Store materials inside under cover and keep them dry and protected against damage from
weather, condensation, direct sunlight, surface contamination, corrosion, construction
traffic, and other causes. Stack gypsum panels flat to prevent sagging.
C.
Handle gypsum boards to prevent damage to edges, ends, and surfaces. Do not bend or
otherwise damage metal corner beads or trim.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
A.
Environmental Limitations: Comply with ASTM C 840 requirements or gypsum board
manufacturer’s written recommendations, whichever are more stringent.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MANUFACTURERS
A.
In other Part 2 Articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply
for product selection:
229
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
B.
2.2
1.
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited
to, the manufacturers specified.
2.
Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited products specified.
Gypsum Board and Related Products:
1.
G-P Gypsum Co.
2.
National Gypsum Company.
3.
United States Gypsum Company.
MISCELLANEOUS METAL FRAMING ACCESSORIES
A.
Components, General:
1.
B.
C.
Hat-Shaped, Rigid Furring Channels: ASTM C 645.
1.
Minimum Base Metal Thickness: 0.0312 inch (20 gage).
2.
Depth: 7/8 inch, unless indicated otherwise.
Resilient Furring Channels: ½-inch deep, steel sheet members designed to reduce sound
transmission.
1.
D.
E.
2.3
Steel Sheet Components: Complying with ASTM C 645 requirements for metal and
with ASTM A 653, G60 (Z180), hot-dip galvanized zinc coating.
Configuration: Asymmetrical, with face attached to single flange by a slotted leg
(web).
Z-Shaped Furring: Face flange of 1-1/4 inches, wall attachment flange of 7/8 inch, except
where noted otherwise.
1.
Base Metal Thickness: 0.0329-inch (20 gage), except where indicated otherwise.
2.
Web Depth: as indicated.
Fasteners for Metal Framing: Of type, material, size, corrosion resistance, holding power,
and other properties required to fasten steel members to substrates.
INTERIOR GYPSUM WALLBOARD
A.
Panel Size: Provide in maximum lengths and widths available that will minimize joints in
each area and correspond with support system indicated.
B.
Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C 36 or ASTM C 1396.
1.
Type X:
a.
Thickness: 5/8-inch, except where indicated otherwise on Drawings.
b.
Long Edges: Tapered.
230
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
2.4
TRIM ACCESSORIES
A.
2.5
Trim: ASTM C 1047.
1.
Material: Galvanized or aluminum-coated steel sheet or rolled zinc.
2.
Shapes:
a.
Cornerbead: Type with face flange to receive joint compound.
b.
LC-bead: J-shaped; exposed long flange receives joint compound.
JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS
A.
General: Provide materials complying with ASTM C 475 and the recommendations of
manufacturer of both gypsum board and joint treatment materials for the application
indicated.
B.
Joint Tape:
1.
C.
Interior Gypsum Wallboard: Paper.
Joint Compound for Interior Gypsum Wallboard: For each coat, use formulation that is
compatible with other compounds applied on previous or for successive coats.
1.
Prefilling: At open joints or beveled panel edges, and damaged surface areas, use
setting-type taping compound.
2.
Embedding and First Coat: For embedding tape and first coat joints, fasteners, and
trim flanges, use drying-type, all-purpose compound.
a.
2.6
Use setting-type compound for installing paper-faced metal trim accessories.
3.
Fill Coat: For second coat, use drying-type, all-purpose compound.
4.
Finish Coat: For third coat, use drying-type, all-purpose compound.
ACOUSTICAL SEALANT
A.
Acoustical Sealant for Exposed and Concealed Joints: Nonsag, paintable, nonstaining, latex
sealant complying with ASTM C 834 that effectively reduces airborne sound transmission
through perimeter joints and openings in building construction as demonstrated by testing
representative assemblies according to ASTM E 90.
B.
Acoustical Sealant for Concealed Joints: Nondrying, nonhardening, nonskinning, nonstaining,
gunnable, synthetic-rubber sealant recommended for sealing interior joints to reduce
airborne sound transmission.
C.
Available Products:
1.
2.
Acoustical Sealant for Exposed and Concealed Joints:
a.
Pecora Corp.; AC-20 FTR Acoustical and Insulation Sealant.
b.
United States Gypsum Co.; SHEETROCK Acoustical Sealant.
Acoustical Sealant for Concealed Joints:
a.
Ohio Sealants, Inc.; Pro-Series SC-170 Rubber Base Sound Sealant.
b.
Pecora Corp.; BA-98.
c.
Tremco, Inc.; Tremco Acoustical Sealant.
231
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
2.7
AUXILIARY MATERIALS
A.
General: Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards and
manufacturer’s written recommendations.
B.
Steel Drill Screws: ASTM C 1002, unless otherwise indicated.
1.
Use screws complying with ASTM C 954 for fastening panels to steel members from
0.033 to 0.112 inch thick.
2.
For fastening cementitious backer units, use screws of type and size recommended by
panel manufacturer.
3.
For fastening exterior gypsum sheathing and soffit panels, use corrosion-resistant
screws, hot-dip galvanized per ASTM A 153, or Type 304 stainless-steel.
C.
Sound Attenuation Blankets: As specified in Section 07210 “Building Insulation.”
D.
Thermal Insulation: As specified in Section 07210 “Building Insulation.”
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
3.2
3.3
EXAMINATION
A.
Examine areas and substrates, with Installer present, and including welded hollow-metal
frames, cast-in anchors, and structural framing, for compliance with requirements and other
conditions affecting performance.
B.
Examine panels before installation. Reject panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and
mold damaged.
C.
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
CUTTING AND PATCHING
A.
Cut, patch, replace, and repair existing gypsum board surfaces as necessary to
accommodate other work, including installation of concealed conduits and backing in
existing wall cavities, and to remove dents and other imperfections, and restore surface to
specified finish levels.
B.
When cutting out sections of existing gypsum board areas, cut gypsum board along
supporting framing members.
C.
When patching and infilling existing gypsum board areas, produce invisible joint between
existing and new surfaces. Match existing gypsum board finish.
APPLYING AND FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD PANELS, GENERAL
A.
Gypsum Board Application and Finishing Standards: ASTM C 840 and GA-216.
B.
Where indicated, install sound attenuation blankets and thermal batt insulation before
installing panels, unless blankets are readily installed after panels have been installed on
one side.
232
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
1.
Place insulation in partitions tight within spaces, around cut openings, behind and
around electrical and mechanical items within or behind partitions and tight to items
passing through ceilings.
C.
Install ceiling board panels across framing to minimize the number of abutting end joints
and to avoid abutting end joints in the central area of each ceiling. Stagger abutting end
joints of adjacent panels not less than one framing member.
D.
Install gypsum panels with face side out. Butt panels together for a light contact at edges
and ends with not more than 1/16-inch of open space between panels. Do not force into
place.
E.
Locate edge and end joints over supports, except in ceiling applications where intermediate
supports or gypsum board back-blocking is provided behind end joints. Do not place
tapered edges against cut edges or ends. Stagger vertical joints on opposite sides of
partitions. Do not make joints other than control joints at corners of framed openings.
F.
Attach gypsum panels to steel studs so leading edge or end of each panel is attached to
open (unsupported) edges of stud flanges first.
G.
Attach gypsum panels to framing provided at openings and cutouts.
H.
Cover both faces of stud partition framing with gypsum panels in concealed spaces (above
ceilings, etc.), except in chases braced internally.
1.
Unless concealed application is indicated or required for sound, fire, air, or smoke
ratings, coverage may be accomplished with scraps of not less than 8 square feet in
area.
I.
Fit gypsum panels around ducts, pipes, and conduits.
J.
Where partitions intersect open concrete coffers, concrete joists and other structural
members projecting below underside of floor/roof slabs and decks, cut gypsum panels to fit
profile formed by coffers, joists, and other structural members; allow 1/4 to 3/8-inch wide
joints to install sealant.
K.
Isolate perimeter of non-load-bearing gypsum board partitions at structural abutments,
except floors. Provide 1/4 to 1/2-inch wide spaces at these locations, and trim edges with
edge trim where edges of gypsum panels are exposed. Seal joints between edges and
abutting structural surfaces with acoustical sealant.
L.
STC-Rated Assemblies: Seal construction at perimeters, behind control and expansion joints,
and at openings and penetrations with a continuous bead of acoustical sealant. Install
acoustical sealant at both faces of partitions at perimeters and through penetrations.
Comply with ASTM C 919 and manufacturer’s written recommendations for locating edge
trim and closing off sound-flanking paths around or through gypsum board assemblies,
including sealing partitions above acoustical ceilings.
1.
M.
Install sound isolation clips in accordance with manufacturer’s written instructions.
Space fasteners in gypsum panels according to referenced gypsum board application and
finishing standard and manufacturer’s written recommendations.
233
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
N.
3.4
Space fasteners in panels that are tile substrates a maximum of 8 inches on center.
APPLYING GYPSUM BOARD
A.
Single-Layer Application:
1.
On ceilings, apply gypsum panels before wall/partition board application to the
greatest extent possible and at right angles to framing, unless otherwise indicated.
2.
On partitions/walls, apply gypsum panels horizontally (perpendicular to framing),
unless otherwise indicated or required by fire-resistance-rated assembly, and
minimize end joints.
a.
B.
3.5
Stagger abutting end joints not less than one framing member in alternate
courses of board.
3.
On Z-furring members, apply gypsum panels vertically (parallel to framing) with no
end joints. Locate edge joints over furring members.
4.
Fastening Methods: Apply gypsum panels to supports with steel drill screws.
Multi-Layer Application:
1.
On ceilings, apply gypsum board indicated for base layers before applying base layers
on walls/partitions; apply face layers in same sequence. Apply base layers at right
angles to framing members and offset face-layer joints one framing member, 16
inches minimum, from parallel base-layer joints, unless otherwise indicated or
required by fire-resistance-rated assembly.
2.
On partitions/walls, apply gypsum board indicated for base layers and face layers
vertically (parallel to framing) with joints of base layers located over stud or furring
member and face-layer joints offset at least one stud or furring member with baselayer joints, unless otherwise indicated or required by fire-resistive-rated assembly.
Stagger joints on opposite sides of partitions.
3.
On Z-furring members, apply base layer vertically (parallel to framing) and face layer
either vertically (parallel to framing) or horizontally (perpendicular to framing) with
vertical joints offset at least one framing member. Locate edge joints of base layer
over furring members.
4.
Fastening Methods: Fasten base layers and face layers separately to supports with
screws.
INSTALLING TRIM ACCESSORIES
A.
General: For trim with back flanges intended for fasteners, attach to framing with same
fasteners used for panels. Otherwise, attach trim according to manufacturer’s written
instructions.
B.
Install trim as follows:
C.
1.
Cornerbead: Use at outside corners.
2.
LC-Bead (J-Bead): Use at exposed panel edges.
Install reveal molding trim at locations indicated on Drawings.
234
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
3.6
FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD
A.
General: Treat gypsum board joints, interior angles, edge trim, control joints, penetrations,
fastener heads, surface defects, and elsewhere as required to prepare gypsum board
surfaces for decoration. Promptly remove residual joint compound from adjacent surfaces.
B.
Prefill open joints, rounded or beveled edges, and damaged surface areas.
C.
Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints, except those with trim having flanges not
intended for tape.
D.
Gypsum Board Finish Levels: Finish panels to levels indicated below, according to GA-214
“Recommended Levels of Gypsum Board Finish.”
1.
Gypsum board to receive paint finish, and as indicated otherwise: Level 4 .
a.
2.
Gypsum board in concealed locations: Level 1 (except as required otherwise by listed
designs for fire and sound construction).
a.
3.7
Embed tape and apply separate first, fill, and finish coats of joint compound to
tape, fasteners, and trim flanges.
Embed tape at joints.
PROTECTION
A.
Protect installed products from damage from weather, condensation, direct sunlight,
construction, and other causes during remainder of the construction period.
B.
Remove and replace panels that are wet or moisture damaged, and mold damaged.
1.
Indications that panels are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to,
discoloration, sagging, or irregular shape.
2.
Indications that panels are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or
splotchy surface contamination and discoloration.
END OF SECTION 09 29 00
235
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
SECTION 09 51 13
SUSPENDED LAY-IN PANEL CEILINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL
A.
1.2
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes suspended ceiling system consisting of exposed suspension system and
lay-in panels.
B.
Related Sections include:
C.
1.3
1.4
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.
Division 23 Section for air terminals in suspended ceiling grid system.
2.
Division 26 Section for light fixtures in suspended ceiling grid system.
Products furnished, but not installed under this Section, include anchors, clips, and other
ceiling attachment devices to be cast in concrete at ceilings.
DEFINITIONS
A.
CAC: Ceiling Attenuation Class.
B.
DSA: Division of the State Architect.
C.
LR: Light Reflectance coefficient.
D.
NRC: Noise Reduction Coefficient.
REFERENCES
A.
B.
ASME International (American Society of Mechanical Engineers):
1.
ASME B18.6.1: Wood Screws.
2.
ASME B18.6.4: Thread Forming and Thread Cutting Screws.
ASTM International (American Society for Testing and Materials):
1.
ASTM A 641: Specification for Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Carbon Steel Wire.
2.
ASTM A 653: Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron AlloyCoated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process.
3.
ASTM B 633: Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Zinc on Iron and Steel.
4.
ASTM C 635: Specification for the Manufacture, Performance, and Testing of Metal
Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-in Panel Ceilings.
5.
ASTM C 636: Practice for Installation of Metal Ceiling Suspension Systems for
Acoustical Tile and Lay-in Panels.
6.
ASTM C 645: Specification for Nonstructural Steel Framing Members.
7.
ASTM C 834: Specification for Latex Sealants.
236
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
8.
ASTM D 3273: Test Method for Resistance to Growth of Mold on the Surface of
Interior Coatings in an Environmental Chamber.
9.
ASTM D 3274: Test Method for Evaluating Degree of Surface Disfigurement of Paint
Films by Fungal or Algal Growth, or Soil and Dirt Accumulation.
10.
ASTM E 84: Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
11.
ASTM E 90: Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound
Transmission Loss of Building Partitions and Elements.
12.
ASTM E 119: Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials.
13.
ASTM E 488: Test Method for Strength of Anchors in Concrete and Masonry Elements.
14.
ASTM E 580: Installation of Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-in
Panels in Areas Subject to Earthquake Ground Motions.
15.
ASTM E 795: Practices for Mounting Test Specimens During Sound Absorption Tests.
16.
ASTM E 1190: Test Methods for Strength of Power-Actuated Fasteners Installed in
Structural Members.
17.
ASTM E 1264: Classification for Acoustical Ceiling Products.
18.
ASTM E 1512: Test Methods for Testing Bond Performance of Bonded Anchors.
19.
ASTM F 593: Specification for Stainless Steel Bolts, Hex Cap Screws, and Studs.
20.
ASTM F 594: Specification for Stainless Steel Nuts.
21.
ASTM G 21: Practice for Determining Resistance of Synthetic Polymeric Materials to
Fungi.
C.
California Building Code (CBC) – California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 2.
D.
California Department of Health Services:
1.
E.
Ceilings & Interior Systems Construction Association (CISCA):
1.
F.
Ceiling Systems Handbook.
Code of Federal Regulations (CFR):
1.
G.
Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources
using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers (including 2004 Addenda).
40 CFR, Part 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24): National Volatile Organic Compound
Emission Standards.
Division of the State Architect (DSA):
1.
Interpretation of Regulations Document IR 25-2.10: Metal Suspension Systems for
Lay-In Panel Ceilings: 2010 CBC.
H.
International Code Council Evaluation Service, Inc. (ICC-ES):
I.
National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers (NAAMM):
1.
J.
Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products.
National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP).
237
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
K.
Underwriters Laboratories (UL).
1.
1.5
COORDINATION
A.
1.6
1.8
Coordinate layout and installation of lay-in panels and suspension system with other
construction that penetrates ceilings or is supported by them, including light fixtures, HVAC
equipment, fire-suppression system, and partition assemblies.
PREINSTALLATION MEETING
A.
1.7
Fire Resistance Directory.
Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to review methods and
procedures related to installation of suspended lay-in panel ceilings.
ACTION SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of product.
B.
Samples for Verification: For each component indicated and for each exposed finish
required, prepared on Samples of size indicated below.
1.
Lay-In Panel: Set of 6-inch square Samples of each type, color, pattern, and texture.
2.
Exposed Suspension System Members, Moldings, and Trim: Set of 12-inch long
Samples of each type, finish, and color.
INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A.
Coordination Drawings: Reflected ceiling plans, drawn to scale, on which the following items
are shown and coordinated with each other, based on input from installers of the items
involved:
1.
Suspended ceiling components, including suspension system members and seismic
compression strut and bracing assemblies.
2.
Structural members to which suspension systems will be attached.
a.
3.
4.
Furnish layouts for cast-in-place anchors, clips, and other ceiling attachment
devices whose installation is specified in other Sections.
Items penetrating finished ceiling including the following:
a.
Light fixtures.
b.
Air outlets and inlets.
c.
Speakers.
d.
Sprinklers.
e.
Access panels.
Perimeter moldings.
B.
Qualification Data: For testing agency.
C.
Product Test Reports: For each suspended lay-in panel ceiling, for tests performed by a
qualified testing agency.
238
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
D.
Evaluation Reports: For each suspended lay-in panel ceiling suspension system and anchor
and fastener type, from ICC-ES.
1.
E.
1.9
Include valid ICC-ES Evaluation Report for seismic clip used to attach ends of ceiling
grid runners to wall at free end while allowing 3/4-inch movement in either direction.
Field quality-control reports.
CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A.
Maintenance Data: For finishes to include in maintenance manuals.
1.10 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
A.
Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are
packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
1.
Lay-In Ceiling Panels: Full-size panels equal to 2 percent of quantity installed.
2.
Suspension System Components: Quantity of each exposed component equal to 2
percent of quantity installed.
1.11 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Acoustical Testing Agency Qualifications: Qualified according to NVLAP for testing indicated.
B.
Source Limitations: Obtain each type of lay-in ceiling panel and supporting suspension
system through one source from a single manufacturer.
C.
Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under Sample submittals and to
demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution.
1.
Build mockup of typical ceiling area as directed by Architect.
2.
Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the
completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion.
1.12 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
Deliver lay-in panels, suspension system components, and accessories to Project site in
original, unopened packages and store them in a fully enclosed, conditioned space where
they will be protected against damage from moisture, humidity, temperature extremes,
direct sunlight, surface contamination, and other causes.
B.
Before installing lay-in panels, permit them to reach room temperature and stabilized
moisture content.
C.
Handle lay-in panels carefully to avoid chipping edges or damaging units in any way.
1.13 FIELD CONDITIONS
A.
Environmental Limitations: Do not install suspended lay-in panel ceilings until spaces are
enclosed and weatherproof, wet work in spaces is complete and dry, work above ceilings is
complete, and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels
indicated for Project when occupied for its intended use.
239
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A.
Design Requirements: Provide ceiling suspension system that complies with requirements of
the 2010 California Building Code (Title 24, Part 2), including ability to withstand effects of
all design loads and earthquake motions calculated according to requirements of the
California Building Code, using factors defined therein and applicable to local site conditions,
without showing permanent deformation of ceiling system components including panels
and suspension system, or permanent damage to to fasteners and anchors.
1.
B.
Comply with requirements of California Division of the State Architect Interpretation
of Regulations IR 25-2.10, “Metal Suspension Systems for Lay-in Panel Ceilings: 2010
CBC.”
Fire-Test-Response: Provide suspended lay-in panel ceilings that comply with the following
requirements:
1.
2.
Surface-Burning Characteristics: Comply with ASTM E 84; testing by a qualified testing
agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency.
a.
Flame-Spread Index: Comply with ASTM E 1264 for Class A materials.
b.
Smoke-Developed Index: 50 or less.
Fire-Resistance Ratings: Comply with ASTM E 119; testing by a qualified testing
agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency.
a.
2.2
LAY-IN CEILING PANELS, GENERAL
A.
Lay-In Panel Standard: Provide manufacturer’s standard panels of configuration indicated
that comply with ASTM E 1264 classifications as designated by types, forms, patterns,
acoustical ratings, and light reflectances, unless otherwise indicated.
1.
B.
2.3
Indicate design designations from UL’s “Fire Resistance Directory” or from the
listings of another qualified testing agency
Mounting Method for Measuring NRC: Type E-400; plenum mounting in which face of
test specimen is 15-3/4-inches away from test surface according to ASTM E 795.
Broad Spectrum Antimicrobial Fungicide and Bactericide Treatment: Where ceiling panels
are indicated to receive mold/mildew protection, provide panels treated with
manufacturer’s standard antimicrobial formulation that inhibits fungus, mold, mildew, and
gram-positive and gram-negative bacteria and showing no mold, mildew, or bacterial
growth when tested according to ASTM D 3273 and evaluated according to ASTM D 3274 or
ASTM G 21.
LAY-IN CEILING PANEL TYPES
A.
Lay-in Washable Panel:
1.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a.
Armstrong World Industries, Inc.; #870, Clean Room VL, Unperforated.
b.
USG Interiors, Inc.; #3270, Sheet Rock Lay-In Ceiling Panel ClimaPlus, Vinyl.
240
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
c.
2.
2.4
Equal product in accordance with Division 1 requirements for product
substitutions.
ASTM E 1264 Classifications:
a.
Type: Type IV (Form 2, water felted), mineral base with membrane-faced
overlay, or Type XX, other.
b.
Pattern: E (lightly textured), or G (smooth).
3.
Dimensions: 24 inches by 48 inches by 1/2 inch or 5/8 inch thick.
4.
Surface Finish: Membrane-faced overlay, washable.
5.
Edges: Square.
6.
Color: White.
7.
NRC: None.
8.
CAC: 40 minimum.
9.
LR: 0.77 minimum.
10.
Mold/Mildew Protection: Manufacturer’s antimicrobial treatment.
11.
Recycled Content:
a.
Preconsumer: 23 percent minimum.
b.
Postconsumer: None.
12.
Approved for use in food processing areas by U.S Department of Agriculture.
13.
Warranty: 30-year warranty against visible sagging, mold/mildew, and bacterial
growth.
METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEMS, GENERAL
A.
Metal Suspension System Standard: Provide manufacturer’s standard direct-hung metal
suspension systems of types, structural classifications, and finishes indicated that comply
with applicable requirements in ASTM C 635 and ASTM E 580.
B.
Finishes and Colors, General: Comply with NAAMM’s “Metal Finishes Manual for
Architectural and Metal Products” for recommendations for applying and designating
finishes. Provide manufacturer’s standard factory-applied finish for type of system
indicated.
C.
Attachment Devices: Size for five times the design load indicated in ASTM C 635, Table 1,
“Direct Hung,” unless otherwise indicated. Comply with seismic design requirements.
1.
Anchors in Concrete: Anchors of type and material indicated below, with holes or
loops for attaching hangers of type indicated and with capability to sustain, without
failure, a load equal to five times that imposed by ceiling construction, except that, in
no case shall the load be less than 450 lbs. Load-carrying capability to be as
determined by testing per ASTM E 488 or ASTM E 1512 as applicable, conducted by a
qualified testing and inspecting agency.
a.
Type: Post-installed expansion.
241
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
b.
D.
2.5
Corrosion Protection: Carbon-steel components zinc plated to comply with
ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn (0.005 mm) for Class SC 1 service condition.
2.
Power-Actuated Fasteners in Concrete: Fastener system of type suitable for
application indicated, fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials, with clips or other
accessory devices for attaching hangers of type indicated, and with capability to
sustain, without failure, a load equal to ten times that imposed by ceiling
construction, as determined by testing per ASTM E 1190, conducted by a qualified
testing and inspecting agency.
3.
Mechanical Fasteners: ASME B18.6.4, corrosion-resistant-coated, self-drilling, selftapping steel drill screws.
Wire Hangers, Braces, Safety Wires, and Ties: Provide wires complying with the following
requirements:
1.
Zinc-Coated, Carbon-Steel Wire: ASTM A 641, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper.
2.
Size: Select wire diameter so its stress at three times hanger design load (ASTM C 635,
Table 1, “Direct Hung”) will be less than yield stress of wire, but provide not less than
0.106-inch diameter (12 gage) wire or as otherwise indicated on Drawings.
E.
Anchor Clips: Angles with legs of width as indicated on Drawings, or if not indicated, 1 inch
wide at concrete decks and three inches wide at steel decks (e.g. without concrete fill);
provide hole for attaching hanger and bracing wires; unless otherwise indicated, formed of
0.1084-inch thick (12 gage) galvanized steel sheet complying with ASTM A 653, G90 (Z275)
coating designation; with attachment devices as indicated on Drawings.
F.
Compression Strut for Seismic Uplift: ASTM C 645; manufacturer’s standard C-shaped steel
stud section; with stiffened flanges; unpunched.
1.
Stud Flange Width: 1-5/8 inches.
2.
Stud Depth: 2-1/2 inches, unless indicated otherwise.
3.
Base-Metal Thickness: 0.0346 inch (20 gage).
4.
Grade: 33 ksi minimum yield strength.
5.
Protective Coating: ASTM A 653, G60 (Z180) hot-dip galvanized zinc coating.
METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEM
A.
Wide-Face, Capped, Double-Web, Steel Suspension System: Main and cross runners roll
formed from cold-rolled steel sheet, prepainted, electrolytically zinc coated, or hot-dip
galvanized according to ASTM A 653, not less than G30 (Z90) coating designation, with
prefinished 15/16-inch wide metal caps on flanges.
1.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a.
b.
Armstrong World Industries, Inc.; Prelude XL Exposed Tee System.
i.)
Edge Molding Clip at Free End of Runners and Tees: Armstrong BERC-2
clip.
ii.)
Product Report: ICC-ES Evaluation Report #ESR-1308, with Supplement
to address compliance with 2010 California Building Code.
USG Interiors, Inc.; Donn DX/DXL Suspension System.
242
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
c.
2.6
Edge Molding Clip at Free End of Runners and Tees: USG ACM7 Ceiling
Attachment Clip.
ii.)
Product Report: ICC-ES Evaluation Report #ESR-1222, with Supplement
to address compliance with 2010 California Building Code.
Equal product in accordance with Division 1 requirements for product
substitutions.
2.
Structural Classification: Heavy-duty system, as defined in ASTM C 635.
3.
End Condition of Cross Runners: Override (stepped) or butt-edge type.
4.
Face Design: Flat, flush.
5.
Cap Material: Steel cold-rolled sheet.
6.
Cap Finish: Painted white.
METAL EDGE MOLDINGS AND TRIM
A.
Roll-Formed, Sheet-Metal Edge Moldings and Trim: Type and profile indicated or, if not
indicated, manufacturer’s standard moldings for edges and penetrations that comply with
seismic design requirements; formed from sheet metal of same material, finish, and color as
that used for exposed flanges of suspension system runners.
1.
Provide manufacturer’s standard edge moldings that fit lay-in panel edge details and
suspension systems indicated and that match width and configuration of exposed
runners, unless otherwise indicated.
a.
2.7
i.)
Width of Exposed Flange of Wall Moulding: 7/8 inch.
2.
Provide manufacturer’s standard retaining clip fabricated from cold-rolled hot-dip
galvanized steel, which joins web of main runner or cross tee at ends to wall
moulding, while allowing 3/4-inch horizontal movement in either direction at free
ends, in conformance with seismic design requirements.
3.
For circular penetrations of ceiling, provide edge moldings fabricated to a diameter
required to fit penetration exactly.
ACOUSTICAL SEALANT
A.
Acoustical Sealant for Exposed and Concealed Joints: Manufacturer’s standard nonsag,
paintable, nonstaining latex sealant, with a VOC content of no more than that allowed by
local and federal regulations when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA
Method 24), complying with ASTM C 834 and effective in reducing airborne sound
transmission through perimeter joints and openings in building construction as
demonstrated by testing representative assemblies according to ASTM E 90.
1.
2.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a.
Pecora Corporation; AC-20 FTR.
b.
USG Corporation; SHEETROCK Acoustical Sealant.
c.
Equal product in accordance with Division 1 requirements for product
substitutions.
VOC Content: Provide sealant and sealant primer that complies with local regulatory
limits for VOC content when calculated according to 40 CFR, Part 59, Subpart D (EPA
Method 24).
243
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
a.
In addition to local regulatory limits, comply with current VOC content limits of
the South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) Rule #1168.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
3.2
EXAMINATION
A.
Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, including structural framing to which suspended
lay-in panel ceilings attach or abut, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements
specified in this and other Sections that affect ceiling installation and anchorage and with
requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of
suspended lay-in panel ceilings.
B.
Examine lay-in panels before installation. Reject panels that are wet, moisture-damaged, or
mold-damaged.
C.
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
PREPARATION
A.
3.3
Measure each ceiling area and establish layout of lay-in panels to balance border widths at
opposite edges of each ceiling, unless indicated otherwise on Drawings. Avoid using lessthan-half-width panels at borders, and comply with layout shown on reflected ceiling plans.
INSTALLATION
A.
B.
General: Install suspended lay-in panel ceilings to comply with manufacturer’s written
instructions and the following, as applicable to Seismic Design Categories D, E, and F:
1.
2010 California Building Code.
2.
ASTM C 636.
3.
ASTM E 580.
4.
California Division of the State Architect Interpretation of Regulations IR 25-2.10,
“Metal Suspension Systems for Lay-in Panel Ceilings: 2010 CBC.”
5.
CISCA’s “Ceiling Systems Handbook.”
6.
Fire-Rated Assembly: Install fire-rated ceiling systems according to tested fire-rated
design.
Suspend ceiling hangers from building’s structural members and as follows:
1.
Install hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within
ceiling plenum that are not part of supporting structure or of ceiling suspension
system.
2.
Space hangers not more than 48 inches on center along each member supported
directly from hangers, unless otherwise indicated. Provide hangers not more than
eight inches from ends of each member, or within 1/4th of the length of the end tee,
whichever is least, around the entire perimeter of the ceiling area.
3.
Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions; offset resulting horizontal
forces by bracing, countersplaying, or other equally effective means.
244
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
a.
4.
Where width of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum produces hanger
spacings that interfere with location of hangers at spacings required to support
standard suspension system members, install supplemental suspension members and
hangers in the form of trapezes or equivalent devices, so hanger wires do not attach
to or bend around interfering construction.
5.
Secure wire hangers to ceiling suspension members and to supports above by looping
and wire tying with a minimum of three tight turns in 3 inches. Hanger wire loops to
be tightly wrapped and sharply bent to prevent vertical movement or rotation of the
member within the loops. Connect hangers directly either to structures or to anchor
clips, eye bolts, or other devices that are secure and appropriate for substrate and
that will not deteriorate or otherwise fail due to age, corrosion, or elevated
temperatures.
a.
C.
Hanger wires more than 1 in 6 out of plumb are to have countersloping wires.
Direction of anchor clip leg, eye bolt, or other anchoring device to align as
closely as possible with the direction of the hanger wire.
6.
When framing does not permit installation of hanger wires at spacing required, install
carrying channels or other supplemental support for attachment of hanger wires.
7.
Do not attach hangers to steel deck tabs.
8.
Do not attach hangers to ducts, pipe, or conduit.
9.
Separate all hanger wires at least 6 inches from unbraced ducts, pipes, conduits, and
other construction above ceiling.
10.
Splicing of hanger wires is not permitted.
11.
Size supplemental suspension members and hangers to support ceiling loads within
performance limits established by referenced standards and publications.
Provide bracing assemblies consisting of a compression strut and four splayed bracing wires
oriented 90 degrees from each other. Place bracing assemblies at a spacing of not more
than 12 feet by 12 feet on center.
1.
Provide bracing assemblies at locations at no more than 1/2 of the spacings indicated
above, from each perimeter wall and at the edge of vertical ceiling offsets.
2.
Secure bracing wires to ceiling suspension members and to supports by looping and
wire tying with a minimum of four tight turns in 1-1/2 inches. Connect bracing wires
directly either to structures or to anchor clips, eye bolts, or other devices that are
secure and appropriate for substrate and that will not deteriorate or otherwise fail
due to age, corrosion, or elevated temperatures. Do not attach to steel deck tabs.
Fasten anchor clips for bracing wires into concrete with postinstalled anchors (poweractuated fasteners are not acceptable).
a.
Direction of anchor clip leg, eye bolt, or other anchoring device to align as
closely as possible with the direction of the bracing wire.
3.
Slope of bracing wires is not to exceed 45 degrees from the plane of the ceiling.
4.
Bracing wires shall be taut.
5.
Splicing of bracing wires is not permitted.
6.
Separate all bracing wires at least 6 inches from unbraced ducts, pipes, conduits, and
other construction above ceiling.
245
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
7.
D.
Do not attach ends of suspended ceiling runners to more than two adjacent walls. Where
end of runner is not attached to wall, provide 3/4 inch clear between end of runner and
wall. If walls run diagonally to suspended ceiling runners, one end of main and cross
runners shall be free, with a minimum 3/4 inch clearance between end of runner and wall.
1.
E.
Compression struts to be adequate to resist vertical component of loads induced by
bracing wires, and are not to be more than 1 (horizontal) in 6 (vertical) out of plumb.
At those portions of ceiling perimeter in which main or cross runners are not attached
to wall, provide a metal strut for interconnection between adjacent runners at free
end to prevent lateral spreading.
a.
If perpendicular distance from wall to first parallel runner is 12 inches or less,
interconnection of free ends of perpendicular runners is not required.
b.
Where manufacturer’s retaining clip designed to join main runner or cross tee
to wall molding while allowing 3/4-inch horizontal movement in either direction
is used, metal strut for interconnection of adjacent runners is not needed.
Install edge moldings and trim of type indicated at perimeter of suspended ceiling area and
where necessary to conceal edges of lay-in panels.
1.
Apply acoustical sealant in a continuous ribbon concealed on back of vertical legs of
moldings before they are installed.
2.
Screw attach moldings to substrate at intervals not more than 16 inches on center and
not more than 3 inches from ends, leveling with ceiling suspension system to a
tolerance of 1/8 inch in 12 feet. Miter corners accurately and connect securely.
3.
Do not use exposed fasteners, including pop rivets, on moldings and trim.
F.
Install suspension system runners so they are square and securely interlocked with one
another. Remove and replace dented, bent, or kinked members.
G.
Mount all light fixtures, air terminals, and other devices in ceiling as follows:
1.
Ceiling panels shall not support any light fixtures, air terminals, or devices.
2.
Attach all light fixtures, air terminals, and other devices to ceiling grid main runners
(Heavy-Duty classification) to resist a horizontal force equal to the weight of the
fixture, terminal, or device, using screws or approved fasteners. Minimum of two
attachments are required at each fixture, terminal, or device.
3.
Flush or recessed light fixtures, air terminals, flexible sprinkler hose fittings, and other
services in ceiling weighing less than 56 lbs may be supported directly on main
runners of a Heavy-Duty classification suspended ceiling system, but must be provided
with a minimum of two 12-gage slack safety wires at diagonally opposite corners, each
anchored to structure above.
4.
Flush or recessed light fixtures, air terminals, flexible sprinkler hose fittings, and other
services in ceiling weighing 56 lbs or more must be independently supported by not
less than four 12-gage taut safety wires, each attached to the housing and anchored
to the structure above. The four taut safety wires shall be capable of supporting four
times the weight of the unit.
246
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
H.
I.
3.4
5.
4-foot by 4-foot light fixtures must be provided with 12-gage slack safety wires at each
corner, each anchored to structure above.
6.
Support surface-mounted light fixtures by at least two positive metal clamping devices
of 14-gage minimum thickness which surround the ceiling runner and which are each
supported from the structure above by a 12-gage safety wire. Spring clips or clamps
and rotational spring catches that connect only to the runner are not acceptable.
Maximum spacing between supports shall not exceed 8 feet.
7.
Lightweight miscellaneous devices, including fire alarm strobes, smoke detectors,
speakers, etc., weighing more than 10 lbs shall have a 12-gage slack safety wire
anchored to structure above. Devices weighing more than 20 lbs may be supported
directly on runners of a Heavy-Duty classification suspended ceiling system, but must
be provided with a minimum of two 12-gage slack safety wires attached to the device
at diagonal corners and anchored to structure above.
Provide seismic separation/expansion joints in ceiling areas as follows:
1.
As required to divide overall ceiling area into individual areas not exceeding 2500
square feet.
2.
In ceiling areas at intersections of corridors, and at junctions of corridors and lobbies
or other similar areas.
3.
At penetrations through ceiling for sprinkler heads and other similar devices that are
not integrally tied to ceiling system in the lateral direction, provide one of the
following methods to accommodate movement:
a.
2-inch oversized ring, sleeve, or adapter through ceiling tile to allow free
movement of 1 inch in all horizontal directions.
b.
Flexible sprinkler hose fitting that can accommodate 1 inch of ceiling movement
in any lateral direction.
Install lay-in panels with undamaged edges and fit accurately into suspension system
runners and edge moldings. Scribe and cut panels at borders and penetrations to provide a
neat, precise fit.
1.
For square-edged panels, install panels with edges fully hidden from view by flanges of
suspension system runners and moldings.
2.
Protect lighting fixtures and air ducts to comply with requirements indicated for fireresistance-rated assembly.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and
inspections and prepare test reports.
B.
Testing and Inspection: Testing and inspecting of completed installations of suspended lay-in
panel ceiling hangers and anchors and fasteners shall take place in successive stages. Do
247
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
not proceed with installations of suspended lay-in panel ceiling hangers for the next area
until test results for previously completed installations of suspended lay-in panel ceiling
hangers show compliance with requirements.
1.
C.
a.
Within each test area, testing agency will select 1 of every 10 power-actuated
fasteners and post-installed anchors used to attach hangers to concrete and will
test them for 200 lbf of tension. It will also select one of every two postinstalled anchors used to attach bracing wires to concrete and will test them for
440 lbf of tension.
b.
When testing discovers fasteners and anchors that do not comply with
requirements, testing agency will test those anchors not previously tested until
20 pass consecutively and then will resume initial testing frequency.
Remove and replace acoustical panel ceiling hangers and anchors and fasteners that do not
pass tests and inspections and retest as specified above.
1.
3.5
Extent of Each Test Area: When installation of ceiling suspension systems on each
floor has reached 20 percent completion but no panels have been installed.
Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor’s expense, will be performed to
determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements.
CLEANING
A.
Clean exposed surfaces of acoustical panel ceilings, including trim, edge moldings, and
suspension system members. Comply with manufacturer’s written instructions for cleaning
and touchup of minor finish damage. Remove and replace ceiling components that cannot
be successfully cleaned and repaired to permanently eliminate evidence of damage.
END OF SECTION 09 51 13
248
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
SECTION 09 65 36
STATIC-CONTROL RESILIENT FLOORING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes:
1.
B.
Related Sections include:
1.
1.3
Static-dissipative resilient flooring.
Section 09 65 00 “Resilient Flooring” for resilient based, reducer and transition strips,
and other accessories installed with static-control resilient floor coverings.
REFERENCES
A.
American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists (AATCC):
1.
B.
C.
ASTM International (American Society for Testing and Materials):
1.
ASTM C 1028: Test Method for Determining the Static Coefficient of Friction of
Ceramic Tile and Other Like Surfaces by the Horizontal Dynamometer Pull-Meter
Method.
2.
ASTM E 648: Test Method for Critical Radiant Flux of Floor-Covering Systems Using a
Radiant Heat Energy Source.
3.
ASTM E 662: Test Method for Specific Optical Density of Smoke Generated by Solid
Materials.
4.
ASTM F 150: Test Method for Electrical Resistance of Conductive and Static
Dissipative Resilient Flooring.
5.
ASTM F 710: Practice for Preparing Concrete Floors to Receive Resilient Flooring.
6.
ASTM F 970: Test Method for Static Load Limit.
7.
ASTM F 1700: Specification for Solid Vinyl Floor Tile.
Code of Federal Regulations (CFR):
1.
D.
40 CFR, Part 59, Subpart D: National Volatile Organic Compound Emission Standards.
Federal Standard:
1.
E.
AATCC 134: Electrostatic Propensity of Carpets.
FED-STD-101C/4046.1: Electrostatic Properties of Materials.
National Fire Protection Association (NFPA):
249
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
1.
F.
South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD):
1.
1.4
1.5
NFPA 253: Method of Test for Critical Radiant Flux of Floor Covering Systems Using a
Radiant Heat Energy Source.
Rule 1168 – Adhesive and Sealant Applications.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B.
Shop Drawings: For each type of static-control resilient flooring. Include floor covering
layouts, edges, columns, doorways, enclosing partitions, built-in furniture, cabinets, and
cutouts.
1.
Show details of special patterns.
2.
Submit grounding diagram showing location of grounding strips and connections.
C.
Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of static-control floor covering indicated, submit
manufacturer’s full range of colors and patterns for selection by Architect.
D.
Samples for Verification: For each type of static-control floor covering indicated and of size
indicated below:
1.
Floor Tile: Full-size units.
2.
Sheet Floor Covering: 6 inch by 9 inch sections of floor covering.
3.
Heat-Welding Bead: Include manufacturer’s standard-size Samples, but not less than
9 inches long, of each color required.
E.
Seam Samples: For seamless-installation technique indicated and for each statoc-control
floor covering product, color, and pattern required; with seam running lengthwise and in
center of 6-inch-by-9-inch Sample applied to a rigid backing and prepared by Installer for
this Project.
F.
Product Schedule: For static-control resilient floor covering.
G.
Qualification Data: For qualified Installer.
H.
Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a qualified
testing agency, for floor coverings.
I.
Field quality-control reports.
J.
Maintenance Data: For each type of floor covering to include in maintenance manuals.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
250
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
A.
Installer Qualifications: A qualified installers who employs workers for this Project who are
competent in techniques required by manufacturer for floor covering installation indicated.
1.
B.
Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: As determined by testing identical products according
to ASTM E 648 or NFPA 253 by a qualified testing agency.
1.
C.
Engage an installer who employs workers for this Project who are trained or certified
by manufacturer for installation techniques required.
Critical Radiant Flux Classification: Class I, not less than 0.45 W/sq cm.
Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under sample submittals and to
demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution.
1.
Build mockups for static-control floor coverings including integral-flash-cove base and
resilient base accessories
a.
D.
Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.
1.
1.6
Review methods and procedures related to static-control resilient flooring coverings
including, but not limited to, the following:
a.
Examination and preparation of substrates to receive floor covering.
b.
Installation [, including seamless installation techniques].
c.
Field quality-control testing.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
1.7
Size: Minimum 100 square feet for each type, color, and pattern in locations
directed by Architect.
Store static-control floor coverings and installation materials in dry spaces protected from
the weather, with ambient temperatures maintained within range recommended by
manufacturer but not less than 50 deg F or more than 90 deg F.
1.
Floor Tile: Store on flat surfaces.
2.
Sheet Floor Covering: Store rolls upright.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
A.
Maintain ambient temperatures within range recommended by manufacturer, but not less
than 70 deg F or more than 85 deg F, in spaces to receive floor coverings during the
following time periods:
1.
48 hours before installation.
2.
During installation.
3.
48 hours after installation.
B.
Until Substantial Completion, maintain ambient temperatures within range recommended
by manufacturer, but not less than 55 deg F, or more than 95 deg F.
C.
Close spaces to traffic during floor covering installation.
D.
Close spaces to traffic for 48 hours after floor covering installation.
251
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
E.
1.8
Install floor coverings after other finishing operations, including painting, have been
completed.
EXTRA MATERIALS
A.
Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective
covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
1.
Floor Tile: Furnish one box for every 50 boxes or fraction thereof, or each type, color,
and pattern of floor tile installed.
2.
Sheet Floor Covering: Furnish not less than 10 linear feet for every 500 linear feet or
fraction thereof, in roll form and in full roll width for each color, pattern, and type of
sheet floor covering installed.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A.
Static-Dissipative Properties: Provide floor coverings with static-control properties indicated
as determined testing identical products per test method indicated by an independent
testing and inspecting agency.
1.
B.
2.2
a.
Average greater than 1 megaohm and less than or equal to 1000 megohms
when test specimens are tested surface to ground.
b.
Average no less than 1 megaohm and less than or equal to 1000 megohms when
installed floor coverings are tested surface to ground.
2.
Static Generation: Less than 300 V when tested per AATCC-134 at 20 percent relative
humidity with conductive footwear.
3.
Static Decay: 5000 to 0 V in less than 0.25 seconds when tested per FED-STD101C/4046.1.
Slip-Resistance:
1.
C.
Electrical Resistance: Test per ASTM F 150 with 100-V applied voltage.
Provide resilient flooring products with a minimum Coefficient of Friction of 0.6 as
tested under dry conditions using the NBS-Brungraber device, in accordance with
ASTM C 1028.
Sustainability Characteristics: Complies with VOC-emission limits defined in 2009
Collaborative for High Performance Schools, and is listed on its Low-Emitting Materials List
or certified under the FloorScore program of the Resilient Flooring Covering Institute.
STATIC-DISSIPATIVE RESILIENT FLOOR COVERINGS
A.
Static-Dissipative, Solid Vinyl Floor Tile: ASTM F 1700, Class I (monolithic), Type A (smooth
surface).
1.
Static Load Limit: 1500 lbs per square inch per ASTM F 970.
2.
Critical Radiant Flux: 0.45 watts/sq cm or more, Class I, per ASTM E 648.
3.
Smoke Density: 450 or less per ASTM E662.
4.
Thickness: In manufacturer’s standard thickness, but not less than 0.08 inch.
252
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
5.
Size: 24 inches by 24 inches.
6.
Seaming Method: Standard.
7.
Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following:
a.
Forbo Flooring, Inc.; Colorex SD Static Dissipative Vinyl Tile.
i.)
2.3
Colors and Patterns: As selected by Architect from manufacturer’s full
range.
INSTALLATION MATERIALS
A.
Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified, Portland cement or blended
hydraulic-cement-based formulation provided or approved by manufacturer for applications
indicated.
B.
Static-Control Adhesive: Provided or approved by manufacturer; type that maintains
electrical continuity of floor covering system to ground connection.
1.
VOC Content: Provide adhesives that comply with local regulatory limits for VOC
content when calculated according to 40 CFR, Part 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
a.
C.
In addition to local regulatory limits, comply with current VOC content limits of
the South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) Rule #1168.
Grounding Strips: Provided or approved by manufacturer; type and size that maintains
electrical continuity of floor covering system to ground connection.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
3.2
EXAMINATION
A.
Examine stubstrates, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for maximum
moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.
B.
Verify that finishes of substrates comply with tolerances and other requirements specified in
other Sections and that substrates are free of cracks, ridges, depressions, scale, and foreign
deposits that might interfere with adhesion or static-control characteristics of static-control
floor coverings.
C.
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
PREPARATION
A.
Prepare substrates according to manufacturer’s written instructions to ensure adhesion of
static-control floor coverings and electrical continuity of floor covering systems.
B.
Concrete Substrates: Prepare according to ASTM F 710.
1.
Verify that substrates are dry and free of curing compounds, sealers, and hardeners.
2.
Remove substrate coatings and other substances that are incompatible with floor
covering adhesives and that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone, using mechanical
methods recommended by manufacturer. Do not use solvents.
253
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
3.
Refer to Section 07265 “Concrete Moisture-Vapor Control System” for moisture and
alkalinity testing and treatment. Proceed with installation only after substrates pass
testing.
4.
Adhesion Testing: Perform tests recommended by manufacturer. Proceed with
installation only after substrates pass testing.
C.
Fill cracks, holes, and depressions in substrates with trowelable leveling and patching
compound and remove bumps and ridges to produce a uniform and smooth substrate.
D.
Do not install floor coverings until they are same temperature as space where they are to be
installed.
1.
E.
3.3
3.4
Move static-control floor coverings and installation materials into spaces where they
will be installed at least 48 hours in advance of installation.
Sweep and vacuum clean substrates to be covered by static-control floor coverings
immediately before installation.
INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A.
Install static-control resilient floor covering according to manufacturer’s written
instructions.
B.
Embed grounding strips in static-control adhesive. Extend ground strips beyond perimeter
of static-control resilient floor covering surfaces to ground connections.
C.
Scribe, cut, and fit floor coverings to butt neatly and tightly to vertical surfaces and
permanent fixtures including built-in furniture, cabinets, pipes, outlets, and door frames.
D.
Extend static-control floor coverings into toe spaces, door reveals, closets, and similar
openings. Extend floor covering to center of door openings.
E.
Maintain reference markers, holes, and openings that are in place or marked for future
cutting by repeating on floor coverings as marked on substrates. Use chalk or other
nonpermanent, nonstaining marking device.
F.
Install static-control floor coverings on covers for telephone and electrical ducts, and similar
items in installation areas. Maintain overall continuity of color and pattern with pieces of
floor coverings installed on covers. Tightly adhere static-control floor covering edges to
substrates that abut covers and to cover perimeters.
G.
Adhere static-control floor coverings to substrates using a full spread of static-control
adhesive applied to substrate to produce a completed installation without open cracks,
voids, raising and puckering at joints, telegraphing of adhesive spreader marks, and other
surface imperfections.
FLOOR TILE INSTALLATION
A.
Comply with manufacturer’s written instructions for installing static-control floor tile.
254
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
B.
Lay out floor tiles from center marks established at principal walls, discounting minor
offsets, so floor tiles at opposite edges of room are of equal width. Adjust as necessary to
avoid using cut widths that equal less than one-half floor tile at perimeter.
1.
C.
3.5
Match floor tiles for color and pattern by selecting floor tiles from cartons in same sequence
as manufactured and packaged, if so numbered. Discard broken, cracked, chipped, or
deformed floor tiles.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Testing: Engage a qualified testing agency to test electrical resistance of static-control
resilient flooring systems for compliance with requirements.
1.
3.6
Lay floor tiles square with room axis.
Arrange for testing after installation static-control adhesives have fully cured and floor
covering systems have stabilized to ambient conditions and after ground connections
are completed.
B.
Static-control resilient floor coverings will be considered defective if they do not pass tests
and inspections.
C.
Prepare test and inspection reports.
CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A.
Comply with manufacturer’s written instructions for cleaning and protection of floor
coverings.
B.
Perform the following operations immediately after completing floor covering installation.
C.
1.
Remove static-control adhesive and other blemishes from exposed surfaces.
2.
Sweep and vacuum surfaces thoroughly.
3.
Damp-mop surfaces to remove marks and soil.
Protect floor coverings from mars, marks, indentations, and other damage from
construction operations and placement of equipment and fixtures during remainder of
construction period.
1.
D.
Do not wax static-control resilient floor coverings.
Cover static-control floor coverings until Substantial Completion.
END OF SECTION 09 65 36
255
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
SECTION 09 91 00
PAINTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
1.3
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes surface preparation and the field application of paint systems as
specified at the end of this Section.
B.
Related Sections include:
1.
Section 05 50 00 ”Metal Fabrications” for shop priming of metal fabrication items.
2.
Section 08 11 13 ”Hollow-Metal Door Frames” for shop priming of hollow-metal steel
door frames to receive field painted finish.
3.
Section 08 14 16 ”Flush Wood Doors” for shop finishing of wood doors with
transparent finish..
REFERENCES
A.
ASTM International (American Society for Testing and Materials):
1.
B.
California Green Building Standards Code.
C.
Code of Federal Regulations (CFR):
1.
D.
E.
MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual.
Society for Protective Coatings (SSPC):
1.
SSPC-SP 2: Hand Tool Cleaning.
2.
SSPC-SP 3: Power Tool Cleaning.
DEFINITIONS
A.
1.5
40 CFR, Part 59, Subpart D: National Volatile Organic Compound Emission Standards.
Master Painters Institute (MPI):
1.
1.4
ASTM C 920: Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants.
VOC: Volatile Organic Compounds.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B.
Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of topcoat product indicated, submit
manufacturer’s fan deck with full range of colors for selection by Architect.
256
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
C.
1.6
Samples for Verification: For each type of paint system and each color and sheen of topcoat
indicated.
1.
Submit Samples on rigid backing, 8 inches square.
2.
Step coats on Samples to show each coat required for system.
3.
Label each coat of each Sample.
4.
Label each Sample for location and application area.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Single-Source Responsibility: Provide primer, undercoat, and finish coat paint products as
manufactured by a single manufacturer as part of a complete paint system.
B.
Material Quality: Provide manufacturer's premium grade (e.g. highest quality) paint
material for the various paint systems specified.
C.
Regulatory Requirements: Conform to regulations of California Air Resources Board and
local air quality/air pollution control district regarding use of architectural coatings (paint)
and VOC content.
D.
Mockups: Apply benchmark samples of each paint system indicated and each color and
finish selected to verify preliminary selections made under sample submittals and to
demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution.
1.
2.
Architect will select one surface to represent surfaces and conditions for application
of each paint system specified in Part 3.
a.
Vertical and Horizontal Surfaces: Provide samples of at least 100 sq ft.
b.
Other Items: Architect will designate items or areas required.
Final approval of color selections will be based on the benchmark samples.
a.
1.7
1.8
If preliminary color selections are not approved, apply additional benchmark
samples of additional colors selected by Architect at no added cost to Owner.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
Deliver materials in original packages and containers, with seals unbroken, bearing
manufacturer’s labels indicating brand name and directions for storage and mixing.
B.
Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in well-ventilated areas with ambient
temperatures continuously maintained at not less than 45 deg F or as otherwise
recommended in paint manufacturer’s written instructions.
1.
Maintain containers in clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue.
2.
Remove rags and waste from storage areas daily.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
A.
Apply paints only when temperature of surfaces to be painted and ambient air
temperatures are between 50 and 95 deg F or as otherwise stated in paint manufacturer’s
written instructions.
257
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
B.
1.9
Do not apply paints in snow, rain, fog, or mist; when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent;
at temperatures less than 5 deg F above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces.
COORDINATION
A.
Review other Sections of these Specifications in which prime paints are to be provided.
Where requested by those trades performing Work in other Sections, provide information
regarding paint products specified in this Section to ensure compatibility of overall painting
system.
1.
Surface preparation, priming, and coats of paint specified in this Section are in
addition to surface preparation and shop priming specified in other Sections of these
Specifications.
2.
Where prime paints specified in other Sections of these Specifications are
incompatible with prime or topcoats specified in this Section, provide barrier coats, or
remove and reprime as required.
1.10 EXTRA MATERIALS
A.
Furnish extra materials described below that are from same production run (batch mix) as
materials applied and that are packaged for storage and identified with labels describing
contents.
1.
Quantity: Furnish an additional 5 percent, but not less than 1 gallon of each material
and color applied.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
PAINT, GENERAL
A.
B.
Material Compatibility:
1.
Provide materials for use within each paint system that are compatible with one
another and substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as
demonstrated by manufacturer, based on testing and field experience.
2.
For each coat in a paint system, provide products recommended in writing by
manufacturers of topcoat for use in paint system and on substrate indicated.
Chemical Components of Field-Applied Paints and Coatings: Provide products that comply
with local regulatory limits for VOC content, exclusive of colorants added to a tint base,
when calculated according to 40 CFR, Part 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
1.
In addition to local regulatory limits, provide paint products that comply with VOC
limits per Table 5.504.4.3 of the 2010 California Green Building Standards Code.
C.
Colors: As indicated at end of this Section.
D.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
manufacturers as indicated in Paint Systems Schedule at end of this Section.
1.
Material Quality: Provide manufacturer’s best quality (e.g. “Premium” quality) paint
products for each paint system indicated.
258
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
2.2
ACCESSORY MATERIALS
A.
Elastomeric Sealant: Single-component, non-sag, paintable joint sealant complying with
ASTM C 920 classifications as follows:
1.
Type: S (single component).
2.
Grade: NS (nonsag).
3.
Class: 12.5.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
EXAMINATION
A.
Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with
requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of
work.
B.
Maximum Moisture Content of Substrates: When measured with electronic moisture meter
as follows:
1.
Concrete: 12 percent.
2.
Masonry (Clay and Concrete Masonry Units): 12 percent.
3.
Wood: 15 percent.
4.
Plaster: 12 percent.
5.
Gypsum Board: 12 percent.
C.
Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility with existing
finishes and primers.
D.
Begin coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected and
surfaces are dry.
1.
3.2
Beginning coating application constitutes Contractor’s acceptance of substrates and
conditions.
PREPARATION
A.
Comply with manufacturer’s written instructions and recommendations in “MPI
Architectural Painting Specifications Manual” applicable to substrates and paint systems
indicated.
B.
Remove plates, machined surfaces, and similar items already in place that are not to be
painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of item, provide
surface-applied protection before surface preparation and painting.
1.
After completing painting operations, use workers skilled in the trades involved to
reinstall items that were removed. Remove surface-applied protection if any.
2.
Do not paint over labels of independent testing agencies or equipment name,
identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates.
259
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
C.
Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of paints, including dirt, oil, grease,
and incompatible paints and encapsulants.
1.
3.3
Remove incompatible primers and reprime substrate with compatible primers as
required to produce paint systems indicated.
D.
Concrete Substrates: Remove release agents, curing compounds, efflorescence, and chalk.
Do not paint surfaces if moisture content or alkalinity of surfaces to be painted exceeds that
permitted in manufacturer’s written instructions.
E.
Clay Masonry Substrates: Remove efflorescence and chalk. Do not paint surfaces if moisture
content of surfaces or alkalinity of mortar joints to be painted exceed that permitted in
manufacturer’s written instructions.
F.
Concrete Masonry Substrates: Remove efflorescence and chalk. Do not paint surfaces if
moisture content or alkalinity of surfaces to be painted exceeds that permitted in
manufacturer’s written instructions.
G.
Cement Plaster Substrates: Remove efflorescence and chalk. Do not paint surfaces if
moisture content or alkalinity of surfaces to be painted exceeds that permitted in
manufacturer’s written instructions.
H.
Unprimed Steel Substrates: Remove rust and loose mill scale. Clean using methods
recommended in writing by paint manufacturer.
I.
Galvanized Metal Substrates: Remove grease and oil residue from galvanized sheet metal
fabricated from coil stock by mechanical methods to produce clean, lightly etched surfaces
that promote adhesion of subsequently applied paints.
J.
Aluminum Substrates: Remove surface oxidation.
K.
Wood Substrates:
1.
Scrape and clean knots, and apply coat of knot sealer before applying primer.
2.
Sand surfaces that will be exposed to view, and dust off.
3.
Prime edges, ends, faces, undersides, and backsides of wood immediately upon
delivery to Project site.
4.
After priming, fill holes and imperfections in the finish surfaces with putty or plastic
wood filler. Sand smooth when dried.
L.
Gypsum Board Substrates: Do not begin paint application until finishing compound is dry
and sanded smooth.
M.
Plastic Trim Fabrication Substrates: Remove dust, dirt, and other foreign material that might
impair bond of paints to substrates.
N.
Plaster Substrates: Do not begin paint application until plaster is fully cured and dry.
PREPARATION - EXISTING PAINTED SURFACES
A.
Exterior:
260
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
1.
General: Mechanically clean surface using high-pressure water-wash or other feasible
means to remove dirt, contaminants, rust scale, and loose and peeling paint.
a.
2.
Cement Plaster:
a.
b.
3.
4.
B.
i.)
Using wire brush or other suitable method, prepare surface of cracks as
required to obtain a firm surface.
ii.)
Cracks 1/64 to 1/32 Inch Wide: Apply elastomeric sealant system over
area of crack.
iii.)
Cracks Wider Than 1/32 Inch: Rout out crack to dimensions of
1/4 inch by 1/4 inch deep. Flush crack out to remove all grinding dust.
Install bond breaker tape at bottom surface to prevent three-point
adhesion.
In areas where existing paint adhesion problems occur, perform pH tests to
assure acceptable pH level of 8-10 prior to application of paint.
a.
After initial washing, remove remaining loose and peeling paint by use of wire
brush, scraper, or sanding, as required to achieve a suitable surface for
application of paint.
b.
In areas where existing paint adhesion problems occur, perform pH tests to
assure acceptable pH level of 8-10 prior to application of paint.
c.
Remove efflorescence, and spot prime with specified primer product.
Nongalvanized Steel (Ferrous Metal):
After initial washing, remove remaining loose and peeling paint in accordance
with SSPC-SP 2 “Hand Tool Cleaning,” or SSPC-SP 3 “Power Tool Cleaning.”
Galvanized Steel, Aluminum, Copper, Bronze (Nonferrous Metal):
a.
6.
Patch voids and cracks with elastomeric sealant, matching existing finish texture
of surrounding cement plaster.
Concrete and Concrete Masonry:
a.
5.
Remove mildew with a solution of one part household bleach to three parts
water, as required to leave an uncontaminated, clean surface. Where
necessary, increase strength of solution and scrub with a soft bristle brush.
After initial washing, remove remaining loose and peeling paint in accordance
with SSPC-SP 2 “Hand Tool Cleaning.”
Wood:
a.
After initial washing, remove remaining loose and peeling paint by use of wire
brush, scraper, or sanding, as required to achieve a suitable surface for
application of paint.
b.
Reset and prime protruding nail heads with specified primer product.
Interior:
1.
General: Mechanically clean surfaces to remove dirt, contaminants, rust scale, and
loose and peeling paint.
261
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
3.4
a.
Dull glossy surfaces by sanding or chemical means for maximum adhesion.
b.
Remove mildew with a solution of one part household bleach to three (3) parts
water, as required to leave an uncontaminated, clean surface. Where
necessary, increase strength of solution and scrub with a soft bristle brush.
APPLICATION
A.
Apply paints according to manufacturer’s written instructions.
1.
Use applicators and techniques suited for paint and substrate indicated.
2.
Apply materials at not less than manufacturer’s recommended spreading rate, to
establish a total dry film thickness as recommended in writing by paint manufacturer.
3.
Allow sufficient time between successive coatings to permit proper drying. Do not
recoat until paint has dried to where if feels firm, does not deform or feel sticky under
moderate thumb pressure, and application of a subsequent coat does not cause lifting
or loss of adhesion of the undercoat.
4.
Recoat primed and sealed surfaces where there is evidence of suction spots or
unsealed areas in first coat, to ensure a topcoat with no burn-through or other defects
due to insufficient sealing.
5.
Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture same as similar exposed
surfaces. Before final installation, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment
or furniture with prime coat only.
6.
Paint front and backsides of access panels, removable or hinged covers, and similar
hinged items to match exposed surfaces.
B.
Paint all exposed surfaces, regardless of whether designated in Color Schedule. The term
“exposed surface” includes area visible when permanent or built-in fixtures, grilles, and
similar components are in place. Extend coatings in these areas as required to maintain
visual continuity and protection.
C.
Do not paint the following prefinished items unless indicated otherwise:
1.
2.
Exterior Prefinished Items: Do not paint prefinished exterior items, including the
following:
a.
Metal roof and siding panels with factory-applied finish.
b.
Metal wall and soffit panels with factory-applied finish.
c.
Integral color concrete masonry units.
d.
Cast stone copings, sills, trim and other miscellaneous shapes.
e.
Aluminum storefront, curtainwall, and entrance systems with factory-applied
finish or anodized finish.
f.
Aluminum windows with factory-applied finish or anodized finish.
g.
Signage.
h.
Light fixtures.
Interior Prefinished Items: Do not paint prefinished interior items, including the
following:
a.
Suspended acoustical ceiling panels and exposed grid.
262
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
b.
Applied acoustical ceiling and wall panels.
c.
Vinyl wall covering.
d.
Finish hardware.
e.
Plastic laminate-faced wood casework and other surfaces.
f.
Transparent finish wood casework.
g.
Ceramic tile.
h.
Signage.
i.
Operable panel partitions and accordion folding partitions.
j.
Toilet compartments and urinal screens.
k.
Shower compartments.
l.
Elevator doors, frames, and car interior.
m.
Mechanical and electrical equipment with factory-applied finish.
n.
Light fixtures.
3.
Wood Surfaces with Transparent Finish: Do not paint surfaces of wood indicated to
receive transparent finish.
4.
Concealed Surfaces: Unless otherwise indicated, painting is not required on surfaces in
concealed areas and inaccessible areas not exposed to view.
5.
Operating Parts: Do not paint moving parts of operating units, mechanical and
electrical parts, such as valves, dampers, linkages, sensing devices, and motor and fan
shafts.
6.
Labels: Do not paint over labels, such as those indicating fire-ratings, or equipment
identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates.
D.
Tint each undercoat a lighter shade to facilitate identification of each coat if multiple coats
of same material are to be applied. Tint undercoats to match color of topcoat, but provide
sufficient difference in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat.
E.
If undercoats or other conditions show through topcoat, apply additional coats until cured
film has a uniform paint finish, color, and appearance. Give special attention to ensure that
all surfaces, including edges, corners, crevices, welds, and exposed fasteners receive a dry
film thickness equivalent to that of flat surfaces.
F.
Apply paints to produce surface films without cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush
marks, roller tracking, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Cut in sharp lines
and color breaks.
G.
Painting Roof Accessories: Paint penetrations and other items on roofs which are exposed to
view. Unless noted otherwise, paint color is to match that of surrounding roofing material.
Roof items to receive paint include, but are not limited to the following:
1.
Plumbing vent stacks.
2.
Exhaust caps.
3.
Roof hatches.
4.
Flues.
263
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
H.
Painting Mechanical and Electrical Work: Paint items exposed in equipment rooms and
occupied spaces including, but not limited to, the following:
1.
Mechanical Work:
a.
Exposed metal ductwork and supports, unless noted otherwise.
b.
Uninsulated metal piping.
c.
Uninsulated plastic piping.
d.
Pipe hangers and supports.
e.
Tanks that do not have factory-applied final finishes.
f.
Visible portions of internal surfaces of metal ducts, without liner, behind air
inlets and outlets.
i.)
g.
Duct, equipment, and pipe insulation having cotton or canvas insulation
covering or other paintable jacket material.
h.
Wall and ceiling access panels.
i.)
i.
j.
3.5
Paint to match surrounding wall or ceiling surface, unless noted
otherwise.
Air inlets and outlets.
i.)
2.
Paint with a flat black, non-specular paint.
Paint to match surrounding wall or ceiling surface, unless noted
otherwise.
Mechanical equipment that is indicated to have a factory-primed finish for field
painting.
Electrical Work:
a.
Switchgear.
b.
Panelboards.
c.
Electrical equipment that is indicated to have a factory-primed finish for field
painting.
d.
Exposed conduits.
e.
Enclosures and boxes.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Testing of Paint Materials: Owner reserves the right to invoke the following procedure at
any time and as often as Owner deems necessary during the period when paints are being
applied:
1.
Owner will engage the services of a qualified testing agency to sample paint materials
being used. Samples of material delivered to Project site will be taken, identified,
sealed, and certified in presence of Contractor.
2.
Testing agency will perform tests for compliance with product requirements.
3.
Owner may direct Contractor to stop applying paints if test results show materials
being used do not comply with product requirements. Contractor shall remove noncomplying paint materials from Project site, pay for testing, and repaint surfaces
painted with rejected materials. Contractor will be required to remove rejected
264
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
materials from previously painted surfaces if, on repainting with complying materials,
the two paints are incompatible.
3.6
3.7
CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A.
At end of each workday, remove rubbish, empty cans, rags, and other discarded materials
from Project site.
B.
After completing paint application, clean spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paints by
washing, scraping, or other methods. Do not scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces.
C.
Protect work of other trades against damage from paint application. Correct damage to
work of other trades by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and refinishing, as approved by
Architect, and leave in an undamaged condition.
D.
At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or
defaced painted surfaces.
EXTERIOR PAINT SYSTEMS SCHEDULE – UNPAINTED SUBSTRATES
General: Subject to compliance with requirements, for each of the following exterior unpainted
substrate types and sheens, provide one of the listed paint systems or equal products in
accordance with Division 1 requirements for product substitutions.
B.
Portland Cement Plaster - Flat Sheen:
1.
2.
3.
C.
Dunn-Edwards Corporation:
a.
First Coat:
ESPR00 Eff-Stop Premium Acrylic Masonry Primer/Sealer
b.
Second Coat:
EVSH10 Evershield Exterior 100% Acrylic Flat Paint
c.
Third Coat:
EVSH10 Evershield Exterior 100% Acrylic Flat Paint
Frazee Paint:
a.
First Coat:
266 Epotilt Exterior Epoxy-Acrylic Concrete Sealer
b.
Second Coat:
213 Superflat Acrylic Exterior Flat
c.
Third Coat:
213 Superflat Acrylic Exterior Flat
Kelly-Moore Paints:
a.
First Coat:
247 Acry-Shield Exterior Masonry Primer
b.
Second Coat:
1240 Acry-Shield Exterior Flat Paint
c.
Third Coat:
1240 Acry-Shield Exterior Flat Paint
Portland Cement Plaster - Low Sheen:
1.
2.
Dunn-Edwards Corporation:
a.
First Coat:
ESPR00 Eff-Stop Premium Acrylic Masonry Primer/Sealer
b.
Second Coat:
EVSH30 Evershield Exterior 100% Acrylic Eggshell Paint
c.
Third Coat:
EVSH30 Evershield Exterior 100% Acrylic Eggshell Paint
Frazee Paint:
265
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
3.
D.
First Coat:
266 Epotilt Exterior Epoxy-Acrylic Concrete Sealer
b.
Second Coat:
215 Royal Supreme Exterior Acrylic Low Luster Finish
c.
Third Coat:
215 Royal Supreme Exterior Acrylic Low Luster Finish
Kelly-Moore Paints:
a.
First Coat:
247 Acry-Shield Exterior Masonry Primer
b.
Second Coat:
1245 Acry-Shield Exterior Low Sheen Paint
c.
Third Coat:
1245 Acry-Shield Exterior Low Sheen Paint
Galvanized Steel - Semi-Gloss Sheen:
1.
2.
3.
E.
a.
Dunn-Edwards Corporation:
a.
Pretreatment: SCME01 Supreme Chemical Metal Etch
b.
First Coat:
UGPR00-1 Ultra-Grip Premium Acrylic Multi-Purpose Primer
c.
Second Coat:
EVSH50 Evershield Exterior 100% Acrylic Semi-Gloss Paint
d.
Third Coat:
EVSH50 Evershield Exterior 100% Acrylic Semi-Gloss Paint
Frazee Paint:
a.
Pretreatment: Jasco Prep & Prime
b.
First Coat:
561 Interior/Exterior Acrylic Metal Primer
c.
Second Coat:
124 Mirro Glide Semi-Gloss Interior/Exterior Acrylic Finish
d.
Third Coat:
124 Mirro Glide Semi-Gloss Interior/Exterior Acrylic Finish
Kelly-Moore Paints:
a.
Pretreatment: Jasco Prep & Prime
b.
First Coat:
5725 DTM Acrylic Primer/Finish
c.
Second Coat:
5885 DTM Acrylic Semi-Gloss Enamel
d.
Third Coat:
5885 DTM Acrylic Semi-Gloss Enamel
Nongalvanized Shop-Primed and Unprimed Steel (Other Than Hollow-Metal Steel Doors and
Frames) - Semi-Gloss Sheen:
1.
2.
3.
Dunn-Edwards Corporation:
a.
First Coat:
BRPR00-1 Series Bloc-Rust Rust-Preventative Primer
b.
Second Coat:
EVSH50 Evershield Exterior 100% Acrylic Semi-Gloss Paint
c.
Third Coat:
EVSH50 Evershield Exterior 100% Acrylic Semi-Gloss Paint
Frazee Paint:
a.
First Coat:
661F774 White Metal Primer Interior/Exterior Rust Preventative
Epoxy Ester Primer
b.
Second Coat:
124 Mirro Glide Semi-Gloss Interior/Exterior Acrylic Finish
c.
Third Coat:
124 Mirro Glide Semi-Gloss Interior/Exterior Acrylic Finish
Kelly-Moore Paints:
a.
First Coat:
5725 DTM Acrylic Primer/Finish
266
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
3.8
b.
Second Coat:
5885 DTM Acrylic Semi-Gloss Enamel
c.
Third Coat:
5885 DTM Acrylic Semi-Gloss Enamel
EXTERIOR PAINT SYSTEMS SCHEDULE - EXISTING PAINTED SUBSTRATES
A.
General: Paint systems listed below are intended for application over exterior substrates
with existing paint coatings. Subject to compliance with requirements, for each of the
following substrate types and sheens, provide one of the listed paint systems or equal
products in accordance with Division 1 requirements for product substitutions.
1.
B.
Existing Painted Portland Cement Plaster - Flat Sheen:
1.
2.
3.
C.
Dunn-Edwards Corporation:
a.
Spot Prime:
ESPR00 Eff-Stop Premium Acrylic Masonry Primer/Sealer
b.
First Coat:
EVSH10 Evershield Exterior 100% Acrylic Flat Paint
c.
Second Coat:
EVSH10 Evershield Exterior 100% Acrylic Flat Paint
Frazee Paint:
a.
Spot Prime:
266 Epotilt Exterior Epoxy-Acrylic Concrete Sealer
b.
First Coat:
213 Superflat Acrylic Exterior Flat
c.
Second Coat:
213 Superflat Acrylic Exterior Flat
Kelly-Moore Paints:
a.
Spot Prime:
247 Acry-Shield Exterior Masonry Primer
b.
First Coat:
1240 Acry-Shield Exterior Flat Paint
c.
Second Coat:
1240 Acry-Shield Exterior Flat Paint
Existing Painted Portland Cement Plaster - Low Sheen:
1.
2.
3.
D.
Where spot priming is indicated, only those unpainted areas in which bare substrate is
exposed are required to be primed.
Dunn-Edwards Corporation:
a.
Spot Prime:
ESPR00 Eff-Stop Premium Acrylic Masonry Primer/Sealer
b.
First Coat:
EVSH30 Evershield Exterior 100% Acrylic Eggshell Paint
c.
Second Coat:
EVSH30 Evershield Exterior 100% Acrylic Eggshell Paint
Frazee Paint:
a.
Spot Prime:
266 Epotilt Exterior Epoxy-Acrylic Concrete Sealer
b.
First Coat:
215 Royal Supreme Exterior Acrylic Low Luster Finish
c.
Second Coat:
215 Royal Supreme Exterior Acrylic Low Luster Finish
Kelly-Moore Paints:
a.
Spot Prime:
247 Acry-Shield Exterior Masonry Primer
b.
First Coat:
1245 Acry-Shield Exterior Low Sheen Paint
c.
Second Coat:
1245 Acry-Shield Exterior Low Sheen Paint
Existing Painted Steel - Semi-Gloss Sheen:
267
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
1.
2.
3.
3.9
Dunn-Edwards Corporation:
a.
Spot Prime:
BRPR00-1 Series Bloc-Rust Premium Rust-Preventative Primer
b.
First Coat:
EVSH50 Evershield Exterior 100% Acrylic Semi-Gloss Paint
c.
Second Coat:
EVSH50 Evershield Exterior 100% Acrylic Semi-Gloss Paint
Frazee Paint:
a.
Spot Prime:
561 Interior/Exterior Acrylic Metal Primer
b.
First Coat:
124 Mirro Glide Semi-Gloss Interior/Exterior Acrylic Finish
c.
Second Coat:
124 Mirro Glide Semi-Gloss Interior/Exterior Acrylic Finish
Kelly-Moore Paints:
a.
Spot Prime:
5725 DTM Acrylic Primer/Finish
b.
First Coat:
5885 DTM Acrylic Semi-Gloss Enamel
c.
Second Coat:
5885 DTM Acrylic Semi-Gloss Enamel
INTERIOR PAINT SYSTEMS SCHEDULE – UNPAINTED SUBSTRATES
A.
General: Subject to compliance with requirements, for each of the following interior
unpainted substrate types and sheens, provide one of the listed paint systems or equal
products in accordance with Division 1 requirements for product substitutions.
B.
Gypsum Board - Eggshell (Satin) Sheen:
1.
2.
3.
C.
Dunn-Edwards Corporation:
a.
First Coat:
VNPR00 Vinylastic Premium Interior Wall Sealer
b.
Second Coat:
SPMA40 Suprema 100% Acrylic Low Sheen Paint
c.
Third Coat:
SPMA40 Suprema 100% Acrylic Low Sheen Paint
Frazee Paint:
a.
First Coat:
0610701 Aqua Seal II Interior Wall Sealer & Enamel Undercoater
b.
Second Coat:
125 Endurable Low-Sheen Interior/Exterior Acrylic Finish
c.
Third Coat:
125 Endurable Low-Sheen Interior/Exterior Acrylic Finish
Kelly-Moore Paints:
a.
First Coat:
971 Acry-Plex Interior PVA Primer/Sealer
b.
Second Coat:
1610 Acry-Plex Interior Eggshell Enamel
c.
Third Coat:
1610 Acry-Plex Interior Eggshell Enamel
Gypsum Board - Semi-Gloss Sheen:
1.
2.
Dunn-Edwards Corporation:
a.
First Coat:
VNPR00 Vinylastic Premium Interior Wall Sealer
b.
Second Coat:
SPMA50 Suprema 100% Acrylic Semi-Gloss Paint
c.
Third Coat:
SPMA50 Suprema 100% Acrylic Semi-Gloss Paint
Frazee Paint:
a.
First Coat:
0610701 Aqua Seal II Interior Wall Sealer & Enamel Undercoater
b.
Second Coat:
131 Endurable Semi-Gloss Interior/Exterior Acrylic Finish
268
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
c.
3.
D.
131 Endurable Semi-Gloss Interior/Exterior Acrylic Finish
Kelly-Moore Paints:
a.
First Coat:
971 Acry-Plex Interior PVA Primer/Sealer
b.
Second Coat:
1650 Acry-Plex Interior Semi-Gloss Enamel
c.
Third Coat:
1650 Acry-Plex Interior Semi-Gloss Enamel
Hollow-Metal Steel Door Frames (Shop-Primed) - Semi-Gloss Sheen:
1.
2.
3.
E.
Third Coat:
Dunn-Edwards Corporation:
a.
First Coat:
BRPR00-1 Series Bloc-Rust Rust-Preventative Primer
b.
Second Coat:
EVSH50 Evershield Exterior/Interior 100% Acrylic Semi-Gloss
Paint
c.
Third Coat:
EVSH50 Evershield Exterior/Interior 100% Acrylic Semi-Gloss
Paint
Frazee Paint:
a.
First Coat:
561 Interior/Exterior Acrylic Metal Primer
b.
Second Coat:
124 Mirro Glide Semi-Gloss Interior/Exterior Acrylic Finish
c.
Third Coat:
124 Mirro Glide Semi-Gloss Interior/Exterior Acrylic Finish
Kelly-Moore Paints:
a.
First Coat:
5725 DTM Acrylic Primer/Finish
b.
Second Coat:
1685 Dura-Poxy+ Acrylic Semi-Gloss Enamel
c.
Third Coat:
1685 Dura-Poxy+ Acrylic Semi-Gloss Enamel
Shop-Primed and Unprimed Steel (Other Than Hollow-Metal Steel Doors and Frames) Semi-Gloss Sheen:
1.
2.
3.
Dunn-Edwards Corporation:
a.
First Coat:
UGPR00-1 Ultra-Grip Premium Acrylic Multi-Purpose Primer
b.
Second Coat:
EVSH50 Evershield Exterior/Interior 100% Acrylic Semi-Gloss
Paint
c.
Third Coat:
EVSH50 Evershield Exterior/Interior 100% Acrylic Semi-Gloss
Paint
Frazee Paint:
a.
First Coat:
561 Interior/Exterior Acrylic Metal Primer
b.
Second Coat:
124 Mirro Glide Semi-Gloss Interior/Exterior Acrylic Finish
c.
Third Coat:
124 Mirro Glide Semi-Gloss Interior/Exterior Acrylic Finish
Kelly-Moore Paints:
a.
First Coat:
1725 Acry-Shield Acrylic Metal Primer
b.
Second Coat:
1650 Acry-Plex Acrylic Interior Semi-Gloss Enamel
c.
Third Coat:
1650 Acry-Plex Acrylic Interior Semi-Gloss Enamel
269
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
3.10 INTERIOR PAINT SYSTEMS SCHEDULE - EXISTING PAINTED SUBSTRATES
A.
General: Paint systems listed below are intended for application over interior substrates
with existing paint coatings. Subject to compliance with requirements, for each of the
following substrate types and sheens, provide one of the listed paint systems or equal
products in accordance with Division 1 requirements for product substitutions.
1.
B.
Existing Painted Gypsum Board - Eggshell (Satin) Sheen:
1.
2.
3.
C.
Dunn-Edwards Corporation:
a.
Spot Prime:
UGPR00-1 Ultra-Grip Premium Acrylic Multi-Purpose Primer
b.
First Coat:
SPMA40 Suprema 100% Acrylic Low Sheen Paint
c.
Second Coat:
SPMA40 Suprema 100% Acrylic Low Sheen Paint
Frazee Paint:
a.
Spot Prime:
172 Grip-N-Seal Interior/Exterior Acrylic All-Purpose Primer
b.
First Coat:
125 Endurable Low-Sheen Interior/Exterior Acrylic Finish
c.
Second Coat:
125 Endurable Low-Sheen Interior/Exterior Acrylic Finish
Kelly-Moore Paints:
a.
Spot Prime:
971 Acry-Plex Interior PVA Primer/Sealer
b.
First Coat:
1610 Acry-Plex Interior Eggshell Enamel
c.
Second Coat:
1610 Acry-Plex Interior Eggshell Enamel
Existing Painted Gypsum Board - Semi-Gloss Sheen:
1.
2.
3.
D.
Where spot priming is indicated, only those unpainted areas in which bare substrate is
exposed are required to be primed.
Dunn-Edwards Corporation:
a.
Spot Prime:
UGPR00-1 Ultra-Grip Premium Acrylic Multi-Purpose Primer
b.
First Coat:
SPMA50 Suprema 100% Acrylic Semi-Gloss Paint
c.
Second Coat:
SPMA50 Suprema 100% Acrylic Semi-Gloss Paint
Frazee Paint:
a.
Spot Prime:
172 Grip-N-Seal Interior/Exterior Acrylic All-Purpose Primer
b.
First Coat:
131 Endurable Semi-Gloss Interior/Exterior Acrylic Finish
c.
Second Coat:
131 Endurable Semi-Gloss Interior/Exterior Acrylic Finish
Kelly-Moore Paints:
a.
Spot Prime:
971 Acry-Plex Interior PVA Primer/Sealer
b.
First Coat:
1650 Acry-Plex Acrylic Interior Semi-Gloss Enamel
c.
Second Coat:
1650 Acry-Plex Acrylic Interior Semi-Gloss Enamel
Existing Painted Hollow-Metal Steel Door Frames - Semi-Gloss Sheen:
1.
Dunn-Edwards Corporation:
a.
Spot Prime:
UGPR00-1 Ultra-Grip Premium Acrylic Multi-Purpose Primer
b.
First Coat:
EVSH50 Evershield Exterior/Interior 100% Acrylic Semi-Gloss
Paint
270
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
c.
2.
3.
E.
Second Coat:
EVSH50 Evershield Exterior/Interior 100% Acrylic Semi-Gloss
Paint
Frazee Paint:
a.
Spot Prime:
561 Interior/Exterior Acrylic Metal Primer
b.
First Coat:
124 Mirro Glide Semi-Gloss Interior/Exterior Acrylic Finish
c.
Second Coat:
124 Mirro Glide Semi-Gloss Interior/Exterior Acrylic Finish
Kelly-Moore Paints:
a.
Spot Prime:
1725 Acry-Shield Acrylic Metal Primer
b.
First Coat:
1685 Dura-Poxy+ Acrylic Semi-Gloss Enamel
c.
Second Coat:
1685 Dura-Poxy+ Acrylic Semi-Gloss Enamel
Existing Painted Steel (Other Than Hollow-Metal Steel Doors and Frames) - Semi-Gloss
Sheen:
1.
2.
3.
Dunn-Edwards Corporation:
a.
Spot Prime:
UGPR00-1 Ultra-Grip Premium Acrylic Multi-Purpose Primer
b.
First Coat:
EVSH50 Evershield Exterior/Interior 100% Acrylic Semi-Gloss
Paint
c.
Second Coat:
EVSH50 Evershield Exterior/Interior 100% Acrylic Semi-Gloss
Paint
Frazee Paint:
a.
Spot Prime:
561 Interior/Exterior Acrylic Metal Primer
b.
First Coat:
131 Endurable Semi-Gloss Interior/Exterior Acrylic Finish
c.
Second Coat:
131 Endurable Semi-Gloss Interior/Exterior Acrylic Finish
Kelly-Moore Paints:
a.
Spot Prime
1725 Acry-Shield Acrylic Metal Primer
b.
First Coat:
1650 Acry-Plex Acrylic Interior Semi-Gloss Enamel
c.
Second Coat:
END OF SECTION 09900
1650 Acry-Plex Acrylic Interior Semi-Gloss Enamel
271
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
SECTION 10 14 00
SIGNAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes:
1.
B.
1.3
Panel Signs.
a.
Room identification.
b.
Tactile exit signage.
2.
Accessibility decal.
3.
Exterior pole-mounted signs and concrete footings.
Related Sections include:
1.
Division 22 Section for labels, tags, and nameplates for plumbing systems and
equipment.
2.
Division 23 Section for labels, tags, and nameplates for HVAC systems and equipment.
3.
Division 26 Section for labels, tags, and nameplates for electrical systems and
equipment.
4.
Section 32 17 23 “Pavement Markings” for parking striping and symbols.
REFERENCES
A.
B.
ASTM International (American Society for Testing and Materials).
1.
ASTM A 53: Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded
and Seamless.
2.
ASTM A 123: Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware.
3.
ASTM B 209: Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate.
4.
ASTM B 221: Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods,
Wire, Profiles, and Tubes.
5.
ASTM C 33: Specification for Concrete Aggregates.
6.
ASTM C 94: Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete.
7.
ASTM C 150: Specification for Portland Cement.
8.
ASTM D 1187: Specification for Asphalt-Base Emulsions for Use as Protective Coatings
for Metal.
9.
ASTM D 4956: Specification for Retroreflective Sheeting for Traffic Control.
California Building Code (CBC) - California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 2.
272
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
C.
Code of Federal Regulations (CFR):
1.
D.
Federal Standard 595B: Colors.
E.
National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers (NAAMM):
1.
F.
G.
Rule 1168 – Adhesive and Sealant Applications.
United States Department of Justice:
1.
2010 ADA Standards for Accessible Design.
COORDINATION
A.
1.5
Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products.
South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD):
1.
1.4
40 CFR, Part 59, Subpart D: National Volatile Organic Compound Emission Standards.
Coordinate placement of anchorage devices and concealed framing and backing in other
Sections with templates for installing signs to ensure that signs can be supported and
installed as indicated.
ACTION SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include material descriptions, dimensions
of individual components and profiles, and finishes for each type of sign.
B.
Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details for signs.
C.
1.
Include elevations and layout for each sign. Show sign message, typestyles, graphic
elements, including tactile characters and Braille.
2.
Show sign mounting heights, anchorage details, locations of supplementary supports
to be provided by others, and accessories.
Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer’s color charts showing the full range of colors
available for selection by Architect for the following:
1.
Polymer signs:
a.
2.
D.
1.6
Minimum Number of Available Colors: 40.
Include representative Samples of available typestyles and graphic symbols, if not
specified in Contract Documents.
Samples for Verification: For each type of sign assembly, for each of the following products
and for the full range of color, texture, and sign material indicated, of sizes indicated:
1.
Panel Signs: 12 inches by 12 inches.
2.
Reviewed Samples will not be returned for installation in Project.
INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A.
Qualification Data: For Installer.
B.
Sample Warranty: For special warranty.
273
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
1.7
CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A.
1.8
1.9
Maintenance Data: For signs to include in maintenance manuals.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Installer Qualifications: An entity that employs installers and supervisors who are trained
and approved by manufacturer.
B.
Fabricator Qualifications: Shop that employs skilled workers who custom-fabricate products
similar to those required for this Project and whose products have a record of successful inservice performance.
C.
Source Limitations for Signs: Obtain each sign type indicated from one source from a single
manufacturer.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
Deliver products to site in protective wrapping or packaging to protect from damage during
handling and storage.
B.
Store and handle in accordance with manufacturer’s written instructions.
1.10 FIELD CONDITIONS
A.
Field Measurements: Verify locations of anchorage devices embedded in permanent
construction by other installers by field measurements before fabrication and indicate
measurements on Shop Drawings.
1.11 WARRANTY
A.
Special Warranty: Manufacturer’s standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or
replace components of signs that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty
period.
1.
2.
Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:
a.
Deterioration, including fading, of metal and polymer finishes beyond normal
weathering.
b.
Deterioration of embedded graphic images.
c.
Separation or delamination of sheet materials and components.
Warranty Period:
a.
Polymer-Based Panel Signs: 2 years from date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A.
Accessibility Requirements: Comply with requirements for signage as per the following:
1.
California Building Code (Title 24, Part 2), Chapters 11A and 11B.
2.
United States Department of Justice’s 2010 ADA Standards for Accessible Design.
274
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
2.2
PANEL SIGNS
A.
General: Unframed, polymer-based panel sign. Applied text is not acceptable. Panel and
text color achieved through applied UV-resistant polyurethane enamel paint.
1.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of
the following manufacturers:
a.
ASI-Modulex, Inc.
b.
Corporate Sign Systems.
c.
Mohawk Sign Systems.
d.
Nova Polymers, Inc
e.
Equal product in accordance with Division 1 requirements for product
substitutions.
B.
Exterior signs to be rated by manufacturer for exterior installation.
C.
Thickness: 1/4 inch.
D.
Fabricate signs with smooth uniform surfaces; with message and characters having uniform
faces, sharp corners, and precisely formed lines and profiles; edges smoothly finished to
comply with the following requirements:
1.
Edge Conditions: Square cut, with edges eased to 1/32 inch radius.
2.
Corner Conditions: Square, with corners eased to 1/16 inch radius.
E.
Sign Text and Graphic Content: In addition to requirements specified herein, comply with
requirements indicated on Drawings for content, fonts, sizes, spacing, and layout. Italicized
text used in this Section indicates actual text message to be fabricated on sign.
F.
Tactile and Braille Copy: Where indicated, provide tactile text characters and corresponding
Braille. Fabricate by manufacturer’s photopolymer (exterior grade at exterior signs), blastetching, engraving, or other process to form raised text and Braille dots in conformance with
requirements of United States Justice Department’s 2010 ADA Standards for Accessible
Design, and California Building Code, and integral with sign panel. Produce precisely formed
characters with clean square-cut edges for text and rounded edges for Braille. Applied text
is not acceptable.
1.
Tactile Text:
a.
Raised Text Depth: 1/32 inch above background.
b.
Text Character Type: Uppercase, sans serif. Font as indicated.
c.
Text Character Proportions: As indicated, and conforming with the following:
i.)
Width-to-Height Ratio: For indicated font, uppercase letter “O” shall have
a width which is 55 percent minimum and 110 percent maximum of the
height of uppercase letter “I.”
ii.)
Stroke Thickness: For indicated font, stroke thickness of uppercase letter
“I” shall be 15 percent maximum of the height of the character.
275
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
d.
e.
2.
H.
i.)
Characters With Rectangular Cross Sections: Spacing between individual
raised characters shall be a minimum of 1/8 inch, and a maximum of 4
times the raised character stroke width.
ii.)
Characters With Other Cross Sections: Spacing between individual raised
characters shall be a minimum of 1/16 inch, and a maximum of 4 times
the raised character stroke width at the base of the cross sections, and a
minimum of 1/8 inch, and a maximum of 4 times the raised character
stroke width at the top of the cross sections.
iii.)
Characters shall be separated from raised borders and decorative
elements 3/8 inch minimum.
Line Spacing: Spacing between baselines of separate lines of tactile text within a
message shall be a minimum of 135 percent, and maximum of 170 percent of
the raised character height.
Braille Dots: Grade 2 contracted California Braille; domed or rounded.
a.
Capitalization: Indication of an uppercase letter or letters shall be used only
before the first word of sentences, proper nouns and names, individual letters
of the alphabet, initials, and acronyms.
b.
Dimensions:
c.
G.
Text Character Spacing:
i.)
Dot Base Diameter: 0.059 inch minimum, 0,063 inch maximum.
ii.)
Distance Between Two Dots in Same Cell: 0.090 inch minimum, 0.100
inch maximum.
iii.)
Distance Between Corresponding Dots in Adjacent Cells: 0.241 inch
minimum, 0.300 inch maximum.
iv.)
Dot Height: 0.025 inch minimum, 0.037 inch maximum.
v.)
Distance Between Corresponding Dots From One Cell Directly Below:
0.395 inch minimum, 0.400 inch maximum.
Position: Braille shall be positioned directly below corresponding tactile text.
i.)
Distance Between bottom of tactile characters and top of Braille: 3/8 inch
minimum.
ii.)
Distance Between Braille and raised borders or decorative elements: 3/8
inch minimum.
Pictograms: Pictograms, where indicated, shall have a field height of 6 inches minimum.
Characters and Braille shall not be located in the pictogram field.
1.
Contrast: Pictogram shall contrast with background field.
2.
Finish: Both pictogram and background field shall have non-glare finish.
3.
Corresponding descriptive text and Braille shall be located directly below pictogram
field.
Colored Coatings for Polymer Sheet: For text and graphics, and background colors, provide
acrylic polyurethane enamel paints recommended by polymer manufacturer for optimum
adherence to polymer surface and which are UV- and water-resistant for colors and
exposures indicated. Paint to fully cover all surfaces of sign.
276
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
1.
Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following topcoat
material:
a.
2.
Matthews Paint Company; Matthews Satin VOC MAP.
VOC Content: No more than that allowed by local and federal regulations when
calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
a.
In addition to local regulatory limits, comply with current VOC content limits of
the South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) Rule #1168, for
adhesives used inside the weatherproofing system.
3.
Primer: As recommended in writing for intended substrate material by manufacturer
of topcoat material.
4.
Sign Finish: Sign characters and background to have non-glare (matte) finish.
5.
Visual Contrast: Provide minimum 70 percent contrast between sign characters and
sign background.
6.
Sign Colors: As selected by Architect from manufacturer’s full range of standard
colors.
I.
Sign Mounting: Manufacturer’s silicone adhesive anchors suitable for substrate being
mounted to or as detailed on Drawings.
J.
Panel Sign Types:
1.
2.
Room Identification Signs:
a.
Sign Size and Layout: As indicated on Drawings.
b.
Tactile characters and Braille required.
c.
Typeface: Futura Book, upper case.
d.
Text Character Height: As indicated on Drawings (minimum 5/8 inch high,
maximum 2 inches high).
e.
Sign Message Text and Graphics: As indicated on Drawings.
f.
Colors: As selected from manufacturer’s full range.
g.
Mounting Location: As indicated on Drawings.
Fire Protection Specialties Signage:
a.
Sign Size and Layout: As indicated on Drawings.
b.
Tactile characters and Braille not required.
c.
Typeface: Futura Book, upper case.
d.
Text Character Height: 3/4 inch.
e.
Sign Message Text: FIRE EXTINGUISHER as indicated on Drawings.
f.
Pictogram:
277
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
g.
h.
3.
i.)
Fire Extinguisher: Abstract representation of fire extinguisher with
directional arrow, as indicated on Drawings.
ii.)
Fire Hose: Abstract representation of fire hose with direction arrow, as
indicated on Drawings.
Colors:
i.)
Background: Red.
ii.)
Text and Pictogram: White.
Mounting Location: Wall-mounted directly above fire protection cabinet or
wall-mounted fire extinguisher, as indicated on Drawings.
Tactile Exit Signs:
a.
b.
c.
General:
i.)
Typeface: Futura Book, upper case.
ii.)
Tactile characters and Braille required.
iii.)
Layout as indicated on Drawings.
iv.)
Colors: As selected by Architect from manufacturer’s full range.
v.)
Mounting Location: Latch side of door, 5’-0” above floor to baseline of
uppermost line of tactile text, unless indicated otherwise on Drawings.
Grade Level Exterior Exit Doors:
i.)
Sign Size: 4 inches wide by 2-1/2 inches high.
ii.)
Text Character Height: 1 inch.
iii.)
Sign Message Text: EXIT
Doors Into Exit Corridors:
i.)
Sign Size: 4 inches wide by 3-1/2-inches high.
ii.)
Text Character Height: 3/4 inch.
iii.)
Sign Message Text:
EXIT
ROUTE
K.
Accessories:
1.
Fasteners and Anchors: Manufacturer’s standard as required for secure anchorage of
signage, noncorrosive and compatible with each material joined, and complying with
the following:
a.
Use concealed fasteners and anchors unless indicated to be exposed.
b.
For exterior exposure, furnish nonferrous-metal, stainless-steel, or hot-dip
galvanized devices unless otherwise indicated.
278
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
2.
c.
Fastener Heads: For nonstructural connections, use flathead or oval
countersunk screws with tamper-resistant slots unless otherwise indicated.
d.
Furnish inserts to be set by other trades into concrete or masonry work.
Adhesives: Silicone adhesive as recommended by sign manufacturer.
a.
VOC Content: Provide adhesive that complies with local regulatory limits for
VOC content when calculated according to 40 CFR, Part 59, Subpart D (EPA
Method 24).
i.)
2.3
PRESSURE-SENSITIVE ADHESIVE-APPLIED ACCESSIBILITY SYMBOL
A.
International Symbol of Accessibility: Six-inch by six-inch symbol fabricated from opaque
nonreflective vinyl film, 0.0035-inch nominal thickness, with pressure-sensitive adhesive
backing suitable for both exterior and interior applications.
1.
2.4
In addition to local regulatory limits, comply with current VOC content
limits of the South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) Rule
#1168, for adhesives used inside the weatherproofing system.
Colors:
a.
Field: Blue, Federal Standard 595B, Color No. 17886.
b.
Symbol: White.
EXTERIOR POLE-MOUNTED SIGNS
A.
General: Freestanding pole-mounted sign for exterior installation.
1.
Sign Face: Aluminum sheet, ASTM B 209, alloy and temper recommended by
aluminum producer and finisher for type of use and finish indicated, and with at least
the strength and durability properties of Alloy 5005-H32.
a.
Thickness: 0.080 inch.
b.
Round all corners to 1/2 inch radius.
2.
Reflective Sheeting: Reflective sheet with pressure-sensitive adhesive backing; ASTM
D 4956, Type I.
3.
Sign Text and Graphic Content: In addition to requirements specified herein, comply
with requirements indicated on Drawings for content, fonts, sizes, spacing, and layout.
Italicized text used in this Section indicates actual text message to be fabricated on
sign
4.
Sign Mounting Height: As shown on Drawings.
5.
Pole: Steel pipe, ASTM A 53, standard weight (Schedule 40), 2 inch diameter.
a.
6.
Finish: Hot-dip galvanize to comply with ASTM A 123.
Footing: Portland cement concrete.
a.
Materials:
i.)
Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or II.
ii.)
Aggregates: ASTM C 33.
iii.)
Water: Clean and potable.
279
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
b.
Concrete Mixes: Normal-weight concrete with not less than 2500 psi
compressive strength (28 days), 3 inch slump, and 1 inch maximum size
aggregate.
i.)
B.
C.
Measure, batch, and mix Project-site-mixed concrete according to ASTM C
94.
Fabrication:
1.
Fabricate sign face from single sheet without splices or joints.
2.
Prior to application of reflective sheeting, pretreat and clean sign face in accordance
with written instructions of reflective sheeting manufacturer.
3.
Apply reflective sheeting without wrinkles, stretching, tearing, or damage in
accordance with written instructions of reflective sheeting manufacturer.
4.
Apply text and graphics with clean, sharp edges, using inks of a type and quality as
approved for compatibility by manufacturer of reflective sheeting.
Sign Types:
1.
2.
Standard Accessible Parking Stall: Complying with California Building Code and ADAABA Accessibility Guidelines.
a.
Sign Size: 12 inches wide by 12 inches high.
b.
Colors:
i.)
Field: Blue, Federal Standard 595B, Color No. 17886.
ii.)
Graphic Symbol and Border: White.
c.
Typeface: Helvetica Light.
d.
Sign Message Text: MINIMUM FINE $250
e.
Pictogram: International Symbol of Accessibility, centered over sign message
text.
Van-Accessible Parking Stall: Same as standard accessible parking stall, with additional
sign mounted directly below, and as follows:
a.
Sign Size: 12 inches wide by 4 inches high.
b.
Colors:
i.)
Field: Blue, Federal Standard 595B, Color No. 17886.
ii.)
Text and Border: White.
c.
Typeface: Helvetica Light.
d.
Sign Message Text:
VAN ACCESSIBLE
MINIMUM FINE $250
3.
Towing Warning Sign: Complying with 2010 California Building Code Section 1129B.4.
a.
Sign Size: 18 inches wide by 24 inches high.
b.
Colors:
c.
i.)
Field: White.
ii.)
Text and Border: Black.
Typeface: Helvetica Light.
280
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
d.
Text Character Height: 1 inch.
e.
Sign Message Text:
UNAUTHORIZED VEHICLES PARKED IN DESIGNATED ACCESSIBLE SPACES NOT
DISPLAYING DISTINGUISHING PLACARDS OR SPECIAL LICENSE PLATES ISSUED
FOR PERSONS WITH DISABILITIES WILL BE TOWED AWAY AT OWNER’S EXPENSE.
TOWED VEHICLES MAY BE RECLAIMED AT [insert name and address of towing
company as indicated on sign detail on drawings] OR BY TELEPHONING [insert
telephone number of towing company as indicated on sign detail on
drawings].
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
3.2
EXAMINATION
A.
Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with
requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of
work.
B.
Verify that sign-support surfaces are within tolerances to accommodate signs without gaps
or irregularities between backs of signs and support surfaces unless otherwise indicated.
C.
Verify anchor inserts are sized and located to accommodate signs.
D.
Verify painting and finishing of wall substrates are complete.
E.
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
INSTALLATION
A.
B.
General: Install signs using mounting methods indicated and complying with manufacturer’s
written instructions.
1.
Install signs level, plumb, true to line, and at locations and heights indicated, with sign
surfaces free of distortion and other defects in appearance.
2.
Install signs so they do not protrude or obstruct according to accessibility standard.
3.
Before installation, verify that sign surfaces are clean and free of materials or debris
that would impair installation.
4.
Corrosion Protection: Coat concealed surfaces of exterior aluminum in contact with
grout, concrete, masonry, wood, or dissimilar metals, with a heavy coat of bituminous
paint.
Panel Signs: Comply with sign manufacturer’s written instructions, except where more
stringent requirements apply.
1.
Silicone-Adhesive Mounting: Clean bond-breaking materials from substrate surface
and remove loose debris. Apply linear beads of adhesive symmetrically to back of sign
in suitable quantity to support weight of sign after cure without slippage. Keep
adhesive away from edges to prevent adhesive extrusion as sign is applied and to
prevent visibility of cured adhesive at sign edges. Place sign in position, and push to
engage adhesive. Temporarily support sign in position until adhesive fully sets.
281
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
C.
3.3
Pole-Mounted Signs:
1.
Set posts for pole-mounted signs plumb in minimum 12 inch diameter concrete
footing with top of footing 6 inches below finish grade and bottom of footing
minimum 30 inches below finish grade. Cap top of pipe.
2.
Secure signs to posts with saddles and vandalproof nuts. Provide back-to-back signs
where indicated.
3.
Install signs at mounting height indicated.
a.
Bottom of signs to be minimum of 80 inches above finish grade.
b.
Lower sign of two-sign assemblies to be placed with bottom a minimum of 80
inches above finish grade, and with a one-inch space between upper and lower
sign.
CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A.
Remove and replace damaged or deformed signage that does not comply with specified
requirements. Replace with signs and dimensional characters with damaged or deteriorated
finishes or components that cannot be successfully repaired by finish touchup or similar
minor repair procedures.
B.
Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films as signs are installed.
C.
On completion of installation, clean exposed surfaces of signage according to
manufacturer’s written instructions, and touch up minor nicks and abrasions in finish.
Maintain signage in a clean condition during construction and protect from damage until
acceptance by Owner.
END OF SECTION 10 14 00
282
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
SECTION 10 44 00
FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
SUMMARY
A.
B.
1.3
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
This Section includes:
1.
Portable fire extinguishers.
2.
Fire protection cabinets for fire extinguishers.
3.
Wall mounting brackets for wall mounted fire extinguishers.
Related Sections include:
1.
Section 09 22 16 ”Cold-Formed Non-Structural Metal Framing” for concealed metal
backing in non-load-bearing metal stud-framed walls for anchoring wall-mounted fire
protection specialties.
2.
Section 09 91 00 ”Painting” for field painting of fire extinguisher cabinets.
REFERENCES
A.
ASTM International (American Society for Testing and Materials):
1.
ASTM A 1008: Specification for Steel Sheet, Cold-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, HighStrength Low-Alloy and High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability.
2.
ASTM C 1048: Specification for Heat-Treated Flat Glass - Kind HS, Kind FT Coated and
Uncoated Glass.
3.
ASTM E 814: Test Method for Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Fire Stops.
B.
California Code of Regulations, Title 19 - Public Safety.
C.
Factory Mutual Global (FMG):
1.
D.
National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers (NAAMM);
1.
E.
Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products.
National Fire Protection Association (NFPA):
1.
F.
Approval Guide - Fire Protection: A Guide to Equipment Materials & Services
Approved by Factory Mutual Research for Property Conservation.
NFPA 10: Portable Fire Extinguishers.
The Society for Protective Coatings (SSPC):
283
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
G.
1.
SSPC-SP5/NACE No. 1: Joint Surface Preparation Standard SSPC-SP 5/NACE No. 1:
White Metal Blast Cleaning.
2.
SSPC-SP8: Surface Preparation Specification No. 8: Pickling.
Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL):
1.
1.4
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual
components and profiles, and finishes.
1.
Fire extinguishers: Include rating and classification.
2.
Cabinets: Include roughing-in dimensions, details showing mounting methods,
relationships of box and trim to surrounding construction, door hardware, cabinet
type, trim style, and panel style.
B.
Product Schedule: For fire extinguishers. Coordinate final fire extinguisher schedule with
fire-protection cabinet schedule to ensure proper fit and function.
C.
Shop Drawings: For fire extinguisher cabinets. Include plans, elevations, sections, details,
and attachments to other work.
D.
Samples for Verification: For each type of exposed factory-applied color finish required for
fire-protection cabinets, prepared on Samples of size indicated below.
1.
1.5
UL 299: Dry Chemical Fire Extinguishers.
Size: 6 inches by 6 inches.
E.
Operation and Maintenance Data: For fire extinguishers and fire-protection cabinets to
include in maintenance manuals.
F.
Warranty: Sample of special warranty.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Source Limitations: Obtain fire extinguishers and cabinets through one source from a single
manufacturer.
B.
NFPA Compliance: Fabricate and label fire extinguishers to comply with NFPA 10 “Standard
for Portable Fire Extinguishers”.
C.
Fire Extinguishers: Listed and labeled for type, rating, and classification by an independent
testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
1.
Provide extinguishers listed and labeled by FMG.
D.
Fire-Rated Fire-Protection Cabinets: Listed and labeled to comply with requirements of
ASTM E 814 for fire-resistance rating of walls where they are installed.
E.
Regulatory Requirements: In addition to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction,
comply with applicable requirements of the following:
284
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
1.
F.
California Code of Regulations, Title 19 - Public Safety, requirements for fire
extinguishers (Division 1, Chapter 3).
Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with Division 1
requirements for project meetings, to review methods and procedures related to
installation of fire protection specialties.
1.
Review methods and procedures related to fire protection specialties including, but
not limited to, the following:
a.
1.6
1.7
Schedules and coordination requirements.
COORDINATION
A.
Coordinate type and capacity of fire extinguishers with fire-protection cabinets to ensure fit
and function.
B.
Coordinate sizes and locations of fire-protection cabinets with wall depths.
C.
Coordinate sizes and locations of concealed framing, blocking, backing, furring,
reinforcements, and other related Work specified in other Sections to ensure that fire
protection specialties can be supported and installed as indicated.
WARRANTY
A.
Special Warranty: Manufacturer’s standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or
replace fire extinguishers that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty
period.
1.
2.
Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:
a.
Failure of hydrostatic test according to NFPA 10.
b.
Faulty operation of valves or release levers.
Warranty Period: 6 years.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
2.2
MATERIALS
A.
Cold-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1008, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B.
B.
Tempered Float Glass: ASTM C 1048, Kind FT, Condition A, Type I, Quality q3,
1/4 inch thick.
PORTABLE, HAND-CARRIED FIRE EXTINGUISHERS
A.
General: Provide fire extinguishers of type, size, and capacity for each fire-protection and
mounting bracket indicated.
1.
Valves: Manufacturer’s standard.
2.
Handles and Levers: Manufacturer’s standard.
3.
Instruction Labels: Include pictorial marking system complying with NFPA 10,
Appendix B.
285
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
2.3
B.
Multipurpose Dry-Chemical Type in Steel Container: UL-rated 2-A:10-B:C, 5-lb nominal
capacity, with monoammonium phosphate-based dry chemical in enameled-steel container.
C.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
1.
JL Industries, Inc.; Cosmic 5E.
2.
Larsen’s Manufacturing Company; MP5.
3.
Potter Roemer LLC; #3005.
4.
Equal product in accordance with Division 1 requirements for product substitutions.
FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS
A.
Cabinet Type: Suitable for fire extinguisher.
B.
Cabinet Construction:
1.
At Fire-Rated Walls: Two-hour rated.
a.
2.
Fire-Rated Cabinets: Construct fire-rated cabinets with double walls fabricated
from 0.0428 inch thick, cold-rolled steel sheet lined with minimum 5/8 inch
thick, fire-barrier material. Provide factory-drilled mounting holes.
At Non-Fire-Rated Walls: Non-rated
C.
Cabinet Material: Steel sheet.
D.
Cabinet Trim Material: Steel sheet.
E.
Door Material: Steel sheet.
F.
Door Style: Fully glazed panel with frame.
G.
Door Glazing: Tempered float glass (clear).
H.
Door Hardware: Manufacturer’s standard door-operating hardware of proper type for
cabinet type, trim style, and door material and style indicated.
1.
Provide projecting lever handle with cam-action latch.
a.
2.
I.
Provide continuous hinge, of same material and finish as trim, permitting door to
open 180 degrees.
Accessories:
1.
J.
Door Lock: Cam lock that allows door to be opened during emergency by pulling
sharply on door handle.
Mounting Bracket: Manufacturer’s standard steel, designed to secure fire extinguisher
to cabinet, of sizes required for types and capacities of fire extinguishers indicated,
with plated or baked-enamel finish.
Finishes:
1.
Exterior of Cabinet and Door: Manufacturer’s standard baked-enamel paint.
a.
Color: White.
286
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
K.
Semirecessed Cabinet: Cabinet box partially recessed in walls of sufficient depth to suit
style of trim indicated; with one-piece combination trim and perimeter door frame
overlapping surrounding wall surface with exposed trim face and wall return at outer edge
(backbend).
1.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a.
JL Industries:
i.)
At Fire-Rated Walls: #1817-G17-FX.
-Rating: One-hour or two-hour, but not less than that of wall in which
cabinet occurs.
ii.)
b.
At Non-Fire-Rated Walls: #1817-G17.
Larsen’s Manufacturing Company:
i.)
At Fire-Rated Walls: #FS-2409-R3.
-Rating: One-hour or two-hour, but not less than that of wall in which
cabinet occurs.
ii.)
c.
At Non-Fire-Rated Walls: #2409-R3.
Potter Roemer LLC:
i.)
At Fire-Rated Walls: #FRC 7012-B.
-Rating: Two-hour.
ii.)
d.
2.4
2.5
At Non-Fire-Rated Walls: #7012-B.
Equal product in accordance with Division 1 requirements for product
substitutions.
2.
Rolled-Edge Trim: 2 to 2-1/2 inches backbend depth.
3.
Box (Tub) Dimensions: 10 inches wide by 24 inches high by 6 inches deep
(+1/2 inch).
MOUNTING BRACKETS
A.
Mounting Brackets: Manufacturer’s standard steel, designed to secure fire extinguisher to
wall or structure, of sizes required for types and capacities of fire extinguishers indicated,
with plated or baked-enamel finish.
B.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1.
JL Industries, Inc.
2.
Larsen’s Manufacturing Company.
3.
Potter Roemer LLC.
4.
Manufacturer of equal product in accordance with Division 1 requirements for
product substitutions.
FABRICATION
A.
Fire-Protection Cabinets: Provide manufacturer’s standard box (tub), with trim, frame, door,
and hardware to suit cabinet type, trim style, and door style indicated.
1.
Weld joints and grind smooth.
287
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
B.
C.
2.6
2.7
2.
Provide factory-drilled mounting holes.
3.
Prepare doors and frames to receive locks.
4.
Install door locks at factory.
Cabinet Doors: Fabricate doors according to manufacturer’s standards, from materials
indicated and coordinated with cabinet types and trim styles selected.
1.
Fabricate door frames with tubular stiles and rails and hollow-metal design, minimum
1/2 inch thick.
2.
Miter and weld perimeter door frames.
Cabinet Trim: Fabricate cabinet trim in one piece with corners mitered, welded, and ground
smooth.
FINISHES, GENERAL
A.
Comply with NAAMM’s “Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products” for
recommendations for applying and designating finishes.
B.
Finish fire-protection cabinets after assembly.
C.
Appearance of Finished Work: Noticeable variations in same piece are not acceptable.
Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the
range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast.
STEEL FINISHES
A.
Surface Preparation: Remove mill scale and rust, if present, from uncoated steel, complying
with SSPC-SP 5/NACE No. 1, “White Metal Blast Cleaning” or SSPC-SP 8, “Pickling.” After
cleaning, apply a conversion coating suited to the organic coating to be applied over it.
B.
Baked-Enamel Finish: Immediately after cleaning and pretreating, apply manufacturer’s
standard two-coat, baked-on finish consisting of prime coat and thermosetting topcoat.
Comply with paint manufacturer’s written instructions for applying and baking to achieve a
minimum dry film thickness of 2 mils.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
EXAMINATION
A.
Examine walls and partitions for suitable framing depth and blocking where recessed and
semirecessed cabinets are to be installed.
B.
Examine fire extinguishers for proper charging and tagging.
1.
C.
Remove and replace damaged, defective, or undercharged units.
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
288
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
3.2
PREPARATION
A.
3.3
Prepare recesses for recessed and semirecessed fire-protection cabinets as required by type
and size of cabinet and trim style.
INSTALLATION
A.
General: Install fire-protection specialties in locations and at mounting heights indicated.
B.
Fire-Protection Cabinets: Fasten fire-protection cabinets to structure, square and plumb.
1.
C.
3.4
Fasten mounting brackets to inside surface of fire-protection cabinets, square and
plumb.
Mounting Brackets: Fasten mounting brackets to surfaces, square and plumb, at locations
indicated.
ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A.
Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films, if any, as fire-protection
specialties are installed, unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer’s written installation
instructions.
B.
Adjust fire-protection cabinet doors to operate easily without binding. Verify that integral
locking devices operate properly.
C.
On completion of fire-protection cabinet installation, clean interior and exterior surfaces as
recommended by manufacturer.
D.
Touch up marred finishes, or replace fire-protection cabinets that cannot be restored to
factory-finished appearance. Use only materials and procedures recommended or furnished
by fire-protection cabinet manufacturer.
E.
Replace fire-protection cabinets that have been damaged or have deteriorated beyond
successful repair by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures.
END OF SECTION 10 44 00
289
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
SECTION 230000 - MECHANICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
PART 1
1.1
GENERAL
CONDITIONS AND REQUIREMENTS
A.
Refer to the Drawings, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Division 01
General Requirements.
B.
This Section 230000, applies specifically to all other sections of Division 22 and 23.
C.
Where requirements of this Section exceed those in other contract documents, Contractor
shall comply with the requirements of this Section.
1.2
SCOPE OF WORK
A.
Provide all labor, apparatus and materials that are required to provide a complete installation
as indicated on the drawings and in the specifications, including that reasonably inferred for
proper execution of this Division.
B.
Provide cutting and patching as required for execution of work performed under this Division
and not provided under other sections. Framing and blocking shall be installed under another
division.
C.
Repair or replace any damage to work of this Division, damage caused by leaks or breaks in
systems of this Division, and damage caused by work of this Division including that to
landscaping, paving or other items which are to remain in use.
D.
Valves and trim not specifically indicated but required for proper functioning of equipment
shall be furnished and installed by the craft furnishing the equipment.
E.
Coordinate all utility requirements for equipment furnished by the mechanical sections of this
division. Rough-in required systems and make final connections.
1.3
DEFINITIONS
A.
Above Grade: Not buried in ground and not embedded in concrete slab on ground.
B.
Below Grade: Buried in ground or embedded in concrete slab on ground.
C.
Concealed: Inside building, above grade and located within walls, furred spaces, crawl spaces,
attics, above suspended ceilings, etc. In general any item not visible or directly accessible.
D.
Connect: Complete hookup of item with required services.
E.
Contractor: Mechanical Sub-Contractor unless stated otherwise.
290
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
F.
Exposed: Either visible or subject to mechanical or weather damage, indoors or outdoors,
including areas such as mechanical and storage rooms. In general any item that is directly
accessible without removing panels, walls, ceilings or other parts of structure.
G.
Furnish: Purchase and deliver to job site in new condition.
H.
Install: Place, secure and connect as required to make fully operational.
I.
Provide: Furnish and install as defined above; perform work.
J.
Rough-in: Provide all indicated services in the necessary arrangement for making final
connections to fixture or equipment.
K.
Indoor: Enclosed within building structure, crawl spaces, etc.
L.
Use (verb): Furnish and install as defined above.
M.
Outdoor: Outside of building structure.
1.4
A.
ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS
Abbreviations contained in various sections of the specifications and drawings refer to the
following organizations, societies, associations standards, publications, terms, etc.:
AABC: Associated Air Balance Council
AMCA: Air Moving and Conditioning Association, Inc.
ANSI: American National Standards Institute, Inc.
ARI:
Air-conditioning and Refrigeration Institute
ASHRAE:
American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air Conditioning Engineers
ASME: American Society of Mechanical Engineers
ASTM: American Society for Testing and Materials
AWS: American Welding Society
AWWA: American Water Works Association
NEBB: National Environmental Balancing Bureau
NEMA: National Electric Manufacturers Association
NFPA: National Fire Protection Association
OSHA: Occupational Safety and Health Act
SMACNA:
Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association.
UL:
Underwriters' Laboratories
B.
1.5
Other abbreviations and symbols are scheduled on the drawings.
REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
291
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
A.
It is the Contractor's responsibility to install all work to meet or exceed minimum
requirements stipulated in current issues of applicable standards, codes, or regulations.
Where drawings or specifications prescribe requirements exceeding those minimums, the
work shall be installed in accordance with the drawing or specification requirements.
Particular attention is directed to the following. This list does not include all standards, codes,
and regulations which may be applicable; other Federal, State, and local regulations may
apply.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10
11.
B.
1.6
A.
Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA).
State Fire Marshal and Local Fire Marshal.
Local Building, Mechanical, Plumbing, & Fire Codes, all volumes.
National Electrical Code (NEC).
National Fire Codes published by the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Factory Mutual Insurers.
Sheet Metal & Air Conditioning Contractor's National Association, Inc. (SMACNA) Guide Lines for Seismic Restraints for Mechanical Systems.
International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials (IAPMO)
Uniform Building Code (UBC), Uniform Plumbing Code (UPC), Uniform Mechanical
Code, and Uniform Fire Code (UFC).
Division of State Architects (DSA).
Any other applicable Federal, State and local laws and regulations.
Do not construct anything in these drawings and specifications to permit work not
conforming to these requirements. The regulations shall govern where they require
higher standards or are violated by the drawings and specifications. Consider rulings
and interpretations of the enforcing agencies as part of these specifications. Comply
with the drawings and specifications showing work exceeding minimum code
requirements.
All regulations and standards shall be the latest issued unless the governing authority requires
the use of an earlier issue. Provide all work required by the governing authority, even if it is
not indicated on drawings or in the specifications, at no additional expense.
DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS
Consider all drawings and all divisions of these specifications as a whole and provide work of
this section as shown anywhere therein. Absolute accuracy of the drawings and specifications
cannot be guaranteed. While every effort has been made to coordinate the locations of
equipment covered under other sections or divisions of these specifications, it is the
responsibility of the Contractor to coordinate exact requirements governed by actual job
conditions. Check all information and report any discrepancies before submitting bid or
fabricating work.
Report discrepancies in time to avoid unnecessary work, and make changes as directed by the
Architect. Do not make any changes or additions that are subject to additional compensation
without written authorization, based upon an agreed price. Any changes made without the
above mentioned authorization shall be at Contractor's own risk and expense. Follow
manufacturers' directions where they cover points not specifically indicated; however, if they
are in conflict with these drawings and specifications, obtain clarifications from the Architect
before starting work.
292
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
B.
1.7
A.
All dimensions shown on the drawings are in inches unless indicated otherwise. If in doubt,
obtain clarifications from the Architect prior to submitting bid.
SAFETY AND INDEMNITY
The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety
precautions and programs in connection with the work. He shall take all necessary
precautions to prevent damage, injury or loss to:
1.
2.
3.
All employees on the work and other persons who may be affected thereby.
All the work and all materials or equipment to be incorporated herein, whether in
storage on or off the site.
Other property at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks,
pavement, roadways, structures and utilities not designated for removal or
replacement in the course of construction.
B.
The Contractor shall comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and orders
of any public body having jurisdiction for the safety of the persons or property or to protect
them from damage, injury or loss. He shall erect and maintain, as required by the conditions
and progress of the work, all necessary signs and other warnings against hazards and
promulgating safety regulations. He shall notify Architect of adjacent utilities when
prosecution of the work may affect them. When the use of storage of hazardous materials is
necessary for the prosecution of the work, the Contractor shall exercise the utmost care and
shall carry on such activities under the supervision of properly qualified personnel. All
damage, injury or loss to any property referred to in paragraph 1 and 2 above, caused directly,
in whole or in part, by the Contractor, and Sub-Contractor or anyone for whose acts any of the
may be liable, shall be remedied by the Contractor.
C.
The Contractor shall designate a responsible member of his organization at the site whose
duty shall be the prevention of accidents. This person shall be the Contractor's
superintendent unless otherwise designated in writing by the Contractor to the Architect.
D.
In emergencies affecting the safety of persons or the work or property at the site of adjacent
thereto, the Contractor without special written instruction or authorization from the
Architect/Engineer is obligated to act at his discretion to prevent threatened damage, injury or
loss. He shall give the Architect/Engineer prompt written notice of any significant changes in
the work or deviations from the Contract Documents caused thereby, and a Change Order
shall thereupon be issued covering the changes and deviations involved. If the Contractor
believes that additional work done by him in any emergency which arose from cause beyond
his control entitles him to an increase in the Contract price or an extension of the Contract.
E.
The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Architect/Engineer and their agents and
employees from and against all claims, damage, losses and expense including Attorney's fees
arising out of or resulting from the performance of the work, provided that any such claim,
loss or expense:
1.
Is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease, or death or to injury to or destruction
of tangible property other than the Work itself, including the loss of use resulting
therefrom.
293
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
2.
3.
Is caused in whole or in part by any negligent act or omission of the Contractor, any
Sub-Contractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or anyone for
whose acts any of them may be liable, regardless of whether or not it is caused in part
or partly indemnified hereunder. In this connection the Contractor's own cost,
expense and risk, defend any and all suits, actions or other legal proceeding which
may be brought or instituted by third persons against the Architect/Engineer on any
such penalty, and pay and satisfy any judgment or decree that may be rendered
against the Architect/Engineer, in any such suit, action or other proceeding.
The obligation of the Contractor under this Article shall not extend to the liability of
the Architect/Engineer, his agents, or employees arising out of:
a.
b.
c.
1.8
The preparation or approval of maps, drawings, opinions, reports, survey,
change orders, designs or specifications.
The giving of or the failure to give directions or instructions by the
Architect/Engineer, his agents, or employees provided such giving or failure to
give is the primary cause of injury or damage.
The sole negligence or willful misconduct of the Architect/Engineer, it's agents,
employees or independent Contractor's who are directly responsible to such
Architect/Engineer.
FIELD ENGINEERING
A.
Employ a Land Surveyor registered in the State of California and acceptable to the
Architect/Engineer.
B.
Provide field engineering services. Establish elevations, lines, and levels, utilizing recognized
engineering survey practices.
C.
Submit a copy of registered site drawing and certificate signed by the Land Surveyor that the
elevations and locations of the Work are in conformance with the Contract Documents.
1.9
ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES
A.
Materials: As specified in product Sections; match existing products and work for patching and
extending work.
B.
Close openings in exterior surfaces to protect existing work from weather and extremes of
temperature and humidity.
C.
Remove, cut, and patch work in a manner to minimize damage and to provide a means of
restoring products and finishes to original and/or specified condition.
D.
Refinish visible existing surfaces to remain in renovated rooms and spaces, to specified
condition for each material, with a neat transition to adjacent finishes.
E.
Where new work abuts or aligns with existing, perform a smooth and even transition.
Patched work to match existing adjacent work in texture and appearance.
294
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
F.
When finished surfaces are cut so that a smooth transition with new work is not possible,
terminate existing surface along a straight line at a natural line of division and make
recommendation to Architect/Engineer.
G.
Patch or replace portions of existing surfaces which are damaged, lifted, discolored, or
showing other imperfections.
H.
Finish surfaces as specified in individual product Sections.
1.10
CUTTING AND PATCHING
A.
Employ skilled and experienced installer to perform cutting and patching.
B.
Submit written request in advance of cutting or altering elements which affects:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
C.
Structural integrity of element.
Integrity of weather-exposed or moisture-resistant elements.
Efficiency, maintenance, or safety of element.
Visual qualities of sight-exposed elements.
Work of Owner or separate contractor.
Execute cutting, fitting, and patching, including excavation and fill, to complete work, and to:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Fit the several parts together, to integrate with other Work.
Uncover Work to install or correct ill-timed Work.
Remove and replace defective and non-conforming Work.
Remove samples of installed Work for testing.
Provide openings in elements of Work for penetrations of mechanical and electrical
Work.
D.
Execute work by methods which will avoid damage to other Work, and provide proper
surfaces to receive patching and finishing.
E.
Cut rigid materials using masonry saw or core drill.
F.
Restore Work with new products in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents.
G.
Fit Work tight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit, and other penetrations through surfaces.
H.
Maintain integrity of wall, ceiling, or floor construction; completely seal voids.
I.
Refinish surfaces to match adjacent finishes. For continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest
intersection; for an assembly, refinish entire unit.
J.
Identify any hazardous substance or condition exposed during the Work to the
Architect/Engineer for decision or remedy.
1.11
A.
STARTING SYSTEMS
Coordinate schedule for start-up of various equipment and systems.
295
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
B.
Notify Architect/Engineer and Owner seven (7) days prior to start-up of each item.
C.
Verify that each piece of equipment or system has been checked for proper lubrication, drive
rotation, belt tension, control sequence, or other conditions which may cause damage.
D.
Verify that tests, meter readings, and specified electrical characteristics agree with those
required by the equipment or system manufacturer.
E.
Verify wiring and support components for equipment are complete and tested.
F.
Execute start-up under supervision of responsible manufacturer's representative and
Contractors' personnel in accordance with manufacturers' instructions.
G.
When specified in individual specification Sections, require manufacturer to provide
authorized representative to be present at site to inspect, check and approve equipment or
system installation prior to start-up, and to supervise placing equipment or system in
operation.
H.
Submit a written report that equipment or system has been properly installed and is
functioning correctly.
1.12
DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTIONS
A.
Demonstrate operation and maintenance of Products to Owner's personnel two (2) weeks
prior to date of final inspection.
B.
For equipment or systems requiring seasonal operation, perform demonstration for other
season within six (6) months.
C.
Utilize operation and maintenance manuals as basis for instruction. Review contents of
manual with Owners' personnel in detail to explain all aspects of operation and maintenance.
D.
Demonstrate start-up, operation, control, adjustment, trouble-shooting, servicing,
maintenance, and shutdown of each item of equipment at agreed-upon times, at designated
location.
E.
Prepare and insert additional data in operations and maintenance manuals when need for
additional data becomes apparent during instruction.
F.
The amount of time required for instruction on each item of equipment and system is that
specified in individual sections, or as noted below:
Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems
Temperature Control System
Plumbing System
1.13
A.
6 hours
16 hours
4 hours
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING
Mechanical Contractor will appoint and employ services of an independent firm to perform
testing, adjusting and balancing. Firm shall be accredited by NEBB or AABC.
296
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
B.
The independent firm hired by the Mechanical Contractor will perform services specified in
Section 230593.
C.
Reports will be submitted by the independent firm to the Architect/Engineer indicating
observations and results of tests and indicating compliance or non-compliance with specified
requirements and with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
1.14
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
A.
Submit written certification that Contract Documents have been reviewed, Work has been
inspected, and that Work is complete in accordance with Contract Documents and ready for
Architect/Engineer's inspection.
B.
Provide submittals to Architect/Engineer that are required by governing or other authorities.
297
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
1.15
FINAL CLEANING
A.
Execute final cleaning prior to final inspection.
B.
Clean interior and exterior of all equipment; remove temporary labels, stains and foreign
substances, polish transparent and glossy surfaces, vacuum and clean all dust from air
distribution system including ductwork and grilles.
C.
Clean equipment and fixtures to a sanitary condition.
D.
Replace filters of operating equipment.
E.
Clean debris from roofs, gutters, downspouts, and drainage systems.
F.
Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and construction facilities from the site.
1.16
A.
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
Maintain on site, one set of the following record documents; record actual revisions to the
Work:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Contract Drawings.
Specifications.
Addenda.
Change Orders and other Modifications to the Contract.
Reviewed shop drawings, product data, and samples.
B.
Store Record Documents separate from documents used for construction.
C.
Record information concurrent with construction progress.
D.
Specifications: Legibly mark and record at each Product section description of actual Products
installed, including the following:
1.
2.
3.
E.
Record Documents and Shop Drawings: Legibly mark each item to record actual construction
including:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
F.
Manufacturer's name and product model and number.
Product substitutions or alternates utilized.
Changes made by Addenda and Modifications.
Measured depths of foundations in relation to finish main floor datum.
Measured horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and
appurtenances, referenced to permanent surface improvements.
Measured locations of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction,
referenced to visible and accessible features of the Work.
Field changes of dimension and detail.
Details not on original Contract Drawings.
Delete Architect/Engineer title block and seal from all documents.
298
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
G.
1.17
Submit documents to Architect/Engineer.
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
A.
Submit three (3) sets prior to final inspection, bound in 8-1/2 x 11 inch text pages, three (3) D
side ring capacity expansion binders with durable plastic covers.
B.
Prepare binder covers with printed title "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS",
title of project, and subject matter of binder when multiple binders are required.
C.
Internally subdivide the binder contents with permanent page dividers, logically organized as
described below; with tab titling clearly printed under reinforced laminated plastic tabs.
D.
Contents: Prepare a Table of Contents for each volume, with each Product or system
description identified, type on 30 pound white paper.
E.
Part 1: Directory, listing names, addresses, and telephone numbers of Architect/Engineer,
Contractor, Subcontractors, and major equipment suppliers.
F.
Part 2: Operation and maintenance instructions, arranged by system and subdivided by
specification section. For each category, identify names, addresses, and telephone numbers
of Subcontractors and suppliers. Identify the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
G.
Significant design criteria.
List of equipment.
Parts list for each component.
Operating instructions.
Maintenance instructions for equipment and systems.
Maintenance instructions for [special] finishes, including recommended cleaning
methods and materials and special precautions identifying detrimental agents.
Part 3: Project documents and certificates, including the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Shop drawings and product data.
Air and water balance reports.
Certificates.
Photocopies of warranties and bonds.
H.
Submit one copy of completed volumes in final form fifteen (15) days prior to final inspection.
This copy will be returned with Architect/Engineer comments. Revise content of documents
as required prior to final submittal.
I.
Submit final volumes revised, within ten days after final inspection.
1.18
WARRANTIES
A.
Provide duplicate notarized copies.
B.
Execute and assemble documents from Subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers.
299
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
C.
Provide Table of Contents and assemble in three (3) D side ring binders with durable plastic
cover.
D.
Submit prior to final Application for Payment.
E.
For items of Work delayed beyond date of Substantial Completion, provide updated submittal
within ten days after acceptance, listing date of acceptance as start of warranty period.
1.19
A.
BUILDING CONTROL BOOKS
At the time Record Documents are submitted as specified, submit 3 loose, but bundled, sets of
Building Control Information on 3 hole punched 8-1/2”X11” paper. The Building Control
Information shall be organized as follows:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
1.20
Table of contents with appropriate division tabs.
Contractors (Name, Address, Telephone and Contact).
Sub-Contractors (Name, Address, Telephone and Contact).
Material Suppliers (Name, Address, Telephone and Contact).
Warranties (Cards and Information Including Start Date, Duration, Company Name,
Address, Telephone and Contact).
Index of Operations and Maintenance Manuals (separately bound as specified in
Article 1.7 below).
SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE MATERIALS
A.
Provide products, spare parts, maintenance and extra materials in quantities specified in
individual specification Sections.
B.
Deliver to Project site and place in location as directed; obtain receipt prior to final payment.
1.21
A.
1.22
A.
1.23
A.
1.24
A.
SITE VISIT
Visit the site before submitting a bid. No extra payment will be made for additional work that
would have been made apparent by the site visit.
OBSERVATION BY ARCHITECT/ENGINEER
Work may be observed at any time by the Architect/Engineer or his representative. Work
covered or concealed before being observed and approved shall be opened and uncovered
upon request.
INTERRUPTION OF EXISTING SERVICES AND UTILITIES
Coordinate with other Sections and schedule sequence of accomplishing the work covered by
this division in such a manner as not to interrupt existing services and utilities at a time which
will inconvenience the Owner.
FEES
Secure and pay fees for permits, licenses, inspections and royalties required for work of this
Section.
300
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
1.25
OWNER FURNISHED PRODUCTS
A.
Products furnished to site and paid for by Owner.
B.
Owner's Responsibilities:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
C.
Contractor's Responsibilities:
1.
2.
3.
4.
1.26
A.
Arrange for and deliver Owner reviewed shop drawings, product data, and samples, to
Contractor.
Arrange and pay for product delivery to site.
On delivery, inspect products jointly with Contractor.
Submit claims for transportation damage and replace damaged, defective, or deficient
items.
Arrange for manufacturers' warranties, inspections and service.
Review Owner reviewed shop drawings, product data, and samples.
Receive and unload products at site; inspect for completeness or damage, jointly with
Owner.
Handle, store, install and finish products.
Repair or replace items damaged after receipt.
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
Submittal Schedule
1.
2.
3.
At the same time the Project Construction Schedule is required, prepare and submit a
comprehensive submittal schedule.
Identify on the submittal schedule all submittal items required by the Contract
Documents governing the Work.
Indicate for each submittal item on the submittal schedule:
a.
b.
c.
d.
4.
5.
6.
B.
The date by which that item will be submitted.
Whether the submittal is for approval or for record.
The date by which approval is required.
The date by which the material or equipment must be on site in order not to
delay the progress of the work, with particular attention to those items on the
critical path of construction.
In preparing the submittal schedule, the Contractor shall consider the nature and
complexity of each submittal item and shall allow 15 calendar days for review, and
ample time for revision or correction, resubmittal, and approval sufficiently in
advance of construction requirements. Allow additional time for substitution review.
The Architect/Engineer will review the Contractor’s submittal schedule to determine
its completeness and compatibility with the project construction schedule.
The Contractor’s submittal schedule shall be consistent with the project construction
schedule required in this Section, with particular attention to those items on the
critical path of construction.
Shop Drawings & Product Data Submittals:
301
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
1.
Make shop drawing and product data submittals for all products and assemblies as
required by the various sections of the specifications.
a.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Submittals not required by the specifications will be reviewed or returned
unreviewed at Architect’s option.
General Contractor shall stamp all submittals indicating his review as required by the
General Conditions.
Verify all dimensions, sizes and quantities and to see that all items fit properly into the
Work.
Identify variations from Contract Documents and Product or System limitations which
may be detrimental to successful performance of the completed work.
Submit shop drawings and product data in keeping with the approved submittal
schedule, as required below, and in the quantities required.
a.
b.
c.
For shop drawings larger than 11” x 17” submit clean, low background
reproducible transparencies and blue-line prints made from the originals.
Submit transparencies rolled, not folded. Accompany each submittal with a
transmittal letter which identifies the specifications by number (such as 06200)
and which lists all deviations from the contract documents.
Submit all items from each section of work at one time if possible, but do not
delay submittals for lack of one or two items.
Prepare binders for product data, brochures, catalog cuts, etc. in the following
sequence:
(1)
Index sheet (with each item cross-identified with reference to contract
documents and the divider tab number).
(2)
Divider Tab #1 (with item identification, such as “P-1”).
(3)
Title Page including the following information for Item #1.

Project Name.

Name of Subcontractor.

Description of Item (such as “hosebib”).

Item Number from Drawings of Specifications (such as “P-1”).

Specification section number, page number, and paragraph
number.

Date of Submittal.

Contractor’s initials and date indicting approval of item of
submittal to Architect.
(4)
The brochure, product data sheet, or catalog cut for the item
(5)
d.
e.
C.
Then repeat b, c and d above for each item of the submittal (such as “P2,” “P-3”).
For submittals of only one item, omit the binder and steps C.1 and C.2 above.
For shop drawings, omit items C.1 and C.2.
Make resubmissions as follows:
302
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
D.
Submittals may be returned marked “No Exceptions Taken,” in which case,
resubmittals are not required, and will not be accepted.
Correct and resubmit in the original quantities required all submittals marked
“Exceptions as noted. Resubmit with Corrections”, or “Exception Taken, Make
Corrections Noted.”
Submittals marked “Not Reviewed. Must meet plans, specifications, and codes” have
not been reviewed and are so marked because the submittal is so incorrect,
incomplete or illegible as to prevent review. Resubmit rejected submittals only after
appropriate corrective measures are taken.
Identify all resubmittals as being resubmittals and identify with the original Architect’s
transmittal number.
Submit for approval all attachments to structure, architectural access panels, all fixtures and
pieces of equipment to be installed on the job. Submittals shall include but not be limited to
the following (where applicable):
Air Balance Forms
Air Conditioning/Air Handling Units
Belts and Sheaves
Boiler Breaching
Boiler & Burner Unit
Chillers
Circulating Pumps
Dampers
Duct Sealant
Domestic Water Heaters
Ductwork Accessories
Equipment Bases
Equipment Wiring Diagrams
Expansion Joints & Loops
Expansion Tanks
Fan Coil Units
Fan Curves
Fan and Fan Drives
Fan Tracking System
Filters
Fire Pump System
Fire Sprinklers
Flexible Pipe Connections
Flow Meters
Grilles and Diffusers
Hot Water Specialties
Insulation
Pipe and Equipment
Identification
Pipe Hangers
Piping Anchors
Piping Accessories such as:
Valves, Balancing Cocks, Strainers, etc.
Coils Plumbing Fixtures
Pump Curves
Pressure Reducing Stations
Safety and Relief Valves
Sealants
Sound Traps
Temperature Control Drawings
Individual Cut Sheets
Terminal Boxes
Thermometers and Gauges
Unit Heaters
Unit Ventilators
Valve Tags
Vibration Absorbing Hangers & Bases
Water Chilling Unit
Water Heater
Water Storage Tanks
Water Treatment System
Provide fan and pump curves, operating characteristics, capacities, equipment ambient noise
criteria, etc., for all equipment.
1.27
ESTABLISHED STANDARD MANUFACTURER/OTHER APPROVED MANUFACTURERS
303
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
A.
Where possible, more than one manufacturer or vendor are listed for acceptable materials
and/or equipment to be used in the Work. The material and/or equipment of one of the
manufacturers or vendors may be cited and specified by model name, number or description
as the established standard. Bids shall be based on using one of the specified brands. Where
such requirements as gauge of metal, weight, special color, etc. are listed, they shall apply to
all manufacturers. The term “products” used below refers to materials and equipment.
B.
Adjacent materials have been designed and detailed to accommodate the established
standard manufacturer’s products. If one of the other approved manufacturers is selected by
the Contractor, the Contractor shall design and detail all changes in all adjacent materials
necessary to accommodate the selected products, shall submit such changes for review by the
Architect/Engineer, shall pay for all changes to the contract documents to accommodate the
selected products, and when approved shall make such changes to the work at no cost to the
Owner.
C.
If Contractor submits a different manufacturer’s product for review after Architect/Engineer
has reviewed and accepted one submitted product, Contractor shall reimburse Architect and
its Consultants for subsequent review at their standard billing rates.
D.
Review of Substitutions: Review of alternative and/or substitute products will be considered
only when clearly labeled (at product submittal date) as an alternate substitution. Where
specifications list more than one equipment manufacturer, manufacturer basis of design
scheduled or noted on drawings is the basis of design, and additional listed manufacturers
shall be considered alternates. Contractor shall bear the responsibility for verification of
service clearance, verification of utility requirements, and installation instructions. Where use
of an alternate or substitute products require re-engineering services or construction changes
to accommodate the alternate or substitute, Division 23 Contractor shall bear all costs and
coordination work for said substitution, including engineering and construction work and fees
performed/provided by other trades.
1.28
BASIS OF CONTRACT
A.
Bids shall be based on one of the specified products. If substitutions are rejected, specified
products shall be used.
B.
Bidders shall not use a product contemplated for substitution to establish Bidder’s bid
proposal price. Bids shall be based on any one (1) of the specified products. If substitutions
are rejected, specified products shall be used at no change in cost to Owner.
C.
Where one (1) product only is named followed by “No substitutions” such designation has
been made in order to match existing products exactly or to otherwise suit the Owner’s
purposes. In these instances, only the specified product may be used.
1.29
A.
PRODUCTS
Products: Means new material, machinery, components, equipment, fixtures, and systems
forming the Work. Does not include machinery and equipment used for preparation,
fabrication, conveying and erection of the Work. Products may also include existing materials
or components required for reuse.
304
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
B.
Do not use materials and equipment removed from existing premises, except as specifically
permitted by the Contract Documents.
C.
Provide interchangeable components of the same manufacturer, for similar components.
1.30
TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING
A.
Transport and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B.
Promptly inspect shipments to assure that products comply with requirements, quantities are
correct, and products are undamaged.
C.
Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling,
disfigurement, or damage.
1.31
STORAGE AND PROTECTION
A.
Store and protect products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, with seals and
labels intact and legible. Store sensitive products in weather-tight, climate controlled
enclosures.
B.
For exterior storage of fabricated products, place on sloped supports, above ground.
C.
Provide off-site storage and protection when site does not permit on-site storage or
protection.
D.
Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering. Provide ventilation
to avoid condensation.
E.
Store loose granular materials on solid flat surfaces in a well-drained area. Provide mixing
with foreign matter.
F.
Provide equipment and personnel to store products by methods to prevent soiling,
disfigurement, or damage.
G.
Arrange storage of products to permit access for inspection. Periodically inspect to assure
products are undamaged and are maintained under specified conditions.
1.32
SUBSTITUTIONS
A.
Architect/Engineer will consider requests for Substitutions only within fifteen (15) days after
date of Owner-Contractor Agreement and/or established in Notice to Proceed.
B.
Substitutions may be considered when a product becomes unavailable through no fault of the
Contractor.
C.
Document each request with complete data substantiating compliance of proposed
Substitution with Contract Documents.
D.
A request constitutes a representation that the Contractor:
305
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Has investigated proposed product and determined that it meets or exceeds the
quality level of the specified product.
Will provide the same warranty for the Substitution as for the specified product.
Will coordinate installation and make changes to other Work which may be required
for the Work to be complete with no additional cost to Owner.
Waives claims for additional costs or time extension which may subsequently become
apparent.
Will reimburse Owner for review or redesign services associated with re-approval by
authorities.
E.
Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on shop drawing or
product data submittals, without separate written request, or when acceptance will require
revision to the Contract Documents.
F.
Substitution Submittal Procedure:
1.
2.
3.
G.
1.33
A.
If excessive review, as judged by Architect/Engineer, is required caused by complicated,
numerous, or repetitive substitution requests, Contractor shall reimburse Architect and its
Consultants for such review at their standard billing rates.
SHOP DRAWINGS
Coordinate the installation of all the Work. To this end, obtain scaled installation drawings
from the plumbing, fire protection, electrical and voice & data contractors. The HVAC
contractor shall prepare one set of coordinated drawings for above slab work, and the
plumbing contractor shall prepare such drawings for all below slab and site work, showing the
proposed installation, indicating scaled sizes (not line drawings) and exact locations of ducts,
pipes, conduits, and the required openings through walls, floors, and roofs for their
penetration. Include relation to all structural elements. Prepare both plan and elevation
drawings in all congested areas.
1.
2.
3.
4.
B.
Submit three (3) copies of request for Substitution for consideration. Limit each
request to one proposed Substitution.
Submit shop drawings, product data, and certified test results attesting to the
proposed product equivalence.
The Architect/Engineer will notify Contractor, in writing, of decision to accept or reject
request.
Include drawings for housekeeping pads, foundations, and curbs for mechanical and
electrical equipment.
Include rough-in items required for all equipment requiring utility services.
Include seismic bracing locations for all required items. Coordinate seismic bracing to
prevent structural member overloading. Refer to Architectural Specification.
Include work occurring within stairways, shafts and chases, including within GFRC and
metal enclosures.
Architect/Engineer will have the original drawings and CAD files. These will be available to the
contractor at the contractor’s expense if the contractor so requests.
306
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
C.
For purposes of clarity and completeness make the final drawings a composite showing all the
above mentioned trades’ work. In addition to plan view, indicate heights to clarify clearances
from structure and from each other. Use partial sections where necessary.
D.
Upon review and acceptance by Contractor, submit eight (8) sets to Architect/Engineer for
review. Review by Architect/Engineer is to assist Contractor only. Responsibility for
coordinating the work lies with the Contractor. Installation shall be started only in areas that
have been coordinated and reviewed.
1.34
MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
A.
Place materials and equipment on order in time to avoid job delay or hindrance. Schedule
deliveries to coincide, as nearly as possible, with the construction schedule.
B.
Use only new, unused materials and equipment unless specifically noted otherwise.
C.
All materials and equipment not conforming to the requirements of these specifications will
be considered as defective. Items which have been accepted or approved at one time and
place, but which subsequently fail to conform to the requirements of these specifications will
also be considered as defective. All such defective materials, whether in place or not, will be
rejected. Remove such materials and equipment immediately from the site of the work.
D.
Prior to ordering materials or starting work, verify all measurements at the site. No extra
compensation will be allowed for differences between actual dimensions and the
measurements shown on the drawings.
E.
Except as specifically noted otherwise, follow the installation and/or maintenance directions
provided by the manufacturer for all materials and equipment.
F.
For each part of the work furnish all materials and equipment of the same type by the same
manufacturer.
1.35
A.
1.36
A.
1.37
PROTECTION OF BUILDING
Protect new and existing building structures and adjacent finished surfaces during
construction. Patch, repair, and refinish existing work damaged by work under this Division to
match adjacent undisturbed areas. Patching, repair, and refinishing is to be performed by
workmen skilled in the Sections involved.
AS-BUILT DRAWINGS
Upon completion of all work, the contractor shall create “as-built” drawings from the record
drawings. This shall be done in Auto-Cad 2000 or greater and shall accurately reflect the asbuilt conditions. After completion of the ‘as-built’ documents, the contractor shall submit an
electronic file together with three (3) hard copies (bond) for review by Architect\Engineer, the
contractor shall provide an electronic file and two (2) sets of hard-copy (bond) documents for
submittal to the Owner.
QUALITY ASSURANCE/CONTROL OF INSTALLATION
307
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
A.
Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, Products, services, site conditions, and
workmanship, to produce Work of specified quality.
B.
Comply fully with manufacturers' instructions, including each step in sequence.
C.
Should manufacturers' instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification
from Architect/Engineer before proceeding.
D.
Comply with specified standards as a minimum quality for the Work except when more
stringent tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more
precise workmanship.
E.
Perform work by persons qualified to produce workmanship of specified quality.
F.
Secure Products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand
stresses, vibration, physical distortion or disfigurement.
1.38
FIELD SAMPLES
A.
Install field samples at the site as required by individual specifications Sections for review.
B.
Acceptable samples represent a quality level for the Work.
C.
Where field sample is specified in individual Sections to be removed, clear area after field
sample has been accepted by Architect/Engineer.
1.39
MOCK-UP
A.
Tests will be performed under provisions identified in this section.
B.
Assemble and erect specified items, with specified attachment and anchorage devices,
flashings, seals, and finishes.
C.
Where mock-up is specified in individual Sections to be removed, clear area after mock-up has
been accepted by Architect/Engineer.
1.40
INSPECTION AND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES
A.
Owner will appoint and employ services of an independent firm to perform inspection and
testing.
B.
The independent firm will perform inspections, tests, and other services specified in individual
specification Sections and as required by the Architect/Engineer.
C.
Reports will be submitted by the independent firm to the Architect/Engineer, in duplicate,
indicating observations and results of tests and indicating compliance or non-compliance with
Contract Documents.
D.
Cooperate with independent firm; furnish samples of materials, design mix, equipment, tools,
storage and assistance as requested.
308
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
1.
2.
E.
1.41
Notify Architect/Engineer and independent firm forty-eight (48) hours prior to
expected time for operations requiring services.
Make arrangements with independent firm and pay for additional samples and tests
required for Contractor's use.
Retesting required because of non-conformance to specified requirements shall be performed
by the same independent firm on instructions by the Architect/Engineer. Payment for
retesting will be charged to the Contractor by deducting inspection or testing charges from
the Contract Sum/Price.
MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES AND REPORTS
A.
Submit qualifications of observer to Architect/Engineer thirty (30) days in advance of required
observations. Observer subject to approval of Architect/Engineer and/or Owner.
B.
When specified in individual specification Sections, require material or Product suppliers or
manufacturers to provide qualified staff personnel to observe site conditions, conditions of
surfaces and installation, quality of workmanship, start-up of equipment, test, adjust, and
balance of equipment and to initiate instructions when necessary.
C.
Individuals to report observations and site decisions or instructions given to applicators or
installers that are supplemental or contrary to manufacturers' written instructions.
D.
Submit report in duplicate within five (5) days of observation to Architect/Engineer for review.
1.42
SPECIFIC MANUFACTURER AND MODEL
A.
Trade names are used to establish standards. Where more than one name is given, the first
listed is the basis of the project design and will be described fully. Other names indicate
product lines of generally comparable quality but are subject to the Architect's/Engineer’s
direction.
B.
Where specifications call for an installation to be made in accordance with manufacturers
recommendations, a copy of such recommendations shall at all times be kept in the job
superintendent's office, and shall be available to the Owner's representative.
C.
Follow manufacturer's instructions where they cover points not specifically indicated on the
drawings and specifications. If they are in conflict with the drawings and specifications obtain
clarification from the Architect before starting work.
1.43
A.
1.44
A.
1.45
NO SPECIFIC MANUFACTURER
Where no specific make of material or equipment is mentioned, an appropriate product of
approved manufacturer may be used, provided it conforms to the requirements of system.
U.L. LABEL
Furnish UL labeled and listed materials and equipment except when equipment is of a type for
which labeling or listing services are not available from UL.
CURRENT MODELS
309
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
A.
1.46
A.
1.47
Materials and equipment shall be new, current models by each manufacturer and shall bear
complete identification by the manufacturer. Materials and equipment shall be guaranteed by
the manufacturer to equal or exceed specified, submitted and published specifications, such
as pressure ratings, capacities, etc.
SERVICE CAPABILITY
Provide materials and equipment of major and reputable manufacturers with ability to render
competent and thorough technical services through local organizations, and to expeditiously
furnish spare parts.
FINISHES AND PAINTING
A.
Provide all equipment with a factory painted finish. All other painting will be done per the
Architect's direction.
B.
Touchup scratches in factory finished surfaces to match original. Obtain touch-up paint from
the manufacturer of the piece of equipment.
1.48
COORDINATION
A.
Definition: The words “Coordination,” “Coordinating,” and “Coordinate,” where used in these
specifications, are defined to mean the following: “To bring, or the bringing, into a common
action, movement, or combination so as to act together in a smooth concerted way.”
B.
Coordination of Trades: Compare the mechanical drawings and mechanical specifications with
all of the drawings and all of the specifications for the complete job and report any
discrepancies to the Architect/Engineer. Obtain written instructions from the Architect for
changes required as a result of such discrepancies. The mechanical work shall be installed in
cooperation with other trades. The Contractor shall coordinate with all disciplines to avoid
conflicts and to assure that mechanical systems are installed in accordance with the Contract
Documents and in the space indicated. Before installation, make provisions to avoid
interferences. Coordinate electrical interlocks of mechanical equipment with the electrical
division.
Verify that utility requirement characteristics of operating equipment are compatible with
building utilities. Coordinate work of various Sections having interdependent responsibilities
for installing, connecting to, and placing in service, such equipment.
C.
Coordinate space requirements and installation of mechanical and electrical work which are
indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. Follow routing shown for pipes, ducts, and conduit,
as closely as practicable; place runs parallel with line building. Utilize spaces efficiently to
maximize accessibility for other installations, for maintenance, and for repairs.
D.
Congested Areas:
310
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
1.
2.
All "tight" conditions involving work under this Division and work in other Sections
shall be worked out in advance of installation. If necessary, and before work proceeds
in these areas, prepare supplementary drawings under this Division for approval,
showing all work in the "tight" area. Provide supplementary drawings for additional
work necessary to overcome "tight" conditions at no increase in the Contract Cost.
Refer to Architect for coordination drawings.
Differences or disputes concerning coordination, interference, or extent of work
between Sections shall be decided by General Contractor.
E.
Coordinate all shutdown periods with the Owner, and obtain specific agreement, by the
Owner, and obtain specific agreement, by the Owner, of times and duration of all system shut
down periods. The Contractor shall permanently reroute or relocate existing ductwork, piping
and equipment which is in conflict with existing building alterations and new building
additions and which is required to be maintained in use.
F.
Responsibility for Slots, Chases and Openings: Slots, chases and openings through floors,
walls, ceilings and roofs as required will be provided by the various trades, but the trade
requiring them shall see that they are installed and properly located, and shall be responsible
for any cutting and patching caused by their omission or improper location.
G.
Anchor bolts, sleeves, inserts and supports that are required shall be furnished and installed
under the same Section of the specifications as the respective items to be anchored, sleeved
or supported.
H.
Sprinkler Heads and Other Devices: Check the location of all sprinkler heads in finished
building areas with the Architectural reflected ceiling plans to prevent conflicts between the
trades. In cases where a device and a sprinkler head occupy the same position, the Architect
shall decide which shall be shifted.
I.
Drilling of Concrete: Drill all new openings through existing concrete with diamond tipped
rotary core-drilling equipment, or carbide tipped drills. Saw cut through existing concrete
with diamond tipped or carbide tipped saw blade.
1.
In existing post tensioned slabs, locate and mark post tensioned strand locations with
subsurface interface radar type locating equipment prior to all drilling, cutting, and
sawing operations.
J.
Cutting and Repairing: Include in the work all cutting and repairing necessary and required for
the installation. Repairing shall be performed by workmen skilled in the trade involved, in a
manner satisfactory to the Architect.
K.
Avoidance of Interference with Owner's Activities: Arrange all work so that it does not
interfere with Owner's activities.
1.49
A.
1.50
STRUCTURAL MODIFICATION
Do not cut structural members except with written approval of the Architect.
WORKMANSHIP
311
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
A.
1.51
A.
1.52
Workmanship shall be first class throughout, performed only by competent and experienced
workmen in a manner satisfactory to the Architect. Replace work falling below these
standards as directed by the Architect. Constant supervision of the work either by the
Contractor or his competent representative shall be maintained. Welding shall be done by
certified pipe welders.
QUIETNESS
Quietness during construction is a requirement. Eliminate noise, other than that caused by
specific equipment operating at optimum conditions as directed by the Architect/Engineer.
GENERAL ELECTRICAL
A.
All equipment shall be selected to suit power available; this requirement supersedes other
portions of the specifications.
B.
All equipment shall conform to the National Electrical Manufacturer's Association Standards,
and shall bear the Underwriter Laboratories label unless such listing is not available.
C.
Load and line voltage connections to equipment will be made by the Electrical Division unless
specifically noted otherwise. Coordinate work with the Electrical Division. Furnish the
Electrical Division with shop drawing information for indicating ratings and control circuits
required for the actual equipment furnished.
D.
Guard opening giving access to "live" or rotating parts to prevent accidental contact with such
parts.
1.53
MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS
A.
When specified in individual specification Sections, submit manufacturers’ printed instructions
for delivery, storage, assembly, installation, start-up, adjusting, and finishing, in quantities
specified for Product Data.
B.
Identify conflicts between manufacturers’ instructions and Contract Documents.
C.
Follow Manufacturer's installation details except as specifically modified on the drawings, and
provide any valves or special fittings or other specialty items called for by them as required in
order to make the equipment perform as intended.
1.54
MANUFACTURER’S CERTIFICATES
A.
When specified in individual specification Sections, submit manufacturers’ certificate to
Architect/Engineer for review, in quantities specified for Product Data.
B.
Indicate material or product conforms to or exceeds specified requirements. Submit
supporting reference date, affidavits, and certifications as appropriate.
C.
Certificates may be recent or previous test results on material or Product, but must be
acceptable to Architect/Engineer.
1.55
SEISMIC RESTRAINTS
312
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
A.
General: All equipment, piping, ductwork, and materials shall be fastened to the structure
with properly sized and structurally engineered anchors, bolts, and restraints to prevent
permanent displacement in any direction caused by lateral motion, overturning, or uplift.
Refer to Architect/Engineer for direction.
B.
Calculations:
1.
2.
3.
Submit drawings, calculations, and specifications that clearly indicate the furnished
systems for support of equipment, piping, ductwork and materials.
Calculations shall be in a form that can be readily reviewed by the Owner, and shall be
prepared, stamped and signed by a licensed Structural Engineer.
Calculations for all seismic restraints including standard NFPA approved restraints
shall indicate how the restraints are adequately supported by the secured to the
building structure.
C.
Provide specifications of anchor bolt size and loads with installation instructions for each item.
D.
All structural steel shall be ASTM A36 (Fy = 36,000 psi). All pipe steel shall be ASTM A501 (Fy =
36,000) or ASTM A53, type E or S, grade B (Fy = 35,000). All tubular steel shall be ASTM A500
grade B (Fy = 46,000 psi). All bolts shall be ASTM A307 or ASTM A325. Other ASTM specified
materials to be used in the unit and support shall be submitted for approval. Latest American
Institute of Steel Construction (AISC) and American Welding Society (AWS) codes apply.
E.
All bolts, anchor bolts, expansion bolts, etc., shall be installed with steel washers. All high
strength bolting shall be inspected by an independent testing laboratory. All welding shall be
by welders holding valid certificates and have current experience in type of welds performed.
Certificates shall be those issued by an accepted testing agency.
F.
All welding shall be done by E70 series low hydrogen rods. All welding per American Welding
Society standards. Vendor may shop weld only the portions of unit and support which is
factory preassembled. All field connections shall be bolted. Shop welds shall be shown on
shop drawings. All full penetration welds shall be tested and certified by an independent
testing laboratory.
G.
Expansion Anchors in Hardened Concrete:
1.
2.
3.
An expansion anchor is defined as a mechanical fastener designed to expand in a selfdrilled or predrilled hole of a specified size, and to engage the sides of the hole in one
or more locations to develop shear and/or withdrawal resistance to applied loads
without the use of grout, epoxy, or dry pack.
Maximum Values: The shear and tension (pull-out) loads shall not exceed the values
allowed in the latest International Conference of Building Officials (ICBO) Research
Report for the specific anchor in hard rock 2000 psi concrete.
Where the anchors are subjected to combined shear and pull-out forces, the ratio of
the actual shear to the allowable shear, plus the ratio of the actual pull-out to the
allowable pull-out, shall not exceed 1.00 for gravity loads or seismic forces.
313
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
4.
Expansion anchors shall be specified in calculations and drawings by Manufacturer's
name and model number, as well as by nominal thread size and required embedment.
Embedment shall not exceed 3". They shall be sized and installed in accordance with
the above referenced conditions and requirements, as well as Manufacturer's
recommendations, and ICBO Research Report recommendations for the specific
anchor.
H.
All isolators shall be fastened to the structure and to the equipment with properly sized and
structurally engineered anchors and bolts as specified above. The isolator Manufacturers shall
submit seismic calculations confirming that such bolts and anchors can handle the specified
seismic requirements.
I.
The equipment Manufacturer shall furnish the weight of the equipment at each point of
support.
J.
The SMACNA "Guidelines for Seismic Restraints of mechanical Systems and Plumbing Piping
Systems" may be used for reference.
K.
Seismic Bracing for Hangers and Duct: All required seismic bracing shall be installed as per the
State of California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Division T-22 modified to meet an importance
factor (I) of 1.0.
L.
Under California Code of Regulations Title 24, Division T-22, seismic restraints may be omitted
from the following installation:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Gas piping less than 1" inside diameter.
Piping in boiler and mechanical equipment rooms less than 1 1/4" inside diameter.
All other piping less than 2 1/2" inside diameter.
All piping suspended by individual hangers 12" or less in length from the top of pipe to
the bottom of the support for the hanger.
All rectangular air handling ducts less than 6 square feet in cross sectional area.
All round air handling ducts less than 28" in diameter.
All ducts suspended by hangers 12" or less in length from the top of the duct to the
bottom of the support or the hanger connection point.
The Title 24 Division T-22 allowable omissions do not supersede any requirements indicated in
NFPA or required by the Fire Marshal or building official. Contractor shall comply to the most
stringent of these requirements.
M.
Provide for attachment to portions of the building structure capable of bearing the loads
imposed. Design systems to not overstress the building structure.
N.
The general contractor shall coordinate the load requirements from all subcontractors so that
no combination of loads exceeds the structural limitations.
O.
Design and install all support systems to comply with the seismic zone 4 requirements of the
Uniform Building Code (UBC). Use an importance factor (I) of 1.0.
314
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
P.
The Engineer (under Contract of the Mechanical Subcontractor) providing the required
calculations shall inspect all supports and attachments designed by him and provide a letter
certifying that they have been installed as designed.
PART 2
PRODUCTS
See Subsequent Sections.
PART 3
3.1
EXECUTION
INSTALLATION
A.
Installation and Arrangement: Install all mechanical work to permit removal (without damage
to other parts) of coils, heat exchange bundles, fan shafts and wheels, filters, belt guards,
sheaves and drives, and all other parts requiring periodic replacement or maintenance.
Arrange pipes, ducts, raceways and equipment to permit ready access to valves, cocks, traps,
starters, motors, and control components. Doors and access panels shall be kept clear.
B.
Ductwork: Change the cross-sectional dimensions of ductwork when required to meet job
conditions but maintain at least the same equivalent cross-sectional area. Obtain the
Architect's/Engineer’s approval prior to fabrication of ductwork requiring such changes.
C.
Access: Provide access panels in equipment, ducts, as required for inspection and for proper
maintenance.
D.
Location of pipes, ducts, equipment, fixtures, etc., shall be adjusted to accommodate the work
and to avoid interferences anticipated or encountered. Determine the exact route and
location of each pipe and duct prior to fabrication.
1.
2.
Right-of-Way: Lines which pitch shall have the right-of-way over those which do not
pitch. For example, steam, condensate and plumbing drains shall normally have the
right-of-way. Lines whose elevations cannot be changed shall have the right-of-way
over lines whose elevations can be changed.
Offsets, transitions and changes in directions in pipes and ducts shall be made to
maintain proper headroom and pitch of sloping lines whether or not indicated on the
drawings. Furnish and install all traps, air vents, sanitary vents, etc., required to affect
these offsets, transitions and changes in direction.
E.
Location of valves, traps, strainers, motors, damper operators, etc., shall be such as to be
easily accessible by a person standing on the floor. If any such items are not in the open they
shall be accessible through access openings in the building construction. Valves in vertical
risers shall be located not over 5 feet above the floor. If circumstances at a particular location
make this accessibility difficult or inconvenient, the situation shall be discussed with the
Architect before installing apparatus at reduced accessibility locations.
F.
Manufacturers' Installation Details: Conform to manufacturer’s instructions. Provide any
valves or fittings recommended by manufacturers.
G.
Openings in Pipes and Ducts: Keep closed during construction.
315
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
H.
Ferrous metal work exposed to the weather, other than cast iron, shall be hot dip galvanized.
I.
Nameplates: Provide for each fan and pump per the equipment schedules and its associated
motor controller (if not in a motor control center); including any special instructions for fan or
pump use; laminated black and white plastic with lettering cut through to white background.
Submit list to the Architect for prior approval.
J.
Entries and Corridor Areas: Obtain approval by the Architect of the location of all equipment
and materials before final installation of work in these areas.
3.2
TESTING
A.
Delayed Heating or Cooling Tests: If the work is completed during the heating season,
perform final tests of cooling equipment the following summer; if completed during summer,
perform test of heating system the following winter.
B.
Test Procedures and Reports: The Contractor shall notify the Architect at least 48 hours
before each system test, for mechanical work. Qualifications of people running tests should
be established in writing. Monitor all tests. A written report shall be prepared by the
Contractor and submitted to the Architect/Engineer, showing the following as a minimum.
1.
2.
3.
Who conducted test.
Test plan - times, pressures, etc.
Test results - times, pressures, a part of system that failed to meet test minimum and
why. Corrective action recommended.
END OF SECTION
END OF SECTION 230000
316
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
SECTION 230500 - BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS
PART 1
1.1
A.
1.2
A.
GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
This Section includes the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
1.3
Piping materials and installation instructions common to most piping systems.
Transition fittings.
Dielectric fittings.
Mechanical sleeve seals.
Sleeves.
Escutcheons.
Grout.
Mechanical demolition.
Equipment installation requirements common to equipment sections.
Painting and finishing.
Concrete bases.
Supports and anchorages.
DEFINITIONS
A.
Finished Spaces: Spaces other than mechanical and electrical equipment rooms, furred
spaces, pipe and duct shafts, unheated spaces immediately below roof, spaces above ceilings,
unexcavated spaces, crawlspaces, and tunnels.
B.
Exposed, Interior Installations: Exposed to view indoors. Examples include finished occupied
spaces and mechanical equipment rooms.
C.
Exposed, Exterior Installations: Exposed to view outdoors or subject to outdoor ambient
temperatures and weather conditions. Examples include rooftop locations.
D.
Concealed, Interior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from physical contact by
building occupants. Examples include above ceilings and in duct shafts.
E.
Concealed, Exterior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from weather
conditions and physical contact by building occupants but subject to outdoor ambient
temperatures. Examples include installations within unheated shelters.
F.
The following are industry abbreviations for plastic materials:
1.
2.
3.
ABS: Acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene plastic.
CPVC: Chlorinated polyvinyl chloride plastic.
PE: Polyethylene plastic.
317
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
4.
G.
The following are industry abbreviations for rubber materials:
1.
2.
1.4
A.
1.5
EPDM: Ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer rubber.
NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber.
SUBMITTALS
Product Data: For the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
B.
PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic.
Transition fittings.
Dielectric fittings.
Mechanical sleeve seals.
Escutcheons.
Welding certificates.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Steel Support Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to AWS D1.1, "Structural
Welding Code--Steel."
B.
Steel Pipe Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure
Vessel Code: Section IX, "Welding and Brazing Qualifications."
1.
2.
C.
1.6
Comply with provisions in ASME B31 Series, "Code for Pressure Piping."
Certify that each welder has passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes
involved and that certification is current.
Electrical Characteristics for Mechanical Equipment: Equipment of higher electrical
characteristics may be furnished provided such proposed equipment is approved in writing
and connecting electrical services, circuit breakers, and conduit sizes are appropriately
modified at no additional cost to the Owner. If minimum energy ratings or efficiencies are
specified, equipment shall comply with requirements.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
Deliver pipes and tubes with factory-applied end caps. Maintain end caps through shipping,
storage, and handling to prevent pipe end damage and to prevent entrance of dirt, debris, and
moisture.
B.
Store plastic pipes protected from direct sunlight. Support to prevent sagging and bending.
1.7
COORDINATION
A.
Arrange for pipe spaces, chases, slots, and openings in building structure during progress of
construction, to allow for mechanical installations.
B.
Coordinate installation of required supporting devices and set sleeves in poured-in-place
concrete and other structural components as they are constructed.
318
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
C.
Coordinate and provide the access panels and doors for mechanical items requiring access
that are concealed behind finished surfaces. Coordinate with construction manager for Access
panels, doors and requirements from other trades.
PART 2
2.1
A.
PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following
requirements apply for product selection:
1.
2.
2.2
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited
to, the manufacturers specified.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the
manufacturers specified.
PIPE, TUBE, AND FITTINGS
A.
Refer to individual Division 23 piping Sections for pipe, tube, and fitting materials and joining
methods.
B.
Pipe Threads: ASME B1.20.1 for factory-threaded pipe and pipe fittings.
2.3
JOINING MATERIALS
A.
Refer to individual Division 23 piping Sections for special joining materials not listed below.
B.
Pipe-Flange Gasket Materials: Suitable for chemical and thermal conditions of piping system
contents.
1.
ASME B16.21, nonmetallic, flat, asbestos-free, 1/8-inch (3.2-mm) maximum thickness
unless thickness or specific material is indicated.
a.
b.
2.
Full-Face Type: For flat-face, Class 125, cast-iron and cast-bronze flanges.
Narrow-Face Type: For raised-face, Class 250, cast-iron and steel flanges.
AWWA C110, rubber, flat face, 1/8 inch thick, unless otherwise indicated; and full-face
or ring type, unless otherwise indicated.
C.
Flange Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel, unless otherwise indicated.
D.
Plastic, Pipe-Flange Gasket, Bolts, and Nuts: Type and material recommended by piping
system manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated.
E.
Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloys. Include water-flushable flux according to
ASTM B 813.
319
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
F.
Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8, BCuP Series, copper-phosphorus alloys for general-duty
brazing, unless otherwise indicated; and AWS A5.8, BAg1, silver alloy for refrigerant piping,
unless otherwise indicated.
G.
Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12 for welding materials appropriate for wall
thickness and chemical analysis of steel pipe being welded.
H.
Solvent Cements for Joining Plastic Piping:
1.
2.
3.
4.
I.
2.4
A.
ABS Piping: ASTM D 2235.
CPVC Piping: ASTM F 493.
PVC Piping: ASTM D 2564. Include primer according to ASTM F 656.
PVC to ABS Piping Transition: ASTM D 3138.
Fiberglass Pipe Adhesive: As furnished or recommended by pipe manufacturer.
TRANSITION FITTINGS
AWWA Transition Couplings: Same size as, and with pressure rating at least equal to and with
ends compatible with, piping to be joined.
1.
Manufacturers:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
2.
3.
4.
B.
Underground Piping NPS 1-1/2 and Smaller: Manufactured fitting or coupling.
Underground Piping NPS 2 and Larger: AWWA C219, metal sleeve-type coupling.
Aboveground Pressure Piping: Pipe fitting.
Plastic-to-Metal Transition Fittings: CPVC and PVC one-piece fitting with manufacturer's
Schedule 80 equivalent dimensions; one end with threaded brass insert, and one solventcement-joint end.
1.
Manufacturers:
a.
C.
Cascade Waterworks Mfg. Co.
Dresser Industries, Inc.; DMD Div.
Ford Meter Box Company, Incorporated (The); Pipe Products Div.
JCM Industries.
Smith-Blair, Inc.
Viking Johnson.
Eslon Thermoplastics.
Plastic-to-Metal Transition Adaptors: One-piece fitting with manufacturer's SDR 11 equivalent
dimensions; one end with threaded brass insert, and one solvent-cement-joint end.
1.
Manufacturers:
a.
Thompson Plastics, Inc.
320
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
D.
Plastic-to-Metal Transition Unions: MSS SP-107, CPVC and PVC four-part union. Include brass
end, solvent-cement-joint end, rubber O-ring, and union nut.
1.
Manufacturers:
a.
b.
E.
Flexible Transition Couplings for Underground Nonpressure Drainage Piping: ASTM C 1173
with elastomeric sleeve, ends same size as piping to be joined, and corrosion-resistant metal
band on each end.
1.
Manufacturers:
a.
b.
c.
d.
2.5
NIBCO INC.
NIBCO, Inc.; Chemtrol Div.
Cascade Waterworks Mfg. Co.
Fernco, Inc.
Mission Rubber Company.
Plastic Oddities, Inc.
DIELECTRIC FITTINGS
A.
Description: Combination fitting of copper alloy and ferrous materials with threaded, solderjoint, plain, or weld-neck end connections that match piping system materials.
B.
Insulating Material: Suitable for system fluid, pressure, and temperature.
C.
Dielectric Unions: Factory-fabricated, union assembly, for 250-psig minimum working
pressure at 180 deg F.
1.
Manufacturers:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
D.
Capitol Manufacturing Co.
Central Plastics Company.
Eclipse, Inc.
Epco Sales, Inc.
Hart Industries, International, Inc.
Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div.
Zurn Industries, Inc.; Wilkins Div.
Dielectric Flanges: Factory-fabricated, companion-flange assembly, for 150- or 300-psig
minimum working pressure as required to suit system pressures.
1.
Manufacturers:
a.
b.
c.
d.
Capitol Manufacturing Co.
Central Plastics Company.
Epco Sales, Inc.
Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div.
321
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
E.
Dielectric-Flange Kits: Companion-flange assembly for field assembly. Include flanges, fullface- or ring-type neoprene or phenolic gasket, phenolic or polyethylene bolt sleeves, phenolic
washers, and steel backing washers.
1.
Manufacturers:
a.
b.
c.
d.
2.
F.
Separate companion flanges and steel bolts and nuts shall have 150- or 300-psig
minimum working pressure where required to suit system pressures.
Dielectric Couplings: Galvanized-steel coupling with inert and noncorrosive, thermoplastic
lining; threaded ends; and 300-psig minimum working pressure at 225 deg F.
1.
Manufacturers:
a.
b.
G.
Manufacturers:
a.
b.
c.
d.
A.
Calpico, Inc.
Lochinvar Corp.
Dielectric Nipples: Electroplated steel nipple with inert and noncorrosive, thermoplastic
lining; plain, threaded, or grooved ends; and 300-psig minimum working pressure at 225
deg F.
1.
2.6
Advance Products & Systems, Inc.
Calpico, Inc.
Central Plastics Company.
Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc.
Perfection Corp.
Precision Plumbing Products, Inc.
Sioux Chief Manufacturing Co., Inc.
Victaulic Co. of America.
MECHANICAL SLEEVE SEALS
Description: Modular sealing element unit, designed for field assembly, to fill annular space
between pipe and sleeve.
1.
Manufacturers:
a.
b.
c.
d.
2.
3.
Advance Products & Systems, Inc.
Calpico, Inc.
Metraflex Co.
Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc.
Sealing Elements: EPDM interlocking links shaped to fit surface of pipe. Include type
and number required for pipe material and size of pipe.
Pressure Plates: Stainless steel. Include two for each sealing element.
322
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
4.
2.7
Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Stainless steel of length required to secure pressure
plates to sealing elements. Include one for each sealing element.
SLEEVES
A.
Galvanized-Steel Sheet: 0.0239-inch minimum thickness; round tube closed with welded
longitudinal joint.
B.
Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, galvanized, plain ends.
C.
Cast Iron: Cast or fabricated "wall pipe" equivalent to ductile-iron pressure pipe, with plain
ends and integral waterstop, unless otherwise indicated.
D.
Stack Sleeve Fittings: Manufactured, cast-iron sleeve with integral clamping flange. Include
clamping ring and bolts and nuts for membrane flashing.
1.
Underdeck Clamp: Clamping ring with set screws.
E.
Molded PVC: Permanent, with nailing flange for attaching to wooden forms.
F.
PVC Pipe: ASTM D 1785, Schedule 40.
G.
Molded PE: Reusable, PE, tapered-cup shaped, and smooth-outer surface with nailing flange
for attaching to wooden forms.
2.8
ESCUTCHEONS
A.
Description: Manufactured wall and ceiling escutcheons and floor plates, with an ID to closely
fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of insulated piping and an OD that completely covers
opening.
B.
One-Piece, Deep-Pattern Type: Deep-drawn, box-shaped brass with polished chrome-plated
finish.
C.
One-Piece, Cast-Brass Type: With set screw.
1.
D.
Finish: Polished chrome-plated.
Split-Casting, Cast-Brass Type: With concealed hinge and set screw.
1.
Finish: Polished chrome-plated.
E.
One-Piece, Stamped-Steel Type: With set screw and chrome-plated finish.
F.
Split-Plate, Stamped-Steel Type: With concealed hinge, set screw, and chrome-plated finish.
G.
One-Piece, Floor-Plate Type: Cast-iron floor plate.
H.
Split-Casting, Floor-Plate Type: Cast brass with concealed hinge and set screw.
2.9
GROUT
323
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
A.
Description: ASTM C 1107, Grade B, nonshrink and nonmetallic, dry hydraulic-cement grout.
1.
2.
3.
PART 3
3.1
Characteristics: Post-hardening, volume-adjusting, nonstaining, noncorrosive,
nongaseous, and recommended for interior and exterior applications.
Design Mix: 5000-psi, 28-day compressive strength.
Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged.
EXECUTION
MECHANICAL DEMOLITION
A.
Refer to Division 1 Sections "Cutting and Patching" and "Selective Demolition" for general
demolition requirements and procedures.
B.
Disconnect, demolish, and remove mechanical systems, equipment, and components
indicated to be removed.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
C.
3.2
Piping to Be Removed: Remove portion of piping indicated to be removed and cap or
plug remaining piping with same or compatible piping material.
Piping to Be Abandoned in Place: Drain piping and cap or plug piping with same or
compatible piping material.
Ducts to Be Removed: Remove portion of ducts indicated to be removed and plug
remaining ducts with same or compatible ductwork material.
Ducts to Be Abandoned in Place: Cap or plug ducts with same or compatible ductwork
material.
Equipment to Be Removed: Disconnect and cap services and remove equipment.
Equipment to Be Removed and Reinstalled: Disconnect and cap services and remove,
clean, and store equipment; when appropriate, reinstall, reconnect, and make
equipment operational.
Equipment to Be Removed and Salvaged: Disconnect and cap services and remove
equipment and deliver to Owner.
If pipe, insulation, or equipment to remain is damaged in appearance or is unserviceable,
remove damaged or unserviceable portions and replace with new products of equal capacity
and quality.
PIPING SYSTEMS - COMMON REQUIREMENTS
A.
Install piping according to the following requirements and Division 23 Sections specifying
piping systems.
B.
Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping
systems. Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate friction
loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated
unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings.
C.
Install piping in concealed locations, unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment
rooms and service areas.
324
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
D.
Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at
right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically
indicated otherwise.
E.
Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal.
F.
Install piping to permit valve servicing.
G.
Install piping at indicated slopes.
H.
Install piping free of sags and bends.
I.
Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections.
J.
Install piping to allow application of insulation.
K.
Select system components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating
pressure.
L.
Install escutcheons for penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors according to the following:
1.
New Piping:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
2.
Piping with Fitting or Sleeve Protruding from Wall: One-piece, deep-pattern
type.
Chrome-Plated Piping: One-piece, cast-brass type with polished chrome-plated
finish.
Insulated Piping: One-piece, stamped-steel type with spring clips.
Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, castbrass type with polished chrome-plated finish.
Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece,
stamped-steel type.
Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, cast-brass
type with polished chrome-plated finish.
Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, stampedsteel type and set screw.
Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: One-piece, cast-brass type with
polished chrome-plated finish.
Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: One-piece, stamped-steel type with
concealed hinge and set screw.
Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: One-piece, cast-brass type.
Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: One-piece, stamped-steel type with set
screw.
Bare Piping at Floor Penetrations in Equipment Rooms: One-piece, floor-plate
type.
Existing Piping: Use the following:
a.
Chrome-Plated Piping: Split-casting, cast-brass type with chrome-plated finish.
325
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
Insulated Piping: Split-plate, stamped-steel type with concealed hinge and
spring clips.
Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: Split-casting,
cast-brass type with chrome-plated finish.
Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: Split-plate,
stamped-steel type with concealed hinge and spring clips.
Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: Split-casting, cast-brass
type with chrome-plated finish.
Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: Split-plate, stampedsteel type with concealed hinge and set screw.
Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: Split-casting, cast-brass type with
polished chrome-plated finish.
Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: Split-plate, stamped-steel type with
concealed hinge and set screw or spring clips.
Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: Split-casting, cast-brass type.
Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: Split-plate, stamped-steel type with set screw
or spring clips.
Bare Piping at Floor Penetrations in Equipment Rooms: Split-casting, floor-plate
type.
M.
Sleeves are not required for core-drilled holes.
N.
Permanent sleeves are not required for holes formed by removable plain-end sleeves.
O.
Install sleeves for pipes passing through concrete and masonry walls and concrete floor and
roof slabs.
P.
Install sleeves for pipes passing through concrete and masonry walls, gypsum-board
partitions, and concrete floor and roof slabs.
1.
Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces.
a.
2.
3.
Exception: Extend sleeves installed in floors of mechanical equipment areas or
other wet areas minimum 2 inches above finished floor level. Extend cast-iron
sleeve fittings below floor slab as required to secure clamping ring if ring is
specified.
Install sleeves in new walls and slabs as new walls and slabs are constructed.
Install sleeves that are large enough to provide 4-inch annular clear space between
sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation. Use the following sleeve materials:
a.
b.
c.
Steel Pipe Sleeves: For pipes smaller than NPS 6.
Steel Sheet Sleeves: For pipes NPS 6 and larger, penetrating gypsum-board
partitions.
Stack Sleeve Fittings: For pipes penetrating floors with membrane
waterproofing. Secure flashing between clamping flanges. Install section of
cast-iron soil pipe to extend sleeve to minimum 2 inches above finished floor
level. Refer to Division 7 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" for flashing.
(1)
Seal space outside of sleeve fittings with grout.
326
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
4.
Q.
Aboveground, Exterior-Wall Pipe Penetrations: Seal penetrations using sleeves and
mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between
pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals.
1.
2.
3.
R.
Except for underground wall penetrations, seal annular space between sleeve and
pipe or pipe insulation, using joint sealants appropriate for size, depth, and location of
joint. Refer to Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" for materials and installation.
Install steel pipe for sleeves smaller than 6 inches in diameter.
Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves 6 inches and larger in diameter.
Mechanical Sleeve Seal Installation: Select type and number of sealing elements
required for pipe material and size. Position pipe in center of sleeve. Assemble
mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between pipe and sleeve. Tighten
bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make
watertight seal.
Underground, Exterior-Wall Pipe Penetrations: Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves. Seal
pipe penetrations using mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular
clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals.
1.
Mechanical Sleeve Seal Installation: Select type and number of sealing elements
required for pipe material and size. Position pipe in center of sleeve. Assemble
mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between pipe and sleeve. Tighten
bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make
watertight seal.
S.
Fire-Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors
at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with firestop materials. Refer to Division 7
Section "Through-Penetration Firestop Systems" for materials.
T.
Verify final equipment locations for roughing-in.
U.
Refer to equipment specifications in other Sections of these Specifications for roughing-in
requirements.
3.3
PIPING JOINT CONSTRUCTION
A.
Join pipe and fittings according to the following requirements and Division 23 Sections
specifying piping systems.
B.
Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe.
C.
Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before
assembly.
D.
Soldered Joints: Apply ASTM B 813, water-flushable flux, unless otherwise indicated, to tube
end. Construct joints according to ASTM B 828 or CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook," using leadfree solder alloy complying with ASTM B 32.
327
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
E.
Brazed Joints: Construct joints according to AWS's "Brazing Handbook," "Pipe and Tube"
Chapter, using copper-phosphorus brazing filler metal complying with AWS A5.8.
F.
Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. Cut
threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore
full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows:
1.
2.
Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dry seal
threading is specified.
Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or
damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds.
G.
Welded Joints: Construct joints according to AWS D10.12, using qualified processes and
welding operators according to Part 1 "Quality Assurance" Article.
H.
Flanged Joints: Select appropriate gasket material, size, type, and thickness for service
application. Install gasket concentrically positioned. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads.
I.
Plastic Piping Solvent-Cement Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces. Join pipe and fittings
according to the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Comply with ASTM F 402 for safe-handling practice of cleaners, primers, and solvent
cements.
ABS Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2235 and ASTM D 2661 Appendixes.
CPVC Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2846/D 2846M Appendix.
PVC Pressure Piping: Join schedule number ASTM D 1785, PVC pipe and PVC socket
fittings according to ASTM D 2672. Join other-than-schedule-number PVC pipe and
socket fittings according to ASTM D 2855.
PVC Nonpressure Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2855.
PVC to ABS Nonpressure Transition Fittings: Join according to ASTM D 3138 Appendix.
J.
Plastic Pressure Piping Gasketed Joints: Join according to ASTM D 3139.
K.
Plastic Nonpressure Piping Gasketed Joints: Join according to ASTM D 3212.
L.
Plain-End Piping Heat-Fusion Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces by wiping with clean cloth
or paper towels. Join according to ASTM D 2657.
1.
2.
M.
3.4
A.
Plain-End Pipe and Fittings: Use butt fusion.
Plain-End Pipe and Socket Fittings: Use socket fusion.
Fiberglass Bonded Joints: Prepare pipe ends and fittings, apply adhesive, and join according to
pipe manufacturer's written instructions.
PIPING CONNECTIONS
Make connections according to the following, unless otherwise indicated:
1.
Install unions, in piping NPS 2 and smaller, adjacent to each valve and at final
connection to each piece of equipment.
328
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
2.
3.
4.
3.5
Install flanges, in piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger, adjacent to flanged valves and at final
connection to each piece of equipment.
Dry Piping Systems: Install dielectric unions and flanges to connect piping materials of
dissimilar metals.
Wet Piping Systems: Install dielectric coupling and nipple fittings to connect piping
materials of dissimilar metals.
EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION - COMMON REQUIREMENTS
A.
Install equipment to allow maximum possible headroom unless specific mounting heights are
not indicated.
B.
Install equipment level and plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other building systems and
components in exposed interior spaces, unless otherwise indicated.
C.
Install mechanical equipment to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of
components. Connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum interference to
other installations. Extend grease fittings to accessible locations.
D.
Install equipment to allow right of way for piping installed at required slope.
3.6
PAINTING
A.
Painting of mechanical systems, equipment, and components is specified in Division 9 Section.
B.
Damage and Touchup: Repair marred and damaged factory-painted finishes with materials
and procedures to match original factory finish.
3.7
A.
CONCRETE BASES
Concrete Bases: Anchor equipment to concrete base according to equipment manufacturer's
written instructions and according to seismic codes at Project.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
3.8
Construct concrete bases of dimensions indicated, but not less than 4 inches larger in
both directions than supported unit.
Install dowel rods to connect concrete base to concrete floor. Unless otherwise
indicated, install dowel rods on 18-inch centers around the full perimeter of the base.
Install epoxy-coated anchor bolts for supported equipment that extend through
concrete base, and anchor into structural concrete floor.
Place and secure anchorage devices. Use supported equipment manufacturer's
setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with
items to be embedded.
Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported
equipment.
Install anchor bolts according to anchor-bolt manufacturer's written instructions.
Use 3000-psi, 28-day compressive-strength concrete and reinforcement as specified in
Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete."
ERECTION OF METAL SUPPORTS AND ANCHORAGES
329
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
A.
Refer to Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications" for structural steel.
B.
Cut, fit, and place miscellaneous metal supports accurately in location, alignment, and
elevation to support and anchor mechanical materials and equipment.
C.
Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1.
3.9
ERECTION OF WOOD SUPPORTS AND ANCHORAGES
A.
Cut, fit, and place wood grounds, nailers, blocking, and anchorages to support, and anchor
mechanical materials and equipment.
B.
Select fastener sizes that will not penetrate members if opposite side will be exposed to view
or will receive finish materials. Tighten connections between members. Install fasteners
without splitting wood members.
C.
Attach to substrates as required to support applied loads.
3.10
GROUTING
A.
Mix and install grout for mechanical equipment base bearing surfaces, pump and other
equipment base plates, and anchors.
B.
Clean surfaces that will come into contact with grout.
C.
Provide forms as required for placement of grout.
D.
Avoid air entrapment during placement of grout.
E.
Place grout, completely filling equipment bases.
F.
Place grout on concrete bases and provide smooth bearing surface for equipment.
G.
Place grout around anchors.
H.
Cure placed grout.
END OF SECTION 230500
330
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
SECTION 230516 - EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS FOR HVAC PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
B.
Section Includes:
1.
Alignment guides and anchors.
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
C.
Compatibility: Products shall be suitable for piping service fluids, materials, working pressures,
and temperatures.
D.
Capability: Products to absorb 200 percent of maximum axial movement between anchors.
SUBMITTALS
E.
Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
F.
Delegated-Design Submittal: For each anchor and alignment guide indicated to comply with
performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by
the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation.
1.
Design Calculations: Calculate requirements for thermal expansion of piping systems
and for selecting and designing expansion joints, loops, and swing connections.
2.
Anchor Details: Detail fabrication of each anchor indicated. Show dimensions and
methods of assembly and attachment to building structure.
3.
Alignment Guide Details: Detail field assembly and attachment to building structure.
4.
Schedule: Indicate type, manufacturer's number, size, material, pressure rating, end
connections, and location for each expansion joint.
G.
Welding certificates.
H.
Product Certificates: For each type of expansion joint, from manufacturer.
I.
Maintenance Data: For expansion joints to include in maintenance manuals.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
J.
Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following:
331
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
1.
AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel."
2.
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
ALIGNMENT GUIDES AND ANCHORS
A.
B.
Alignment Guides:
1.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited
to, the following:
a.
Adsco Manufacturing LLC.
b.
Advanced Thermal Systems, Inc.
c.
Flex-Hose Co., Inc.
d.
Flexicraft Industries.
e.
Flex-Weld, Inc.
f.
Hyspan Precision Products, Inc.
g.
Metraflex, Inc.
h.
Senior Flexonics Pathway.
i.
Unisource Manufacturing, Inc.
j.
U.S. Bellows, Inc.
2.
Description: Steel, factory-fabricated alignment guide, with bolted two-section outer
cylinder and base for attaching to structure; with two-section guiding spider for bolting
to pipe.
Anchor Materials:
1.
Steel Shapes and Plates: ASTM A 36/A 36M.
2.
Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.10 or ASTM A 183, steel hex head.
3.
Washers: ASTM F 844, steel, plain, flat washers.
4.
Mechanical Fasteners: Insert-wedge-type stud with expansion plug anchor for use in
hardened portland cement concrete, with tension and shear capacities appropriate for
application.
a.
Stud: Threaded, zinc-coated carbon steel.
b.
Expansion Plug: Zinc-coated steel.
c.
Washer and Nut: Zinc-coated steel.
5.
Chemical Fasteners: Insert-type-stud, bonding-system anchor for use with hardened
portland cement concrete, with tension and shear capacities appropriate for
application.
a.
Bonding Material: ASTM C 881/C 881M, Type IV, Grade 3, two-component epoxy
resin suitable for surface temperature of hardened concrete where fastener is to
be installed.
332
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
b.
c.
Stud: ASTM A 307, zinc-coated carbon steel with continuous thread on stud
unless otherwise indicated.
Washer and Nut: Zinc-coated steel.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
ALIGNMENT-GUIDE AND ANCHOR INSTALLATION
A.
Install alignment guides to guide expansion and to avoid end-loading and torsional stress.
B.
Install one guide(s) on each side of pipe expansion fittings and loops. Install guides nearest to
expansion joint not more than four pipe diameters from expansion joint.
C.
Attach guides to pipe and secure guides to building structure.
D.
Install anchors at locations to prevent stresses from exceeding those permitted by ASME B31.9
and to prevent transfer of loading and stresses to connected equipment.
E.
Anchor Attachments:
F.
G.
1.
Anchor Attachment to Steel Pipe: Attach by welding. Comply with ASME B31.9 and
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX, "Welding and Brazing Qualifications."
2.
Anchor Attachment to Copper Tubing: Attach with pipe hangers. Use MSS SP-69,
Type 24, U-bolts bolted to anchor.
Fabricate and install steel anchors by welding steel shapes, plates, and bars. Comply with
ASME B31.9 and AWS D1.1/D1.1M.
1.
Anchor Attachment to Steel Structural Members: Attach by welding.
2.
Anchor Attachment to Concrete Structural Members: Attach by fasteners. Follow
fastener manufacturer's written instructions.
Use grout to form flat bearing surfaces for guides and anchors attached to concrete.
END OF SECTION
333
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
SECTION 230519 - METERS AND GAUGES FOR HVAC PIPING
PART 4 - GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
B.
Section Includes:
1.
Bimetallic-actuated thermometers.
2.
Liquid-in-glass thermometers.
3.
Thermowells.
4.
Dial-type pressure gages.
5.
Gage attachments.
6.
Test plugs.
7.
Test-plug kits.
8.
Sight flow indicators.
9.
Flowmeters
SUBMITTALS
C.
Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
D.
Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring.
E.
Product Certificates: For each type of meter and gage, from manufacturer.
F.
Operation and Maintenance Data:
maintenance manuals.
For meters and gages to include in operation and
PART 5 - PRODUCTS
BIMETALLIC-ACTUATED THERMOMETERS
A.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
334
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
B.
Basis-of-Design Product:
Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Insert
manufacturer's name; product name or designation or comparable product by one of the
following:
1.
Ashcroft Inc.
2.
Ernst Flow Industries.
3.
Marsh Bellofram.
4.
Miljoco Corporation.
5.
Nanmac Corporation.
6.
Noshok.
7.
Palmer Wahl Instrumentation Group.
8.
REOTEMP Instrument Corporation.
9.
Tel-Tru Manufacturing Company.
10.
Trerice, H. O. Co.
11.
Watts Regulator Co.; a div. of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.
12.
Weiss Instruments, Inc.
13.
WIKA Instrument Corporation - USA.
14.
Winters Instruments - U.S.
C.
Standard: ASME B40.200.
D.
Case: Liquid-filled and sealed type(s); stainless steel with 3-inch nominal diameter.
E.
Dial: Nonreflective aluminum with permanently etched scale markings and scales in deg F.
F.
Connector Type(s): Union joint, rigid, back and rigid, bottom, with unified-inch screw threads.
G.
Connector Size: 1/2 inch, with ASME B1.1 screw threads.
H.
Stem: 0.25 or 0.375 inch in diameter; stainless steel.
I.
Window: Plain glass.
J.
Ring: Stainless steel.
K.
Element: Bimetal coil.
L.
Pointer: Dark-colored metal.
335
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
M.
Accuracy: Plus or minus 1 percent of scale range.
LIQUID-IN-GLASS THERMOMETERS
N.
Metal-Case, Compact-Style, Liquid-in-Glass Thermometers:
1.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited
to, the following:
a.
Trerice, H. O. Co.
2.
Standard: ASME B40.200.
3.
Case: Cast aluminum; 6-inch nominal size.
4.
Case Form: Back angle unless otherwise indicated.
5.
Tube: Glass with magnifying lens and blue organic liquid.
6.
Tube Background: Nonreflective aluminum with permanently etched scale markings
graduated in deg F.
7.
Window: Glass or plastic.
8.
Stem: Aluminum or brass and of length to suit installation.
a.
Design for Air-Duct Installation: With ventilated shroud.
b.
Design for Thermowell Installation: Bare stem.
9.
Connector: 3/4 inch, with ASME B1.1 screw threads.
10.
Accuracy: Plus or minus 1 percent of scale range or one scale division, to a maximum of
1.5 percent of scale range.
DUCT-THERMOMETER MOUNTING BRACKETS
O.
Description: Flanged bracket with screw holes, for attachment to air duct and made to hold
thermometer stem.
THERMOWELLS
P.
Thermowells:
1.
Standard: ASME B40.200.
2.
Description: Pressure-tight, socket-type fitting made for insertion into piping tee fitting.
3.
Type: Stepped shank unless straight or tapered shank is indicated.
4.
External Threads: NPS 1/2, NPS 3/4, or NPS 1, ASME B1.20.1 pipe threads.
5.
Internal Threads: 1/2, 3/4, and 1 inch, with ASME B1.1 screw threads.
336
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
Q.
6.
Bore: Diameter required to match thermometer bulb or stem.
7.
Insertion Length: Length required to match thermometer bulb or stem.
8.
Lagging Extension: Include on thermowells for insulated piping and tubing.
9.
Bushings: For converting size of thermowell's internal screw thread to size of
thermometer connection.
Heat-Transfer Medium: Mixture of graphite and glycerin.
PRESSURE GAGES
R.
Direct-Mounted, Metal-Case, Dial-Type Pressure Gages:
1.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited
to, the following:
a.
AMETEK, Inc.; U.S. Gauge.
b.
Ashcroft Inc.
c.
Palmer Wahl Instrumentation Group.
d.
Trerice, H. O. Co.
e.
Watts Regulator Co.; a div. of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.
f.
Weiss Instruments, Inc.
2.
Standard: ASME B40.100.
3.
Case: Liquid-filled type(s); cast aluminum or drawn steel; 4-1/2-inch nominal diameter.
4.
Pressure-Element Assembly: Bourdon tube unless otherwise indicated.
5.
Pressure Connection: Brass, with NPS 1/4 or NPS 1/2, ASME B1.20.1 pipe threads and
bottom-outlet type unless back-outlet type is indicated.
6.
Movement: Mechanical, with link to pressure element and connection to pointer.
7.
Dial: Nonreflective aluminum with permanently etched scale markings graduated in psi.
8.
Pointer: Dark-colored metal.
9.
Window: Glass.
10.
Ring: Metal.
11.
Accuracy: Grade A, plus or minus 1 percent of middle half of scale range.
GAGE ATTACHMENTS
S.
Snubbers: ASME B40.100, brass; with NPS 1/4 or NPS 1/2, ASME B1.20.1 pipe threads and
piston-type surge-dampening device. Include extension for use on insulated piping.
337
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
T.
Valves: Brass or stainless-steel needle, with NPS 1/4 or NPS 1/2, ASME B1.20.1 pipe threads.
TEST PLUGS
U.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
1.
Flow Design, Inc.
2.
Trerice, H. O. Co.
3.
Watts Regulator Co.; a div. of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.
4.
Weiss Instruments, Inc.
V.
Description: Test-station fitting made for insertion into piping tee fitting.
W.
Body: Brass or stainless steel with core inserts and gasketed and threaded cap. Include
extended stem on units to be installed in insulated piping.
X.
Thread Size: NPS 1/4 or NPS 1/2, ASME B1.20.1 pipe thread.
Y.
Minimum Pressure and Temperature Rating: 500 psig at 200 deg F.
Z.
Core Inserts: EPDM self-sealing rubber.
TEST-PLUG KITS
AA.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
1.
Flow Design, Inc.
2.
Trerice, H. O. Co.
3.
Watts Regulator Co.; a div. of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.
4.
Weiss Instruments, Inc.
BB.
Furnish one test-plug kit(s) containing one thermometer, one pressure gage and adapter, and
carrying case. Thermometer sensing elements, pressure gage, and adapter probes shall be of
diameter to fit test plugs and of length to project into piping.
CC.
Low-Range Thermometer: Small, bimetallic insertion type with 1- to 2-inch- diameter dial and
tapered-end sensing element. Dial range shall be at least 25 to 125 deg F.
DD.
Pressure Gage: Small, Bourdon-tube insertion type with 2- to 3-inch- diameter dial and probe.
Dial range shall be at least 0 to 200 psig.
EE.
Carrying Case: Metal or plastic, with formed instrument padding.
SIGHT FLOW INDICATORS
338
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
FF.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
1.
Archon Industries, Inc.
2.
Dwyer Instruments, Inc.
3.
Emerson Process Management; Brooks Instrument.
4.
KOBOLD Instruments, Inc. - USA; KOBOLD Messring GmbH.
5.
OPW Engineered Systems; a Dover company.
6.
Penberthy; A Brand of Tyco Valves & Controls - Prophetstown.
GG.
Description: Piping inline-installation device for visual verification of flow.
HH.
Construction: Bronze or stainless-steel body, with sight glass and ball, flapper, or paddle
wheel indicator, and threaded or flanged ends.
II.
Minimum Pressure Rating: 125 psig.
JJ.
Minimum Temperature Rating: 200 deg F.
KK.
End Connections for NPS 2 and Smaller: Threaded.
LL.
End Connections for NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Flanged.
FLOWMETERS – Refer to controls specifications for requirements.
PART 6 - EXECUTION
INSTALLATION
A.
Install thermowells with socket extending to center of pipe and in vertical position in piping
tees.
B.
Install thermowells of sizes required to match thermometer connectors. Include bushings if
required to match sizes.
C.
Install thermowells with extension on insulated piping.
D.
Fill thermowells with heat-transfer medium.
E.
Install direct-mounted thermometers in thermowells and adjust vertical and tilted positions.
F.
Install remote-mounted thermometer bulbs in thermowells and install cases on panels;
connect cases with tubing and support tubing to prevent kinks. Use minimum tubing length.
G.
Install duct-thermometer mounting brackets in walls of ducts. Attach to duct with screws.
339
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
H.
Install direct-mounted pressure gages in piping tees with pressure gage located on pipe at the
most readable position.
I.
Install remote-mounted pressure gages on panel.
J.
Install valve and snubber in piping for each pressure gage for fluids.
K.
Install test plugs in piping tees.
L.
Install test plugs adjacent to all pressure gages and thermometers in piping to allow for
calibration in place.
M.
Install flow indicators (where noted on drawings) in piping systems in accessible positions for
easy viewing.
N.
Assemble and install connections, tubing, and accessories between flow-measuring elements
and flowmeters according to manufacturer's written instructions.
O.
Install flowmeter elements in accessible positions in piping systems.
P.
Install differential-pressure-type flowmeter elements, with at least minimum straight lengths
of pipe, upstream and downstream from element according to manufacturer's written
instructions.
Q.
Install permanent indicators on walls or brackets in accessible and readable positions.
R.
Install connection fittings in accessible locations for attachment to portable indicators.
S.
Install thermometers in the following locations:
T.
1.
Two inlets and two outlets of each cooling tower.
2.
Inlet and outlet of each hydronic coil in built up air-handling units.
3.
Where indicated in flow diagrams and plans.
Install pressure gages in the following locations:
1.
Discharge of each pressure-reducing valve.
2.
Inlet and outlet of each cooling tower connection.
3.
Suction and discharge of each pump.
4.
Where indicated in flow diagrams and plans.
CONNECTIONS
U.
Install meters and gages adjacent to machines and equipment to allow service and
maintenance of meters, gages, machines, and equipment.
V.
Connect flowmeter-system elements to meters.
340
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
ADJUSTING
W.
After installation, calibrate meters according to manufacturer's written instructions.
X.
Adjust faces of meters and gages to proper angle for best visibility.
THERMOMETER SCHEDULE
Y.
Z.
AA.
Thermometers at inlets and outlets of each cooling tower shall be the following:
1.
Sealed, bimetallic-actuated type.
2.
Direct-mounted, metal-case, vapor-actuated type.
3.
Compact-style, liquid-in-glass type.
4.
Test plug with EPDM self-sealing rubber inserts.
Thermometers at inlet and outlet of each hydronic coil in built-up central systems shall be the
following:
1.
Sealed, bimetallic-actuated type.
2.
Direct-mounted, metal-case, vapor-actuated type.
3.
Compact-style, liquid-in-glass type.
4.
Test plug with EPDM self-sealing rubber inserts.
Thermometer stems shall be of length to match thermowell insertion length.
THERMOMETER SCALE-RANGE SCHEDULE
BB.
Scale Range for Chilled-Water Piping: 0 to 100 deg F.
PRESSURE-GAGE SCHEDULE
CC.
DD.
EE.
Pressure gages at discharge of each pressure-reducing valve shall be the following:
1.
Liquid-filled, direct-mounted, metal case.
2.
Test plug with EPDM self-sealing rubber inserts.
Pressure gages at inlet and outlet of each chiller chilled-water connection shall be the
following:
1.
Liquid-filled, direct-mounted, metal case.
2.
Test plug with EPDM self-sealing rubber inserts.
Pressure gages at suction and discharge of each pump shall be the following:
341
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
1.
Liquid-filled, direct-mounted, metal case.
2.
Test plug with EPDM self-sealing rubber inserts.
PRESSURE-GAGE SCALE-RANGE SCHEDULE
FF.
Scale Range for make-up water Piping: 0 to 100 psi.
GG.
Scale Range for chilled water Piping: 0 to 100 psi.
END OF SECTION
342
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
SECTION 230523 - GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING
PART 7 - GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
B.
C.
Section Includes:
1.
Brass ball valves.
2.
Bronze ball valves.
3.
Iron, single-flange butterfly valves.
4.
High-performance butterfly valves.
5.
Bronze swing check valves.
6.
Bronze globe valves.
Related Sections:
1.
Division 23 HVAC piping Sections for specialty valves applicable to those Sections only.
2.
Division 23 Section for valve tags and schedules.
DEFINITIONS
D.
CWP: Cold working pressure.
E.
EPDM: Ethylene propylene copolymer rubber.
F.
NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene, Buna-N, or nitrile rubber.
G.
NRS: Nonrising stem.
H.
OS&Y: Outside screw and yoke.
I.
RS: Rising stem.
J.
SWP: Steam working pressure.
SUBMITTALS
K.
Product Data: For each type of valve indicated.
343
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
QUALITY ASSURANCE
L.
Source Limitations for Valves: Obtain each type of valve from single source from single
manufacturer.
M.
ASME Compliance:
1.
ASME B16.10 and ASME B16.34 for ferrous valve dimensions and design criteria.
2.
ASME B31.1 for power piping valves.
3.
ASME B31.9 for building services piping valves.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
N.
O.
P.
Prepare valves for shipping as follows:
1.
Protect internal parts against rust and corrosion.
2.
Protect threads, flange faces, grooves, and weld ends.
3.
Set angle, gate, and globe valves closed to prevent rattling.
4.
Set ball and plug valves open to minimize exposure of functional surfaces.
5.
Set butterfly valves closed or slightly open.
6.
Block check valves in either closed or open position.
Use the following precautions during storage:
1.
Maintain valve end protection.
2.
Store valves indoors and maintain at higher than ambient dew point temperature. If
outdoor storage is necessary, store valves off the ground in watertight enclosures.
Use sling to handle large valves; rig sling to avoid damage to exposed parts. Do not use
handwheels or stems as lifting or rigging points.
PART 8 - PRODUCTS
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVES
A.
Refer to HVAC valve schedule articles for applications of valves.
B.
Valve Pressure and Temperature Ratings: Not less than indicated and as required for system
pressures and temperatures.
C.
Valve Sizes: Same as upstream piping unless otherwise indicated.
D.
Valve Actuator Types:
344
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
E.
F.
G.
1.
Gear Actuator: For quarter-turn valves NPS 8 and larger.
2.
Handwheel: For valves other than quarter-turn types.
3.
Handlever: For quarter-turn valves NPS 6 and smaller.
4.
Chainwheel: Device for attachment to valve handwheel, stem, or other actuator; of size
and with chain for mounting height, as indicated in the "Valve Installation" Article.
Valves in Insulated Piping: With 2-inch stem extensions and the following features:
1.
Ball Valves: With extended operating handle of non-thermal-conductive material, and
protective sleeve that allows operation of valve without breaking the vapor seal or
disturbing insulation.
2.
Butterfly Valves: With extended neck.
Valve-End Connections:
1.
Flanged: With flanges according to ASME B16.1 for iron valves.
2.
Solder Joint: With sockets according to ASME B16.18.
3.
Threaded: With threads according to ASME B1.20.1.
Valve Bypass and Drain Connections: MSS SP-45.
BRASS BALL VALVES
H.
Two-Piece, Full-Port, Brass Ball Valves with Stainless-Steel Trim:
1.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited
to, the following:
a.
Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves.
b.
Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves.
c.
Flow-Tek, Inc.; a subsidiary of Bray International, Inc.
d.
Hammond Valve.
e.
Jamesbury; a subsidiary of Metso Automation.
f.
Kitz Corporation.
g.
Marwin Valve; a division of Richards Industries.
h.
Milwaukee Valve Company.
i.
RuB Inc.
2.
Description:
a.
Standard: MSS SP-110.
b.
SWP Rating: 150 psig.
c.
CWP Rating: 600 psig.
d.
Body Design: Two piece.
e.
Body Material: Forged brass.
f.
Ends: Threaded.
345
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
g.
h.
i.
j.
I.
Seats: PTFE or TFE.
Stem: Stainless steel.
Ball: Stainless steel, vented.
Port: Full.
Three-Piece, Full-Port, Brass Ball Valves with Stainless-Steel Trim:
1.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited
to, the following:
a.
Jomar International, LTD.
b.
Kitz Corporation.
c.
Marwin Valve; a division of Richards Industries.
d.
Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.
2.
Description:
a.
Standard: MSS SP-110.
b.
SWP Rating: 150 psig.
c.
CWP Rating: 600 psig.
d.
Body Design: Three piece.
e.
Body Material: Forged brass.
f.
Ends: Threaded.
g.
Seats: PTFE or TFE.
h.
Stem: Stainless steel.
i.
Ball: Stainless steel, vented.
j.
Port: Full.
BRONZE BALL VALVES
J.
Two-Piece, Full-Port, Bronze Ball Valves with Stainless-Steel Trim:
1.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited
to, the following:
a.
Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Valves.
b.
Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves.
c.
Hammond Valve.
d.
Lance Valves; a division of Advanced Thermal Systems, Inc.
e.
Milwaukee Valve Company.
f.
NIBCO INC.
g.
Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.
2.
Description:
a.
Standard: MSS SP-110.
b.
SWP Rating: 150 psig.
c.
CWP Rating: 600 psig.
d.
Body Design: Two piece.
e.
Body Material: Bronze.
f.
Ends: Threaded.
g.
Seats: PTFE or TFE.
346
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
h.
i.
j.
K.
Stem: Stainless steel.
Ball: Stainless steel, vented.
Port: Full.
Three-Piece, Full-Port, Bronze Ball Valves with Stainless-Steel Trim:
1.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited
to, the following:
a.
Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Valves.
b.
Hammond Valve.
c.
Milwaukee Valve Company.
d.
NIBCO INC.
2.
Description:
a.
Standard: MSS SP-110.
b.
SWP Rating: 150 psig.
c.
CWP Rating: 600 psig.
d.
Body Design: Three piece.
e.
Body Material: Bronze.
f.
Ends: Threaded.
g.
Seats: PTFE or TFE.
h.
Stem: Stainless steel.
i.
Ball: Stainless steel, vented.
j.
Port: Full.
IRON, SINGLE-FLANGE BUTTERFLY VALVES
L.
150 CWP, Iron, Single-Flange Butterfly Valves with EPDM Seat and Stainless-Steel Disc:
1.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited
to, the following:
a.
ABZ Valve and Controls; a division of ABZ Manufacturing, Inc.
b.
Bray Controls; a division of Bray International.
c.
Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Valves.
d.
Cooper Cameron Valves; a division of Cooper Cameron Corp.
e.
Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves.
f.
Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division.
g.
DeZurik Water Controls.
h.
Hammond Valve.
i.
Kitz Corporation.
j.
Milwaukee Valve Company.
k.
Mueller Steam Specialty; a division of SPX Corporation.
l.
NIBCO INC.
m.
Norriseal; a Dover Corporation company.
n.
Red-White Valve Corporation.
o.
Spence Strainers International; a division of CIRCOR International.
p.
Sure Flow Equipment Inc.
q.
Tyco Valves & Controls; a unit of Tyco Flow Control.
347
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
r.
2.
Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.
Description:
a.
Standard: MSS SP-67, Type I.
b.
CWP Rating: 150 psig.
c.
Body Design: Lug type; suitable for bidirectional dead-end service at rated
pressure without use of downstream flange.
d.
Body Material: ASTM A 126, cast iron or ASTM A 536, ductile iron.
e.
Seat: EPDM.
f.
Stem: One- or two-piece stainless steel.
g.
Disc: Stainless steel.
BRONZE SWING CHECK VALVES
M.
Class 150, Bronze Swing Check Valves with Bronze Disc:
1.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited
to, the following:
a.
American Valve, Inc.
b.
Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves.
c.
Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves.
d.
Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division.
e.
Kitz Corporation.
f.
Milwaukee Valve Company.
g.
NIBCO INC.
h.
Red-White Valve Corporation.
i.
Zy-Tech Global Industries, Inc.
2.
Description:
a.
Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 3.
b.
CWP Rating: 300 psig.
c.
Body Design: Horizontal flow.
d.
Body Material: ASTM B 62, bronze.
e.
Ends: Threaded.
f.
Disc: Bronze.
BRONZE GLOBE VALVES
N.
Class 150, Bronze Globe Valves with Nonmetallic Disc:
1.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited
to, the following:
a.
Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves.
b.
Hammond Valve.
c.
Kitz Corporation.
d.
Milwaukee Valve Company.
e.
NIBCO INC.
f.
Powell Valves.
348
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
g.
h.
i.
2.
Red-White Valve Corporation.
Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.
Zy-Tech Global Industries, Inc.
Description:
a.
Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 2.
b.
CWP Rating: 300 psig.
c.
Body Material: ASTM B 62, bronze with integral seat and union-ring bonnet.
d.
Ends: Threaded.
e.
Stem: Bronze.
f.
Disc: PTFE or TFE.
g.
Packing: Asbestos free.
PART 9 - EXECUTION
EXAMINATION
A.
Examine valve interior for cleanliness, freedom from foreign matter, and corrosion. Remove
special packing materials, such as blocks, used to prevent disc movement during shipping and
handling.
B.
Operate valves in positions from fully open to fully closed. Examine guides and seats made
accessible by such operations.
C.
Examine threads on valve and mating pipe for form and cleanliness.
D.
Examine mating flange faces for conditions that might cause leakage. Check bolting for proper
size, length, and material. Verify that gasket is of proper size, that its material composition is
suitable for service, and that it is free from defects and damage.
E.
Do not attempt to repair defective valves; replace with new valves.
VALVE INSTALLATION
F.
Install valves with unions or flanges at each piece of equipment arranged to allow service,
maintenance, and equipment removal without system shutdown.
G.
Locate valves for easy access and provide separate support where necessary.
H.
Install valves in horizontal piping with stem at or above center of pipe.
I.
Install valves in position to allow full stem movement.
J.
Install chainwheels on operators for butterfly valves NPS 4 and larger and more than 96 inches
above floor. Extend chains to 60 inches above finished floor. Chain shall be fully accessible to
allow for proper operation and shall not be installed in airstream such that chain “swings.”
K.
Install check valves for proper direction of flow and as follows:
1.
Swing Check Valves: In horizontal position with hinge pin level.
349
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
2.
Lift Check Valves: With stem upright and plumb.
ADJUSTING
L.
Adjust or replace valve packing after piping systems have been tested and put into service but
before final adjusting and balancing. Replace valves if persistent leaking occurs.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVE APPLICATIONS
M.
If valve applications are not indicated, use the following:
1.
Shutoff Service: Ball or butterfly valves.
2.
Butterfly Valve Dead-End Service: Single-flange (lug) type.
3.
Throttling Service except Steam: Globe, ball, or butterfly valves.
N.
If valves with specified SWP classes or CWP ratings are not available, the same types of valves
with higher SWP classes or CWP ratings may be substituted.
O.
Select valves, except wafer types, with the following end connections:
1.
For Copper Tubing, NPS 2 and Smaller: Threaded ends except where solder-joint valveend option is indicated in valve schedules below.
2.
For Copper Tubing, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4: Flanged ends except where threaded valve-end
option is indicated in valve schedules below.
3.
For Copper Tubing, NPS 5 and Larger: Flanged ends.
4.
For Steel Piping, NPS 2 and Smaller: Threaded ends.
5.
For Steel Piping, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4: Flanged ends except where threaded valve-end
option is indicated in valve schedules below.
6.
For Steel Piping, NPS 5 and Larger: Flanged ends.
CHILLED-WATER VALVE SCHEDULE
P.
Q.
Pipe NPS 2 and Smaller:
1.
Bronze Valves: May be provided with solder-joint ends instead of threaded ends.
2.
Ball Valves: Two or Three piece, full port, bronze with stainless-steel trim.
3.
Bronze Swing Check Valves: Class 150, nonmetallic disc.
Pipe NPS 2-1/2 and Larger:
1.
Iron Valves, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4: May be provided with threaded ends instead of flanged
ends.
350
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
2.
Iron Ball Valves, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 10: Class 150.
3.
Iron, Single-Flange Butterfly Valves, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 24:
stainless-steel disc.
4.
Iron Swing Check Valves: Class 250, metal seats.
200 CWP, EPDM seat,
END OF SECTION
SECTION 230529 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
R.
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
S.
Section Includes:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
T.
Related Sections:
1.
2.
3.
1.3
Metal pipe hangers and supports.
Trapeze pipe hangers.
Fiberglass pipe hangers.
Metal framing systems.
Fiberglass strut systems.
Thermal-hanger shield inserts.
Fastener systems.
Pipe stands.
Equipment supports.
Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications" for materials for attaching hangers and
supports to building structure.
Division 21 Sections on fire-suppression piping for fire-suppression pipe hangers.
Division 23 Section "Mechanical Vibration Controls and Seismic Restraints" for
vibration isolation and seismic restraint devices.
DEFINITIONS
A.
MSS: Manufacturers Standardization Society for the Valve and Fittings Industry.
B.
Terminology: As defined in MSS SP-90, "Guidelines on Terminology for Pipe Hangers and
Supports."
1.4
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
351
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
A.
Design channel support systems for piping to support multiple pipes capable of supporting
combined weight of supported systems, system contents, and test water.
B.
Design heavy-duty steel trapezes for piping to support multiple pipes capable of supporting
combined weight of supported systems, system contents, and test water.
C.
Design seismic restraint hangers and supports for piping and equipment.
D.
Design and obtain approval from authorities having jurisdiction for seismic restraint hangers
and supports for piping and equipment.
1.5
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of pipe hanger, channel support system component, and
thermal-hanger shield insert indicated.
B.
Shop Drawings: Signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer for multiple piping
supports and trapeze hangers. Include design calculations and indicate size and
characteristics of components and fabrication details.
C.
Welding Certificates: Copies of certificates for welding procedures and operators.
D.
All attachments to building structure shall be made in accordance with the Owners structural
engineers requirements and weight limitations.
E.
Submit shop drawings and calculations for review and approval by Owners structural engineer
before installation.
1.6
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel
Code: Section IX, "Welding and Brazing Qualifications."
B.
Engineering Responsibility: Design and preparation of Shop Drawings and calculations for
equipment, duct and pipe support, trapeze, and seismic restraint by a qualified professional
engineer, licensed in the State of California.
1.
PART 2
2.1
A.
Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified
to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing
engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those
performed for installations of hangers and supports that are similar to those indicated
for this Project in material, design, and extent.
PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the
following:
352
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
B.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1.
Pipe Hangers:
a.
b.
c.
d.
2.
Channel Support Systems:
a.
b.
c.
3.
A.
Pipe Hangers, Supports, and Components: MSS SP-58, factory-fabricated components. Refer
to "Hanger and Support Applications" Article in Part 3 for where to use specific hanger and
support types.
2.
Galvanized, Metallic Coatings: For piping and equipment that will not have fieldapplied finish.
Nonmetallic Coatings: On attachments for electrolytic protection where attachments
are in direct contact with copper tubing.
Channel Support Systems: MFMA-2, factory-fabricated components for field assembly.
1.
2.
C.
Hilti, Inc.
ITW Ramset/Red Head.
Masterset Fastening Systems, Inc.
MANUFACTURED UNITS
1.
B.
Carpenter & Patterson, Inc.
Michigan Hanger Co., Inc.
Pipe Shields, Inc.
Rilco Manufacturing Co., Inc.
Powder-Actuated Fastener Systems:
a.
b.
c.
2.2
B-Line Systems, Inc.
Grinnell Corp.; Power-Strut Unit.
Unistrut Corp.
Thermal-Hanger Shield Inserts:
a.
b.
c.
d.
4.
B-Line Systems, Inc.
Grinnell Corp.
National Pipe Hanger Corp.
Piping Technology & Products, Inc.
Coatings: Manufacturer's standard finish, unless bare metal surfaces are indicated.
Nonmetallic Coatings: On attachments for electrolytic protection where attachments
are in direct contact with copper tubing.
Thermal-Hanger Shield Inserts: 100-psi minimum compressive-strength insulation, encased in
sheet metal shield.
353
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
2.3
Material for Cold Piping: ASTM C 552, Type I cellular glass or water-repellent-treated,
ASTM C 533, Type I calcium silicate with vapor barrier.
Material for Cold Piping: ASTM C 552, Type I cellular glass with vapor barrier.
Material for Cold Piping: Water-repellent-treated, ASTM C 533, Type I calcium silicate
with vapor barrier.
Material for Hot Piping: ASTM C 552, Type I cellular glass or water-repellent-treated,
ASTM C 533, Type I calcium silicate.
Material for Hot Piping: ASTM C 552, Type I cellular glass.
Material for Hot Piping: Water-repellent-treated, ASTM C 533, Type I calcium silicate.
For Trapeze or Clamped System: Insert and shield cover entire circumference of pipe.
For Clevis or Band Hanger: Insert and shield cover lower 180 degrees of pipe.
Insert Length: Extend 2 inches beyond sheet metal shield for piping operating below
ambient air temperature.
MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A.
Powder-Actuated Drive-Pin Fasteners: Powder-actuated-type, drive-pin attachments with
pull-out and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where
used.
B.
Mechanical-Anchor Fasteners: Insert-type attachments with pull-out and shear capacities
appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used.
C.
Structural Steel: ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel plates, shapes, and bars, black and galvanized.
D.
Grout: ASTM C 1107, Grade B, factory-mixed and -packaged, nonshrink and nonmetallic, dry,
hydraulic-cement grout.
1.
2.
3.
PART 3
3.1
Characteristics: Post hardening and volume adjusting; recommended for both interior
and exterior applications.
Properties: Nonstaining, noncorrosive, and nongaseous.
Design Mix: 5000-psi, 28-day compressive strength.
EXECUTION
HANGER AND SUPPORT APPLICATIONS
A.
Specific hanger requirements are specified in Sections specifying equipment and systems.
B.
Comply with MSS SP-69 for pipe hanger selections and applications that are not specified in
piping system Specification Sections.
C.
Horizontal-Piping Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified
in piping system Specification Sections, install the following types:
1.
2.
Adjustable Steel Clevis Hangers (MSS Type 1): For suspension of noninsulated or
insulated stationary pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 30.
Yoke-Type Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 2): For suspension of 120 to 450 deg F pipes, NPS 4
to NPS 16, requiring up to 4 inches of insulation.
354
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
D.
Carbon- or Alloy-Steel, Double-Bolt Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 3): For suspension of
pipes, NPS 3/4 to NPS 24, requiring clamp flexibility and up to 4 inches of insulation.
Steel Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 4): For suspension of cold and hot pipes, NPS 1/2 to
NPS 24, if little or no insulation is required.
Pipe Hangers (MSS Type 5): For suspension of pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 4, to allow offcenter closure for hanger installation before pipe erection.
Adjustable Swivel Split- or Solid-Ring Hangers (MSS Type 6): For suspension of
noninsulated stationary pipes, NPS 3/4 to NPS 8.
Adjustable Steel Band Hangers (MSS Type 7): For suspension of noninsulated
stationary pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 8.
Adjustable Band Hangers (MSS Type 9): For suspension of noninsulated stationary
pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 8.
Adjustable Swivel-Ring Band Hangers (MSS Type 10): For suspension of noninsulated
stationary pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 2.
Split Pipe-Ring with or without Turnbuckle-Adjustment Hangers (MSS Type 11): For
suspension of noninsulated stationary pipes, NPS 3/8 to NPS 8.
Extension Hinged or Two-Bolt Split Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 12): For suspension of
noninsulated stationary pipes, NPS 3/8 to NPS 3.
U-Bolts (MSS Type 24): For support of heavy pipe, NPS 1/2 to NPS 30.
Clips (MSS Type 26): For support of insulated pipes not subject to expansion or
contraction.
Pipe Saddle Supports (MSS Type 36): For support of pipes, NPS 4 to NPS 36, with steel
pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange.
Pipe Stanchion Saddles (MSS Type 37): For support of pipes, NPS 4 to NPS 36, with
steel pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange and with U-bolt to retain
pipe.
Adjustable Pipe Saddle Supports (MSS Type 38): For stanchion-type support for pipes,
NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 36, if vertical adjustment is required, with steel pipe base stanchion
support and cast-iron floor flange.
Single Pipe Rolls (MSS Type 41): For suspension of pipes, NPS 1 to NPS 30, from two
rods if longitudinal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur.
Adjustable Roller Hangers (MSS Type 43): For suspension of pipes, NPS 2-1/2 to
NPS 20, from single rod if horizontal movement caused by expansion and contraction
might occur.
Complete Pipe Rolls (MSS Type 44): For support of pipes, NPS 2 to NPS 42, if
longitudinal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur but vertical
adjustment is not necessary.
Pipe Roll and Plate Units (MSS Type 45): For support of pipes, NPS 2 to NPS 24, if
small horizontal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur and
vertical adjustment is not necessary.
Adjustable Pipe Roll and Base Units (MSS Type 46): For support of pipes, NPS 2 to
NPS 30, if vertical and lateral adjustment during installation might be required in
addition to expansion and contraction.
Vertical-Piping Clamps: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system
Specification Sections, install the following types:
1.
Extension Pipe or Riser Clamps (MSS Type 8): For support of pipe risers, NPS 3/4 to
NPS 20.
355
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
2.
Carbon- or Alloy-Steel Riser Clamps (MSS Type 42): For support of pipe risers, NPS 3/4
to NPS 20, if longer ends are required for riser clamps.
E.
Hanger-Rod Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system
Specification Sections, install the following types:
1.
Steel Turnbuckles (MSS Type 13): For adjustment up to 6 inches for heavy loads.
2.
Steel Clevises (MSS Type 14): For 120 to 450 deg F piping installations.
3.
Swivel Turnbuckles (MSS Type 15): For use with MSS Type 11, split pipe rings.
4.
Malleable-Iron Sockets (MSS Type 16): For attaching hanger rods to various types of
building attachments.
5.
Steel Weldless Eye Nuts (MSS Type 17): For 120 to 450 deg F piping installations.
F.
Building Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system
Specification Sections, install the following types:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
Steel or Malleable Concrete Inserts (MSS Type 18): For upper attachment to suspend
pipe hangers from concrete ceiling.
Top-Beam C-Clamps (MSS Type 19): For use under roof installations with bar-joist
construction to attach to top flange of structural shape where allowed by seismic
codes.
Side-Beam or Channel Clamps (MSS Type 20): For attaching to bottom flange of
beams, channels, or angles where allowed by seismic codes.
Center-Beam Clamps (MSS Type 21): For attaching to center of bottom flange of
beams.
Welded Beam Attachments (MSS Type 22): For attaching to bottom of beams if loads
are considerable and rod sizes are large.
C-Clamps (MSS Type 23): For structural shapes.
Top-Beam Clamps (MSS Type 25): For top of beams if hanger rod is required tangent
to flange edge where allowed by structural codes.
Side-Beam Clamps (MSS Type 27): For bottom of steel I-beams where allowed by
structural codes.
Steel-Beam Clamps with Eye Nuts (MSS Type 28): For attaching to bottom of steel Ibeams for heavy loads.
Linked-Steel Clamps with Eye Nuts (MSS Type 29): For attaching to bottom of steel Ibeams for heavy loads, with link extensions.
Malleable Beam Clamps with Extension Pieces (MSS Type 30): For attaching to
structural steel.
Welded-Steel Brackets: For support of pipes from below or for suspending from
above by using clip and rod. Use one of the following for indicated loads:
a.
b.
c.
13.
14.
15.
Light (MSS Type 31): 750 lb.
Medium (MSS Type 32): 1500 lb.
Heavy (MSS Type 33): 3000 lb.
Side-Beam Brackets (MSS Type 34): For sides of steel or wooden beams.
Plate Lugs (MSS Type 57): For attaching to steel beams if flexibility at beam is
required.
Horizontal Travelers (MSS Type 58): For supporting piping systems subject to linear
horizontal movement where head room is limited.
356
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
G.
Saddles and Shields: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system
Specification Sections, install the following types:
1.
2.
3.
H.
Steel Pipe-Covering Protection Saddles (MSS Type 39): To fill interior voids with
insulation that matches adjoining insulation.
Protection Shields (MSS Type 40): Of length recommended by manufacturer to
prevent crushing insulation.
Thermal-Hanger Shield Inserts: For supporting insulated pipe, 360-degree insert of
high-density, 100-psi minimum compressive-strength, water-repellent-treated calcium
silicate or cellular-glass pipe insulation, same thickness as adjoining insulation with
vapor barrier and encased in 360-degree sheet metal shield.
Spring Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping
system Specification Sections, install the following types:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Restraint-Control Devices (MSS Type 47): Where indicated to control piping
movement.
Spring Cushions (MSS Type 48): For light loads if vertical movement does not exceed
1-1/4 inches.
Spring-Cushion Roll Hangers (MSS Type 49): For equipping Type 41 roll hanger with
springs.
Spring Sway Braces (MSS Type 50): To retard sway, shock, vibration, or thermal
expansion in piping systems.
Variable-Spring Hangers (MSS Type 51): Preset to indicated load and limit variability
factor to 25 percent to absorb expansion and contraction of piping system from
hanger.
Variable-Spring Base Supports (MSS Type 52): Preset to indicated load and limit
variability factor to 25 percent to absorb expansion and contraction of piping system
from base support.
Variable-Spring Trapeze Hangers (MSS Type 53): Preset to indicated load and limit
variability factor to 25 percent to absorb expansion and contraction of piping system
from trapeze support.
Constant Supports: For critical piping stress and if necessary to avoid transfer of stress
from one support to another support, critical terminal, or connected equipment.
Include auxiliary stops for erection, hydrostatic test, and load-adjustment capability.
These supports include the following types:
a.
b.
c.
3.2
Horizontal (MSS Type 54): Mounted horizontally.
Vertical (MSS Type 55): Mounted vertically.
Trapeze (MSS Type 56): Two vertical-type supports and one trapeze member.
HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION
A.
Pipe Hanger and Support Installation: Comply with MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-89. Install hangers,
supports, clamps, and attachments as required to properly support piping from building
structure.
B.
Channel Support System Installation: Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of piping and
support together on field-assembled channel systems.
357
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
1.
C.
Field assemble and install according to manufacturer's written instructions.
Heavy-Duty Steel Trapeze Installation: Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of horizontal
piping and support together on field-fabricated, heavy-duty trapezes.
1.
2.
Pipes of Various Sizes: Support together and space trapezes for smallest pipe size or
install intermediate supports for smaller diameter pipes as specified above for
individual pipe hangers.
Field fabricate from ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel shapes selected for loads being
supported. Weld steel according to AWS D-1.1.
D.
Install building attachments within concrete slabs or attach to structural steel. Space
attachments within maximum piping span length indicated in MSS SP-69. Install additional
attachments at concentrated loads, including valves, flanges, guides, strainers, and expansion
joints, and at changes in direction of piping. Install concrete inserts before concrete is placed;
fasten inserts to forms and install reinforcing bars through openings at top of inserts.
E.
Install powder-actuated drive-pin fasteners in concrete after concrete is placed and
completely cured. Use operators that are licensed by powder-actuated tool manufacturer.
Install fasteners according to powder-actuated tool manufacturer's operating manual.
F.
Install mechanical-anchor fasteners in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured.
Install fasteners according to manufacturer's written instructions.
G.
Install hangers and supports complete with necessary inserts, bolts, rods, nuts, washers, and
other accessories.
H.
Install hangers and supports to allow controlled thermal and seismic movement of piping
systems, to permit freedom of movement between pipe anchors, and to facilitate action of
expansion joints, expansion loops, expansion bends, and similar units.
I.
Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports so that piping live and dead loads and stresses
from movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment.
J.
Pipe Slopes: Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe slopes and so maximum
pipe deflections allowed by ASME B31.9, "Building Services Piping," is not exceeded.
K.
Insulated Piping: Comply with the following:
1.
Attach clamps and spacers to piping.
a.
b.
c.
2.
Piping Operating above Ambient Air Temperature: Clamp may project through
insulation.
Piping Operating below Ambient Air Temperature: Use thermal-hanger shield
insert with clamp sized to match OD of insert.
Do not exceed pipe stress limits according to ASME B31.9.
Install MSS SP-58, Type 39 protection saddles, if insulation without vapor barrier is
indicated. Fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation.
358
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
a.
3.
Install MSS SP-58, Type 40 protective shields on cold piping with vapor barrier. Shields
shall span arc of 180 degrees.
a.
4.
3.3
Option: Thermal-hanger shield inserts may be used. Include steel weightdistribution plate for pipe NPS 4 and larger if pipe is installed on rollers.
Shield Dimensions for Pipe: Not less than the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
5.
6.
7.
Option: Thermal-hanger shield inserts may be used. Include steel weightdistribution plate for pipe NPS 4 and larger if pipe is installed on rollers.
NPS 1/4 to NPS 3-1/2: 12 inches long and 0.048 inch thick.
NPS 4: 12 inches long and 0.06 inch thick.
NPS 5 and NPS 6: 18 inches long and 0.06 inch thick.
NPS 8 to NPS 14: 24 inches long and 0.075 inch thick.
NPS 16 to NPS 24: 24 inches long and 0.105 inch thick.
Pipes NPS 8 and Larger: Include wood inserts.
Insert Material: Length at least as long as protective shield.
Thermal-Hanger Shields: Install with insulation same thickness as piping insulation.
EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS
A.
Fabricate structural-steel stands to suspend equipment from structure above or to support
equipment above floor.
B.
Grouting: Place grout under supports for equipment as indicated on the drawings.
3.4
METAL FABRICATION
A.
Cut, drill, and fit miscellaneous metal fabrications for heavy-duty steel trapezes and
equipment supports.
B.
Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. Field-weld connections that cannot
be shop-welded because of shipping size limitations.
C.
Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1 procedures for shielded metal arc welding, appearance
and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work, and with the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
3.5
A.
Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and
corrosion resistance of base metals.
Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.
Remove welding flux immediately.
Finish welds at exposed connections so no roughness shows after finishing and
contours of welded surfaces match adjacent contours.
ADJUSTING
Hanger Adjustment: Adjust hangers to distribute loads equally on attachments and to achieve
indicated slope of pipe.
359
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
3.6
PAINTING
A.
Touching Up: Clean field welds and abraded areas of shop paint. Paint exposed areas
immediately after erecting hangers and supports. Use same materials as used for shop
painting. Comply with SSPC-PA 1 requirements for touching up field-painted surfaces.
1.
Apply paint by brush or spray to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils.
B.
Touching Up: Cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded
areas of shop paint on miscellaneous metal are specified in Division 9 Section "Painting."
C.
Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply
galvanizing-repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780.
END OF SECTION
SECTION 230548 - MECHANICAL VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS
PART 1
1.1
A.
1.2
A.
GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
This Section includes the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
1.3
A.
Elastomeric isolation pads and mounts.
Restrained elastomeric isolation mounts.
Freestanding and restrained spring isolators.
Housed spring mounts.
Elastomeric hangers.
Spring hangers.
Spring hangers with vertical-limit stops.
Thrust limits.
Pipe riser resilient supports.
Resilient pipe guides.
Freestanding and restrained air spring isolators.
Restrained vibration isolation roof-curb rails.
Seismic snubbers.
Restraining cables.
Steel and inertia, vibration isolation equipment bases.
DEFINITIONS
AV: Effective peak velocity related acceleration coefficient.
360
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
B.
1.4
A.
1.5
OSHPD: Office of Statewide Health Planning & Development for the State of California.
OSHPD assigns a unique anchorage pre approval OPA number to each seismic restraint tests.
The number describes a specific device applied as tested.
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
All mechanical equipment shall be braced or anchored to resist a horizontal force acting in any
direction using the following criteria:
1.
The total design lateral seismic force shall be determined from Section 1614A,
California Building Code (CBC) 2010. Forces shall be applied in the horizontal
directions, which result in the most critical loading for design.
2.
The value of Ap (Component Amplification Factor) and Rp (Component Response
Modification Factor) of section 13.3.1 of the ASCE 7-05 shall be selected from Table
13.6-1, ASCE 7-05. The value of Ip (Seismic Importance Factor) and Sds (Seismic
Coefficient) shall be selected from 11.4.4 and 13.1.3 of the ASCE 7-05.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: Include load deflection curves for each vibration isolation device.
B.
Shop Drawings: Signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer. Include the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Design Calculations: Calculate requirements for selecting vibration isolators and
seismic restraints and for designing vibration isolation bases.
Riser Supports: Include riser diagrams and calculations showing anticipated expansion
and contraction at each support point, initial and final loads on building structure,
spring deflection changes, and seismic loads. Include certification that riser system
has been examined for excessive stress and that none will exist.
Vibration Isolation Base Details: Detail fabrication, including anchorages and
attachments to structure and to supported equipment. Include auxiliary motor slides
and rails, base weights, equipment static loads, power transmission, component
misalignment, and cantilever loads.
Seismic-Restraint Details: Detail fabrication and attachment of seismic restraints and
snubbers. Show anchorage details and indicate quantity, diameter, and depth of
penetration of anchors.
Submittals for Interlocking Snubbers: Include load deflection curves up to 1/2-inch
deflection in x, y, and z planes.
C.
Welding certificates.
D.
Manufacturer Seismic Qualification Certification: Submit certification that all specified
equipment will withstand seismic forces identified in "Performance Requirements" Article
above. Include the following:
1.
Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test
of assembled components or on calculations.
361
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
a.
b.
2.
3.
1.6
The term "withstand" means "the unit will remain in place without separation of
any parts from the device when subjected to the seismic forces specified."
The term "withstand" means "the unit will remain in place without separation of
any parts from the device when subjected to the seismic forces specified and
the unit will be fully operational after the seismic event."
Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity and
locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions.
Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is
based and their installation requirements.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Seismic-restraint devices shall have horizontal and vertical load testing and analysis performed
according to OSHPD and shall bear anchorage pre-approval OPA number, from OSHPD or
another agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, showing maximum seismicrestraint ratings. Ratings based on independent testing are preferred to ratings based on
calculations. If pre-approved ratings are not available, submittals based on independent
testing are preferred. Calculations (including combining shear and tensile loads) to support
seismic-restraint designs must be signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer.
Testing and calculations must include both shear and tensile loads and 1 test or analysis at 45
degrees to the weakest mode.
B.
Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding
Code--Steel."
1.7
COORDINATION
A.
Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Cast anchor-bolt inserts into base. Concrete,
reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in Division 3.
B.
Coordinate installation of roof curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations. These items
are specified in Division 7 Section "Roof Accessories."
1.8
A.
EXTRA MATERIALS
Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged
with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
1.
PART 2
2.1
A.
Seismic Snubber Units: Furnish replacement neoprene inserts for all snubbers.
PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following
requirements apply for product selection:
362
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
1.
2.2
A.
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited
to, the manufacturers specified.
2.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the
manufacturers specified.
VIBRATION ISOLATORS
Manufacturers:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
B.
Elastomeric Isolator Pads: Oil- and water-resistant elastomer or natural rubber, arranged in
single or multiple layers, molded with a nonslip pattern and galvanized steel baseplates of
sufficient stiffness for uniform loading over pad area, and factory cut to sizes that match
requirements of supported equipment.
1.
2.
3.
C.
Durometer Rating: 60.
Restrained Elastomeric Mounts: All-directional elastomeric mountings with seismic restraint.
1.
2.
E.
Material: Bridge-bearing neoprene, complying with AASHTO M 251.
Durometer Rating: 60.
Number of Layers: 1.
Elastomeric Mounts: Double-deflection type, with molded, oil-resistant rubber or neoprene
isolator elements with factory-drilled, encapsulated top plate for bolting to equipment and
with baseplate for bolting to structure. Color-code or otherwise identify to indicate capacity
range.
1.
D.
Amber/Booth Company, Inc.
California Dynamics Corp.
Kinetics Noise Control, Inc.
Mason Industries, Inc.
Vibration Isolation Co., Inc.
Vibrex
Materials: Cast-ductile-iron housing containing two separate and opposing, molded,
bridge-bearing neoprene elements that prevent central threaded sleeve and
attachment bolt from contacting the casting during normal operation.
Neoprene: Shock-absorbing materials compounded according to the standard for
bridge bearing neoprene as defined by AASHTO.
Spring Isolators: Freestanding, laterally stable, open-spring isolators.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the
spring at rated load.
Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load.
Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of the rated vertical stiffness.
Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without
deformation or failure.
363
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
5.
6.
F.
Restrained Spring Isolators: Freestanding, steel, open-spring isolators with seismic restraint.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
G.
Baseplates: Factory drilled for bolting to structure and bonded to 1/4-inch thick,
rubber isolator pad attached to baseplate underside. Baseplates shall limit floor load
to 100 psig.
Top Plate and Adjustment Bolt: Threaded top plate with adjustment bolt and cap
screw to fasten and level equipment.
Housing: Steel with resilient vertical-limit stops to prevent spring extension due to
wind loads or if weight is removed; factory-drilled baseplate bonded to 1/4-inch thick,
elastomeric isolator pad attached to baseplate underside; and adjustable equipment
mounting and leveling bolt that acts as blocking during installation.
Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the
spring at rated load.
Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load.
Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of the rated vertical stiffness.
Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without
deformation or failure.
Housed Spring Mounts: Housed spring isolator with integral seismic snubbers.
1.
2.
3.
Housing: Ductile-iron or steel housing to provide all-directional seismic restraint.
Base: Factory drilled for bolting to structure.
Snubbers: Vertically adjustable to allow a maximum of 1/4-inch travel before
contacting a resilient collar.
H.
Elastomeric Hangers: Double-deflection type, with molded, oil-resistant rubber or neoprene
isolator elements bonded to steel housings with threaded connections for hanger rods. Colorcode or otherwise identify to indicate capacity range.
I.
Spring Hangers: Combination coil-spring and elastomeric-insert hanger with spring and insert
in compression.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
J.
Frame: Steel, fabricated for connection to threaded hanger rods and to allow for a
maximum of 30 degrees of angular hanger-rod misalignment without binding or
reducing isolation efficiency.
Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the
spring at rated load.
Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load.
Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of the rated vertical stiffness.
Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without
deformation or failure.
Elastomeric Element: Molded, oil-resistant rubber or neoprene. Steel-washerreinforced cup to support spring and bushing projecting through bottom of frame.
Spring Hangers with Vertical-Limit Stop: Combination coil-spring and elastomeric-insert
hanger with spring and insert in compression and with a vertical-limit stop.
364
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
K.
Frame: Steel, fabricated for connection to threaded hanger rods and to allow for a
maximum of 30 degrees of angular hanger-rod misalignment without binding or
reducing isolation efficiency.
Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the
spring at rated load.
Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load.
Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of the rated vertical stiffness.
Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without
deformation or failure.
Elastomeric Element: Molded, oil-resistant rubber or neoprene.
Adjustable Vertical Stop: Steel washer with neoprene washer "up-stop" on lower
threaded rod.
Thrust Limits: Combination coil spring and elastomeric insert with spring and insert in
compression and with a load stop. Include rod and angle-iron brackets for attaching to
equipment.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Frame: Steel, fabricated for connection to threaded rods and to allow for a maximum
of 30 degrees of angular rod misalignment without binding or reducing isolation
efficiency.
Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the
spring at rated load.
Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load.
Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of the rated vertical stiffness.
Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without
deformation or failure.
Elastomeric Element: Molded, oil-resistant rubber or neoprene.
Coil Spring: Factory set and field adjustable for a maximum of 1/4-inch movement at
start and stop.
L.
Pipe Riser Resilient Support: All-directional, acoustical pipe anchor consisting of 2 steel tubes
separated by a minimum of 1/2-inch thick, 60-durometer neoprene. Include steel and
neoprene vertical-limit stops arranged to prevent vertical travel in both directions. Design
support for a maximum load on the isolation material of 500 psig and for equal resistance in
all directions.
M.
Resilient Pipe Guides: Telescopic arrangement of 2 steel tubes separated by a minimum of
1/2-inch thick, 60-durometer neoprene. Factory set guide height with a shear pin to allow
vertical motion due to pipe expansion and contraction. Shear pin shall be removable and
reinsertable to allow for selection of pipe movement. Guides shall be capable of motion to
meet location requirements.
2.3
A.
SEISMIC-RESTRAINT DEVICES
Manufacturers:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Mason Industries, Inc.
Amber/Booth Company, Inc.
California Dynamics Corp.
Kinetics Noise Control, Inc.
365
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
5.
6.
7.
Unistrut Diversified Products Co.; Wayne Manufacturing Division.
Vibration Isolation Co., Inc.
Vibrex.
B.
Resilient Isolation Washers and Bushings: 1-piece, molded, bridge-bearing neoprene
complying with AASHTO M 251 and having a durometer of 40, plus or minus 5, with a flat
washer face.
C.
Seismic Snubbers: Factory fabricated using welded structural-steel shapes and plates, anchor
bolts, and replaceable resilient isolation washers and bushings.
1.
2.
Anchor bolts for attaching to concrete shall be seismic-rated, drill-in, and stud-wedge
or female-wedge type.
Resilient Isolation Washers and Bushings: 1-piece, molded, bridge-bearing neoprene
complying with AASHTO M 251 and having a durometer of 60, plus or minus 5.
D.
Restraining Cables: Galvanized steel aircraft cables with end connections made of steel
assemblies that swivel to final installation angle and utilize two clamping bolts for cable
engagement.
E.
Anchor Bolts: Seismic-rated, drill-in, and stud-wedge or female-wedge type. Select anchor
bolts with strength required for anchor and as tested according to ASTM E 488/E 488M.
2.4
A.
VIBRATION ISOLATION EQUIPMENT BASES
Manufacturers:
1.
2.
3.
4
5.
6.
B.
Steel Base: Factory-fabricated, welded, structural-steel bases and rails.
1.
2.
3.
C.
Amber/Booth Company, Inc.
California Dynamics Corp.
Kinetics Noise Control, Inc.
Mason Industries, Inc.
Vibration Isolation Co., Inc.
Vibrex.
Design Requirements: Lowest possible mounting height with not less than 1-inch
clearance above the floor. Include equipment anchor bolts and auxiliary motor slide
bases or rails. Include supports for suction and discharge elbows for pumps.
Structural Steel: Steel shapes, plates, and bars complying with ASTM A 36/A 36M.
Bases shall have shape to accommodate supported equipment.
Support Brackets: Factory-welded steel angles on frame for outrigger isolation
mountings and to provide for anchor bolts and equipment support.
Inertia Base: Factory-fabricated, welded, structural-steel bases and rails ready for fieldapplied, cast-in-place concrete.
1.
Design Requirements: Lowest possible mounting height with not less than 1-inch (25mm) clearance above the floor. Include equipment anchor bolts and auxiliary motor
slide bases or rails. Include supports for suction and discharge elbows for pumps.
366
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
2.
3.
4.
2.5
Structural Steel: Steel shapes, plates, and bars complying with ASTM A 36/A 36M.
Bases shall have shape to accommodate supported equipment.
Support Brackets: Factory-welded steel angles on frame for outrigger isolation
mountings and to provide for anchor bolts and equipment support.
Fabrication: Fabricate steel templates to hold equipment anchor-bolt sleeves and
anchors in place during placement of concrete. Obtain anchor-bolt templates from
supported equipment manufacturer.
FACTORY FINISHES
A.
Manufacturer's standard prime-coat finish ready for field painting.
B.
Finish: Manufacturer's standard paint applied to factory-assembled and -tested equipment
before shipping.
1.
2.
3.
4.
PART 3
3.1
Powder coating on springs and housings.
All hardware shall be electro-plated. Hot-dip galvanize metal components for exterior
use.
Baked enamel for metal components on isolators for interior use.
Color-code or otherwise mark vibration isolation and seismic-control devices to
indicate capacity range.
EXECUTION
EXAMINATION
A.
Examine areas and equipment to receive vibration isolation and seismic-control devices for
compliance with requirements, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting
performance.
B.
Examine roughing-in of reinforcement and cast-in-place anchors to verify actual locations
before installation.
C.
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2
INSTALLATION
A.
Install roof curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations as specified in Division 7 Section
"Roof Accessories."
B.
Install thrust limits at centerline of thrust, symmetrical on either side of equipment.
C.
Install seismic snubbers on isolated equipment. Locate snubbers as close as possible to
vibration isolators and bolt to equipment base and supporting structure.
D.
Install restraining cables at each trapeze and individual pipe hanger. At trapeze anchor
locations, shackle piping to trapeze. Install cables so they do not bend across sharp edges of
adjacent equipment or building structure.
367
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
E.
Install steel angles or channel, sized to prevent buckling, clamped with ductile-iron clamps to
hanger rods for trapeze and individual pipe hangers. At trapeze anchor locations, shackle
piping to trapeze. Requirements apply equally to hanging equipment. Do not weld angles to
rods.
F.
Install resilient bolt isolation washers on equipment anchor bolts.
3.3
A.
EQUIPMENT BASES
Concrete Bases: Anchor equipment to concrete base according to supported equipment
manufacturer's written instructions for seismic codes at Project site.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
3.4
Install dowel rods to connect concrete base to concrete floor. Unless otherwise
indicated, install dowel rods on 18-inch centers around the full perimeter of the base.
Place and secure anchorage devices. Use Setting Drawings, templates, diagrams,
instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded.
Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported
equipment.
Install anchor bolts according to anchor-bolt manufacturer's written instructions.
Cast-in-place concrete materials and placement requirements are specified in
Division 3.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Testing: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform the following field qualitycontrol testing:
B.
Testing: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform the following field quality-control
testing:
C.
Testing: Perform the following field quality-control testing:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
3.5
Isolator seismic-restraint clearance.
Isolator deflection.
Snubber minimum clearances.
Air-Mounting System Leak Test: After installation, charge system and test for leaks.
Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist.
Air-Mounting System Operational Test: Test the compressed-air leveling system.
Remove malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest.
Test and adjust air-mounting system controls and safeties. Replace damaged and
malfunctioning controls and equipment.
ADJUSTING
A.
Adjust isolators after piping systems have been filled and equipment is at operating weight.
B.
Adjust limit stops on restrained spring isolators to mount equipment at normal operating
height. After equipment installation is complete, adjust limit stops so they are out of contact
during normal operation.
368
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
C.
Attach thrust limits at centerline of thrust and adjust to a maximum of 1/4-inch movement
during start and stop.
D.
Adjust air spring leveling mechanism.
E.
Adjust active height of spring isolators.
F.
Adjust snubbers according to manufacturer's written recommendations.
G.
Adjust seismic restraints to permit free movement of equipment within normal mode of
operation.
H.
Torque anchor bolts according to equipment manufacturer's written recommendations to
resist seismic forces.
3.6
A.
CLEANING
After completing equipment installation, inspect vibration isolation and seismic-control
devices. Remove paint splatters and other spots, dirt, and debris.
END OF SECTION
369
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
SECTION 230553 - IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
B.
Section Includes:
1.
Equipment labels.
2.
Warning signs and labels.
3.
Pipe labels.
4.
Valve tags.
SUBMITTALS
C.
Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
D.
Samples: For color, letter style, and graphic representation required for each identification
material and device.
E.
Equipment Label Schedule: Include a listing of all equipment to be labeled with the proposed
content for each label.
F.
Valve numbering scheme.
G.
Valve Schedules: For each piping system to include in maintenance manuals.
COORDINATION
H.
Coordinate installation of identifying devices with completion of covering and painting of
surfaces where devices are to be applied.
I.
Coordinate installation of identifying devices with locations of access panels and doors.
J.
Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
EQUIPMENT LABELS
A.
Plastic Labels for Equipment:
370
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
1.
Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving,
1/8 inch thick, and having predrilled holes for attachment hardware.
2.
Letter Color: White.
3.
Background Color: Black.
4.
Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 deg F.
5.
Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than
2-1/2 by 3/4 inch.
6.
Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24
inches, 1/2 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches, and proportionately larger
lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to threefourths the size of principal lettering.
7.
Fasteners: Stainless-steel self-tapping screws.
8.
Adhesive: Contact-type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate.
B.
Label Content: Include equipment's Drawing designation or unique equipment number,
Drawing numbers where equipment is indicated (plans, details, and schedules), plus electrical
bus number supporting the equipment.
C.
Equipment Label Schedule: For each item of equipment to be labeled, on 8-1/2-by-11-inch
bond paper, tabulate equipment identification number and identify Drawing numbers where
equipment is indicated (plans, details, and schedules), plus the Specification Section number
and title where equipment is specified. Equipment schedule shall be included in operation and
maintenance data.
WARNING SIGNS AND LABELS
D.
Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving, 1/8
inch thick, and having predrilled holes for attachment hardware.
E.
Letter Color: White.
F.
Background Color: Red.
G.
Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 deg F.
H.
Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2
by 3/4 inch.
I.
Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches, 1/2
inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches, and proportionately larger lettering for greater
viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three-fourths the size of principal
lettering.
J.
Fasteners: Stainless-steel self-tapping screws.
371
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
K.
Adhesive: Contact-type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate.
L.
Label Content:
instructions.
Include caution and warning information, plus emergency notification
PIPE LABELS
M.
General Requirements for Manufactured Pipe Labels: Preprinted, color-coded, with lettering
indicating service, and showing flow direction.
N.
Self-Adhesive Pipe Labels: Printed plastic with contact-type, permanent-adhesive backing.
O.
Pipe Label Contents: Include identification of piping service using same designations or
abbreviations as used on Drawings, pipe size, and an arrow indicating flow direction.
1.
Flow-Direction Arrows: Integral with piping system service lettering to accommodate
both directions, or as separate unit on each pipe label to indicate flow direction.
2.
Lettering Size: At least 1-1/2 inches high.
VALVE TAGS
P.
Q.
Valve Tags: Stamped or engraved with 1/4-inch letters for piping system abbreviation and 1/2inch numbers.
1.
Tag Material: Stainless steel, 0.025-inch minimum thickness, and having predrilled or
stamped holes for attachment hardware.
2.
Fasteners: Brass wire-link or beaded chain; or S-hook.
Valve Schedules: For each piping system, on 8-1/2-by-11-inch bond paper. Tabulate valve
number, piping system, system abbreviation (as shown on valve tag), location of valve (room
or space), normal-operating position (open, closed, or modulating), and variations for
identification. Mark valves for emergency shutoff and similar special uses.
1.
Valve-tag schedule shall be included in operation and maintenance data.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
PREPARATION
A.
Clean piping and equipment surfaces of substances that could impair bond of identification
devices, including dirt, oil, grease, release agents, and incompatible primers, paints, and
encapsulants.
EQUIPMENT LABEL INSTALLATION
B.
Install or permanently fasten labels on each major item of mechanical equipment.
372
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
C.
Install labels on control panels, variable frequency drives, sensors and/or other related
components which clearly indicate the piece of equipment it is associated with.
D.
Locate equipment labels where accessible and visible.
PIPE LABEL INSTALLATION
E.
Piping Color-Coding: Painting of piping is specified in Division 09.
F.
Locate pipe labels where piping is exposed or above accessible ceilings in finished spaces;
machine rooms; accessible maintenance spaces such as shafts, tunnels, and plenums; and
exterior exposed locations as follows:
G.
1.
Near each valve and control device.
2.
Near each branch connection, excluding short takeoffs for fixtures and terminal units.
Where flow pattern is not obvious, mark each pipe at branch.
3.
Near penetrations through walls, floors, ceilings, and inaccessible enclosures.
4.
At access doors, manholes, and similar access points that permit view of concealed
piping.
5.
Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination.
6.
Spaced at maximum intervals of 20 feet along each run. Reduce intervals to 10 feet in
areas of congested piping and equipment.
Pipe Label Color Schedule: Per Industry Standards
VALVE-TAG INSTALLATION
H.
Install tags on valves and control devices in piping systems, except check valves; valves within
factory-fabricated equipment units; shutoff valves; faucets; convenience and lawn-watering
hose connections; and HVAC terminal devices and similar roughing-in connections of end-use
fixtures and units. List tagged valves in a valve schedule.
I.
Valve-Tag Application Schedule: Tag valves according to size, shape, and color scheme and
with captions similar to those indicated in the following subparagraphs:
1.
Valve-Tag Size and Shape:
a.
Condenser Water: 2 inches, round.
b.
RO make-up Water: 2 inches, round.
2.
Valve-Tag Color: Natural
3.
Letter Color: Black
END OF SECTION
373
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
SECTION 230593 - TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC
PART 1 - GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
B.
Section Includes:
1.
Balancing Air Systems:
a.
b.
2.
Constant-volume air systems.
Variable-air-volume systems.
Balancing Hydronic Piping Systems:
a.
Variable-flow hydronic systems.
DEFINITIONS
C.
AABC: Associated Air Balance Council.
D.
NEBB: National Environmental Balancing Bureau.
E.
TAB: Testing, adjusting, and balancing.
F.
TABB: Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Bureau.
G.
TAB Specialist: An entity engaged to perform TAB Work.
INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
H.
Qualification Data: Within 30 days of Contractor's Notice to Proceed, submit documentation
that the TAB contractor and this Project's TAB team members meet the qualifications specified
in "Quality Assurance" Article.
I.
Contract Documents Examination Report: Within 45 days of Contractor's Notice to Proceed,
submit the Contract Documents review report as specified in Part 3.
J.
Strategies and Procedures Plan: Within 60 days of Contractor's Notice to Proceed, submit TAB
strategies and step-by-step procedures as specified in "Preparation" Article.
K.
Certified TAB reports.
374
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
L.
Sample report forms.
M.
Instrument calibration reports, to include the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Instrument type and make.
Serial number.
Application.
Dates of use.
Dates of calibration.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
N.
TAB Contractor Qualifications: Engage a TAB entity certified by AABC NEBB or TABB.
1.
2.
O.
TAB Field Supervisor: Employee of the TAB contractor and certified by AABC NEBB or
TABB.
TAB Technician: Employee of the TAB contractor and who is certified by AABC NEBB or
TABB as a TAB technician.
TAB Conference: Meet with Engineer, Owner, Construction Manager, and Commissioning
Authority on approval of the TAB strategies and procedures plan to develop a mutual
understanding of the details. Require the participation of the TAB field supervisor and
technicians. Provide 14 days' advance notice of scheduled meeting time and location.
1.
Agenda Items:
a.
b.
c.
d.
P.
The Contract Documents examination report.
The TAB plan.
Coordination and cooperation of trades and subcontractors.
Coordination of documentation and communication flow.
Certify TAB field data reports and perform the following:
1.
2.
Review field data reports to validate accuracy of data and to prepare certified TAB
reports.
Certify that the TAB team complied with the approved TAB plan and the procedures
specified and referenced in this Specification.
Q.
TAB Report Forms: Use standard TAB contractor's forms approved by Engineer and
Commissioning Authority.
R.
Instrumentation Type, Quantity, Accuracy, and Calibration: As described in ASHRAE 111,
Section 5, "Instrumentation."
S.
ASHRAE Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE 62.1, Section 7.2.2 - "Air Balancing."
T.
ASHRAE/IESNA Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1, Section 6.7.2.3 "System Balancing."
375
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
PROJECT CONDITIONS
U.
Full Owner Occupancy: Owner will occupy the site and existing building during entire TAB
period. Cooperate with Owner during TAB operations to minimize conflicts with Owner's
operations.
V.
Partial Owner Occupancy: Owner may occupy completed areas of building before Substantial
Completion. Cooperate with Owner during TAB operations to minimize conflicts with Owner's
operations.
COORDINATION
W.
Notice: Provide 14 days' advance notice for each test. Include scheduled test dates and times.
X.
Perform TAB after leakage and pressure tests on air and water distribution systems have been
satisfactorily completed.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
EXAMINATION
A.
Examine the Contract Documents to become familiar with Project requirements and to
discover conditions in systems' designs that may preclude proper TAB of systems and
equipment.
B.
Examine systems for installed balancing devices, such as test ports, gage cocks, thermometer
wells, flow-control devices, balancing valves and fittings, and manual volume dampers. Verify
that locations of these balancing devices are accessible.
C.
Examine the approved submittals for HVAC systems and equipment.
D.
Examine design data including HVAC system descriptions, statements of design assumptions
for environmental conditions and systems' output, and statements of philosophies and
assumptions about HVAC system and equipment controls.
E.
Examine ceiling plenums and underfloor air plenums used for supply, return, or relief air to
verify that they meet the leakage class of connected ducts as specified in Division 23 sections
regarding ductwork and are properly separated from adjacent areas. Verify that penetrations
in plenum walls are sealed and fire-stopped if required.
F.
Examine equipment performance data including fan and pump curves.
1.
Relate performance data to Project conditions and requirements, including system
effects that can create undesired or unpredicted conditions that cause reduced
capacities in all or part of a system.
376
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
2.
Calculate system-effect factors to reduce performance ratings of HVAC equipment when
installed under conditions different from the conditions used to rate equipment
performance. To calculate system effects for air systems, use tables and charts found in
AMCA 201, "Fans and Systems," or in SMACNA's "HVAC Systems - Duct Design."
Compare results with the design data and installed conditions.
G.
Examine system and equipment installations and verify that field quality-control testing,
cleaning, and adjusting specified in individual Sections have been performed.
H.
Examine test reports specified in individual system and equipment Sections.
I.
Examine HVAC equipment and filters and verify that bearings are greased, belts are aligned
and tight, and equipment with functioning controls is ready for operation.
J.
Examine terminal units, such as variable-air-volume boxes, and verify that they are accessible
and their controls are connected and functioning.
K.
Examine strainers. Verify that startup screens are replaced by permanent screens with
indicated perforations.
L.
Examine three-way valves for proper installation for their intended function of diverting or
mixing fluid flows.
M.
Examine heat-transfer coils for correct piping connections and for clean and straight fins.
N.
Examine system pumps to ensure absence of entrained air in the suction piping.
O.
Examine operating safety interlocks and controls on HVAC equipment.
P.
Report deficiencies discovered before and during performance of TAB procedures. Observe
and record system reactions to changes in conditions. Record default set points if different
from indicated values.
PREPARATION
Q.
Prepare a TAB plan that includes strategies and step-by-step procedures.
R.
Complete system-readiness checks and prepare reports. Verify the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Permanent electrical-power wiring is complete.
Hydronic systems are filled, clean, and free of air.
Automatic temperature-control systems are operational.
Equipment and duct access doors are securely closed.
Balance, smoke, and fire dampers are open.
Isolating and balancing valves are open and control valves are operational.
Ceilings are installed in critical areas where air-pattern adjustments are required and
access to balancing devices is provided.
Windows and doors can be closed so indicated conditions for system operations can be
met.
377
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR TESTING AND BALANCING
S.
Perform testing and balancing procedures on each system according to the procedures
contained in AABC's "National Standards for Total System Balance" ASHRAE 111 NEBB's
"Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing of Environmental Systems"
SMACNA's "HVAC Systems - Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing" and in this Section.
1.
T.
Comply with requirements in ASHRAE 62.1, Section 7.2.2 - "Air Balancing."
Cut insulation, ducts, pipes, and equipment cabinets for installation of test probes to the
minimum extent necessary for TAB procedures.
1.
2.
3.
After testing and balancing, patch probe holes in ducts with same material and thickness
as used to construct ducts.
After testing and balancing, install test ports and duct access doors that comply with
requirements in Section 233300 "Air Duct Accessories."
Install and join new insulation that matches removed materials. Restore insulation,
coverings, vapor barrier, and finish according to Section 230713 "Duct Insulation,"
Section 230716 "HVAC Equipment Insulation," and Section 230719 "HVAC Piping
Insulation."
U.
Mark equipment and balancing devices, including damper-control positions, valve position
indicators, fan-speed-control levers, and similar controls and devices, with paint or other
suitable, permanent identification material to show final settings.
V.
Take and report testing and balancing measurements in inch-pound (IP) units.
GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR BALANCING AIR SYSTEMS
W.
Prepare test reports for both fans and outlets. Obtain manufacturer's outlet factors and
recommended testing procedures. Crosscheck the summation of required outlet volumes with
required fan volumes.
X.
Prepare schematic diagrams of systems' "as-built" duct layouts.
Y.
For variable-air-volume systems, develop a plan to simulate diversity.
Z.
Determine the best locations in main and branch ducts for accurate duct-airflow
measurements.
AA.
Check airflow patterns from the outdoor-air louvers and dampers and the return- and exhaustair dampers through the supply-fan discharge and mixing dampers.
BB.
Locate start-stop and disconnect switches, electrical interlocks, and motor starters.
CC.
Verify that motor starters are equipped with properly sized thermal protection.
DD.
Check dampers for proper position to achieve desired airflow path.
EE.
Check for airflow blockages.
378
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
FF.
Check condensate drains for proper connections and functioning.
GG.
Check for proper sealing of air-handling-unit components.
HH.
Verify that air duct system is sealed as specified in Section 233113 "Metal Ducts."
PROCEDURES FOR CONSTANT-VOLUME AIR SYSTEMS
II.
Adjust fans to deliver total indicated airflows within the maximum allowable fan speed listed
by fan manufacturer.
1.
Measure total airflow.
a.
2.
Measure fan static pressures as follows to determine actual static pressure:
a.
b.
c.
d.
3.
5.
6.
7.
Measure outlet static pressure as far downstream from the fan as practical and
upstream from restrictions in ducts such as elbows and transitions.
Measure static pressure directly at the fan outlet or through the flexible
connection.
Measure inlet static pressure of single-inlet fans in the inlet duct as near the fan
as possible, upstream from the flexible connection, and downstream from duct
restrictions.
Measure inlet static pressure of double-inlet fans through the wall of the plenum
that houses the fan.
Measure static pressure across each component that makes up an air-handling unit,
rooftop unit, and other air-handling and -treating equipment.
a.
4.
Where sufficient space in ducts is unavailable for Pitot-tube traverse
measurements, measure airflow at terminal outlets and inlets and calculate the
total airflow.
Report the cleanliness status of filters and the time static pressures are
measured.
Measure static pressures entering and leaving other devices, such as sound traps, heatrecovery equipment, and air washers, under final balanced conditions.
Review Record Documents to determine variations in design static pressures versus
actual static pressures.
Calculate actual system-effect factors.
Recommend
adjustments to accommodate actual conditions.
Obtain approval from Engineer and Commissioning Authority for adjustment of fan
speed higher or lower than indicated speed. Comply with requirements in HVAC
Sections for air-handling units for adjustment of fans, belts, and pulley sizes to achieve
indicated air-handling-unit performance.
Do not make fan-speed adjustments that result in motor overload. Consult equipment
manufacturers about fan-speed safety factors. Modulate dampers and measure fanmotor amperage to ensure that no overload will occur. Measure amperage in fullcooling, full-heating, economizer, and any other operating mode to determine the
maximum required brake horsepower.
379
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
JJ.
Adjust volume dampers for main duct, submain ducts, and major branch ducts to indicated
airflows within specified tolerances.
1.
Measure airflow of submain and branch ducts.
a.
2.
3.
KK.
Measure static pressure at a point downstream from the balancing damper, and adjust
volume dampers until the proper static pressure is achieved.
Remeasure each submain and branch duct after all have been adjusted. Continue to
adjust submain and branch ducts to indicated airflows within specified tolerances.
Measure air outlets and inlets without making adjustments.
1.
LL.
Where sufficient space in submain and branch ducts is unavailable for Pitot-tube
traverse measurements, measure airflow at terminal outlets and inlets and
calculate the total airflow for that zone.
Measure terminal outlets using a direct-reading hood or outlet manufacturer's written
instructions and calculating factors.
Adjust air outlets and inlets for each space to indicated airflows within specified tolerances of
indicated values. Make adjustments using branch volume dampers rather than extractors and
the dampers at air terminals.
1.
2.
Adjust each outlet in same room or space to within specified tolerances of indicated
quantities without generating noise levels above the limitations prescribed by the
Contract Documents.
Adjust patterns of adjustable outlets for proper distribution without drafts.
PROCEDURES FOR VARIABLE-AIR-VOLUME SYSTEMS
MM. Compensating for Diversity: When the total airflow of all terminal units is more than the
indicated airflow of the fan, place a selected number of terminal units at a minimum set-point
airflow with the remainder at maximum-airflow condition until the total airflow of the
terminal units equals the indicated airflow of the fan. Select the reduced-airflow terminal
units so they are distributed evenly among the branch ducts.
NN.
Pressure-Independent, Variable-Air-Volume Systems: After the fan systems have been
adjusted, adjust the variable-air-volume systems as follows:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Set outdoor-air dampers at minimum, and set return- and exhaust-air dampers at a
position that simulates full-cooling load.
Select the terminal unit that is most critical to the supply-fan airflow and static pressure.
Measure static pressure. Adjust system static pressure so the entering static pressure
for the critical terminal unit is not less than the sum of the terminal-unit manufacturer's
recommended minimum inlet static pressure plus the static pressure needed to
overcome terminal-unit discharge system losses.
Measure total system airflow. Adjust to within indicated airflow.
Set terminal units at maximum airflow and adjust controller or regulator to deliver the
designed maximum airflow. Use terminal-unit manufacturer's written instructions to
make this adjustment. When total airflow is correct, balance the air outlets
380
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
5.
downstream from terminal units the same as described for constant-volume air
systems.
Set terminal units at minimum airflow and adjust controller or regulator to deliver the
designed minimum airflow. Check air outlets for a proportional reduction in airflow the
same as described for constant-volume air systems.
a.
6.
Remeasure the return airflow to the fan while operating at maximum return airflow and
minimum outdoor airflow.
7.
Measure static pressure at the most critical terminal unit and adjust the static-pressure
controller at the main supply-air sensing station to ensure that adequate static pressure
is maintained at the most critical unit.
Record final fan-performance data.
8.
OO.
Pressure-Dependent, Variable-Air-Volume Systems without Diversity: After the fan systems
have been adjusted, adjust the variable-air-volume systems as follows:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Balance variable-air-volume systems the same as described for constant-volume air
systems.
Set terminal units and supply fan at full-airflow condition.
Adjust inlet dampers of each terminal unit to indicated airflow and verify operation of
the static-pressure controller. When total airflow is correct, balance the air outlets
downstream from terminal units the same as described for constant-volume air
systems.
Readjust fan airflow for final maximum readings.
Measure operating static pressure at the sensor that controls the supply fan if one is
installed, and verify operation of the static-pressure controller.
Set supply fan at minimum airflow if minimum airflow is indicated. Measure static
pressure to verify that it is being maintained by the controller.
Set terminal units at minimum airflow and adjust controller or regulator to deliver the
designed minimum airflow. Check air outlets for a proportional reduction in airflow the
same as described for constant-volume air systems.
a.
8.
If air outlets are out of balance at minimum airflow, report the condition but
leave the outlets balanced for maximum airflow.
Measure the return airflow to the fan while operating at maximum return airflow and
minimum outdoor airflow.
a.
PP.
If air outlets are out of balance at minimum airflow, report the condition but
leave outlets balanced for maximum airflow.
Adjust the fan and balance the return-air ducts and inlets the same as described
for constant-volume air systems.
Pressure-Dependent, Variable-Air-Volume Systems with Diversity: After the fan systems have
been adjusted, adjust the variable-air-volume systems as follows:
381
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Set system at maximum indicated airflow by setting the required number of terminal
units at minimum airflow. Select the reduced-airflow terminal units so they are
distributed evenly among the branch ducts.
Adjust supply fan to maximum indicated airflow with the variable-airflow controller set
at maximum airflow.
Set terminal units at full-airflow condition.
Adjust terminal units starting at the supply-fan end of the system and continuing
progressively to the end of the system. Adjust inlet dampers of each terminal unit to
indicated airflow. When total airflow is correct, balance the air outlets downstream
from terminal units the same as described for constant-volume air systems.
Adjust terminal units for minimum airflow.
Measure static pressure at the sensor.
Measure the return airflow to the fan while operating at maximum return airflow and
minimum outdoor airflow. Adjust the fan and balance the return-air ducts and inlets
the same as described for constant-volume air systems.
GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR HYDRONIC SYSTEMS
QQ.
Prepare test reports with pertinent design data, and number in sequence starting at pump to
end of system. Check the sum of branch-circuit flows against the approved pump flow rate.
Correct variations that exceed plus or minus 5 percent.
RR.
Prepare schematic diagrams of systems' "as-built" piping layouts.
SS.
Prepare hydronic systems for testing and balancing according to the following, in addition to
the general preparation procedures specified above:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Open all manual valves for maximum flow.
Check liquid level in expansion tank.
Check makeup water-station pressure gage for adequate pressure for highest vent.
Check flow-control valves for specified sequence of operation, and set at indicated flow.
Set differential-pressure control valves at the specified differential pressure. Do not set
at fully closed position when pump is positive-displacement type unless several terminal
valves are kept open.
Set system controls so automatic valves are wide open to heat exchangers.
Check pump-motor load. If motor is overloaded, throttle main flow-balancing device so
motor nameplate rating is not exceeded.
Check air vents for a forceful liquid flow exiting from vents when manually operated.
PROCEDURES FOR VARIABLE-FLOW HYDRONIC SYSTEMS
TT.
Balance systems with automatic two- and three-way control valves by setting systems at
maximum flow through heat-exchange terminals and proceed as specified above for hydronic
systems.
PROCEDURES FOR MOTORS
UU.
Motors, 1/2 HP and Larger: Test at final balanced conditions and record the following data:
382
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
VV.
Manufacturer's name, model number, and serial number.
Motor horsepower rating.
Motor rpm.
Efficiency rating.
Nameplate and measured voltage, each phase.
Nameplate and measured amperage, each phase.
Starter thermal-protection-element rating.
Motors Driven by Variable-Frequency Controllers: Test for proper operation at speeds varying
from minimum to maximum. Test the manual bypass of the controller to prove proper
operation. Record observations including name of controller manufacturer, model number,
serial number, and nameplate data.
PROCEDURES FOR CHILLERS
WW. Balance water flow through each evaporator to within specified tolerances of indicated flow
with all pumps operating. With only one chiller operating in a multiple chiller installation, do
not exceed the flow for the maximum tube velocity recommended by the chiller manufacturer.
Measure and record the following data with each chiller operating at design conditions:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Evaporator-water entering and leaving temperatures, pressure drop, and water flow.
For water-cooled chillers, condenser-water entering and leaving temperatures, pressure
drop, and water flow.
Evaporator and condenser refrigerant temperatures and pressures, using instruments
furnished by chiller manufacturer.
Power factor if factory-installed instrumentation is furnished for measuring kilowatts.
Kilowatt input if factory-installed instrumentation is furnished for measuring kilowatts.
Capacity: Calculate in tons of cooling.
For air-cooled chillers, verify condenser-fan rotation and record fan and motor data
including number of fans and entering- and leaving-air temperatures.
8.
PROCEDURES FOR TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING EXISTING SYSTEMS
XX.
Perform a preconstruction inspection of existing equipment that is to remain and be reused.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Measure and record the operating speed, airflow, and static pressure of each fan.
Measure motor voltage and amperage. Compare the values to motor nameplate
information.
Check the refrigerant charge.
Check the condition of filters.
Check the condition of coils.
Check the operation of the drain pan and condensate-drain trap.
Check bearings and other lubricated parts for proper lubrication.
Report on the operating condition of the equipment and the results of the
measurements taken. Report deficiencies.
383
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
YY.
Before performing testing and balancing of existing systems, inspect existing equipment that is
to remain and be reused to verify that existing equipment has been cleaned and refurbished.
Verify the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
ZZ.
New filters are installed.
Coils are clean and fins combed.
Drain pans are clean.
Fans are clean.
Bearings and other parts are properly lubricated.
Deficiencies noted in the preconstruction report are corrected.
Perform testing and balancing of existing systems to the extent that existing systems are
affected by the renovation work.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Compare the indicated airflow of the renovated work to the measured fan airflows, and
determine the new fan speed and the face velocity of filters and coils.
Verify that the indicated airflows of the renovated work result in filter and coil face
velocities and fan speeds that are within the acceptable limits defined by equipment
manufacturer.
If calculations increase or decrease the air flow rates and water flow rates by more than
5 percent, make equipment adjustments to achieve the calculated rates. If increase or
decrease is 5 percent or less, equipment adjustments are not required.
Balance each air outlet.
TOLERANCES
AAA. Set HVAC system's air flow rates and water flow rates within the following tolerances:
1.
2.
3.
Supply, Return, and Exhaust Fans and Equipment with Fans: Plus 10 percent, minus zero
percent.
Air Outlets and Inlets: Plus or minus 10 percent.
Cooling-Water Flow Rate: Plus 10 percent, minus zero percent.
REPORTING
BBB. Initial Construction-Phase Report: Based on examination of the Contract Documents as
specified in "Examination" Article, prepare a report on the adequacy of design for systems'
balancing devices. Recommend changes and additions to systems' balancing devices to
facilitate proper performance measuring and balancing. Recommend changes and additions
to HVAC systems and general construction to allow access for performance measuring and
balancing devices.
CCC. Status Reports: Prepare weekly progress reports to describe completed procedures,
procedures in progress, and scheduled procedures. Include a list of deficiencies and problems
found in systems being tested and balanced. Prepare a separate report for each system and
each building floor for systems serving multiple floors.
384
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
FINAL REPORT
DDD. General: Prepare a certified written report; tabulate and divide the report into separate
sections for tested systems and balanced systems.
1.
2.
Include a certification sheet at the front of the report's binder, signed and sealed by the
certified testing and balancing engineer.
Include a list of instruments used for procedures, along with proof of calibration.
EEE. Final Report Contents: In addition to certified field-report data, include the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Pump curves.
Fan curves.
Manufacturers' test data.
Field test reports prepared by system and equipment installers.
Other information relative to equipment performance; do not include Shop Drawings
and product data.
FFF. General Report Data: In addition to form titles and entries, include the following data:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Title page.
Name and address of the TAB contractor.
Project name.
Project location.
Architect's name and address.
Engineer's name and address.
Contractor's name and address.
Report date.
Signature of TAB supervisor who certifies the report.
Table of Contents with the total number of pages defined for each section of the report.
Number each page in the report.
Summary of contents including the following:
a.
b.
c.
12.
13.
14.
15.
Indicated versus final performance.
Notable characteristics of systems.
Description of system operation sequence if it varies from the Contract
Documents.
Nomenclature sheets for each item of equipment.
Data for terminal units, including manufacturer's name, type, size, and fittings.
Notes to explain why certain final data in the body of reports vary from indicated values.
Test conditions for fans and pump performance forms including the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
Settings for outdoor-, return-, and exhaust-air dampers.
Conditions of filters.
Cooling coil, wet- and dry-bulb conditions.
Face and bypass damper settings at coils.
Fan drive settings including settings and percentage of maximum pitch diameter.
Inlet vane settings for variable-air-volume systems.
Settings for supply-air, static-pressure controller.
385
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
h.
Other system operating conditions that affect performance.
GGG. System Diagrams: Include schematic layouts of air and hydronic distribution systems. Present
each system with single-line diagram and include the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Quantities of outdoor, supply, return, and exhaust airflows.
Water and steam flow rates.
Duct, outlet, and inlet sizes.
Pipe and valve sizes and locations.
Terminal units.
Balancing stations.
Position of balancing devices.
HHH. Air-Handling-Unit Test Reports: For air-handling units with coils, include the following:
1.
Unit Data:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
2.
Motor Data:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
3.
Unit identification.
Location.
Make and type.
Model number and unit size.
Manufacturer's serial number.
Unit arrangement and class.
Discharge arrangement.
Sheave make, size in inches, and bore.
Center-to-center dimensions of sheave, and amount of adjustments in inches.
Number, make, and size of belts.
Number, type, and size of filters.
Motor make, and frame type and size.
Horsepower and rpm.
Volts, phase, and hertz.
Full-load amperage and service factor.
Sheave make, size in inches, and bore.
Center-to-center dimensions of sheave, and amount of adjustments in inches.
Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values):
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
Total air flow rate in cfm.
Total system static pressure in inches wg.
Fan rpm.
Discharge static pressure in inches wg.
Filter static-pressure differential in inches wg.
Preheat-coil static-pressure differential in inches wg.
Cooling-coil static-pressure differential in inches wg.
Heating-coil static-pressure differential in inches wg.
Outdoor airflow in cfm.
Return airflow in cfm.
386
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
k.
l.
m.
III.
Apparatus-Coil Test Reports:
1.
Coil Data:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
2.
System identification.
Location.
Coil type.
Number of rows.
Fin spacing in fins per inch o.c.
Make and model number.
Face area in sq. ft.
Tube size in NPS
Tube and fin materials.
Circuiting arrangement.
Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values):
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
o.
JJJ.
Outdoor-air damper position.
Return-air damper position.
Vortex damper position.
Air flow rate in cfm.
Average face velocity in fpm.
Air pressure drop in inches wg.
Outdoor-air, wet- and dry-bulb temperatures in deg F.
Return-air, wet- and dry-bulb temperatures in deg F.
Entering-air, wet- and dry-bulb temperatures in deg F.
Leaving-air, wet- and dry-bulb temperatures in deg F.
Water flow rate in gpm.
Water pressure differential in feet of head or psig.
Entering-water temperature in deg F.
Leaving-water temperature in deg F.
Refrigerant expansion valve and refrigerant types.
Refrigerant suction pressure in psig.
Refrigerant suction temperature in deg F.
Inlet steam pressure in psig.
Gas- and Oil-Fired Heat Apparatus Test Reports: In addition to manufacturer's factory startup
equipment reports, include the following:
1.
Unit Data:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
System identification.
Location.
Make and type.
Model number and unit size.
Manufacturer's serial number.
Fuel type in input data.
Output capacity in Btu/h.
Ignition type.
387
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
2.
Burner-control types.
Motor horsepower and rpm.
Motor volts, phase, and hertz.
Motor full-load amperage and service factor.
Sheave make, size in inches, and bore.
Center-to-center dimensions of sheave, and amount of adjustments in inches.
Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values):
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
o.
Total air flow rate in cfm.
Entering-air temperature in deg F.
Leaving-air temperature in deg F.
Air temperature differential in deg F.
Entering-air static pressure in inches wg.
Leaving-air static pressure in inches wg.
Air static-pressure differential in inches wg.
Low-fire fuel input in Btu/h.
High-fire fuel input in Btu/h.
Manifold pressure in psig.
High-temperature-limit setting in deg F.
Operating set point in Btu/h.
Motor voltage at each connection.
Motor amperage for each phase.
Heating value of fuel in Btu/h.
KKK. Electric-Coil Test Reports: For electric furnaces, duct coils, and electric coils installed in
central-station air-handling units, include the following:
1.
Unit Data:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
2.
System identification.
Location.
Coil identification.
Capacity in Btu/h.
Number of stages.
Connected volts, phase, and hertz.
Rated amperage.
Air flow rate in cfm.
Face area in sq. ft.
Minimum face velocity in fpm.
Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values):
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
Heat output in Btu/h
Air flow rate in cfm.
Air velocity in fpm.
Entering-air temperature in deg F.
Leaving-air temperature in deg F.
Voltage at each connection.
Amperage for each phase.
388
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
LLL.
Fan Test Reports: For supply, return, and exhaust fans, include the following:
1.
Fan Data:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
2.
Motor Data:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
3.
System identification.
Location.
Make and type.
Model number and size.
Manufacturer's serial number.
Arrangement and class.
Sheave make, size in inches, and bore.
Center-to-center dimensions of sheave, and amount of adjustments in inches.
Motor make, and frame type and size.
Horsepower and rpm.
Volts, phase, and hertz.
Full-load amperage and service factor.
Sheave make, size in inches, and bore.
Center-to-center dimensions of sheave, and amount of adjustments in inches.
Number, make, and size of belts.
Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values):
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
Total airflow rate in cfm.
Total system static pressure in inches wg.
Fan rpm.
Discharge static pressure in inches wg.
Suction static pressure in inches wg.
MMM.
Round, Flat-Oval, and Rectangular Duct Traverse Reports: Include a diagram with a grid
representing the duct cross-section and record the following:
1.
Report Data:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
System and air-handling-unit number.
Location and zone.
Traverse air temperature in deg F.
Duct static pressure in inches wg.
Duct size in inches.
Duct area in sq. ft.
Indicated air flow rate in cfm.
Indicated velocity in fpm.
Actual air flow rate in cfm.
Actual average velocity in fpm.
Barometric pressure in psig.
NNN. Air-Terminal-Device Reports:
389
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
1.
Unit Data:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
2.
System and air-handling unit identification.
Location and zone.
Apparatus used for test.
Area served.
Make.
Number from system diagram.
Type and model number.
Size.
Effective area in sq. ft.
Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values):
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
Air flow rate in cfm.
Air velocity in fpm.
Preliminary air flow rate as needed in cfm.
Preliminary velocity as needed in fpm.
Final air flow rate in cfm.
Final velocity in fpm.
Space temperature in deg F.
OOO. System-Coil Reports: For reheat coils and water coils of terminal units, include the following:
1.
Unit Data:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
2.
System and air-handling-unit identification.
Location and zone.
Room or riser served.
Coil make and size.
Flowmeter type.
Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values):
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
Air flow rate in cfm.
Entering-water temperature in deg F.
Leaving-water temperature in deg F.
Water pressure drop in feet of head or psig.
Entering-air temperature in deg F.
Leaving-air temperature in deg F.
PPP. Pump Test Reports: Calculate impeller size by plotting the shutoff head on pump curves and
include the following:
1.
Unit Data:
a.
b.
c.
d.
Unit identification.
Location.
Service.
Make and size.
390
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
o.
p.
2.
Model number and serial number.
Water flow rate in gpm.
Water pressure differential in feet of head or psig.
Required net positive suction head in feet of head or psig.
Pump rpm.
Impeller diameter in inches.
Motor make and frame size.
Motor horsepower and rpm.
Voltage at each connection.
Amperage for each phase.
Full-load amperage and service factor.
Seal type.
Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values):
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
Static head in feet of head or psig.
Pump shutoff pressure in feet of head or psig.
Actual impeller size in inches.
Full-open flow rate in gpm.
Full-open pressure in feet of head or psig.
Final discharge pressure in feet of head or psig.
Final suction pressure in feet of head or psig.
Final total pressure in feet of head or psig.
Final water flow rate in gpm.
Voltage at each connection.
Amperage for each phase.
QQQ. Instrument Calibration Reports:
1.
Report Data:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
Instrument type and make.
Serial number.
Application.
Dates of use.
Dates of calibration.
ADDITIONAL TESTS
RRR. Within 90 days of completing TAB, perform additional TAB to verify that balanced conditions
are being maintained throughout and to correct unusual conditions.
SSS. Seasonal Periods: If initial TAB procedures were not performed during near-peak summer and
winter conditions, perform additional TAB during near-peak summer and winter conditions.
END OF SECTION 230593
391
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
SECTION 230719 - HVAC PIPING INSULATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
B.
C.
Section includes insulating the following HVAC piping systems:
1.
Condensate drain piping, indoors.
2.
Industrial Water (for Indirect Evaporative Cooling) supply and return piping, indoors and
outdoors.
Related Sections:
1.
Division 23 Section "Duct Insulation."
2.
Division 23 Section "Underground Hydronic Piping" for loose-fill pipe insulation in
underground piping outside the building.
SUBMITTALS
D.
Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include thermal conductivity, water-vapor
permeance thickness, and jackets (both factory and field applied if any).
E.
LEED Submittals:
F.
1.
Product Data for Credit EQ 4.1: For adhesives and sealants, documentation including
printed statement of VOC content and chemical components.
2.
Laboratory Test Reports for Credit EQ 4: For adhesives and sealants, documentation
indicating that product complies with the testing and product requirements of the
California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile
Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers,"
including 2004 Addenda.
Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work.
1.
Detail application of protective shields, saddles, and inserts at hangers for each type of
insulation and hanger.
2.
Detail attachment and covering of heat tracing inside insulation.
3.
Detail insulation application at pipe expansion joints for each type of insulation.
392
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
G.
4.
Detail insulation application at elbows, fittings, flanges, valves, and specialties for each
type of insulation.
5.
Detail removable insulation at piping specialties.
6.
Detail application of field-applied jackets.
7.
Detail application at linkages of control devices.
Samples: For each type of insulation and jacket indicated. Identify each Sample, describing
product and intended use.
1.
Preformed Pipe Insulation Materials: 12 inches long by NPS 2.
2.
Sheet Form Insulation Materials: 12 inches square.
3.
Jacket Materials for Pipe: 12 inches long by NPS 2.
4.
Sheet Jacket Materials: 12 inches square.
5.
Manufacturer's Color Charts: For products where color is specified, show the full range
of colors available for each type of finish material.
H.
Qualification Data: For qualified Installer.
I.
Material Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction indicating, interpreting, and certifying test results for compliance of insulation
materials, sealers, attachments, cements, and jackets, with requirements indicated. Include
dates of tests and test methods employed.
J.
Field quality-control reports.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
K.
Installer Qualifications: Skilled mechanics who have successfully completed an apprenticeship
program or another craft training program certified by the Department of Labor, Bureau of
Apprenticeship and Training.
L.
Surface-Burning Characteristics: For insulation and related materials, as determined by testing
identical products according to ASTM E 84, by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to
authorities having jurisdiction. Factory label insulation and jacket materials and adhesive,
mastic, tapes, and cement material containers, with appropriate markings of applicable testing
agency.
1.
Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame-spread index of 25 or less, and smoke-developed
index of 50 or less.
2.
Insulation Installed Outdoors: Flame-spread index of 75 or less, and smoke-developed
index of 150 or less.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
393
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
M.
Packaging: Insulation material containers shall be marked by manufacturer with appropriate
ASTM standard designation, type and grade, and maximum use temperature.
COORDINATION
N.
Coordinate sizes and locations of supports, hangers, and insulation shields specified in
Division 23 Section "Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment."
O.
Coordinate clearance requirements with piping Installer for piping insulation application.
Before preparing piping Shop Drawings, establish and maintain clearance requirements for
installation of insulation and field-applied jackets and finishes and for space required for
maintenance.
P.
Coordinate installation and testing of heat tracing.
SCHEDULING
Q.
Schedule insulation application after pressure testing systems and, where required, after
installing and testing heat tracing. Insulation application may begin on segments that have
satisfactory test results.
R.
Complete installation and concealment of plastic materials as rapidly as possible in each area
of construction.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
INSULATION MATERIALS
A.
Comply with requirements in "Piping Insulation Schedule, General," "Indoor Piping Insulation
Schedule," "Outdoor, Aboveground Piping Insulation Schedule," and "Outdoor, Underground
Piping Insulation Schedule" articles for where insulating materials shall be applied.
B.
Products shall not contain asbestos, lead, mercury, or mercury compounds.
C.
Products that come in contact with stainless steel shall have a leachable chloride content of
less than 50 ppm when tested according to ASTM C 871.
D.
Insulation materials for use on austenitic stainless steel shall be qualified as acceptable
according to ASTM C 795.
E.
Foam insulation materials shall not use CFC or HCFC blowing agents in the manufacturing
process.
F.
Cellular Glass: Inorganic, incombustible, foamed or cellulated glass with annealed, rigid,
hermetically sealed cells. Factory-applied jacket requirements are specified in "FactoryApplied Jackets" Article.
1.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a.
Pittsburgh Corning Corporation; Foamglas.
394
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
G.
2.
Block Insulation: ASTM C 552, Type I.
3.
Special-Shaped Insulation: ASTM C 552, Type III.
4.
Board Insulation: ASTM C 552, Type IV.
5.
Preformed Pipe Insulation without Jacket: Comply with ASTM C 552, Type II, Class 1.
6.
Preformed Pipe Insulation with Factory-Applied ASJ: Comply with ASTM C 552, Type II,
Class 2.
7.
Factory fabricate shapes according to ASTM C 450 and ASTM C 585.
Flexible Elastomeric Insulation: Closed-cell, sponge- or expanded-rubber materials. Comply
with ASTM C 534, Type I for tubular materials. All insulation installed outdoors shall be field
painted with UV inhibitor coating.
1.
H.
I.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a.
Aeroflex USA, Inc.; Aerocel.
b.
Armacell LLC; AP Armaflex.
c.
K-Flex USA; Insul-Lock, Insul-Tube, and K-FLEX LS.
Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation:
1.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a.
Fibrex Insulations Inc.; Coreplus 1200.
b.
Johns Manville; Micro-Lok.
c.
Knauf Insulation; 1000-Degree Pipe Insulation.
d.
Manson Insulation Inc.; Alley-K.
e.
Owens Corning; Fiberglas Pipe Insulation.
2.
Type I, 850 deg F Materials: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin.
Comply with ASTM C 547, Type I, Grade A, with factory-applied ASJ. Factory-applied
jacket requirements are specified in "Factory-Applied Jackets" Article.
Mineral-Fiber, Pipe and Tank Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting
resin. Semirigid board material with factory-applied ASJ complying with ASTM C 1393, Type II
or Type IIIA Category 2, or with properties similar to ASTM C 612, Type IB. Nominal density is
2.5 lb/cu. ft. or more. Thermal conductivity (k-value) at 100 deg F is 0.29 Btu x in./h x sq. ft. x
deg F or less. Factory-applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory-Applied Jackets"
Article.
1.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a.
CertainTeed Corp.; CrimpWrap.
b.
Johns Manville; MicroFlex.
c.
Knauf Insulation; Pipe and Tank Insulation.
d.
Manson Insulation Inc.; AK Flex.
395
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
e.
Owens Corning; Fiberglas Pipe and Tank Insulation.
INSULATING CEMENTS
J.
Mineral-Fiber Insulating Cement: Comply with ASTM C 195.
1.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a.
Ramco Insulation, Inc.; Super-Stik.
ADHESIVES
K.
Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates and for
bonding insulation to itself and to surfaces to be insulated unless otherwise indicated.
L.
Cellular-Glass Adhesive: Two-component, thermosetting urethane adhesive containing no
flammable solvents, with a service temperature range of minus 100 to plus 200 deg F.
1.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a.
Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller
Company; 81-84.
2.
For indoor applications, use adhesive that has a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when
calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
Use adhesive that complies with the testing and product requirements of the California
Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic
Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers," including
2004 Addenda.
3.
M.
N.
Flexible Elastomeric and Polyolefin Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-24179A, Type II, Class I.
1.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a.
Aeroflex USA, Inc.; Aeroseal.
b.
Armacell LLC; Armaflex 520 Adhesive.
c.
Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller
Company; 85-75.
d.
K-Flex USA; R-373 Contact Adhesive.
2.
For indoor applications, use adhesive that has a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when
calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
3.
Use adhesive that complies with the testing and product requirements of the California
Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic
Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers," including
2004 Addenda.
Mineral-Fiber Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A.
396
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
O.
P.
1.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a.
Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller
Company; CP-127.
b.
Eagle Bridges - Marathon Industries; 225.
c.
Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller
Company; 85-60/85-70.
d.
Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 22-25.
2.
For indoor applications, use adhesive that has a VOC content of 80 g/L or less when
calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
3.
Use adhesive that complies with the testing and product requirements of the California
Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic
Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers," including
2004 Addenda.
ASJ Adhesive, and FSK and PVDC Jacket Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A
for bonding insulation jacket lap seams and joints.
1.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a.
Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller
Company; CP-82.
b.
Eagle Bridges - Marathon Industries; 225.
c.
Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller
Company; 85-50.
d.
Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 22-25.
2.
For indoor applications, use adhesive that has a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when
calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
3.
Use adhesive that complies with the testing and product requirements of the California
Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic
Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers," including
2004 Addenda.
PVC Jacket Adhesive: Compatible with PVC jacket.
1.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a.
Dow Corning Corporation; 739, Dow Silicone.
b.
Johns Manville; Zeston Perma-Weld, CEEL-TITE Solvent Welding Adhesive.
c.
P.I.C. Plastics, Inc.; Welding Adhesive.
d.
Speedline Corporation; Polyco VP Adhesive.
2.
For indoor applications, use adhesive that has a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when
calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
397
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
3.
Use adhesive that complies with the testing and product requirements of the California
Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic
Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers," including
2004 Addenda.
MASTICS
Q.
Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates; comply with
MIL-PRF-19565C, Type II.
1.
R.
For indoor applications, use mastics that have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when
calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
Vapor-Barrier Mastic: Water based; suitable for indoor use on below-ambient services.
1.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a.
Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller
Company; 30-80/30-90.
b.
Vimasco Corporation; 749.
2.
Water-Vapor Permeance: ASTM E 96/E 96M, Procedure B, 0.013 perm at 43-mil dry film
thickness.
3.
Service Temperature Range: Minus 20 to plus 180 deg F.
4.
Solids Content: ASTM D 1644, 58 percent by volume and 70 percent by weight.
5.
Color: White.
LAGGING ADHESIVES
S.
Description: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class I, Grade A and shall be compatible with
insulation materials, jackets, and substrates.
1.
For indoor applications, use lagging adhesives that have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less
when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
2.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a.
Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller
Company; CP-50 AHV2.
b.
Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller
Company; 30-36.
c.
Vimasco Corporation; 713 and 714.
3.
Fire-resistant, water-based lagging adhesive and coating for use indoors to adhere fireresistant lagging cloths over pipe insulation.
4.
Service Temperature Range: 0 to plus 180 deg F.
398
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
5.
Color: White.
SEALANTS
T.
U.
Joint Sealants:
1.
Joint Sealants for Cellular-Glass, Phenolic, and Polyisocyanurate Products: Subject to
compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the
Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a.
Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller
Company; CP-76.
b.
Eagle Bridges - Marathon Industries; 405.
c.
Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller
Company; 30-45.
d.
Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 44-05.
e.
Pittsburgh Corning Corporation; Pittseal 444.
2.
Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates.
3.
Permanently flexible, elastomeric sealant.
4.
Service Temperature Range: Minus 100 to plus 300 deg F.
5.
Color: White or gray.
6.
For indoor applications, use sealants that have a VOC content of 420 g/L or less when
calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
7.
Use sealants that comply with the testing and product requirements of the California
Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic
Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers," including
2004 Addenda.
FSK and Metal Jacket Flashing Sealants:
1.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a.
Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller
Company; CP-76.
b.
Eagle Bridges - Marathon Industries; 405.
c.
Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller
Company; 95-44.
d.
Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 44-05.
2.
Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates.
3.
Fire- and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant.
4.
Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F.
5.
Color: Aluminum.
399
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
V.
6.
For indoor applications, use sealants that have a VOC content of 420 g/L or less when
calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
7.
Use sealants that comply with the testing and product requirements of the California
Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic
Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers," including
2004 Addenda.
ASJ Flashing Sealants, and Vinyl, PVDC, and PVC Jacket Flashing Sealants:
1.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a.
Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller
Company; CP-76.
2.
Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates.
3.
Fire- and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant.
4.
Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F.
5.
Color: White.
6.
For indoor applications, use sealants that have a VOC content of 420 g/L or less when
calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
7.
Use sealants that comply with the testing and product requirements of the California
Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic
Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers," including
2004 Addenda.
FACTORY-APPLIED JACKETS
W.
Insulation system schedules indicate factory-applied jackets on various applications. When
factory-applied jackets are indicated, comply with the following:
1.
ASJ: White, kraft-paper, fiberglass-reinforced scrim with aluminum-foil backing;
complying with ASTM C 1136, Type I.
2.
FSK Jacket: Aluminum-foil, fiberglass-reinforced scrim with kraft-paper backing;
complying with ASTM C 1136, Type II.
TAPES
X.
ASJ Tape: White vapor-retarder tape matching factory-applied jacket with acrylic adhesive,
complying with ASTM C 1136.
1.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a.
ABI, Ideal Tape Division; 428 AWF ASJ.
b.
Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0836.
400
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
c.
d.
Compac Corporation; 104 and 105.
Venture Tape; 1540 CW Plus, 1542 CW Plus, and 1542 CW Plus/SQ.
2.
Width: 3 inches.
3.
Thickness: 11.5 mils.
4.
Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch in width.
5.
Elongation: 2 percent.
6.
Tensile Strength: 40 lbf/inch in width.
7.
ASJ Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of ASJ tape.
SECUREMENTS
Y.
Z.
Bands:
1.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a.
ITW Insulation Systems; Gerrard Strapping and Seals.
b.
RPR Products, Inc.; Insul-Mate Strapping, Seals, and Springs.
2.
Stainless Steel: ASTM A 167 or ASTM A 240/A 240M, or Type 316; 0.015 inch thick, 3/4
inch wide with closed seal.
3.
Springs: Twin spring set constructed of stainless steel with ends flat and slotted to
accept metal bands. Spring size determined by manufacturer for application.
Staples:
Monel.
Outward-clinching insulation staples, nominal 3/4-inch- wide, stainless steel or
PART 3 - EXECUTION
EXAMINATION
A.
Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation
tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of insulation application.
1.
Verify that systems to be insulated have been tested and are free of defects.
2.
Verify that surfaces to be insulated are clean and dry.
3.
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
PREPARATION
B.
Surface Preparation: Clean and dry surfaces to receive insulation. Remove materials that will
adversely affect insulation application.
401
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
C.
Coordinate insulation installation with the trade installing heat tracing.
requirements for heat tracing that apply to insulation.
Comply with
D.
Mix insulating cements with clean potable water; if insulating cements are to be in contact
with stainless-steel surfaces, use demineralized water.
GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
E.
Install insulation materials, accessories, and finishes with smooth, straight, and even surfaces;
free of voids throughout the length of piping including fittings, valves, and specialties.
F.
Install insulation materials, forms, vapor barriers or retarders, jackets, and thicknesses
required for each item of pipe system as specified in insulation system schedules.
G.
Install accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Install
accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet
or dry state.
H.
Install insulation with longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal runs.
I.
Install multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered.
J.
Do not weld brackets, clips, or other attachment devices to piping, fittings, and specialties.
K.
Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing.
L.
Install insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with
adhesive recommended by insulation material manufacturer.
M.
Install insulation with least number of joints practical.
N.
Where vapor barrier is indicated, seal joints, seams, and penetrations in insulation at hangers,
supports, anchors, and other projections with vapor-barrier mastic.
1.
Install insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments.
2.
For insulation application where vapor barriers are indicated, extend insulation on
anchor legs from point of attachment to supported item to point of attachment to
structure. Taper and seal ends at attachment to structure with vapor-barrier mastic.
3.
Install insert materials and install insulation to tightly join the insert. Seal insulation to
insulation inserts with adhesive or sealing compound recommended by insulation
material manufacturer.
4.
Cover inserts with jacket material matching adjacent pipe insulation. Install shields over
jacket, arranged to protect jacket from tear or puncture by hanger, support, and shield.
O.
Apply adhesives, mastics, and sealants at manufacturer's recommended coverage rate and wet
and dry film thicknesses.
P.
Install insulation with factory-applied jackets as follows:
402
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
1.
Draw jacket tight and smooth.
2.
Cover circumferential joints with 3-inch- wide strips, of same material as insulation
jacket. Secure strips with adhesive and outward clinching staples along both edges of
strip, spaced 4 inches o.c.
3.
Overlap jacket longitudinal seams at least 1-1/2 inches. Install insulation with
longitudinal seams at bottom of pipe. Clean and dry surface to receive self-sealing lap.
Staple laps with outward clinching staples along edge at 2 inches o.c.
a.
For below-ambient services, apply vapor-barrier mastic over staples.
4.
Cover joints and seams with tape, according to insulation material manufacturer's
written instructions, to maintain vapor seal.
5.
Where vapor barriers are indicated, apply vapor-barrier mastic on seams and joints and
at ends adjacent to pipe flanges and fittings.
Q.
Cut insulation in a manner to avoid compressing insulation more than 75 percent of its
nominal thickness.
R.
Finish installation with systems at operating conditions. Repair joint separations and cracking
due to thermal movement.
S.
Repair damaged insulation facings by applying same facing material over damaged areas.
Extend patches at least 4 inches beyond damaged areas. Adhere, staple, and seal patches
similar to butt joints.
T.
For above-ambient services, do not install insulation to the following:
1.
Vibration-control devices.
2.
Testing agency labels and stamps.
3.
Nameplates and data plates.
4.
Manholes.
5.
Handholes.
6.
Cleanouts.
PENETRATIONS
U.
Insulation Installation at Roof Penetrations:
penetrations.
1.
Seal penetrations with flashing sealant.
403
Install insulation continuously through roof
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
2.
For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation above roof
surface and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor
insulation, install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation
ends. Seal joint with joint sealant.
3.
Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside roof flashing at least 2 inches below top of
roof flashing.
4.
Seal jacket to roof flashing with flashing sealant.
V.
Insulation Installation at Underground Exterior Wall Penetrations: Terminate insulation flush
with sleeve seal. Seal terminations with flashing sealant.
W.
Insulation Installation at Aboveground Exterior Wall Penetrations:
continuously through wall penetrations.
Install insulation
1.
Seal penetrations with flashing sealant.
2.
For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation inside wall surface
and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation,
install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal
joint with joint sealant.
3.
Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside wall flashing and overlap wall flashing at
least 2 inches.
4.
Seal jacket to wall flashing with flashing sealant.
X.
Insulation Installation at Interior Wall and Partition Penetrations (That Are Not Fire Rated):
Install insulation continuously through walls and partitions.
Y.
Insulation Installation at Fire-Rated Wall and Partition Penetrations:
continuously through penetrations of fire-rated walls and partitions.
1.
Z.
Install insulation
Comply with requirements in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping" for
firestopping and fire-resistive joint sealers.
Insulation Installation at Floor Penetrations:
1.
Pipe: Install insulation continuously through floor penetrations.
2.
Seal penetrations through fire-rated assemblies.
Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping."
Comply with requirements in
GENERAL PIPE INSULATION INSTALLATION
AA.
Requirements in this article generally apply to all insulation materials except where more
specific requirements are specified in various pipe insulation material installation articles.
BB.
Insulation Installation on Fittings, Valves, Strainers, Flanges, and Unions:
404
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
1.
Install insulation over fittings, valves, strainers, flanges, unions, and other specialties
with continuous thermal and vapor-retarder integrity unless otherwise indicated.
2.
Insulate pipe elbows using preformed fitting insulation or mitered fittings made from
same material and density as adjacent pipe insulation. Each piece shall be butted tightly
against adjoining piece and bonded with adhesive. Fill joints, seams, voids, and irregular
surfaces with insulating cement finished to a smooth, hard, and uniform contour that is
uniform with adjoining pipe insulation.
3.
Insulate tee fittings with preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same
material and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Cut sectional pipe insulation to fit.
Butt each section closely to the next and hold in place with tie wire. Bond pieces with
adhesive.
4.
Insulate valves using preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same
material, density, and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Overlap adjoining pipe
insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe
diameter, whichever is thicker. For valves, insulate up to and including the bonnets,
valve stuffing-box studs, bolts, and nuts. Fill joints, seams, and irregular surfaces with
insulating cement.
5.
Insulate strainers using preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same
material, density, and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Overlap adjoining pipe
insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe
diameter, whichever is thicker. Fill joints, seams, and irregular surfaces with insulating
cement. Insulate strainers so strainer basket flange or plug can be easily removed and
replaced without damaging the insulation and jacket. Provide a removable reusable
insulation cover. For below-ambient services, provide a design that maintains vapor
barrier.
6.
Insulate flanges and unions using a section of oversized preformed pipe insulation.
Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe
insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker.
7.
Cover segmented insulated surfaces with a layer of finishing cement and coat with a
mastic. Install vapor-barrier mastic for below-ambient services and a breather mastic
for above-ambient services. Reinforce the mastic with fabric-reinforcing mesh. Trowel
the mastic to a smooth and well-shaped contour.
8.
For services not specified to receive a field-applied jacket except for flexible elastomeric
and polyolefin, install fitted PVC cover over elbows, tees, strainers, valves, flanges, and
unions. Terminate ends with PVC end caps. Tape PVC covers to adjoining insulation
facing using PVC tape.
9.
Stencil or label the outside insulation jacket of each union with the word "union."
Match size and color of pipe labels.
405
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
CC.
Insulate instrument connections for thermometers, pressure gages, pressure temperature
taps, test connections, flow meters, sensors, switches, and transmitters on insulated pipes.
Shape insulation at these connections by tapering it to and around the connection with
insulating cement and finish with finishing cement, mastic, and flashing sealant.
DD.
Install removable insulation covers at locations indicated. Installation shall conform to the
following:
1.
Make removable flange and union insulation from sectional pipe insulation of same
thickness as that on adjoining pipe. Install same insulation jacket as adjoining pipe
insulation.
2.
When flange and union covers are made from sectional pipe insulation, extend
insulation from flanges or union long at least two times the insulation thickness over
adjacent pipe insulation on each side of flange or union. Secure flange cover in place
with stainless-steel or aluminum bands. Select band material compatible with insulation
and jacket.
3.
Construct removable valve insulation covers in same manner as for flanges, except
divide the two-part section on the vertical center line of valve body.
4.
When covers are made from block insulation, make two halves, each consisting of
mitered blocks wired to stainless-steel fabric. Secure this wire frame, with its attached
insulation, to flanges with tie wire. Extend insulation at least 2 inches over adjacent
pipe insulation on each side of valve. Fill space between flange or union cover and pipe
insulation with insulating cement. Finish cover assembly with insulating cement applied
in two coats. After first coat is dry, apply and trowel second coat to a smooth finish.
5.
Unless a PVC jacket is indicated in field-applied jacket schedules, finish exposed surfaces
with a metal jacket.
INSTALLATION OF CELLULAR-GLASS INSULATION
EE.
FF.
Insulation Installation on Straight Pipes and Tubes:
1.
Secure each layer of insulation to pipe with wire or bands and tighten bands without
deforming insulation materials.
2.
Where vapor barriers are indicated, seal longitudinal seams, end joints, and protrusions
with vapor-barrier mastic and joint sealant.
3.
For insulation with factory-applied jackets on above-ambient services, secure laps with
outward-clinched staples at 6 inches o.c.
4.
For insulation with factory-applied jackets on below-ambient services, do not staple
longitudinal tabs. Instead, secure tabs with additional adhesive as recommended by
insulation material manufacturer and seal with vapor-barrier mastic and flashing
sealant.
Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges:
406
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
GG.
HH.
1.
Install preformed pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange.
2.
Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice
the thickness of pipe insulation.
3.
Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of
adjacent straight pipe segments with cut sections of cellular-glass block insulation of
same thickness as pipe insulation.
4.
Install jacket material with manufacturer's recommended adhesive, overlap seams at
least 1 inch, and seal joints with flashing sealant.
Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows:
1.
Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation
when available. Secure according to manufacturer's written instructions.
2.
When preformed sections of insulation are not available, install mitered sections of
cellular-glass insulation. Secure insulation materials with wire or bands.
Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties:
1.
Install preformed sections of cellular-glass insulation to valve body.
2.
Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without
disturbing insulation.
3.
Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application.
INSTALLATION OF FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC INSULATION
II.
Seal longitudinal seams and end joints with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to
eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated.
JJ.
Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges:
KK.
1.
Install pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange.
2.
Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice
the thickness of pipe insulation.
3.
Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of
adjacent straight pipe segments with cut sections of sheet insulation of same thickness
as pipe insulation.
4.
Secure insulation to flanges and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended
adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being
insulated.
Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows:
407
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
LL.
1.
Install mitered sections of pipe insulation.
2.
Secure insulation materials and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive
to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated.
Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties:
1.
Install preformed valve covers manufactured of same material as pipe insulation when
available.
2.
When preformed valve covers are not available, install cut sections of pipe and sheet
insulation to valve body. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow
valve operation without disturbing insulation.
3.
Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application.
4.
Secure insulation to valves and specialties and seal seams with manufacturer's
recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to
surface being insulated.
INSTALLATION OF MINERAL-FIBER INSULATION
MM. Insulation Installation on Straight Pipes and Tubes:
NN.
1.
Secure each layer of preformed pipe insulation to pipe with wire or bands and tighten
bands without deforming insulation materials.
2.
Where vapor barriers are indicated, seal longitudinal seams, end joints, and protrusions
with vapor-barrier mastic and joint sealant.
3.
For insulation with factory-applied jackets on above-ambient surfaces, secure laps with
outward-clinched staples at 6 inches o.c.
4.
For insulation with factory-applied jackets on below-ambient surfaces, do not staple
longitudinal tabs. Instead, secure tabs with additional adhesive as recommended by
insulation material manufacturer and seal with vapor-barrier mastic and flashing
sealant.
Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges:
1.
Install preformed pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange.
2.
Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice
the thickness of pipe insulation.
3.
Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of
adjacent straight pipe segments with mineral-fiber blanket insulation.
4.
Install jacket material with manufacturer's recommended adhesive, overlap seams at
least 1 inch, and seal joints with flashing sealant.
408
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
OO.
PP.
Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows:
1.
Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation
when available.
2.
When preformed insulation elbows and fittings are not available, install mitered
sections of pipe insulation, to a thickness equal to adjoining pipe insulation. Secure
insulation materials with wire or bands.
Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties:
1.
Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation
when available.
2.
When preformed sections are not available, install mitered sections of pipe insulation to
valve body.
3.
Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without
disturbing insulation.
4.
Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application.
FIELD-APPLIED JACKET INSTALLATION
QQ.
RR.
SS.
Where glass-cloth jackets are indicated, install directly over bare insulation or insulation with
factory-applied jackets.
1.
Draw jacket smooth and tight to surface with 2-inch overlap at seams and joints.
2.
Embed glass cloth between two 0.062-inch- thick coats of lagging adhesive.
3.
Completely encapsulate insulation with coating, leaving no exposed insulation.
Where FSK jackets are indicated, install as follows:
1.
Draw jacket material smooth and tight.
2.
Install lap or joint strips with same material as jacket.
3.
Secure jacket to insulation with manufacturer's recommended adhesive.
4.
Install jacket with 1-1/2-inch laps at longitudinal seams and 3-inch- wide joint strips at
end joints.
5.
Seal openings, punctures, and breaks in vapor-retarder jackets and exposed insulation
with vapor-barrier mastic.
Where metal jackets are indicated, install with 2-inch overlap at longitudinal seams and end
joints. Overlap longitudinal seams arranged to shed water. Seal end joints with weatherproof
sealant recommended by insulation manufacturer. Secure jacket with stainless-steel bands 12
inches o.c. and at end joints.
409
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
FINISHES
TT.
Flexible Elastomeric Thermal Insulation: After adhesive has fully cured, apply two coats of
insulation manufacturer's recommended protective coating.
UU.
Do not field paint aluminum or stainless-steel jackets.
PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL
VV.
Acceptable preformed pipe and tubular insulation materials and thicknesses are identified for
each piping system and pipe size range. If more than one material is listed for a piping system,
selection from materials listed is Contractor's option.
WW. Items Not Insulated: Unless otherwise indicated, do not install insulation on the following:
1.
Drainage piping located in crawl spaces.
2.
Underground piping.
3.
Chrome-plated pipes and fittings unless there is a potential for personnel injury.
INDOOR PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE
XX.
Chilled Water below 60-70 Deg F:
1.
YY.
Condensate and Equipment Drain Water below 60 Deg F:
1.
ZZ.
All Pipe Sizes: Insulation shall be one of the following:
a.
Cellular Glass: 1-1/2 inches thick.
All Pipe Sizes: Insulation shall be one of the following:
a.
Cellular Glass: 1-1/2 inches thick.
Industrial Water Supply:
1.
NPS 8 and Smaller: Insulation shall be the following:
a.
Cellular Glass: 1-1/2 inches thick.
2.
NPS 10 and Larger: Insulation shall be the following:
a.
Cellular Glass: 2 inches thick.
OUTDOOR, ABOVEGROUND PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE
AAA. Chilled Water below 60-70 Deg F:
1.
All Pipe Sizes: Insulation shall be one of the following:
a.
Cellular Glass: 1-1/2 inches thick.
BBB. Industrial Water Supply and Return:
1.
All Pipe Sizes: Insulation shall be the following:
410
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
a.
Cellular Glass: 2 inches thick.
OUTDOOR, UNDERGROUND PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE
CCC. Loose-fill insulation, for belowground piping, is specified in Division 33 piping distribution
Sections.
INDOOR, FIELD-APPLIED JACKET SCHEDULE
DDD. Install jacket over insulation material. For insulation with factory-applied jacket, install the
field-applied jacket over the factory-applied jacket.
EEE. If more than one material is listed, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option.
FFF. All Piping, Concealed:
1.
None (maintain factory applied foil facing)
GGG. All Piping, Exposed:
1.
For insulation that has not been provided with a factory-applied jacket, provide foil face
insulation, suitable for field painting.
OUTDOOR, FIELD-APPLIED JACKET SCHEDULE
HHH. Install jacket over insulation material. For insulation with factory-applied jacket, install the
field-applied jacket over the factory-applied jacket.
III.
If more than one material is listed, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option.
JJJ.
All Piping, Exposed, up to 24 Inches in Diameter:
1.
Aluminum, Smooth: 0.020 inch thick.
END OF SECTION
411
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
SECTION 230900 - INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL
PART 1 - GENERAL
CONDITIONS AND REQUIREMENTS
A.
Building management System (BMS), Building Automation System (BAS) and Control
System are used interchangeably. Where any term is used it refers to the Control
Contractor and the scope of work under this section.
B.
The words contractor and supplier are used interchangeably. Where either term is used it
refers to the Control Contractor.
RESPONSIBILITY
C.
The final responsibility for providing all the necessary Building Automation System (BMS)
and control components and for the proper operation of the systems as described, except
where directly excluded or listed as work not included, shall be by the Control Contractor.
Nothing in this specification is intended to override this responsibility.
D.
The Control Contractor shall have the responsibility as the expert in the proper application
of his control components and DDC systems. The final design, installation, and operation of
the control system is the responsibility of this Contractor. The Contractor shall make
additions and/or modifications to the design as required at no additional cost. He shall
work with the Engineer and obtain approval for any necessary revisions.
E.
The Contractor is responsible for including the proper settings of each control loop (set
point, throttling range, integral, and derivative) as necessary to achieve system stability and
control accuracy. The database shall have the provisions for changing any or all of these
settings by the operator at any time, as required.
GENERAL CRITERIA
F.
The final design, installation, and operation of the systems in accordance with the sequence
of operation are the responsibility of the Contractor and he shall make additions and/or
modifications to the design, as required, to produce the required function at no additional
cost.
G.
The final responsibility for providing all the necessary control components and for the
proper operation of the control systems, as described herein, shall be by this Contractor.
Nothing in this specification is intended to override this responsibility.
H.
The Contractor shall have the responsibility as the expert in the proper application of his
control components to input, review, and correct the design such that the control system
shall function as intended.
412
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
I.
The Contractor shall be fully responsible for creating all final shop drawings as required and
necessary to build the panels and assure proper field installation.
J.
The control devices shall be checked, sized, and supplied to handle the function intended.
DESCRIPTION
K.
General: The control system shall consist of a high-speed, peer-to-peer network of DDC
controllers and a web-based operator interface. Depict each mechanical system and
building floor plan by a point-and-click graphic. A web server with a network interface card
shall gather data from this system and generate web pages accessible through a
conventional web browser on each PC connected to the network. Operators shall be able to
perform all normal operator functions through the web browser interface.
L.
The owner shall provide a connection to the internet via high speed cable modem, ADSL,
ISDN, T1 or through the facility ISP. The owner shall pay for all monthly internet access fees
and connection charges.
M.
The control system shall be supplied to interface with the existing web enabled package.
The system shall support unlimited users using standard web browsers such as Internet
Explorer and Netscape. The web server software shall operate on standard industry PC
servers. Proprietary servers or “black boxes” are not acceptable. Web browser software
shall be manufactured by the control system manufacturer and shall have the same look
and feel as the operating system. Third party web software is not acceptable.
N.
The system shall directly control HVAC equipment as specified in Sequence of Operations
and shall directly interface with the building BMS.
SCOPE OF WORK
O.
Provide design, labor, equipment, and materials that are required to result in a complete
installation and properly operating Building Management System (BMS) and Automatic
Temperature Control System as indicated on the drawings and as described herein
including that reasonably inferred for proper execution of the work.
P.
Provide a complete system for all Control and Energy Management functions as specified.
The system shall provide for direct digital control (DDC) with full three (3) term
proportional, integral, and derivative (PID) control action. Where appropriate a “trim and
response” approach may be used.
Q.
Furnish, in addition to the primary control panels, all interface panels and control devices
as necessary to assure a complete and properly operating control system (load relays, pilot
lights, control system on/off switches, surge and input power protection, etc.).
R.
All panels shall be provided factory-wired and piped and shall include properly labelled and
marked terminal strips to enable easy field connection.
413
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
S.
Furnish all remote field devices, except those specifically excluded, to assure a complete
and operating system (sensors, wells, transmitters, power supplies, control valves,
actuators, positioners, etc.).
T.
All primary parameters necessary to operate a given control loop shall be contained in a
single control panel so that if one panel fails, the loops in other panels are not affected due
to the lack of an input or output signal (i.e. do not split an analog input from its control
output).
U.
The control output signals and thus, the control of the final devices (valves, dampers, etc.)
shall be electric.
V.
Include all necessary plenum rated cables to connect control system components and
computer devices.
W.
Contractor shall provide a server running Windows suitable for the operating programs.
Contractor shall be responsible for coordination and implementation.
X.
Contractor shall provide a color printer. The printer shall be set up to log all alarm
functions, printing out the alarm point designation, time, date, and description.
Y.
Provide complete graphic screens for each system. Graphics shall be dynamic with point
and click capability. Graphics shall include ability to start with site and easily drill down to a
particular building, floor, zone, and system. The screens shall fully display the control
system operation and indicate in real time all analog inputs (AI), analog outputs (AO),
binary/contact/digital outputs (BO, CO, or DO) and binary/contact/digital inputs (BI, CI, or
DI) status functions dynamically on the screen. Drawings for the graphic screens shall be
submitted for review.
Z.
Provide the following alarm processing capabilities:
1.
2.
3.
Assign user programmable time delays to each control point to prevent nuisance
alarms from occurring during start-up of equipment.
Each alarmable point shall have a user programmable priority level to provide for an
orderly display of alarms based on which is the most critical. For example, if two or
more alarms occur simultaneously, the alarm with the highest level of priority shall
be displayed first. Upon acknowledgement by the operator, the subsequent alarms
of lower priority shall be displayed.
Final list of all proposed alarm messages shall be submitted for approval.
AA.
The system shall be fully integrated so that any control loops and functions can be
accessed, modified, and monitored from any master control panel, from the direct
connected computer and/or a remote computer via modem and communications software
supplied.
BB.
Provide all tubing and wiring final connection to equipment or control panels as necessary.
CC.
Provide all low voltage control wiring and 120 volt interlock wiring unless specifically
indicated as provided by electrical.
414
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
DD.
Provide factory-wired and piped control panels that meet all codes. NEMA 1 for panel
mounted indoors; NEMA 3R for panels mounted outdoors. Panels mounted in air plenums
shall be rated and approved for that application.
EE.
Provide interlock wiring between smoke detectors, air handling systems, and control
system.
FF.
Provide close coordination and support to the Electrical Contractor to assure that all wiring
checks out properly.
GG.
Provide automatic call out to programmed phone numbers in case of critical alarm. (Land
lines and cell phones).
HH.
Provide complete engineering/detailed control drawings showing all devices, terminal
numbers, schedules, legends, labels, etc., as required to properly display the system to be
installed and to allow easy trouble-shooting in the future. The diagrams shall also indicate
set points, throttling range, ratios, and all other switch settings and adjustments.
II.
Provide a detailed written sequence of operation that specifically describes the system
operation in terms easily understandable by the Owner's representative and describes how
the Contractor's specific equipment will accomplish making the system operate as
intended. This shall be more detailed than the engineers sequence and specifically describe
the operation of each device.
JJ.
Provide complete start up, check out, and commissioning of all control systems including
those systems that are integral with other equipment.
KK.
Provide complete start-up and field calibration of the control system. This Contractor must
set the controls at the proper values to assure that all systems are stable, hold the required
conditions, and function as intended.
LL.
During start-up, the Contractor shall "tune the loops" as required to obtain stable
operation, hold the required conditions, and maintain as tight control as possible.
MM. Provide complete on-site Owner instruction in the proper operation of the system and all
devices.
NN.
Provide complete and accurate as-built drawings. Provide both reproducible drawings and
CAD disks in AutoCAD format.
OO.
Provide complete operating and maintenance instruction booklets in hard cover binders
that are fully indexed and include a complete parts listing.
PP.
Control systems shall provide for manual operation in case automatic operations fail.
QQ.
Control systems shall interconnect via network. Provide BACnet, LonWorks, ModBus, or
ModBus-Plus interface as necessary to monitor/control equipment connected via serial
interface. Coordinate as necessary with equipment suppliers to insure proper interface.
RR.
Immediately following the acceptance of the control submittals and no later than 30 days
after submittal acceptance, this contractor shall submit the system programming/logic flow
415
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
diagrams. In addition, this contractor shall include at this time the system checkout
checklist used to verify system performance and interaction.
SS.
This contractor shall have the system trending activated for the system points as indicated
on the attached points list. Trending shall begin one week prior to this contractor
demonstrating the functional performance test required by the commissioning firm and
continue on for a minimum of one week or longer based on the owner’s facility
management and after system demonstration and acceptance.
TT.
Alarms shall indicate maintenance or warning levels rather than just failures.
UU.
Provide commissioning support per specification requirements.
RELATED WORK
VV.
The following items are to be provided by others, but this Contractor shall provide all
necessary coordination to assure that the control system performs as intended.
1.
2.
Line voltage power wiring: The control contractor shall provide all interlock wiring
and any 120 volt power wiring to auxiliary panels other than the power wiring shown
to the control panels on the electrical drawings.
Starters and disconnect switches at equipment. Control contractor shall provide all
disconnect switches at control panels and control devices where necessary and/or
required.
SUBMITTAL
WW. Provide six copies, or as indicated in Division 1, of shop drawings and other submittals on
hardware, software, and equipment to be installed or furnished. Begin no work until
submittals have been approved for conformity with design intent. Provide drawings as
AutoCAD 2007 (or newer) compatible files on magnetic or optical disk (file format: .DWG,
.DXF, .VSD, or comparable) and 3 prints of each drawing on 11" x 17" paper. When
manufacturer's cut sheets apply to a product series rather than a specific product, clearly
indicate applicable data by highlighting or by other means. Clearly reference covered
specification and drawing on each submittal. General catalogs shall not be accepted as cut
sheets to fulfil submittal requirements. Select and show submittal quantities appropriate to
scope of work. Submittal approval does not relieve Contractor of responsibility to supply
sufficient quantities to complete work. Provide submittals on the following:
a.
Control System Hardware
b.
Complete bill of materials indicating quantity, manufacturer, model number, and
relevant technical data of equipment to be used.
1)
Manufacturer's description and technical data such as performance curves,
product specifications, and installation and maintenance instructions for
items listed below and for relevant items not listed below:
a)
Controllers (controller panels)
b)
Transducers and transmitters
c)
Sensors (include accuracy data)
d)
Actuators
416
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
e)
f)
g)
h)
i)
j)
k)
a.
b.
c.
3.
Wiring diagrams and layouts for each control panel. Show termination
numbers.
Floor plan schematic diagrams indicating field sensor and controller locations.
Riser diagrams showing control network layout, communication protocol, and
wire types.
Central System Hardware and Software
a.
b.
Complete bill of material indicating quantity, manufacturer, model number,
and relevant technical data of equipment used.
Manufacturer's description and technical data such as product specifications
and installation and maintenance instructions for items listed below and for
relevant items furnished under this contract not listed below:
i.
ii.
iii.
c.
d.
e.
4.
Valves
Relays and switches
Control panels
Power supplies
Batteries
Operator interface equipment
Wiring
Interface equipment between CPU or server and control panels
Color graphic software
Third-party software
Schematic diagrams of control, communication, and power wiring for central
system installation. Show interface wiring to control system.
Wiring interconnection diagrams including panel and device power and
sources.
Network riser diagrams of wiring between central control unit and control
panels.
Controlled Systems
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
Schematic diagram of each controlled system. Label control points with point
names. Graphically show locations of control elements.
Schematic wiring diagram of each controlled system. Label control elements
and terminals. Where a control element is also shown on control system
schematic, use the same name.
Instrumentation list (Bill of Materials) for each controlled system. List each
control system element in a table. Show element name, type of device,
manufacturer, model number, and product data sheet number.
Complete description of control system operation including sequences of
operation. Include and reference schematic diagram of controlled system. List
I/O points and software points. Indicate alarmed and trended points.
A point/object list for each system controller including both inputs and
outputs (I/O), point/object number, the controlled device associated with the
I/O point/object, and the location of the I/O device. Software flag
points/objects, alarm points/objects, etc.
417
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
5.
6.
7.
XX.
Graphic schematics representing the systems and the related graphics which will
become part of the final system.
Quantities of items submitted shall be reviewed, but are the responsibility of the
Contractor.
Description of process, report formats, and checklists to be used in Control System
Demonstration and Acceptance.
Project Record Documents: Submit three copies of record (as-built) documents upon
completion of installation for approval prior to final completion. Submittal shall consist of:
1.
2.
3.
Project Record Drawings: As-built versions of submittal shop drawings provided as
AutoCAD 2007 (or newer) compatible files on magnetic or optical disk (file format:
.DWG, .DXF, .VSD, or comparable) and 6 prints of each drawing on 11" x 17" paper.
Testing and Commissioning Reports and Checklists: Completed versions of reports,
checklists, and trend logs used to meet requirements of Control System
Demonstration and Acceptance.
Operation and Maintenance (O&M) Manual: Printed, electronic, or online help
documentation of the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
As-built versions of submittal product data.
Names, addresses, and 24-hour telephone numbers of installing contractors
and service representatives for equipment and control systems.
Operator's manual with procedures for operating control systems: logging on
and off, handling alarms, producing point reports, trending data, overriding
computer control, and changing set points and variables.
Programming manual or set of manuals with description of programming
language and syntax, of statements for algorithms and calculations used, of
point database creation and modification, of program creation and
modification, and of editor use.
Engineering, installation, and maintenance manual or set of manuals that
explains how to design and install new points, panels, and other hardware;
how to perform preventive maintenance and calibration; how to debug
hardware problems; and how to repair or replace hardware.
Documentation of programs created using custom programming language
including set points, tuning parameters, and object database. Electronic copies
of programs shall meet this requirement if control logic, set points, tuning
parameters, and objects can be viewed using furnished programming tools.
Graphic files, programs, and database on magnetic or optical media.
List of recommended spare parts with part numbers and suppliers.
Complete original-issue documentation, installation, and maintenance
information for furnished third-party hardware including computer equipment
and sensors.
Complete original-issue copies of furnished software, including operating
systems, custom programming language, operator workstation or web server
software, and graphics software.
Licenses, guarantees, and warranty documents for equipment and systems.
Recommended preventive maintenance procedures for system components,
including schedule of tasks such as inspection, cleaning, and calibration; time
between tasks; and task descriptions.
418
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
m.
Modify project sequence of operation to accurately reflect the operation of
the system per programming and routines implemented within the
controllers. Rewrite the sequence as necessary after final system start-up and
commissioning.
YY.
Training Materials: Training shall be furnished via instructor-led sessions, computer-based
training, or web-based training.
ZZ.
Graphic Screen displays for all electrical equipment to be monitored.
AAA. Communication modules required for ModBus TCP/IP over Ethernet interface.
BBB. System diagrams showing network connections and devices required for supervision of
electrical equipment.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
CCC. Installer and Manufacturer Qualifications
1.
2.
3.
Installer shall have an established working relationship with Control System
Manufacturer.
Installer shall have successfully completed Control System Manufacturer's control
system training. Upon request, Installer shall present record of completed training
including course outlines.
All products used in this installation shall be new, currently under manufacture, and
shall be applied in standard off the shelf products. This installation shall not be used
as a test site for any new products unless explicitly approved by the Owner in
writing. Spare parts shall be available for at least 5 years after completion of this
contract.
CODES AND STANDARDS
DDD. Work, materials, and equipment shall comply with the most restrictive of local, state, and
federal authorities' codes and ordinances or these plans and specifications. As a minimum,
the installation shall comply with current editions in effect 30 days prior to receipt of bids
of the following codes:
1.
2.
3.
4.
National Electric Code (NEC)
Uniform Building Code (UBC)
Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC)
ASHRAE/ANSI 135-2001: Data Communication Protocol for Building Automation and
Control Systems (BACNET)
SYSTEM PERFORMANCE
EEE. Performance Standards: System shall conform to the following minimum standards over
network connections. Systems shall be tested using manufacturer's recommended
419
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
hardware and software for operator workstation (server and browser for web-based
systems).
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Graphic Display: A graphic with 20 dynamic points shall display with current data
within 10 seconds.
Graphic Refresh: A graphic with 20 dynamic points shall update with current data
within 8 seconds. and shall automatically refresh every 15 seconds.
Configuration and Tuning Screens: Screens used for configuring, calibrating, or tuning
points and similar control logic shall automatically refresh within 6 sec.
Object Command. Devices shall react to command of a binary object within 2 sec.
Devices shall begin reacting to command of an analog object within 2 sec.
Object Scan. All changes of state and change of analog values will be transmitted
over the high-speed Ethernet network such that any data used or displayed at a
controller or workstation will have been current within the previous 2 seconds
Alarm Response Time. An object that goes into alarm shall be annunciated at the
workstation within 15 sec.
Multiple Alarm Annunciations. All workstations on the network must receive alarms
within 5 seconds of each other
Program Execution Frequency: Custom and standard applications shall be capable of
running as often as once every 1 second. Select execution times consistent with the
mechanical process under control.
Performance. Programmable controllers shall be able to execute DDC PID control
loops at a frequency of at least once per second. The controller shall scan and
update the process value and output generated by this calculation at this same
frequency
Reporting Accuracy: System shall report values with minimum end-to-end accuracy
listed in Table 1.
Control Stability and Accuracy. Control loops shall maintain measured variable at
setpoint within tolerances listed in Table 2.
Table 1
Reporting Accuracy
Measured Variable
Space Temperature
Ducted Air
Outside Air
Dew Point
Delta-T
Water Temperature
Relative Humidity
Water Pressure
Water Flow
Airflow (terminal)
Airflow (measuring stations)
Air Pressure (ducts)
Air Pressure (space)
Electrical (A, V, W, Power Factor)
Reported Accuracy
±0.25ºF
±0.50ºF
±0.90ºF
±1.0ºF
±0.25ºF
±0.25ºF
±2% RH
±0.1 PSI
±1.0% of full scale
±3% of full scale (see Note 1)
±3% of full scale
±0.10”wg
±0.001”wg
±1% of reading (see Note 3)
420
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
Hydrogen (H2)
Note 1: 10% - 100% of scale
Note 2: For both absolute and differential pressure
Note 3: Not including utility-supplied meters
Table 2
Control Stability and Accuracy
Controlled Variable
Air Pressure (ducts)
Air Pressure (space)
Airflow
Space Temperature
Duct Temperature
Water Temperature
Humidity
Water Pressure
Water Flow
±5% of reading
Control Accuracy
±0.10”wg
±0.01”wg
±3% of full scale
±0.25ºF
±0.25ºF
±0.50ºF
±2% RH
±0.25% of full scale
±1.0% of full scale
Range of Medium
0 to 2.0”wg
-0.10 to 0.10”wg
0 to 100ºF
0 to 100% RH
WARRANTY
FFF. Warrant labor and materials for specified control system free from defects for a period of
12 months after final acceptance. Control system failures during warranty period shall be
adjusted, repaired, or replaced at no additional cost or reduction in service to Owner.
Respond during normal business hours within 24 hours of Owner's warranty service
request.
GGG. Work shall have a single warranty date, even if Owner receives beneficial use due to early
system start-up. If specified work is split into multiple contracts or a multi-phase contract,
each contract or phase shall have a separate warranty start date and period.
HHH. If Owner determines that equipment and systems operate satisfactorily at the end of final
start-up, testing, and commissioning phase, Owner will certify in writing that control
system operation has been tested and accepted in accordance with the terms of this
specification. Date of acceptance shall begin warranty period.
III.
Provide updates to operator workstation or web server software, project-specific software,
graphic software, database software, and firmware that resolve Contractor-identified
software deficiencies at no charge during warranty period. If available, Owner can purchase
in-warranty service agreement to receive upgrades for functional enhancements associated
with above-mentioned items. Do not install updates or upgrades without Owner's written
authorization.
JJJ.
Exception: Contractor shall not be required to warrant reused devices except those that
have been rebuilt or repaired. Installation labor and materials shall be warranted.
Demonstrate operable condition of reused devices at time of Owner's acceptance.
421
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
OWNERSHIP OF PROPRIETARY MATERIAL
KKK. Project-specific software and documentation shall become Owner's property. This includes,
but is not limited to:
a.
Graphics
b.
Record drawings
c.
Database
d.
Application programming code
e.
Documentation
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
GENERAL
A.
All devices shall be rated for the location where installed and shall be sized to meet the
intended application.
B.
Provide enclosures with the proper NEMA rating for the location where installed.
APPROVED CONTROL SYSTEM CONTRACTORS AND MANUFACTURERS
C.
The following are the approved Control System and manufacturers (No Substitutions)
Company Name
Manufacturer
Product Line
Address/Location
Contact
TJ Kay
3353 De La Cruz
Environmental
916-344-1711
Delta Control
BACnet
Blvd. Santa Clara,
Systems Inc.
FAX: 916-344CA 95054
3168
256 Allan Ave
Phil Herve
Trinity EMCS
Delta Control
BACnet
Rohnert Park
(707) 793-0198
CA 94928
Brad Cox
24051 Amador St. 510-670-1690
Emcor Services
Delta Control
BACnet
Hayward, CA
FAX: 510-67094545
1698
D.
Note:
1.
2.
The Contractor shall use only products from the corresponding manufacturer and
product line listed.
The above list of manufacturers applies to operator workstation software, controller
software, the custom application programming language, Building Controllers,
Custom Application Controllers, and Application Specific Controllers. All other
products specified herein (e.g., sensors, valves, dampers, and actuators) need not be
manufactured by the above manufacturers.
422
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
C.
Only Environmental Systems Inc. (1 916 344 3468) is approved to program the Server
Graphics. The Johnson Controls Branch Office or any other ABCS contractor is authorized
to bid the controls system upgrade and carry a price from Environmental Systems Inc. to
build, program and commission the new graphics. In addition, Environmental Systems Inc.
will provide labor for final commissioning and testing of the controls, to ensure the
software and hardware and control sequences meet the specified campus standard. DDC
will verify that the controls contractor has fully commissioned and tested all of the control
systems. DDC will provide a written report and punch list for the controls contractor to
correct if problems are noted during the commissioning process.
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
E.
The Building Management System (BMS) shall be a microprocessor based, fully integrated,
modular system configured as a distributed processing network of panels that are not
dependent on a host computer for any operation.
F.
The system shall be Delta Controls, no substitution. The BMS suppliers shall provide a
complete proposal indicating their features and advantages as well as pricing. Owner shall
interview prospective suppliers based on their proposal and select the most desirable
system. Owner reserves the right to reject or accept any proposal.
G.
Operator interface shall be provided by the following modes: building PC, local interface
capability at any control panel with a lap top computer, and remote interface through web
based software.
H.
The system shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
The system shall be easily expandable by the user in both capacity and functionality.
To maintain reliability, each stand-alone controller shall be capable of operating,
controlling, or monitoring without a host computer.
Each stand-alone controller shall be capable of performing the basic control
functions with PID loop control, time scheduling, duty cycling, temperature override,
start and stop time optimization, outside air optimization, and user defined
programs to meet the sequences of operation.
The controllers shall be connected by a high speed network to allow for data
communication between controllers and other parts of the system.
The network shall be fault tolerant and any stand-alone controller detecting an error
in its operation shall disconnect itself from the network to allow the remaining
controllers to continue normal operations. The only loss of data shall be the data
supplied by the failed controller panel.
Alarms detected in any panel shall be directed to designated panels for annunciation
or printout. The network shall support a minimum of ten (10) remote device channel
assignments so that alarms may be displayed or printed in multiple locations on
terminals connected to any panel. Acknowledgement of each alarm shall be from
any terminal to which the alarm is directed.
Operator requests at any panel for data that exists in any other panel shall be
transmitted by the network as requested. In like manner, operator commands shall
be transmitted via the network for execution in any other panel. Supervisory
423
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
computer workstations or terminal devices that are connected to any stand-alone
controller shall also be able to obtain data or execute commands via the network for
all panel points.
Provide automatic clock synchronization between all stand-alone controllers on the
network and any supervisory computer workstations.
Fully programmable by the user to allow adding, deleting, and changing points and to
write custom control sequences without vendor assistance.
Full proportional, integral, and derivative control of control loops to minimize offset
and maintain tight control to assigned set points.
Start/Stop Function: Enable starting and stopping of remote devices either by
operator or built-in clock function.
The system shall provide for automatic restart after a power failure or upon
initialization of the system. Controlled loads shall have a user programmable delay
between successive starts to limit demand peaks.
Pre-programmed standard functions for HVAC control and energy management shall
be provided in each stand-alone controller for:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
o.
p.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
Time of day scheduling.
Daylight-savings time adjustments.
Holiday scheduling.
Temperature compensated duty cycling.
Electrical demand limiting.
Start and stop time optimization.
Controlling start/stop interlock schedules.
Minimum on/maximum off timers.
Temperature override.
Outside air enthalpy optimization.
Maintenance messages.
Direct Digital Control - PID.
Power failure/auto restart.
User defined programming.
Data logging.
Self diagnostics with service alarm buffer.
The stand-alone controllers' and distributed control modules' database shall be
stored on disk memory at the supervisory computer for backup and restore
operation. The controller shall up-line load any entered attribute changes made at
the panel by a manual command from the supervisory computer.
Each stand-alone controller shall contain self diagnostics that continuously monitor
the proper operation of the unit. A malfunction of the controller, any distributed
control module, or associated communication link shall be reported automatically to
display the condition of failure along with time and date.
72 hour minimum battery back-up of the memory in case of power failure.
Complete alarm handling, logging, prioritizing, and acknowledge capabilities.
Data logging, storage, and trending.
Three (3) levels of operator interface with password protection.
COMMUNICATION
424
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
I.
All control products provided for this project shall comprise a BACnet internet work.
Communication involving control components (i.e., all types of controllers and operator
interfaces) shall conform to ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 135-1995, BACnet.
J.
Each BACnet device shall operate on the BACnet Data Link/Physical layer protocol specified
for that device as defined in this section.
K.
The Contractor shall provide all communication media, connectors, repeaters, bridges,
hubs, and routers necessary for the internet work.
L.
All controllers shall have a communication port for connections with the operator
interfaces using the BACnet Data Link/ Physical layer protocol.
M.
Communication services over the internet work shall result in operator interface and value
passing that is transparent to the internet work architecture as follows:
1.
2.
Connection of an operator interface device to any one controller on the internet
work will allow the operator to interface with all other controllers as if that interface
were directly connected to the other controllers. Data, status information, reports,
system software, custom programs, etc., for all controllers shall be available for
viewing and editing from any one controller on the internet work.
All database values (e.g., objects, software variables, custom program variables) of
any one controller shall be readable by any other controller on the internet work.
This value passing shall be automatically performed by a controller when a reference
to an object name not located in that controller is entered into the controller's
database. An operator/installer shall not be required to set up any communication
services to perform internet work value passing.
N.
The time clocks in all controllers shall be automatically synchronized daily. An operator
change to the time clock in any controller shall be automatically broadcast to all controllers
on the network.
O.
The network shall have the following minimum capacity for future expansion:
1.
2.
3.
Each Building Controller shall have routing capacity for 99 controllers.
The Building Controller network shall have capacity for 1000 Building Controllers.
The system shall have an overall capacity for 12,500 Building Controller, Custom
Application Controller, and Application Specific Controller input/output objects.
OPERATOR INTERFACE:
P.
System must Interface with existing Delta OWS orca view ORCA Web software , modify
graphics, database, and system documentation to match new work to interface with the
existing graphics and controllers. Existing system is maintained by ESI, contact T.J. Kay (916)
344-1711.
Q.
Modify existing System Software:
1.
System Graphics: The operator workstation software shall be a graphical user
interface (GUI). The system shall allow display of up to 10 dynamic and animated
425
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
2.
graphic screens at once for comparison and monitoring of system status. Provide a
method for the operator to easily move between graphic displays and change the
size and location of graphic displays on the screen. The system graphics shall be able
to be modified while on-line. An operator with the proper password level shall be
able to add, delete, or change dynamic objects on a graphic. Dynamic objects shall
include analog and binary values, dynamic text, static text, and animation files.
Graphics shall have the ability to show animation by shifting image files based on the
status of the object.
Custom Graphics: Custom graphic files shall be created with the use of a graphics
generation package furnished with the system. The graphics generation package
shall be a graphically based system that uses the mouse to create and modify
graphics. The graphics generation package also shall provide the capability of
capturing or converting graphics from other programs such as Visio or AutoCAD
CONTROLLER SOFTWARE
R.
Furnish the following applications software for building and energy management. All
software applications shall reside and operate in the system controllers. Editing of
applications shall occur at the operator workstation
S.
System Security
1.
2.
3.
T.
User access shall be secured using individual security passwords and user names.
Passwords shall restrict the user to the objects, applications, and system functions as
assigned by the system manager.
User Log On/Log Off attempts shall be recorded.
Scheduling. Provide the capability to schedule each object or group of objects in the
system. Each schedule shall consist of the following:
1.
2.
Weekly Schedule. Provide separate schedules for each day of the week. Each of
these schedules should include the capability for start, stop and optimal start. Each
schedule may consist of up to 10 events. When a group of objects are scheduled
together, provide the capability to adjust the start and stop times for each member.
Holiday Schedules. Provide the capability for the operator to define up to 99 special
or holiday schedules. These schedules may be placed on the scheduling calendar and
will be repeated each year. The operator shall be able to define the length of each
holiday period.
U.
Alarm Reporting. The operator shall be able to determine the action to be taken in the
event of an alarm. Alarms shall be routed to the appropriate workstations based on time
and other conditions.
V.
Remote Communication. The system shall have the ability to dial out in the event of an
alarm using BACnet Point-To-Point at a minimum of 56K baud. Receivers shall be BACnet
workstations.
426
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
W.
Maintenance Management. The system shall monitor equipment status and generate
maintenance messages based upon user-designated run-time, starts, and/or calendar date
limits.
X.
Sequencing. Provide application software to properly sequence the start and stop of
chillers, computer room units, and pumps to minimize energy usage in the facility.
Y.
PID Control. A PID (proportional-integral-derivative) algorithm with direct or reverse action
and anti-windup shall be supplied. The algorithm shall calculate a time-varying analog
value that is used to position an output or stage a series of outputs. The controlled
variable, setpoint, and PID gains shall be user-selectable.
Z.
Staggered Start.
This application shall prevent all controlled equipment from
simultaneously restarting after a power outage.
AA.
Energy Calculations. Provide software to allow instantaneous power (e.g., kW) or flow
rates (e.g., L/s [GPM]) to be accumulated and converted to energy usage data. Provide an
algorithm that calculates a sliding-window kW demand value.
BB.
Anti-Short Cycling. All binary output objects shall be protected from short cycling. This
feature shall allow minimum on-time and off-time to be selected.
CC.
On/Off Control with Differential. Provide an algorithm that allows a binary output to be
cycled based on a controlled variable and setpoint. The algorithm shall be direct-acting or
reverse-acting, and incorporate an adjustable differential.
DD.
Run-time Totalization. Provide software to totalize run-times for all binary input objects. A
high run-time alarm shall be assigned, if required, by the operator.
BUILDING CONTROLLERS
EE.
General. Provide an adequate number of Building Controllers to achieve the performance
specified in the Part 1 Article on “System Performance.” Each of these panels shall meet
the following requirements.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
The Building Automation System shall be comprised of one or more independent,
standalone, microprocessor-based Building Controllers to manage the global
strategies described in the System Software section.
The Building Controller shall have sufficient memory to support its operating system,
database, and programming requirements.
Data shall be shared between networked Building Controllers.
The operating system of the Building Controller shall manage the input and output
communication signals to allow distributed controllers to share real and virtual
object information, and allow central monitoring and alarms.
Controllers that perform scheduling shall have a real-time clock.
The Building Controller shall communicate with other BACnet objects on the internet
work using the Read (Execute and Initiate) and Write (Execute and Initiate) Property
services as defined in Clauses 15.5 and 15.8, respectively, of ASHRAE Standard 13595.
427
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
Building Controller BACnet Services
Acknowledge Alarms
Confirmed COV Notification
Confirmed Event Notification
Get Alarm Summary
Get Enrollment Summary
Subscribe COV
Unconfirmed COV Notification
Unconfirmed Event Notification
Atomic Read File
Atomic Write File
Add List Element
Remove List Element
Create Object
Delete Object
Read Property
Read Property Multiple
Write Property
Read Range
Write Property Multiple
Device Communication Control
Confirmed Private Transfer
Unconfirmed Private Transfer
Reinitialize Device
Time Synchronization
Who-Has
I-Have
Who-Is
I-Am
7.
FF.
Initiate
-x
x
x
x
x
x
x
------x
x
x
-x
-x
x
-x
-x
x
x
Execute
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
BACnet Functional Groups. The Building Controller shall support the following
BACnet functional groups: Clock, Event Initiation, COV Event Response, Files, Device
Communication and Time Master.
Communication
1.
2.
3.
4.
Each Building Controller shall support direct Ethernet or a communications card. The
communications card shall be connected to the Building Controller by a PC-104 bus
connection. The Building Controller shall be connected to the BACnet network using
the ISO 8802-3 (Ethernet) Data Link/ Physical layer protocol.
Each Building Controller with a communications card shall perform BACnet routing if
connected to a network of Custom Application and Application Specific Controllers.
The controller shall provide a service communication port using BACnet Data Link/
Physical layer protocol P-T-P for connection to a hand-held workstation/ and/or
modem.
The Building Controller secondary communication network shall support BACnet
MS/TP.
428
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
GG.
Environment.
1.
2.
3.
HH.
Controller hardware shall be suitable for the anticipated ambient conditions.
Controllers used outdoors and/or in wet ambient conditions shall be mounted within
waterproof enclosures, and shall be rated for operation at 0°C to 40°C [32°F to
100°F] and 10 to 90% RH.
Controllers used in conditioned space shall be mounted in dust-proof enclosures, and
shall be rated for operation at 0°C to 50°C [32°F to 120°F].
Building Controllers shall be fully peer to peer.
1.
Serviceability. Provide diagnostic LEDs for power, communication, and processor.
All wiring connections shall be made to field- removable, modular terminal strips —
or to a termination card connected by a ribbon cable.
II.
Memory. The Building Controller shall have as a minimum standard SRAM of 256 KB,
standard DRAM of 1MB and standard non-volatile 1 MB of flash memory in lieu of EPROM.
Memory shall be user extendible through RAM chip sockets and SIMMs for future memory
expansion.
JJ.
Immunity to power and noise. Controller shall be able to operate at 90% to 110% of
nominal voltage rating and shall perform an orderly shutdown below 80% nominal voltage.
The Building Controller shall maintain all database information including BIOS and
programming information in the event of a power loss for at least 72 hours. Operation shall
be protected against electrical noise of 5 to 120 Hz and from keyed radios up to 5 W at 1 m
[3 ft].
KK.
Inputs/Outputs.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Inputs. Controller input/output board shall support dry contact, 0-5 VDC and 0-10
VDC- voltage, 4-20 MA- current and thermistor-resistive signal types on an individual
basis for connecting any status or sensing device. Analog resolution shall be 10-bit A
to D.
Outputs. Controller input/output board shall support plug-and-play I/O modules or
built in HOA modules configured with manual-auto-off override switch,
potentiometer and input channel for feedback status or and unrelated analog or
digital input. Output supported shall be 0-10 VDC. All HOA’s shall be supervised.
Diagnostics. Controller input/output board shall have red LEDs providing input status
indication.
External Power. Controller input/output board shall have one on-board 24 VDC
terminal for directly connected active transducers.
Building Controller shall have the capability to create, delete and support the
following BACnet Objects:
a.
ANALOG INPUT, ANALOG OUTPUT AND ANALOG VALUE: These objects shall
have the following writeable properties: Object Name; Object Value;
Description; COV Increment; Out of Service and Units. In addition, these
objects shall support the properties: Device type; Reliability; Min. /Max.
Values; Update Interval and Resolution.
429
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
BINARY INPUT, BINARY OUTPUT AND BINARY VALUE: These objects shall have
the following writeable properties: Object Name; Object Value; Description;
Polarity; Default Value; Min On/Off and Out of Service. In addition, these
objects shall support the properties: Device Type; Reliability; Active/Inactive
Texts; Update Interval; Resolution; Change-of-State Time; Count Times and
Time Reset.
CALENDAR: This object shall have the following writeable properties: Object
Name; Object Value; Description; and Date List.
DEVICE: This object shall have the following writeable properties: Object
Name; Description; Location; and UTC Offset.
EVENT ENROLMENT: This object shall have the following writeable properties:
Object Name; Object Value; Description; Out-of-Service; Event & Notify Types;
Parameters; Property Ref; Enable; and Notification Class.
FILE: This object shall have the following writeable properties: Object Name;
Description; File Type; and File Access.
LOOP (PID): This object shall have the following writeable properties: Object
Name; Object Value; Description; Polarity; Output and Input Refs.; Input Value
& Units; Setpoint Value; PID Values; Bias; Write Priority and COV Increment.
In addition, this object shall support the properties: Reliability; Update
Interval; Proportional Constant & Units; Derivatives Constant & Units.
NOTIFICATION CLASS: This object shall have the following writeable
properties: Object Name; Object Value; Description; Priority and Ack Required.
PROGRAM: This object shall have the following writeable properties: Object
Name; Object Value and Description. In addition, this object shall support the
property Reliability.
SCHEDULE: This object shall have the following writeable properties: Object
Name; Object Value and Description; Effective period; Schedule; Exception;
Controlled Properties and Write Properties.
TREND LOG: This object shall have the following writeable properties: Object
Name; Description; Log Enable; Start/stop Times; Log Device Object Property;
Log Interval; Stop When Full; Buffer Size; and Record Count.
CUSTOM APPLICATION CONTROLLERS
LL.
General. Provide an adequate number of Programmable Application Controllers to achieve
the performance specified in the Part 1 Article on “System Performance.” Each of these
panels shall meet the following requirements.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
The Custom Application Controller shall have sufficient memory to support its
operating system, database, and programming requirements.
Custom Application Controllers shall be fully peer to peer.
The operating system of the Controller shall manage the input and output
communication signals to allow distributed controllers to share real and virtual
object information, and allow central monitoring and alarms.
All equipment that requires scheduling shall be scheduled in that equipments
controller.
The Custom Application Controller shall communicate with other BACnet objects on
the internet work using the Read (Execute and Initiate) and Write (Execute and
430
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
6.
Initiate) Property services as defined in Clauses 15.5 and 15.8, respectively, of
ASHRAE Standard 135-95.
Both firmware and controller database shall be loadable over the network.
MM. Communication.
1.
2.
NN.
Each Custom Application Controller shall reside on a BACnet network using the
MS/TP or Ethernet Data Link/ Physical layer protocol.
The controller shall provide a service communication port using BACnet Data Link/
Physical layer protocol for connection to portable operator’s workstation and allow
access to the entire network.
Environment. Controller hardware shall be suitable for the anticipated ambient conditions.
1.
2.
Controllers used outdoors and/or in wet ambient conditions shall be mounted within
waterproof enclosures, and shall be rated for operation at 0°C to 40°C [32°F to
100°F].
Controllers used in conditioned space shall be mounted in dust-proof enclosures, and
shall be rated for operation at 0°C to 50°C [32°F to 120°F].
OO.
Serviceability. Provide diagnostic LEDs for power, communication, and processor. All
wiring connections shall be made to field-removable, modular terminal strips — or to a
termination card connected by a ribbon cable.
PP.
Memory. The Custom Application Controller shall be non-volatile FLASH memory.
QQ.
Immunity to power and noise. Controller shall be able to operate at 90% to 110% of
nominal voltage rating and shall perform an orderly shutdown below 80% nominal voltage.
Operation shall be protected against electrical noise of 5 to120 Hz and from keyed radios
up to 5 W at 1 m [3 ft].
APPLICATION SPECIFIC CONTROLLERS
RR.
General. Application Specific Controllers (ASCs) are microprocessor-based DDC controllers
which through hardware or firmware design are able to control a wide variety of
equipment. They are fully user-programmable, and are not restricted to any one type of
equipment. Application Specific Controllers shall communicate with other BACnet objects
on the internet work using the Read (Execute) Property service as defined in Clause 15.5 of
ASHRAE Standard 135-95.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
SS.
Each ASC shall be capable of standalone operation and shall continue to provide
control functions without being connected to the network
Each ASC will contain sufficient I/O capacity to control the target system.
Both firmware and controller database shall be loadable over the network
Application Specific Controllers shall be fully peer to peer
ASC’s shall come with an integrated housing to allow for easy mounting and
protection of the circuit board. Only wiring terminals shall be exposed.
Communication
431
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
1.
2.
3.
TT.
The controller shall reside on a BACnet network using the MS/TP Data Link/ Physical
layer protocol.
Each controller shall have a BACnet Data Link/ Physical layer compatible connection
for a laptop computer or a portable operator's tool. This connection shall be
extended to a space temperature sensor port where shown and allow access to the
entire network.
Each controller shall have a secondary sub network for communicating sensors or I/O
expansion modules
Environment. The hardware shall be suitable for the anticipated ambient conditions.
1.
2.
Controllers used outdoors and/or in wet ambient conditions shall be mounted within
waterproof enclosures, and shall be rated for operation at -40°C to 65°C [-40°F to
150°F] and/or suitably installed in a heated or fan cooled enclosure
Controllers used in conditioned space shall be mounted in dust-proof enclosures, and
shall be rated for operation at 0°C to 50°C [32°F to 120°F].
UU.
Serviceability. Provide diagnostic LEDs for power, communication, and processor. All
wiring connections shall be made to field-removable, modular terminal strips.
VV.
Memory. The Application Specific Controller shall use non-volatile memory and maintain
all BIOS and programming information in the event of a power loss.
WW. Immunity to power and noise. ASC shall be able to operate at 90% to 110% of nominal
voltage rating and shall perform an orderly shutdown below 80%. Operation shall be
protected against electrical noise of 5-120 Hz and from keyed radios up to 5 W at 1 m [3 ft].
XX.
Transformer. Power supply for the ASC must be rated at minimum of 125% of ASC power
consumption, and shall be fused or current limiting type.
YY.
Input/Output. ASC shall support as a minimum, directly connected, a combination of
analog outputs and binary outputs and universal software selectable analog or digital
inputs. ASC inputs shall support 0-5 VDC-voltage, 4-20mA-current, thermistor-resistance
and dry contacts. ASC outputs shall support 0-10 VDC-voltage, digital triac rated at 0.5
amps at 24 VAC
ZZ.
System Object Capacity. The system size shall be expandable to at least twice the number
of input/output objects required for this project. Additional controllers (along with
associated devices and wiring) shall be all that is necessary to achieve this capacity
requirement. The operator interfaces installed for this project shall not require any
hardware additions or software revisions in order to expand the system.
INPUT/OUTPUT INTERFERENCE
AAA. Hardwired inputs and output points/objects may be wired into the system through
Building, Custom Application, or Application Specific Controllers.
BBB. All input and output points shall be protected such that shorting of the point to itself, to
another point, or to ground, will cause no damage to the controller. All input and output
432
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
points shall be protected from voltage up to 24 volts of any duration, such that contact with
this voltage will cause no damage to the controller.
CCC. Digital inputs shall allow the monitoring of ON/OFF signals from remote devices. The digital
inputs shall provide a current of at least 12 MA to be compatible with commonly available
control devices, and shall be protected against the effects of contact bounce and noise.
Digital inputs shall sense “dry contact” closure without external power (other than that
provided by the controller) being applied.
DDD. Analog inputs shall allow the monitoring of 0-5 VDC, 0-10 VDC-voltage, 4-20 MA-current, or
thermistors. Analog inputs shall be compatible, and be field configurable to commonly
available sensing devices.
EEE. Digital outputs shall provide for ON/OFF operation. Digital outputs on Building and Custom
Application Controllers shall have three-position override switches, Hand-Off-Auto with
status lights. Outputs shall be selectable for either normally open or normally closed
operation.
FFF. Analog outputs shall provide a modulating signal for the control of end devices. Outputs
shall provide a 0 to 10 VDC signal as required to provide proper control of the output
device. Analog outputs on Building or Custom Application Controllers shall have status
lights and a two-position (AUTO/MANUAL) switch and manually adjustable potentiometer
for manual override. Analog outputs shall not exhibit a drift of greater than 0.4% of range
per year.
GGG. Tri-State Outputs. Provide tri-state outputs (two coordinated binary outputs) for control of
three-point floating type electronic actuators without feedback. Use of three-point floating
devices shall be limited to zone control and terminal unit control applications (VAV terminal
units, duct mounted heating coils, zone dampers, radiation, etc.)
HHH. Input/Output points/objects shall be universal type, i.e., controller input or output may be
designated (in software) as either a binary or analog type point/object with appropriate
properties. Application Specific Controllers are exempted from this requirement.
III.
System Object Capacity. The system size shall be expandable to at least twice the number
of input/output objects required for this project. Additional controllers (along with
associated devices and wiring) shall be all that is necessary to achieve this capacity
requirement. The operator interfaces installed for this project shall not require any
hardware additions or software revisions in order to expand the system.
POWER SUPPLIES AND LINE FILTERING
JJJ.
Control transformers shall be UL Listed. Furnish Class 2 current-limiting type, or furnish
over-current protection in both primary and secondary circuits for Class 2 service per NEC
requirements. Limit connected loads to 80% of rated capacity.
1.
DC power supply output shall match output current and voltage requirements. Unit
shall be full-wave rectifier type with output ripple of 5.0 mV maximum peak-to-peak.
Regulation shall be 1.0% line and load combined, with 100 microsecond response
433
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
time for 50% load changes. Unit shall have built-in over-voltage and over-current
protection, and shall be able to withstand a 150% current overload for at least 3
seconds without trip-out or failure.
a.
b.
Unit shall operate between 0°C and 50°C [32°F and 120°F]. EM/RF shall meet
FCC Class B and VDE 0871 for Class B, and MIL-STD 810C for shock and
vibration.
Line voltage units shall be UL Recognized and CSA Approved.
KKK. Power line filtering.
1.
Provide transient voltage and surge suppression for all workstations and controllers
either internally or as an external component. Surge protection shall have the
following at a minimum:
a.
b.
c.
d.
Dielectric strength of 1,000 volts minimum
Response time of 10 nanoseconds or less
Transverse mode noise attenuation of 65 dB or greater
Common mode noise attenuation of 150 dB or better at 40 Hz to 100 Hz.
AUXILIARY CONTROL DEVICES
LLL.
Local Control Panels:
1.
2.
All indoor control cabinets shall be fully enclosed NEMA 1 construction with [hinged
door], key-lock latch, and removable sub-panels. A single key shall be common to all
field panels and sub-panels
Interconnections between internal and face-mounted devices pre-wired with
color-coded stranded conductors neatly installed in plastic troughs and/or
tie-wrapped. Terminals for field connections shall be UL Listed for 600 volt service,
individually identified per control/interlock drawings, with adequate clearance for
field wiring. Control terminations for field connection shall be individually identified
per control drawings
WIRING AND RACEWAYS
MMM. General: Provide copper wiring, plenum cable, and raceways as specified in the
applicable sections.
NNN. All insulated wire to be copper conductors, UL labelled for 90C minimum service.
TEMPERATURE SENSORS
OOO. Temperature sensors shall be as required to meet the control tolerances specified.
PPP. Sensors shall be RTD with transmitters where high accuracy and stability is required.
QQQ. Sensors may be 10k ohm thermistors where high accuracy is not necessary.
434
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
ELECTRIC DAMPER AND VALVE ACTUATORS
RRR. Damper actuators shall be electric Belimo or equal. The Contractor shall size actuators
such that each control damper modulates smoothly from full open to full shut without
sticking or binding and to give tight shut-off at end positions against system pressures to be
encountered. The Contractor shall consider the effects of corrosion and wear in this sizing
of these actuators such that they will operate properly for a ten (10) year period.
SSS. Stall Protection. Mechanical or electronic stall protection shall prevent actuator damage
throughout the actuator's rotation.
TTT. Spring-return Mechanism. Actuators used for power-failure and safety applications shall
have an internal mechanical spring-return mechanism or an uninterruptible power supply
(UPS).
UUU. Signal and Range. Proportional actuators shall accept a 0-10 Vdc or a 0-20 mA control signal
and shall have a 2-10 Vdc or 4-20 mA operating range. (Floating motor actuators are not
acceptable).
VVV. Wiring. All 24 VAC/VDC actuators shall operate on Class 2 wiring and shall not require more
than 10 VA for AC or more than 8 W for DC applications. Actuators operating on 120 VAC
or 230 VAC shall not require more than 11 VA.
WWW. Manual Positioning. Operators shall be able to manually position each actuator when
the actuator is not powered. Non-spring-return actuators shall have an external manual
gear release. Spring-return actuators with more than 7 N·m (60 in.-lb) torque capacity shall
have a manual crank.
XXX. Actuators shall provide normally open or normally closed sequence, as required, so that
systems will "Fail-safe" in case of control power failure.
YYY. All rotary spring-return actuators shall be capable of either clockwise or counter-clockwise
spring-return operation. Linear actuators shall spring-return to the retracted position.
ZZZ. Actuators shall be provided with a raceway fitting and a minimum 1m electrical cable and
shall be pre-wired to eliminate the necessity of opening the actuator housing to make
electrical connections
AAAA. Actuators shall be UL Standard 873 Listed and CSA Class 4813 02 Certified as meeting
correct safety requirements and recognized industry standards.
BBBB. Actuators shall be designed for a minimum of 60,000 full-stroke cycles at the actuator's
rated torque.
CCCC. Actuators shall be 24 VAC unless noted otherwise.
DAMPERS
DDDD.
Dampers shall be provided as indicated on the drawings.
435
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
EEEE. Damper actuators, linkage, etc., shall be provided as necessary.
FFFF. The Mechanical Contractor and Controls Contractor shall coordinate as necessary to assure
that the dampers, actuators, and actuator mountings are all compatible with the intent of
the control system operation.
PNEUMATIC TUBING (CONNECTIONS TO PRESSURE SENSORS)
GGGG. Pneumatic tubing exposed to the weather, concealed in inaccessible spaces, or exposed
in Mechanical Room and other occupied areas shall be Type L hard drawn copper or shall
be "FR" plastic installed in metal conduit.
HHHH.
All other piping, where damage cannot occur, may be "FR" plastic.
IIII.
All tubing must be color coded so that it can be easily traced.
JJJJ.
Tubing shall be run in a neat and orderly manner. It shall be clamped, tied, or otherwise
secured to walls, duct mains, etc., to avoid sagging and rubbing against sharp objects or
laying on the ceiling.
WIRING
KKKK. All wiring shall meet the requirements of the Electrical Specifications.
LLLL. All wiring shall meet local codes.
MMMM. All low voltage wiring shall utilize plenum rated cable.
LABELS
NNNN. Each panel or device (panel-mounted or field-installed) shall be labelled to correspond
with the label of that device on the drawings.
OOOO.
Label all connection points to match the device served.
PPPP. Labels shall be permanently attached and shall be plastic engraved with letters at least 1/4"
high. ("Dymo" labels will not be allowed.)
QQQQ. Label all wires and tubing at both ends and any junctions with the same label as that on
the terminal strip or device served.
PANELS
RRRR. Control panels shall be fully factory wired with easily accessible and labelled electric and
pneumatic terminal strips for field connections. NEMA 1 for panels installed indoors and
NEMA 3R for panels installed outdoors. Panels mounted in air plenums shall be rated and
approved for that application.
436
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
SSSS. All wiring and tubing inside each panel shall be run in Panduit and will be color coded for
easy troubleshooting.
TTTT. All devices shall be permanently labelled to match the drawings and to indicate their
function. The labels shall not be installed on any removable device such as Panduit covers,
control covers, etc., that over time could be misplaced. A list of all equipment numbers and
descriptions shall be included in the operating and maintenance data book.
UUUU. Panels shall be hinged and provided with hand-operated latches. Bolts or screws to lock
or close panel are not allowed.
VVVV. Panels shall be provided with keyed locks and all panels shall use the same key.
WWWW. Provide as-built schematic diagrams inside each panel indicating all wiring connections
and control components labelled to match labels on actual devices.
XXXX. All panel wiring shall be neatly done and shall confirm with all applicable codes.
YYYY. All wires terminating at the terminal strip shall be identified.
ZZZZ. Interconnections between internal and face-mounted devices shall be pre-wired with
color-coded stranded conductors neatly installed in plastic troughs and/or tie-wrapped.
Terminals for field connections shall be UL Listed for 600 volt service, individually identified
per control/interlock drawings, with adequate clearance for field wiring. Control
terminations for field connection shall be individually identified per control drawings
HUMIDITY SENSORS/TRANSMITTERS
AAAAA. Furnish electronic humidity transmitters complying with following minimum
specifications:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Sensing range 0% to 100% RH
Operating range 20% to 80%RH
Accuracy - plus/minus 2% RH from 20 to 95% RHincluding non-linearity.
Hysteresis: Less than ±0.4%.
Sensitivity: 0.1% RH
Repeatability: 0.5% RH
Drift - maximum 2% of full scale per 5 years.
BBBBB. 4-20 ma Output signal as suitable for interfacing to analogue to digital converter input
of DDC controller.
CCCCC. Honeywell Model H7625 or approved equivalent
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS
DDDDD. Differential pressure transmitters shall be provided as necessary to meet the control
tolerances specified. The transmitters shall include zero adjust and averaging output
(debounce).
437
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
EEEEE. Provide suitable static pressure pick up probes for air systems that will provide accurate
measurement and avoid problems associated with air velocity and wind.
FFFFF. Water differential pressure transducer diaphragm shall be stainless steel with minimum
proof pressure of 150 psi. Over-range limit (differential pressure) and maximum static
pressure (burst pressure) shall be 750 psi. Transducer shall have 4-20 mA output and
suitable mounting provisions.
GGGGG. All differential pressure transmitters or sensors installed in water systems shall be
installed with Pete's Plug in piping connections to allow for calibration of devices. Accuracy
shall be ±0.25% of full scale, non-linearity ±0.20% of full scale, hysteresis 0.10% of full scale,
non-repeatability 0.05% of full scale, long term stability 0.5% of full scale per year. Provide
with 3 valve manifold. Provide with local differential pressure gauge or local LCD readout.
Setra model 230 or approved equivalent.
HHHHH. Differential pressure sensors for hot aisle/cold aisle differential pressure measurement
shall be rated for bi-directional ±0.05”wg range.
IIIII.
All differential pressure transmitters or sensors installed in air systems shall be installed
with local LCD readout and device shall be located on the wall mounted at 5’0” above
finished floor. Dwyer Magnesense model MS with field selectable range or approved
equivalent.
JJJJJ. All differential pressure transmitters or sensors installed in air systems shall be installed
with 3 way vent valves in each connection to allow for calibration of devices.
BINARY INPUT SENSORS
KKKKK. Status inputs for motors (fans, pumps) shall use current switches wired in to one leg of
the load feed to the applicable motor. Status inputs for other motors shall use auxiliary
contacts from motor starters (where available) or from auxiliary relays wired into motor
starter circuit.
LLLLL. Furnish differential pressure sensing devices in lieu of current switches for fan status
indication where indicated.
HOST COMPUTER AND PERIPHERALS
MMMMM.
Contractor shall interface with the existing the computer workstation and
provide and install the required software and hardware updates for proper operation with
the increased requirements and added points.
NNNNN. The system shall include all necessary operating system software.
OOOOO. Provide all required connectors and cables for complete connection of all Host and Local
Command Device connections to peripherals.
INDICATING LAMPS
438
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
PPPPP. All indicating lamps for control systems and electrical and mechanical equipment shall
be LED rather than incandescent. All indicating lamps shall be one part number for all
trades. Trades shall coordinate as necessary. (One replacement part to be stocked.)
CONTROL VALVES
QQQQQ. Provide and install electric motor actuated control valves for shut-off and for metering
of water flow. Refer to drawings for control valve type. In general, valves 2” and smaller
shall be actuated globe or ball valves with equal percentage ports, valves 2-1/2 and larger
shall be butterfly valves sized and rated for shutoff service in system served.
Where
necessary for control functions and where shown, provide valves with end switches (or
position indication where shown) to monitor valve position. Valve flow coefficient, Cv, shall
be selected by contractor to provide accurate flow control over the full range of flow
modulation.
Current Transmitters.
RRRRR. AC current transmitters shall be self-powered, combination split-core current
transformer type with built-in rectifier and high-gain servo amplifier with 4-20 mA two-wire
output. Full-scale unit ranges shall be 10 A, 20 A, 50 A, 100 A, 150 A, and 200 A, with
internal zero and span adjustment. Unit accuracy shall be ±1% full-scale at 500 ohm
maximum burden.
SSSSS. Transmitter shall meet or exceed ANSI/ISA S50.1 requirements and shall be UL/CSA
recognized.
TTTTT.
Unit shall be split-core type for clamp-on installation on existing wiring.
Current Switches.
UUUUU. Current-operated switches shall be self-powered, solid-state with adjustable trip
current. Select switches to match application current and system output requirements.
Provide multiple dry contacts where required/necessary or suitable relay interface.
Pressure Transducers.
VVVVV. Transducers shall have linear output signal and field-adjustable zero and span.
WWWWW.
Continuous operating conditions of positive or negative pressure 50% greater
than calibrated span shall not damage transducer sensing elements.
XXXXX. Water pressure transducer diaphragm shall be stainless steel with minimum proof
pressure of 1000 kPa (150 psi). Transducer shall have 4-20 mA output, suitable mounting
provisions, and block and bleed valves.
YYYYY. Water differential pressure transducer diaphragm shall be stainless steel with minimum
proof pressure of 1000 kPa (150 psi). Over-range limit (differential pressure) and maximum
439
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
static pressure shall be 2000 kPa (300 psi.) Transducer shall have 4-20 mA output, suitable
mounting provisions, and 5-valve manifold.
ZZZZZ.Water differential transmitters shall have test ports (Pete’s Plugs).
AAAAAA. Accuracy shall be ±0.13% of full scale, non-linearity ±0.10% of full scale, hysteresis 0.08%
of full scale, non-repeatability 0.02% of full scale, long term stability 0.5% of full scale per
year. Provide with local pressure gauge or local LCD readout. Setra Model 206 or approved
equivalent.
Differential Pressure Switches:
BBBBBB. Differential pressure switches (air or water service) shall be UL listed, SPDT snap-acting,
pilot duty rated (125 VA minimum) and shall have scale range and differential suitable for
intended application and enclosures with the proper NEMA rating for the location where
installed.
Voltage Transformers:
CCCCCC. AC voltage transformers shall be UL/CSA recognized, 600 Vac rated, and shall have builtin fuse protection.
DDDDDD.
Transformers shall be suitable for ambient temperatures of 4°C-55°C (40°F130°F) and shall provide ±0.5% accuracy at 24 Vac and 5 VA load.
EEEEEE. Windings (except for terminals) shall be completely enclosed with metal or plastic.
Power Monitors:
FFFFFF. Power monitors shall be three-phase type and shall have three-phase disconnect and
shorting switch assembly, UL listed voltage transformers, and UL listed split-core current
transformers.
GGGGGG.
Power monitors shall provide selectable output: rate pulse for kWh reading or
4-20 mA for kW reading. Power monitors shall operate with 5 A current inputs and
maximum error of ±2% at 1.0 power factor or ±2.5% at 0.5 power factor.
Relays:
HHHHHH.
Control Relays. Control relays shall be plug-in type, UL listed, and shall have dust
cover and LED "energized" indicator. Contact rating, configuration, and coil voltage shall be
suitable for application.
IIIIII. Time Delay Relays. Time delay relays shall be solid-state plug-in type, UL listed, and shall
have adjustable time delay. Delay shall be adjustable ±100% from setpoint shown. Contact
rating, configuration, and coil voltage shall be suitable for application. Provide enclosures
with the proper NEMA rating for the location where installed.
440
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
FLOW METERS:
JJJJJJ. Electromagnetic, insertion type. SeaMetrics EX115 (3” thru 10”) EX215 (10” thru 48”) or
approved equal.
KKKKKK. 316 SS shaft, 0 to 160F ambient, 32 to 200F fluid, calibration accuracy +/- 1% full scale.
LLLLLL. Provide with bronze valve assembly for hot tap installation. (Must be able to remove
and replace/service device without system shutdown.)
MMMMMM.
FT420).
Provide with local rate and total indicator with 4-20mA output. (SeaMetrics
PART 3 - EXECUTION
GENERAL
A.
All installation work, including piping of control systems and internal wiring of the control
panels, shall be done by the manufacturer of the temperature control system or his
approved representative.
B.
All control adjustments shall be accessible without the use of ladders. Maximum height is
6'-6" above floor level.
C.
Provide insulated back plate for sensors or thermostats mounted on exterior walls.
D.
The control panels and devices shall be installed in such a manner so as to meet all local
codes and so the control system operates in the manner expected. Provide instruments
approved prior to installation. Provide materials of construction of highest grade. Furnish
instruments sealed after manufacture and inspection and sealed until ready for installation.
E.
Carefully handle instruments and equipment and protect from weather, dust and
construction materials.
F.
Install conduit following horizontal and perpendicular lines to fit into layout of area,
properly supported and installed in neat and workman-like manner throughout.
G.
Substantially support sensing elements in duct-work and protect from vibration.
H.
Isolate all vibration sensitive controllers either by location or by mounting device.
I.
Install all conduits in such manner as to preserve vibration isolation of equipment and
ducting.
QUALITY
J.
Perform work in accordance with the Electrical Specifications and all codes.
441
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
K.
Manufacture and installation shall be provided by a qualified Contractor regularly engaged
in the manufacture and installation of temperature control equipment and knowledgeable
in the requirements of a mission critical environment.
WIRING
L.
Provide wiring required for automatic control system. Install wiring in metallic raceway.
Comply with all requirements of the electrical section and local authorities having
jurisdiction.
M.
Provide wiring required for interlocking of equipment and components.
N.
Provide necessary relays and transformers required to interconnect equipment.
O.
Run wiring parallel to or perpendicular to building planes.
P.
All control and interlock wiring shall comply with national and local electrical codes.
Q.
All NEC Class 1 (line voltage) wiring shall be UL Listed in approved raceway per NEC and
Division 26 requirement.
R.
All low-voltage wiring shall meet NEC Class 2 requirements. (Low-voltage power circuits
shall be sub-fused when required to meet Class 2 current-limit.)
S.
Where NEC Class 2 (current-limited) wires are in concealed and accessible locations
including ceiling return air plenum, approved cables not in raceway may be used, provided
that cables are UL Listed for the intended application. For example, cables used in ceiling
plenum shall be UL Listed specifically for that purpose.
T.
All wiring in mechanical, electrical, service rooms, below ceiling — or where subject to
mechanical damage — shall be installed in raceway at levels below 10 ft.
U.
Do not install Class 2 wiring in raceway containing Class 1 wiring. Boxes and panels
containing high-voltage wiring and equipment may not be used for low-voltage wiring
except for the purpose of interfacing the two (e.g., relays and transformers).
V.
Do not install wiring in raceway containing tubing.
W.
Where Class 2 wiring is run exposed, wiring is to be run parallel along a surface or
perpendicular to it, and neatly tied at 6 ft. intervals.
X.
Where plenum cables are used without raceway, they shall be supported from or anchored
to structural members. Cables shall not be supported by or anchored to ductwork,
electrical raceways, piping, or ceiling suspension systems.
Y.
All wire-to-device connections shall be made at a terminal block or terminal strip. All wireto-wire connections shall be at a terminal block.
Z.
All wiring within enclosures shall be neatly bundled and anchored to permit access and
prevent restriction to devices and terminals.
442
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
AA.
Maximum allowable voltage for control wiring shall be 120 V.
BB.
All wiring shall be installed as continuous lengths, with no splices permitted between
termination points/objects.
CC.
Install plenum wiring in sleeves where it passes through walls and floors. Maintain fire
rating at all penetrations.
DD.
Size of raceway and size and type of wire shall be the responsibility of the Contractor, in
keeping with the manufacturer's recommendation and NEC requirements, except as noted
elsewhere.
EE.
Include one pull string in each raceway 1” or larger.
FF.
Use coded conductors throughout with different colored conductors.
GG.
Control and status relays are to be located in designated enclosures only. These enclosures
include packaged equipment control panel enclosures unless they also contain Class 1
starters.
HH.
Conceal all raceways, except within mechanical, electrical, or service rooms. Install
raceway to maintain a minimum clearance of 6” from high-temperature equipment (e.g.,
steam pipes or flues).
II.
Secure raceways with raceway clamps fastened to the structure and spaced according to
code requirements. Raceways and pull boxes may not be hung on flexible duct strap or tie
rods. Raceways may not be run on or attached to ductwork.
JJ.
Install insulated bushings on all raceway ends and openings to enclosures. Seal top end of
all vertical raceways.
KK.
The Contractor shall terminate all control and/or interlock wiring, and shall maintain
updated (as-built) wiring diagrams with terminations identified at the job site.
LL.
Flexible metal raceways and liquid-tight, flexible metal raceways shall not exceed 3 ft. in
length and shall be supported at each end. Flexible metal raceway less than ½ “electrical
trade size shall not be used. In areas exposed to moisture — including chiller and boiler
rooms — liquid-tight, flexible metal raceways shall be used.
MM. Raceway must be rigidly installed, adequately supported, properly reamed at both ends,
and left clean and free of obstructions. Raceway sections shall be joined with couplings
(per code). Terminations must be made with fittings at boxes, and ends not terminating in
boxes shall have bushings installed.
COMMUNICATION WIRING
NN.
The Contractor shall adhere to the items listed in the “Wiring” Article in Part 3 of the
specification.
443
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
OO.
All cabling shall be installed in a neat and workmanlike manner. Follow manufacturer's
installation recommendations for all communication cabling.
PP.
Do not install communication wiring in raceway and enclosures containing Class 1 or other
Class 2 wiring.
QQ.
Maximum pulling, tension, and bend radius for cable installation as specified by the cable
manufacturer shall not be exceeded during installation.
RR.
Contractor shall verify the integrity of the entire network following the cable installation.
Use appropriate test measures for each particular cable.
SS.
When a cable enters or exits a building, a lightning arrestor must be installed between the
lines and ground. The lighting arrestor shall be installed according to the manufacturer’s
instructions.
TT.
All runs of communication wiring shall be un-spliced length when that length is
commercially available.
UU.
All communication wiring shall be labeled to indicate origination and destination data.
VV.
Grounding of coaxial cable shall be in accordance with NEC regulations Article on
Communications Circuits, Cable and Protector Grounding.
INSTALLATION OF SENSORS
WW. Install all sensors in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
XX.
Mount sensors rigidly and adequately for the environment within which the sensor
operates.
YY.
Room temperature sensors shall be installed on concealed junction boxes properly
supported by the wall framing.
ZZ.
All wires attached to sensors shall be air sealed in their raceways or in the wall to stop air
transmitted from other areas affecting sensor readings.
AAA. Sensors used in mixing plenums, and hot and cold decks shall be of the averaging type.
Averaging sensors shall be installed in a serpentine manner vertically across duct. Each
bend shall be supported with a capillary clip.
BBB. Low limit sensors used in mixing plenums shall be installed in a serpentine manner
horizontally across duct. Each bend shall be supported with a capillary clip. Provide 3 m of
sensing element for each 1 m² [1 ft of sensing element for each 1 ft²] of coil area.
CCC. All pipe-mounted temperature sensors shall be installed in wells.
temperature sensors with heat-conducting fluid in thermal wells.
Install all liquid
DDD. Install outdoor air temperature sensors on north wall complete with sun shield at
designated location.
444
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
EEE. Differential air static pressure
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Supply Duct Static Pressure: Pipe the high-pressure tap to the duct using a pitot tube.
Pipe the low-pressure port to a tee in the high-pressure tap tubing of the
corresponding building static pressure sensor (if applicable), or to the location of the
duct high-pressure tap and leave open to the plenum.
Return Duct Static Pressure: Pipe the low-pressure tap to the duct using a pitot tube.
Pipe the low-pressure port to a tee in the high-pressure tap tubing of the
corresponding building static pressure sensor.
Building Static Pressure: Pipe the low-pressure port of the pressure sensor to the
static pressure port located on the outside of the building through a high-volume
accumulator. Pipe the high-pressure port to a location behind a thermostat cover at
the specified location.
The piping to the pressure ports on all pressure transducers shall contain a capped
test port located adjacent to the transducer.
All pressure transducers, other than those controlling VAV boxes, shall be located in
field device panels, not on the equipment monitored or on ductwork. Mount
transducers in a location accessible for service without use of ladders or special
equipment.
All air and water differential pressure sensors shall have gauge tees mounted
adjacent to the taps. Water gauges shall also have shutoff valves installed before the
tee.
ACTUATORS
FFF. Mount and link control damper actuators per manufacturer's instructions.
1.
2.
3.
To compress seals when spring-return actuators are used on normally closed
dampers, power actuator to approximately 5° open position, manually close the
damper, and then tighten the linkage.
Check operation of damper/actuator combination to confirm that actuator
modulates damper smoothly throughout stroke to both open and closed positions.
Provide all mounting hardware and linkages for actuator installation.
GGG. Electric/Electronic:
1.
2.
Dampers: Actuators shall be direct-mounted on damper shaft or jackshaft unless
shown as a linkage installation. For low-leakage dampers with seals, the actuator
shall be mounted with a minimum 5° available for tightening the damper seals.
Actuators shall be mounted following manufacturer's recommendations.
Valves: Actuators shall be connected to valves with adapters approved by the
actuator manufacturer. Actuators and adapters shall be mounted following the
actuator manufacturer's recommendations.
HHH. NAMEPLATES
1.
2.
Provide nameplates at all duct mounted sensors, damper actuators, control valves,
and all other control devices so as to clearly indicate component name.
Securely fasten nameplates to equipment or adjacent to equipment.
445
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
WARNING LABELS AND IDENTIFICATION TAGS
III.
Permanent warning labels shall be affixed to all equipment that can be automatically
started by the BMS system.
1.
2.
JJJ.
Labels shall use white lettering (12-point type or larger) on a red background.
Warning labels shall read as follows: “C A U T I O N This equipment is operating
under automatic control and may start or stop at any time without warning. Switch
disconnect to “Off” position before servicing.”
Permanent warning labels shall be affixed to all motor starters and all control panels
that are connected to multiple power sources utilizing separate disconnects.
1.
2.
Labels shall use white lettering (12-point type or larger) on a red background.
Warning labels shall read as follows: “C A U T I O N This equipment is fed from
more than one power source with separate disconnects. Disconnect all power
sources before servicing.”
Identification of Tubing and Wiring
KKK. All wiring and cabling including that within factory-fabricated panels shall be
labelled at each end within 5 cm (2 in.) of termination with the PLC/DCS address or
termination number.
LLL.
Permanently label or code each point of field terminal strips to show the
instrument or item served.
START-UP REPORT
MMM. The Contractor shall tabulate both preliminary and final settings for each control
variable for each control loop in a start-up report. The preliminary settings are the initial
settings of the system when first started. After initial start-up, these settings shall be
changed to achieve the control conditions within the allowable range with maximum
stability. Once stability is achieved the final settings shall be tabulated.
NNN. The tabulated settings shall include, but not be limited to, set point, throttling range,
authority, integral timing, make and break point, and reset ranges.
OOO. This Contractor shall coordinate with all other Contractors to assure that all systems are
properly started and operate properly. In particular, this Contractor shall work with the
Balancing Contractor to assure that the building pressurization system operates as
intended.
COMMISSIONING AND VERIFICATION
PPP. The control systems shall be completely commissioned to ensure all aspects of the system
are operating as intended and at optimum tuning. The control, mechanical, and electrical
contractors shall coordinate this effort.
446
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
QQQ. All measured values shall be verified by a hand held calibrated device to validate that value
indicated by the control system is in fact the actual measured value.
RRR. All loops shall be properly tuned to obtain the desired control value. Each loop shall be
"upset" and put back in control to demonstrate its ability to stabilize quickly.
SSS. A final point-by-point report shall be submitted that indicates the date of each verification,
the results, and shall be initialled on each page by the person performing the reading.
ACCEPTANCE
TTT. All tests described in this specification shall have been performed to the
satisfaction of both the Engineer and Owner prior to the acceptance of the control
system as meeting the requirements of completion. Any tests that cannot be
performed due to circumstances beyond the control of the contractor may be
exempt from the completion requirements if stated as such in writing by the
Engineer. Such tests shall then be performed as part of the warranty.
UUU. The system shall not be accepted until all forms and checklists completed as part
of the demonstration are submitted and approved as required in Part 1,
“Submittals.”
VVV. Unless approved, all controllers shall have rechargeable batteries, non-volatile memory or
have direct connection to UPS system. Where batteries are approved, prior to final
acceptance of system, Contractor shall replace all batteries within controllers/panels that
have removable and replaceable batteries.
OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS
WWW. Provide services of competent technical qualified to instruct operating personnel in
maintenance and operating procedures, after commissioning, for a period of not less than
two days, 8:30 am to 5:30 pm. (16 hours minimum)
XXX. Training Materials: Provide course outline and materials for each class at least six weeks
before first class. Training shall be furnished via instructor-led sessions, computer-based
training, or web-based training. Modify course outlines and materials if necessary to meet
Owner's needs. Owner will review and approve course outlines and materials at least three
weeks before first class.
YYY. Provide operating instructions for all systems in this specification, and include description
of sequence of operation, and reproducible drawings of "as-built"' system schematics.
ZZZ. Provide "as-built" system schematics which include:
1.
2.
3.
4.
All changes made during construction.
All component final set points.
All controller sensitivity and authority settings.
Hard copy of all software control sequences.
447
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
AAAA. Include in operating instructions, maintenance instructions for all control components
supplied under this Section.
BBBB. Provide training on hardware and development software for designated staff of Owner's
representatives.
CCCC. Training shall be provided via self-paced training, web-based or computer-based training,
classroom training, or a combination of training methods. Training shall be provided by a
certified instructor(s). Provide training equipment as required.
DDDD. Training shall enable students to accomplish the following objectives:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
Proficiently operate system.
Understand control system architecture and configuration.
Understand BMS/DDC system components.
Understand system operation, including system control and optimizing routines
(algorithms).
Operate workstation and peripherals.
Log on and off system.
Access graphics, point reports, and logs.
Adjust and change system setpoints.
Recognize common HVAC and other plant system malfunctions by observing system
graphics, trend graphs, and other system tools.
Understand system drawings and Operation and Maintenance manual.
Understand job layout and location of control components.
Access data from controllers.
Operate portable operator's terminals.
Modify alarms, including configuring alarm reactions.
Modify point trend logs (graphs) and multi-point trend graphs.
EEEE. Provide one copy of training material per student.
ADJUSTMENT AND DEMONSTRATION OF SYSTEMS
FFFF. After completion of installation, regulate and adjust all systems and equipment and place
them in complete operating condition. Perform this work in co-ordination with other
trades.
GGGG. Controls contractor shall provide performance tests to demonstrate the correct
operation of each control system and each item of control. Repeat performance tests as
necessary until systems are proven satisfactory.
WARRANTY
HHHH. Warrant all components, system software, parts and assemblies supplied by controls
contractor against defects in materials and workmanship for one year from date of total
completion of the contract.
448
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
IIII.
Control system failures during warranty period shall be adjusted, repaired, or replaced at
no additional cost or reduction in service to Owner. Respond within 24 hours of Owner's
warranty service request.
JJJJ.
Work shall have a single warranty date, even if Owner receives beneficial use due to early
system start-up. If specified work is split into multiple contracts or a multi-phase contract,
each contract or phase shall have a separate warranty start date and period.
KKKK. If Commissioning Agent determines that equipment and systems operate satisfactorily at
the end of final start-up, testing, and commissioning phase, Owner will certify in writing
that control system operation has been tested and accepted in accordance with the terms
of this specification. Date of acceptance shall begin warranty period.
LLLL. Provide updates to operator workstation or web server software, project-specific software,
graphic software, database software, and firmware that resolve Contractor-identified
software deficiencies at no charge during warranty period. If available, Owner can purchase
in-warranty service agreement to receive upgrades for functional enhancements associated
with above-mentioned items. Do not install updates or upgrades without Owner's written
authorization.
MMMM. Exception: Contractor shall not be required to warrant reused devices except those that
have been rebuilt or repaired. Installation labor and materials shall be warranted.
Demonstrate operable condition of reused devices at time of Owner's acceptance.
NNNN. Provide labor to troubleshoot, repair, reprogram, or replace components at no charge
to Owner during the warranty period.
OOOO. Update all corrective modifications made during warranty service periods on all user
documentation and user and manufacturer software disks.
USER REFERENCE GUIDES
PPPP. Provide bound copies of User Reference Guides applicable to control components. Provide
bound copies of point database, configuration and programming as installed and ensure
that the operator has been instructed on how to access and print this information from
within the control software.
MAINTENANCE SERVICE DURING THE FIRST YEAR OF OPERATION
QQQQ. Provide the services of a technician on site to survey the entire installed system. Such
surveys shall occur on four separate occasions (quarterly) during the first year of operation
and shall be oriented to preventive maintenance, fine tuning, testing, debugging and
trouble shooting at Owners discretion. Each visit shall be not less than one day in length
and shall be followed up by a report which covers the operating status of the Host
environment, each field controller and the field instrumentation. It shall document
questions brought up by the operators, along with the answers given. Visits shall be
coordinated with the Owner and shall include a minimum of 8 hours per visit assuming the
rate of the highest paid service tech.
449
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
RRRR. At least once during the year, provide software updates, replace system batteries and other
similar consumables (not including printer paper or printer refills).
SSSS. During the site visits, ensure that all system functions are tested at least once in the year
and provide a report covering the fact that each system function has been tested and
proven operational.
450
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
PART 4 - SEQUENCE OF OPERATION AND POINTS LIST
GENERAL
A.
This is a mission critical application. All control systems will be installed to meet this intent.
B.
The general intent is to never have the failure of one controller either due to loss of input
power, loss of signal, controller failure, or any other potential failure, to cause more than
one mechanical unit to become non operational. The contractor shall be responsible for
meeting this overriding requirement through what ever means necessary based on the
installed control system. The means may include, but is not limited to the following:
1.
2.
3.
Independent controllers for each major equipment item.
Separate or redundant transformers for each controller.
Redundant controllers.
C.
The loss of a master signal shall not cause any mechanical unit or system to fail to operate.
All units and systems shall continue to operate based on their last operational set point
and/or shall fail in a condition to best satisfy the space requirements (typically fail to
cooling).
D.
All indicated set points shall be easily adjustable at the BMS and are starting points only.
They shall be adjusted as necessary to provide a stable system.
E.
Programmed Start: Provide sequenced/time delay start so that all equipment does not start
at the same time. Coordinate with the electrical contractor so that the generator(s) do not
overload on equipment restart and that the equipment starts fast enough to avoid any
temperature or humidity excursions outside of the design parameters.
F.
The point lists are to be read in conjunction with this specification and the drawings to
define the requirements of the control system. Provide all points necessary to the
achievement of the control sequences, whether listed or implied.
VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE (VFD):
G.
Start/Stop, status and speed of all VFDs shall be controlled and/or monitored by the BMS as
indicated.
H.
All VFDs shall be monitored by the BMS. Status and operating conditions shall be
monitored through the drive communications interface port. See plans and points list for
required points that shall be monitored and adjustable from the BMS.
I.
The set points shall be adjustable from the BMS as indicated for the unit where the drive is
located.
J.
All faults shall be configured for auto reset except for life safety/emergency lockouts.
451
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
Temperature control panels (TCP):
K.
There shall be a minimum of four independent temperature control panels (2 for interior
components and 2 for the exterior chilled water plant) each fed from a different electrical
breaker from the UPS system. They are referred to as temperature control panels (TCP) for
reference but control more functions than just temperature as indicated in the sequence of
operation and on the drawings.
L.
The purpose of providing 4 independent panels is to provide redundancy so that the entire
system shall continue to operate on failure of a panel or the controllers located in the
panel.
M.
Each panel shall monitor the other panel (heart beat) and on failure of one panel the other
panel shall take over system control.
N.
Two panels shall monitor cold vs. hot aisle pressure. The controller loop output shall be
sent to the In Row (RC) units to control pressure by varying the supply fan speed through
the EC motors. This is different than the standard unit control sequence where
temperature controls both the coil valve and the fan speed. Work with the unit
supplier/manufacturer to modify the control sequence as necessary.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
The loop set point should be 0.03” SP (adj.). The final set point will be determined
based on pressure drop across the servers necessary to obtain the required air flow.
All fans in the In Row (RC) units shall be operated at the same speed.
On failure of one pressure sensor, TCP panel, controller, or loop output; the
redundant control system in the other TCP shall automatically take over control.
The intent is that all In Row (RC) units operate continuously at a reduced speed to
handle the required air flow and on failure of any In Row (RC) the other units shall
speed up to handle the load. There is one redundant unit (N+1)
Alarms shall be provided as follows:
a.
b.
O.
High Cold/Hot Aisle Static Pressure: If the static pressure is 0.02” (adj.) greater
than setpoint.
Low Cold/Hot Aisle Static Pressure: If the supply air static pressure is 0.02”
(adj.) less than setpoint.
The In Row (RC) units shall control the cold aisle temperatures using the unit self contained
control systems with the temperature sensor remote mounted in the cold aisle as
indicated. The cold aisle set point is 75ºF (adj.). The BMS shall enable the units and monitor
the status based on a general alarm contact in each unit.
1.
2.
The cold aisle modulates the control valve in the unit. The control valve shall close
when the unit is off.
Note that the unit comes standard with return air temperature and humidity
sensors. The system is to monitor RA temp and humidity but control based on the
cold aisle temperature. Work with the unit supplier/manufacturer to modify the
control sequence as necessary.
452
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
P.
The In Row (RC) units provide 100% redundancy (N+1) with 1 unit controlled from TCP1 and
2 units controlled from TCP2. If a TCP or controller fails the associated unit shall be
enabled.
Q.
The BMS shall monitor and alarm the return air temperature entering each In Row (RC) unit
using the internal unit temperature sensor and BACnet interface. This is the same at the
average hot aisle temperature which is expected to be approximately 20ºF higher than the
cold aisle or 95ºF.
1.
2.
R.
High alarm if > 100ºF.
Low alarm if < 65ºF.
Monitor the cold aisle temperature and relative humidity to the BMS. Alarm as follows:
1.
2.
High alarm if > 80ºF and > 65%RH (adj.).
Low alarm if < 65ºF and < 30%RH (adj.).
S.
The CRAC units shall control the relative humidity in the cold aisle and the temperature
generally around the electrical equipment based on the unit self contained controls that
monitor the return temperature to the unit. The BMS shall enable the units and monitor
the status based on a general alarm contact in each unit. The CRAC units provide 100%
redundancy (N+1) and each unit shall be controlled from a different TCP to avoid failure of
both on loss of one TCP. If a TCP or controller fails the associated unit shall be enabled (fail
on). The temperature set point is 75ºF, the low relative humidity set point is 35%RH (for
humidification), and the high relative humidity set point is 60%RH (for dehumidification).
T.
CRAC and In Row (RC) BACnet interface. Provide monitoring and control points as indicated
in the Points List.
U.
Leak Detection Monitoring:
1.
2.
V.
Each and In Row (RC) each CRAC unit shall have a factory furnished moisture
detector wired to the unit and field located at the base of the unit.
On detection of moisture the unit shall shut down and alarm. The BMS shall pick up
this as a general alarm and indicate that the operator needs to look at the failed unit
control panel to find the specific alarm.
Each chilled water pump shall be enabled, monitored and controlled from the BMS with
one pump and associated controls in each of 2 TCP’s.
1.
2.
3.
The pumps are 100% redundant (N+1). On failure of any pump the system will
continue to operate at full capacity.
There are 2 pressure transmitters (DPT3&4) located across the secondary CHW main
pipes.
The pressure control shall be set to the pressure necessary to result in the design
water flow to all In Row (RC) and CRAC units with one of each off (control valves
closed) and the others with their control valves full open. The set point should be
approximately 15 feet (adj.). Both pumps shall receive the same speed signal and
shall modulate to maintain the pressure set points.
453
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
4.
5.
Each DPT shall be connected to separate control panels where the controller shall be
located. On failure of one sensor or its loop the other sensor shall take full control
and the failed sensor shall be ignored. An alarm shall be provided.
Stage the pumps as follows:
a.
b.
6.
7.
8.
9.
W.
The lead pump starts when any In Row (RC) or CRAC unit is enabled. It stops
when no units are enabled.
The next pump starts when the pump speed exceeds 70% (adj.) and stops
when the speed drops to 30% (adj.).
The pump order of staging shall be automatically rotated every 14 days to keep
approximately the same run time on all pumps. Rotation shall be done so as not to
upset the system operation (being on both pumps prior to changing pump order).
The operator shall be allowed either automatic or manual rotation.
On failure or manual lockout of any pump, the next pump in sequence shall
immediately start and an alarm issued.
If any pressure control reading remains 3 feet below set point for more than 2
minutes (adj.) start an additional pump and provide an alarm.
The % speed, status, in auto, amps, speed RPM, hertz, runtime, and VFD in fault shall
be measured and indicated.
Each chiller shall be enabled and monitored from the BMS and are controlled from their
self-contained factory controls at a 60ºF CHW set point. The monitoring points shall be as
indicated in the points list.
1.
Stage the chillers as follows:
a.
b.
c.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
The lead chiller shall be enabled when either chilled water pump is operating
as confirmed by status.
The isolation valve at the chiller shall open first and then the chiller shall be
enabled.
The next chiller starts when the calculated 5 minute average CHW flow
exceeds 50 gpm or the calculated tons exceeds 30. The chiller stops when the
calculated 5 minute average CHW flow is less than 40 gpm or the calculated
tons is less than 25.
The chiller order of staging shall be automatically rotated every 14 days to keep
approximately the same run time on all chillers. Rotation shall be done so as not to
upset the system operation (being on both chillers prior to changing order). The
operator shall be allowed either automatic or manual rotation.
On failure or manual lockout of any chillers, the next chillers in sequence shall
immediately start and an alarm issued.
The initial installation only includes two chillers and the total initial load does not
exceed 31 tons thus N+1 redundancy is provided. The lag chiller only starts when the
lead chiller fails.
The final installation (future) includes 3 chillers and the total final load is 62 tons thus
N+1 redundancy is provided. The second chiller starts as indicated under staging
above. On failure of the flow and/or tonnage calculation both chillers shall be
enabled.
Chiller alarms at the BMS shall be as follows:
454
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
a.
b.
c.
7.
8.
General failure alarm: “Chiller failed. See chiller control panel for diagnosis”
CHS temperature greater than 62ºF for longer than 2 minutes: Bring on 2nd
chiller and alarm “High CHS temperature. See chiller control panel for
diagnosis”.
CHR temperature greater than 70ºF for longer than 2 minutes: alarm “High
CHR temperature. Adjust BPV pressure control system”.
The CHS instantaneous flow shall be measured and displayed. A running 5 minute
average flow shall be calculated and used for staging equipment. The CHS and CHR
temperatures shall be monitored and, along with the 5 minute calculated flow, will
be used to calculate the system capacity in tons and used for chiller staging.
There are 2 pressure transmitters (DPT1&2) located across the primary CHW main
pipes between CH1 and CH2 that are used to control the minimum flow and
maximum CHR temperature to each chiller as follows:
a.
b.
c.
d.
The pressure control shall be set to the pressure necessary to result in the
minimum allowed water flow to the chillers (35 gpm each) with one off
(isolation control valve closed) by adjusting the bypass control valves
(BCV1&2). The set point should be approximately 15 feet (adj.).
BPV shall also modulate open to limit the CHR temperature to any chiller to
70ºF.
One BCV is primary and the other is standby. Valves shall be spring closed. On
failure of the primary valve or control loop the secondary valve and control
shall modulate to maintain the pressure set points and the primary valve shall
close.
Each DPT shall be connected to separate control panels where the controller
shall be located. On failure of one sensor or its loop the other sensor shall take
full control and the failed sensor shall be ignored. An alarm shall be provided.
EXHAUST AND SUPPLY FANS (EF1 AND SF1):
X.
Run Conditions: The fans shall run as commanded by the BMS.
continuously.
Y.
Provide a current switch to monitor and alarm the fan status. EF1 shall also be provided
with a separate dry contact to be connected to the UPS to shutdown the battery charging
on failure of the fan (Code required H2 exhaust fan failure).
Z.
Wire fans through speed control (where scheduled, comes with fan) that is used for system
balancing.
AA.
Alarms shall be provided as follows: Fan Failure: Commanded on, but the status is off.
END OF SECTION
455
Typically both run
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
SECTION 230950 - COMMISSIONING OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
GENERAL
2.1
DESCRIPTION
A.
The Mechanical Contractor shall play a key role in the commissioning of mechanical
equipment, assemblies and systems.
B.
The contractor shall participate fully in commissioning as specific in Section 019114
“Commissioning Requirements”. See Section 019114 for a description of the commissioning
process, responsibilities and methods and protocols.
C.
Quality Control is the Contractor’s responsibility. Pre-functional inspections and
commissioning tests are tools designed to improve the functional quality of the project.
Quality Assurance is accomplished by commissioning test demonstrations which measure the
effectiveness of the contractor’s Quality Control. It is also the Contractor’s responsibility to
furnish all personnel, materials and equipment to perform all tests and inspections as well as
assist the Manufacturer’s or Commissioning Agent (CxA).
D.
Commissioning Team
1.
Commissioning Authority (CxA)
2.
Owner’s Representative
3.
Construction Manager (CM)
4.
Design Team (AE): Architect (A) and Engineers (E)
5.
General Contractor (GC)
6.
Subcontractors (Sub)
7.
Mechanical Subcontractor (MC)
8.
Electrical Subcontractor (EC)
9.
Controls Subcontractor (CC)
10.
Manufacturer’s Representative/Vendor (MR)
11.
Test and Balance Agency (TAB)
OVERALL OBJECTIVE
E.
To ensure all tested MEP equipment and systems are operational within applicable standards
and manufacturer’s tolerances and that equipment and systems are installed in accordance
with design specifications.
456
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
F.
To demonstrate that the MEP unit systems associated with this activity will function in
accordance with the design intent during part and full load operating conditions.
G.
To demonstrate that in the event of a utility failure, all electrical and mechanical equipment
will function together as a complete critical power system.
SUMMARY
H.
Section includes specific list of equipment, assemblies, and systems to be commissioned.
I.
Related Sections:
1)
Section 019114 – Commissioning Requirements (developed by CxA).
2)
Section 260800 – Electrical Acceptance Testing
SCOPE OF WORK
J.
Work specified in this Section expands upon the performance of start-up, testing and
documentation duties as shown in Section 019114, Commissioning Requirements.
K.
Work shall include but not be limited to the start-up and commissioning of the following
systems:
1)
Section 230000 – Mechanical General Requirements
2)
Section 230519 – Meters and Gauges for HVAC Piping
3)
Section 230523 – General-Duty Valves for HVAC Piping
4)
Section 230593 – Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC
5)
Section 230900 – Instrumentation and Control
6)
Section 232123 – Hydronic Pumps
7)
Section 232923 – Variable Frequency Drives
8)
Section 233423 – HVAC Power Ventilators
9)
Section 236423 – Scroll Water Chillers
10)
Section 238123 – Computer Room Air Conditioners
QUALITY ASSURANCE
L.
Provide testing equipment and accessories that are free of defects and certified for their
intended use.
M.
Ensure that all test instruments have current calibration labels.
457
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
N.
Comply with commissioning procedures given in ANSI and ASHRAE guidelines. Incorporate
manufacturer's recommended commissioning procedures for equipment.
REFERENCES
O.
The system shall be tested in strict accordance with the latest edition of the following
specifications and standards and any other applicable standards:
1)
NFPA/NEC
2)
ASHRAE Standards
3)
NETA Standards
4)
ANSI Standards
5)
IEEE Standards
6)
NEMA Standards
7)
ASTM Standards
8)
Factory Mutual Standards
SUBMITTALS
P.
Submit to the contractor six Mechanical Commissioning Manuals. The manuals shall be white,
3-ring binders with front and spine clear pockets for insertion of the manual name and project
information. Manual shall be indexed with individual dividers and shall contain the following
information
Q.
Prior to commencing commissioning
R.
1)
Summary of systems to be commissioned
2)
Description of equipment tested
3)
Description of testing / commissioning procedures
4)
Test/Commissioning checklists and forms.
5)
Proposed commissioning schedule. Schedule shall include test dates and the parties
to be present during the tests.
After Commissioning is complete:
1)
2)
3)
Functional Performance test results with test dates.
Conclusions and recommendations
Appendix, including all field test results (from this section and tests performed under
individual specification sections).
458
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
S.
Collaborate with the CxA to provide a complete commissioning and start-up program.
T.
MC Project Manager and key personnel as needed shall attend weekly commissioning
meetings for the duration of the project.
COORDINATION
U.
Coordinate commissioning work with other trades.
V.
Coordinate testing requirements noted in other Division 23 Sections.
PART 5 - PRODUCTS
NOT USED
PART 6 - EXECUTION
GENERAL
A.
Verify that equipment testing work is complete before starting functional performance testing
of equipment. All tests described in other specification sections shall be complete and
approved.
B.
Verify that Commissioning Manuals are complete (with the exception of the test results) and
have been approved by the contractor before starting functional performance testing.
C.
Inspect equipment and confirm that it is clean and ready for operation. All shipping tags
removed, nameplates installed and equipment manuals in place.
D.
Provide required personnel with tools and equipment necessary to perform and execute all
pre-functional and functional performance testing. The Contractor shall review functional
performance testing procedures developed by CxA for feasibility, safety, etc.
E.
Provide portable load banks throughout the data center space to simulate the total critical
load as identified in the BOD. Coordinate actual load bank requirements with CxA as required
to support the functional mechanical test.
F.
Provide equipment factory representative certified testing agency personnel for this work
when needed.
G.
Provide any necessary temporary power provisions, diesel fuel, equipment and sundries to
complete this work.
H.
Equipment or systems of non-compliance in materials, installation or operation shall be
retested and corrected at the Contractor‘s expense. The Contractor shall be responsible to
resolve, correct and retest all deficiencies during testing.
I.
Construction and Acceptance Phases:
459
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
J.
1)
Attend commissioning scoping meeting, controls integration meeting and additional
meetings, as necessary. Review Cx Plan for scope requirements/ definition.
2)
Provide additional requested documentation, prior to normal O&M manual
submittals, to CxA for development of start-up and functional testing procedures.
3)
Assist in clarification of operation and control of commissioned equipment where
Project Manual, control drawings or equipment documentation is not sufficient for
writing detailed testing procedures.
4)
Develop start-up and checkout plan for commissioned equipment based on
manufacturer’s recommendations and pre-functional checklists developed by CxA.
5)
During startup and checkout process, execute pre-functional checklists for
commissioned equipment.
a.
The Mechanical Contractor shall be responsible for developing detailed startup plans for equipment and execute all pre-functional startups.
b.
The Mechanical Contractor shall generate pre-functional checklists, based
primarily on manufacturer’s startup and checkout procedures and submit
these documents for CxA’s review.
6)
Resolve punch list items before functional testing.
7)
Perform functional performance testing, under guidance of CxA for commissioned
systems/equipment. The MC shall provide necessary equipment and system
modifications to produce specified conditions and/or to simulate normal operating
condition by using portable load bank as necessary to execute test. Upon completion
of testing, returns affected building equipment and systems to their pre-test
conditions.
8)
Resolve equipment or system deficiencies and retest as required to verify modified
performance.
9)
Prepare O&M manuals according to Project Manual, including updating original
sequences of operation to record conditions.
10)
Provide training of Owner’s operating personnel. Fill out Training verification forms.
11)
Coordinate with equipment manufacturers to determine requirements to maintain
validity of warranties.
Warranty Period
1)
Execute seasonal or deferred functional performance testing.
2)
Correct deficiencies and make necessary adjustments to O&M manuals and record
drawings for issues identified during warranty period.
END OF SECTION
460
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
SECTION 232113 - HYDRONIC PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
B.
C.
This Section includes pipe and fitting materials, joining methods, special-duty valves, and
specialties for the following:
1.
Chilled Water piping
2.
Makeup-water piping.
3.
Condensate-drain piping.
4.
Safety-valve-inlet and -outlet piping.
Related Sections include the following:
1.
Division 23 Section "Hydronic Pumps" for pumps, motors, and accessories for hydronic
piping.
DEFINITIONS
D.
PTFE: Polytetrafluoroethylene.
E.
RTRF: Reinforced thermosetting resin (fiberglass) fittings.
F.
RTRP: Reinforced thermosetting resin (fiberglass) pipe.
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
G.
Hydronic piping components and installation shall be capable of withstanding the following
minimum working pressure and temperature:
1.
Chilled Water Piping: 250 psi at 200 deg F.
2.
Makeup-Water Piping: 80 psig at 120 deg F.
3.
Condensate-Drain Piping: 100 deg F.
4.
Safety-Valve-Inlet and -Outlet Piping: Equal to the pressure of the piping system to
which it is attached.
461
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
SUBMITTALS
H.
Product Data: For each type of the following:
1.
Valves. Include flow and pressure drop curves based on manufacturer's testing for
calibrated-orifice balancing valves and automatic flow-control valves.
2.
Air control devices.
3.
Water treatment.
4.
Hydronic specialties.
I.
Shop Drawings: Detail, at 1/4 scale, the piping layout, fabrication of pipe anchors, hangers,
supports for multiple pipes, alignment guides, expansion joints and loops, and attachments of
the same to the building structure. Detail location of anchors, alignment guides, and
expansion joints and loops.
J.
Welding certificates.
K.
Qualification Data: For Installer.
L.
Field quality-control test reports.
M.
Operation and Maintenance Data: For air control devices, hydronic specialties, and specialduty valves to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
N.
Installer Qualifications:
1.
Installers of Pressure-Sealed Joints: Installers shall be certified by the pressure-seal joint
manufacturer as having been trained and qualified to join piping with pressure-seal pipe
couplings and fittings.
O.
Steel Support Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M,
"Structural Welding Code - Steel."
P.
Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code:
Section IX.
Q.
1.
Comply with provisions in ASME B31 Series, "Code for Pressure Piping."
2.
Certify that each welder has passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes
involved and that certification is current.
ASME Compliance: Comply with ASME B31.9, "Building Services Piping," for materials,
products, and installation. Safety valves and pressure vessels shall bear the appropriate ASME
label. Fabricate and stamp air separators and expansion tanks to comply with ASME Boiler and
Pressure Vessel Code: Section VIII, Division 01.
462
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
EXTRA MATERIALS
R.
Differential Pressure Meter: For each type of balancing valve and automatic flow control
valve, include flowmeter, probes, hoses, flow charts, and carrying case.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS
A.
Drawn-Temper Copper Tubing: ASTM B 88, Type L.
B.
Wrought-Copper Fittings: ASME B16.22.
1.
C.
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited
to, the following:
a.
Anvil International, Inc.
b.
S. P. Fittings; a division of Star Pipe Products.
c.
Victaulic Company of America.
Wrought-Copper Unions: ASME B16.22.
STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS
D.
Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, black steel with plain ends; type, grade, and wall thickness as
indicated in Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article.
E.
Wrought-Steel Fittings: ASTM A 234/A 234M, wall thickness to match adjoining pipe.
F.
Wrought Cast- and Forged-Steel Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.5, including bolts,
nuts, and gaskets of the following material group, end connections, and facings:
G.
1.
Material Group: 1.1.
2.
End Connections: Butt welding.
3.
Facings: Raised face.
Steel Pipe Nipples: ASTM A 733, made of same materials and wall thicknesses as pipe in which
they are installed.
PLASTIC PIPE AND FITTINGS
H.
Gray, Schedule 80, PVC Pipe and Fittings: ASTM D 1785, pipe, with plain ends for solventcemented joints with ASTM D 2467, socket-type fittings.
I.
Solvent Cements for Joining PVC Piping:
ASTM F 656.
463
ASTM D 2564.
Include primer according to
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
1.
Use PVC solvent cement that has a VOC content of 510 g/L or less when calculated
according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
2.
Use adhesive primer that has a VOC content of 550 g/L or less when calculated
according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
JOINING MATERIALS
J.
Pipe-Flange Gasket Materials: Suitable for chemical and thermal conditions of piping system
contents.
1.
ASME B16.21, nonmetallic, flat, asbestos free, 1/8-inch maximum thickness unless
thickness or specific material is indicated.
a.
Full-Face Type: For flat-face, Class 125, cast-iron and cast-bronze flanges.
b.
Narrow-Face Type: For raised-face, Class 250, cast-iron and steel flanges.
K.
Flange Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel, unless otherwise indicated.
L.
Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloys. Include water-flushable flux according to
ASTM B 813.
M.
Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8, BCuP Series, copper-phosphorus alloys for joining copper
with copper; or BAg-1, silver alloy for joining copper with bronze or steel.
N.
Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12/D10.12M for welding materials appropriate
for wall thickness and chemical analysis of steel pipe being welded.
O.
Gasket Material: Thickness, material, and type suitable for fluid to be handled and working
temperatures and pressures.
TRANSITION FITTINGS
P.
Plastic-to-Metal Transition Fittings:
1.
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited
to, the following:
a.
Charlotte Pipe and Foundry Company.
b.
IPEX Inc.
c.
KBi.
DIELECTRIC FITTINGS
Q.
Description: Combination fitting of copper-alloy and ferrous materials with threaded, solderjoint, plain, or weld-neck end connections that match piping system materials.
R.
Insulating Material: Suitable for system fluid, pressure, and temperature.
S.
Dielectric Unions:
464
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
T.
1.
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited
to, the following:
a.
Capitol Manufacturing Company.
b.
Central Plastics Company.
c.
Hart Industries International, Inc.
d.
Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.
e.
Zurn Plumbing Products Group; AquaSpec Commercial Products Division.
2.
Factory-fabricated union assembly, for 250-psig minimum working pressure at 180
deg F.
Dielectric Couplings:
1.
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited
to, the following:
a.
Calpico, Inc.
b.
Lochinvar Corporation.
2.
Galvanized-steel coupling with inert and noncorrosive thermoplastic lining; threaded
ends; and 300-psig minimum working pressure at 225 deg F.
VALVES
U.
Gate, Globe, Check, Ball, and Butterfly Valves: Comply with requirements specified in
Division 23 Section "General-Duty Valves for HVAC Piping."
V.
Automatic Temperature-Control Valves, Actuators, and Sensors: Comply with requirements
specified in Division 23 Section regarding controls.
W.
Bronze, Calibrated-Orifice, Balancing Valves:
1.
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited
to, the following:
a.
Armstrong Pumps, Inc.
b.
Bell & Gossett Domestic Pump; a division of ITT Industries.
c.
Flow Design Inc.
d.
Gerand Engineering Co.
e.
Griswold Controls.
f.
Taco.
2.
Body: Bronze, ball or plug type with calibrated orifice or venturi.
3.
Ball: Brass or stainless steel.
4.
Plug: Resin.
5.
Seat: PTFE.
465
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
X.
Y.
6.
End Connections: Threaded or socket.
7.
Pressure Gage Connections: Integral seals for portable differential pressure meter.
8.
Handle Style: Lever, with memory stop to retain set position.
9.
CWP Rating: Minimum 125 psig.
10.
Maximum Operating Temperature: 250 deg F.
Cast-Iron or Steel, Calibrated-Orifice, Balancing Valves:
1.
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited
to, the following:
a.
Armstrong Pumps, Inc.
b.
Bell & Gossett Domestic Pump; a division of ITT Industries.
c.
Flow Design Inc.
d.
Gerand Engineering Co.
e.
Griswold Controls.
f.
Taco.
g.
Tour & Andersson; available through Victaulic Company of America.
2.
Body: Cast-iron or steel body, ball, plug, or globe pattern with calibrated orifice or
venturi.
3.
Ball: Brass or stainless steel.
4.
Stem Seals: EPDM O-rings.
5.
Disc: Glass and carbon-filled PTFE.
6.
Seat: PTFE.
7.
End Connections: Flanged or grooved.
8.
Pressure Gage Connections: Integral seals for portable differential pressure meter.
9.
Handle Style: Lever, with memory stop to retain set position.
10.
CWP Rating: Minimum 125 psig.
11.
Maximum Operating Temperature: 250 deg F.
Plastic Valves:
1.
PVC Valves: Made from ASTM D 1784, PVC compounds.
466
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
a.
b.
c.
Z.
Ball Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: MSS SP-122, union type with socket ends and
pressure rating not less than 150 psig at 73 deg F.
Butterfly Valves, NPS 3 and Larger: With lever handle and pressure rating not less
than 150 psig at 73 deg F.
Check Valves: Swing or ball type with pressure rating not less than 150 psig at 73
deg F.
Automatic Flow-Control Valves:
1.
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited
to, the following:
a.
Flow Design Inc.
b.
Griswold Controls.
2.
Body: Brass or ferrous metal.
3.
Piston and Spring Assembly: Stainless steel, tamper proof, self cleaning, and removable.
4.
Combination Assemblies: Include bonze or brass-alloy ball valve.
5.
Identification Tag: Marked with zone identification, valve number, and flow rate.
6.
Size: Same as pipe in which installed.
7.
Performance: Maintain constant flow, plus or minus 5 percent over system pressure
fluctuations.
8.
Minimum CWP Rating: 175 psig.
9.
Maximum Operating Temperature: 200 deg F.
AIR CONTROL DEVICES
AA.
BB.
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
1.
Amtrol, Inc.
2.
Armstrong Pumps, Inc.
3.
Bell & Gossett Domestic Pump; a division of ITT Industries.
4.
Taco.
Manual Air Vents:
1.
Body: Bronze.
2.
Internal Parts: Nonferrous.
467
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
CC.
DD.
EE.
3.
Operator: Screwdriver or thumbscrew.
4.
Inlet Connection: NPS 1/2.
5.
Discharge Connection: NPS 1/8.
6.
CWP Rating: 150 psig.
7.
Maximum Operating Temperature: 225 deg F.
Automatic Air Vents:
1.
Body: Bronze or cast iron.
2.
Internal Parts: Nonferrous.
3.
Operator: Noncorrosive metal float.
4.
Inlet Connection: NPS 1/2.
5.
Discharge Connection: NPS 1/4.
6.
CWP Rating: 150 psig.
7.
Maximum Operating Temperature: 240 deg F.
Diaphragm-Type Expansion Tanks:
1.
Tank: Welded steel, rated for 125-psig working pressure and 375 deg F maximum
operating temperature. Factory test with taps fabricated and supports installed and
labeled according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section VIII, Division 1.
2.
Diaphragm: Securely sealed into tank to separate air charge from system water to
maintain required expansion capacity.
3.
Air-Charge Fittings: Schrader valve, stainless steel with EPDM seats.
Tangential-Type Air Separators:
1.
Tank: Welded steel; ASME constructed and labeled for 125-psig minimum working
pressure and 375 deg F maximum operating temperature.
2.
Air Collector Tube: Perforated stainless steel, constructed to direct released air into
expansion tank.
3.
Tangential Inlet and Outlet Connections: Threaded for NPS 2 and smaller; flanged
connections for NPS 2-1/2 and larger.
4.
Blowdown Connection: Threaded.
5.
Size: Match system flow capacity.
468
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
HYDRONIC PIPING SPECIALTIES
FF.
GG.
HH.
II.
Y-Pattern Strainers:
1.
Body: ASTM A 126, Class B, cast iron with bolted cover and bottom drain connection.
2.
End Connections: Threaded ends for NPS 2 and smaller; flanged ends for NPS 2-1/2 and
larger.
3.
Strainer Screen: 40-mesh startup strainer, and perforated stainless-steel basket with 50
percent free area.
4.
CWP Rating: 125 psig.
Stainless-Steel Bellow, Flexible Connectors:
1.
Body: Stainless-steel bellows with woven, flexible, bronze, wire-reinforcing protective
jacket.
2.
End Connections: Threaded or flanged to match equipment connected.
3.
Performance: Capable of 3/4-inch misalignment.
4.
CWP Rating: 150 psig.
5.
Maximum Operating Temperature: 250 deg F.
Spherical, Rubber, Flexible Connectors:
1.
Body: Fiber-reinforced rubber body.
2.
End Connections: Steel flanges drilled to align with Classes 150 and 300 steel flanges.
3.
Performance: Capable of misalignment.
4.
CWP Rating: 150 psig.
5.
Maximum Operating Temperature: 250 deg F.
Expansion fittings are specified in Division 23 Section "Expansion Fittings and Loops for HVAC
Piping."
PART 3 - EXECUTION
PIPING APPLICATIONS
A.
Makeup-water piping installed aboveground shall be the following:
1.
Schedule 80 PVC pipe and fittings and solvent-cemented joints.
469
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
B.
Makeup-Water Piping Installed Belowground and within Slabs: Type K, annealed-temper
copper tubing, wrought-copper fittings, and soldered joints. Use the fewest possible joints.
C.
Condensate-Drain Piping: Schedule 80 PVC pipe and DWV fittings and solvent-cemented
joints.
D.
Air-Vent Piping:
E.
1.
Inlet: Same as service where installed with metal-to-plastic transition fittings for plastic
piping systems according to the piping manufacturer's written instructions.
2.
Outlet: Type K, annealed-temper copper tubing with soldered or flared joints.
Safety-Valve-Inlet and -Outlet Piping for Hot-Water Piping: Same materials and joining
methods as for piping specified for the service in which safety valve is installed with metal-toplastic transition fittings for plastic piping systems according to the piping manufacturer's
written instructions.
VALVE APPLICATIONS
F.
Install shutoff-duty valves at each branch connection to supply mains, and at supply
connection to each piece of equipment.
G.
Install calibrated-orifice, balancing valves at each branch connection to return main.
H.
Install calibrated-orifice, balancing valves in the return pipe of each heating or cooling
terminal.
I.
Install check valves at each pump discharge and elsewhere as required to control flow
direction.
J.
Install pressure-reducing valves at makeup-water connection to regulate system fill pressure
(refer to plans and diagrams).
PIPING INSTALLATIONS
K.
Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping
systems. Indicate piping locations and arrangements if such were used to size pipe and
calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. Install piping
as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings.
L.
Install piping in concealed locations, unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment
rooms and service areas.
M.
Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right
angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated
otherwise.
N.
Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal.
O.
Install piping to permit valve servicing.
470
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
P.
Install piping at indicated slopes.
Q.
Install piping free of sags and bends.
R.
Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections.
S.
Install piping to allow application of insulation.
T.
Select system components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating
pressure.
U.
Install groups of pipes parallel to each other, spaced to permit applying insulation and
servicing of valves.
V.
Install drains, consisting of a tee fitting, NPS 3/4 ball valve, and short NPS 3/4 threaded nipple
with cap, at low points in piping system mains and elsewhere as required for system drainage.
W.
Install piping at a uniform grade of 0.2 percent upward in direction of flow.
X.
Reduce pipe sizes using eccentric reducer fitting installed with level side up.
Y.
Install branch connections to mains using tee fittings in main pipe, with the branch connected
to the bottom of the main pipe. For up-feed risers, connect the branch to the top of the main
pipe.
Z.
Install valves according to Division 23 Section "General-Duty Valves for HVAC Piping."
AA.
Install unions in piping, NPS 2 and smaller, adjacent to valves, at final connections of
equipment, and elsewhere as indicated.
BB.
Install flanges in piping, NPS 2-1/2 and larger, at final connections of equipment and elsewhere
as indicated.
CC.
Install strainers as indicated. Install NPS 3/4 nipple and ball valve in blowdown connection of
strainers NPS 2 and larger. Match size of strainer blowoff connection for strainers smaller than
NPS 2.
DD.
Install expansion loops, expansion joints, anchors, and pipe alignment guides as specified in
Division 23 Section "Expansion Fittings and Loops for HVAC Piping."
EE.
Identify piping as specified in Division 23 Section "Identification for HVAC Piping and
Equipment."
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
FF.
Hanger, support, and anchor devices are specified in Division 23 Section "Hangers and
Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment." Comply with the following requirements for
maximum spacing of supports.
GG.
Seismic restraints are specified in Division 23 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC
Piping and Equipment."
471
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
HH.
II.
Install the following pipe attachments:
1.
Adjustable steel clevis hangers for individual horizontal piping less than 20 feet long.
2.
Adjustable roller hangers and spring hangers for individual horizontal piping 20 feet or
longer.
3.
Pipe Roller: MSS SP-58, Type 44 for multiple horizontal piping 20 feet or longer,
supported on a trapeze.
4.
Spring hangers to support vertical runs.
5.
Provide copper-clad hangers and supports for hangers and supports in direct contact
with copper pipe.
Install hangers for steel piping with the following maximum spacing and minimum rod sizes:
1.
NPS 3/4: Maximum span, 7 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch.
2.
NPS 1: Maximum span, 7 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch.
3.
NPS 1-1/4: Maximum span, 7 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch.
4.
NPS 1-1/2: Maximum span, 9 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch.
5.
NPS 2: Maximum span, 10 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch.
6.
NPS 2-1/2: Maximum span, 11 feet; minimum rod size, 1/2 inch.
7.
NPS 3: Maximum span, 12 feet; minimum rod size, 1/2 inch.
8.
NPS 3-1/2: Maximum span, 13 feet; minimum rod size, 1/2 inch.
9.
NPS 4: Maximum span, 14 feet; minimum rod size, 5/8 inch.
10.
NPS 5: Maximum span, 16 feet; minimum rod size, 5/8 inch.
11.
NPS 6: Maximum span, 17 feet; minimum rod size, 3/4 inch.
12.
NPS 8: Maximum span, 19 feet; minimum rod size, 3/4 inch.
13.
NPS 10: Maximum span, 22 feet; minimum rod size, 7/8 inch.
14.
NPS 12: Maximum span, 23 feet; minimum rod size, 7/8 inch.
15.
NPS 14: Maximum span, 25 feet; minimum rod size, 1 inch.
16.
NPS 16: Maximum span, 27 feet; minimum rod size, 1 inch.
17.
NPS 18: Maximum span, 28 feet; minimum rod size, 1 inch.
18.
NPS 20: Maximum span, 30 feet; minimum rod size, 1-1/4 inches.
472
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
JJ.
KK.
Install hangers for drawn-temper copper tubing with the following maximum spacing and
minimum rod sizes:
1.
NPS 3/4: Maximum span, 5 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch.
2.
NPS 1: Maximum span, 6 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch.
3.
NPS 1-1/4: Maximum span, 7 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch.
4.
NPS 1-1/2: Maximum span, 8 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch.
5.
NPS 2: Maximum span, 8 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch.
6.
NPS 2-1/2: Maximum span, 9 feet; minimum rod size, 1/2 inch.
7.
NPS 3: Maximum span, 10 feet; minimum rod size, 1/2 inch.
Support vertical runs at roof, at each floor, and at 10-foot intervals between floors.
PIPE JOINT CONSTRUCTION
LL.
Join pipe and fittings according to the following requirements and Division 23 Sections
specifying piping systems.
MM. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe.
NN.
Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before
assembly.
OO.
Soldered Joints: Apply ASTM B 813, water-flushable flux, unless otherwise indicated, to tube
end. Construct joints according to ASTM B 828 or CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook," using leadfree solder alloy complying with ASTM B 32.
PP.
Brazed Joints: Construct joints according to AWS's "Brazing Handbook," "Pipe and Tube"
Chapter, using copper-phosphorus brazing filler metal complying with AWS A5.8.
QQ.
Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. Cut
threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore
full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows:
1.
Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dry seal
threading is specified.
2.
Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or
damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds.
RR.
Welded Joints: Construct joints according to AWS D10.12/D10.12M, using qualified processes
and welding operators according to Part 1 "Quality Assurance" Article.
SS.
Flanged Joints: Select appropriate gasket material, size, type, and thickness for service
application. Install gasket concentrically positioned. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads.
473
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES INSTALLATION
TT.
Install manual air vents at high points in piping, at heat-transfer coils, and elsewhere as
required for system air venting.
UU.
Install automatic air vents at high points of system piping in mechanical equipment rooms
only. Manual vents at heat-transfer coils and elsewhere as required for air venting.
VV.
Install tangential air separator in pump suction. Install blowdown piping with gate or full-port
ball valve; extend full size to nearest floor drain.
WW. Install expansion tanks where indicated. Install tank fitting in tank bottom and charge tank.
Use manual vent for initial fill to establish proper water level in tank.
1.
Install tank fittings that are shipped loose.
2.
Support tank from floor or structure above with sufficient strength to carry weight of
tank, piping connections, fittings, plus tank full of water. Do not overload building
components and structural members.
TERMINAL EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS
XX.
Sizes for supply and return piping connections shall be the same as or larger than equipment
connections.
YY.
Install control valves in accessible locations close to connected equipment.
ZZ.
Install bypass piping with globe valve around control valve. If parallel control valves are
installed, only one bypass is required.
AAA. Install ports for pressure gages and thermometers at coil inlet and outlet connections
according to Division 23 Section "Meters and Gages for HVAC Piping."
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
BBB. Prepare hydronic piping according to ASME B31.9 and as follows:
1.
Leave joints, including welds, uninsulated and exposed for examination during test.
2.
Provide temporary restraints for expansion joints that cannot sustain reactions due to
test pressure. If temporary restraints are impractical, isolate expansion joints from
testing.
3.
Flush hydronic piping systems with clean water; then remove and clean or replace
strainer screens.
4.
Isolate equipment from piping. If a valve is used to isolate equipment, its closure shall
be capable of sealing against test pressure without damage to valve. Install blinds in
flanged joints to isolate equipment.
474
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
5.
Install safety valve, set at a pressure no more than one-third higher than test pressure,
to protect against damage by expanding liquid or other source of overpressure during
test.
CCC. Perform the following tests on hydronic piping:
1.
Use ambient temperature water as a testing medium unless there is risk of damage due
to freezing. Another liquid that is safe for workers and compatible with piping may be
used.
2.
While filling system, use vents installed at high points of system to release air. Use
drains installed at low points for complete draining of test liquid.
3.
Isolate expansion tanks and determine that hydronic system is full of water.
4.
Subject piping system to hydrostatic test pressure that is not less than 1.5 times the
system's working pressure. Test pressure shall not exceed maximum pressure for any
vessel, pump, valve, or other component in system under test. Verify that stress due to
pressure at bottom of vertical runs does not exceed 90 percent of specified minimum
yield strength or 1.7 times "SE" value in Appendix A in ASME B31.9, "Building Services
Piping."
5.
After hydrostatic test pressure has been applied for at least 10 minutes, examine piping,
joints, and connections for leakage. Eliminate leaks by tightening, repairing, or replacing
components, and repeat hydrostatic test until there are no leaks.
6.
Prepare written report of testing.
DDD. Perform the following before operating the system:
1.
Open manual valves fully.
2.
Inspect pumps for proper rotation.
3.
Set makeup pressure-reducing valves for required system pressure.
4.
Inspect air vents at high points of system and determine if all are installed and operating
freely (automatic type), or bleed air completely (manual type).
5.
Set temperature controls so all coils are calling for full flow.
6.
Inspect and set operating temperatures of hydronic equipment, such as boilers, chillers,
cooling towers, to specified values.
7.
Verify lubrication of motors and bearings.
END OF SECTION
475
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
SECTION 232123 - HYDRONIC PUMPS
PART 1 - GENERAL
2.1
A.
2.2
A.
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
This Section includes the following:
1.
2.3
Separately coupled, base mounted centrifugal pumps.
DEFINITIONS
A.
Buna-N: Nitrile rubber.
B.
EPT: Ethylene propylene terpolymer.
2.4
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: Include certified performance curves and rated capacities, operating
characteristics, furnished specialties, final impeller dimensions, and accessories for each type
of product indicated. Indicate pump's operating point on curves.
B.
Shop Drawings: Show pump layout and connections. Include setting drawings with templates
for installing foundation and anchor bolts and other anchorages.
1.
C.
2.5
Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring.
Operation and Maintenance Data:
maintenance manuals.
For pumps to include in emergency, operation, and
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Source Limitations: Obtain hydronic pumps through one source from a single manufacturer.
B.
Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of hydronic
pumps and are based on the specific system indicated. Refer to Division 01 Section "Product
Requirements."
C.
Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for
intended use.
D.
UL Compliance: Comply with UL 778 for motor-operated water pumps.
476
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
2.6
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
Manufacturer's Preparation for Shipping: Clean flanges and exposed machined metal surfaces
and treat with anticorrosion compound after assembly and testing. Protect flanges, pipe
openings, and nozzles with wooden flange covers or with screwed-in plugs.
B.
Store pumps in dry location.
C.
Retain protective covers for flanges and protective coatings during storage.
D.
Protect bearings and couplings against damage from sand, grit, and other foreign matter.
E.
Comply with pump manufacturer's written rigging instructions.
2.7
A.
COORDINATION
Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Cast anchor-bolt inserts into bases. Concrete,
reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in Division 03.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
A.
BASE MOUNTED CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS
Available Manufacturers:
1.
Armstrong Pumps Inc.
2.
Bell & Gossett; Div. of ITT Industries.
3.
PACO Pumps.
4.
Taco, Inc.
B.
Description: Factory-assembled and -tested, centrifugal pump; designed for base mounting,
with pump and motor shafts horizontal. Rate pump for 125-psig minimum working pressure
and a continuous water temperature of 200 deg F.
C.
Pump Construction:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Casing: Radially split, cast iron, with threaded gage tappings at inlet and outlet, drain
plug at bottom and air vent at top of volute, and ASME B16.1, Class 125 flanges.
Impeller: ASTM B 584, cast bronze; statically and dynamically balanced, and keyed to
shaft. Trim impeller to match specified performance.
Pump Shaft: Stainless steel.
Mechanical Seal: Carbon rotating ring against a ceramic seat held by a stainless-steel
spring, and Buna-N bellows and gasket.
Packing Seal: Stuffing box, with a minimum of four rings of graphite-impregnated
braided yarn with bronze lantern ring between center two graphite rings, and bronze
packing gland.
477
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
6.
Pump Bearings: Grease-lubricated ball bearings contained in cast-iron housing with
grease fittings.
D.
Shaft Coupling: Molded rubber insert and interlocking spider capable of absorbing vibration.
Couplings shall be drop-out type to allow disassembly and removal without removing pump
shaft or motor. EPDM coupling sleeve for variable-speed applications.
E.
Coupling Guard: Dual rated; ANSI B15.1, Section 8; OSHA 1910.219 approved; steel;
removable; attached to mounting frame.
F.
Mounting Frame: Welded-steel frame and cross members, factory fabricated from
ASTM A 36/A 36M channels and angles. Fabricate to mount pump casing, coupling guard, and
motor.
G.
Motor: Single speed, with grease-lubricated ball bearings, unless otherwise indicated; secured
to mounting frame, with adjustable alignment. Comply with requirements in Division 23
Section "Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment."
H.
Capacities and Characteristics: Refer to Schedules.
2.2
PUMP SPECIALTY FITTINGS
A.
Suction Diffuser: Angle pattern, 175-psig pressure rating, ductile-iron body and end cap,
pump-inlet fitting; with bronze startup and bronze or stainless-steel permanent strainers;
bronze or stainless-steel straightening vanes; drain plug; and factory-fabricated support.
B.
Triple-Duty Valve: Angle or straight pattern, 175-psig pressure rating, ductile-iron body, pumpdischarge fitting; with drain plug and bronze-fitted shutoff, balancing, and check valve
features. Brass gage ports with integral check valve, and orifice for flow measurement.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
2.1
EXAMINATION
A.
Examine equipment foundations and anchor-bolt locations for compliance with requirements
for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of work.
B.
Examine roughing-in for piping systems to verify actual locations of piping connections before
pump installation.
C.
Examine foundations and inertia bases (where applicable) for suitable conditions where pumps
are to be installed.
D.
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
2.2
A.
CONCRETE BASES
Install concrete bases of dimensions indicated for pumps and controllers. Refer to Division 23
Section "Common Work Results for HVAC."
478
BID# B1-13-14
DATA CENTER PROJECT
SANTA CLARA COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION
B.
2.3
1.
Install dowel rods to connect concrete base to concrete floor. Unless otherwise
indicated, install dowel rods on 18-inch centers around full perimeter of base.
2.
For supported equipment, install epoxy-coated anchor bolts that extend through
concrete base and anchor into structural concrete floor.
3.
Place and secure anchorage devices. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams,
instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded.
4.
Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported
equipment.
Cast-in-place concrete materials and placement requirements are specified in Division 03.
PUMP INSTALLATION
A.
Install pumps with access for periodic maintenance including removal of motors, impellers,
couplings, and accessories.
B.
Independently support pumps and piping so weight of piping is not supported by pumps and
weight of pumps is not supported by piping.
C.
Set base-mounted pumps on concrete foundation. Disconnect coupling before setting. Do not
reconnect couplings until alignment procedure is complete.
2.4
1.
Support pump baseplate on rectangular metal blocks and shims, or on metal wedges
with small taper, at points near foundation bolts to provide a gap of 3/4 to 1-1/2 inches
between pump base and foundation for grouting.
2.
Adjust metal supports or wedges until pump and driver shafts are level. Check coupling
faces and suction and discharge flanges of pump to verify that they are level and plumb.
ALIGNMENT
A.
Align pump and motor shafts and piping connections after setting on foundation, grout has
been set and foundation bolts have been tightened, and piping connections have been made.
B.
Comply with pump and coupling manufacturers' written instructions.
C.
Adjust pump and motor shafts for angular and offset alignment by methods specified in HI 1.11.5, "Centrifugal Pumps for Nomencla